# pali

volume: 21
item: 5
title: paribbājakakathāvaṇṇanā^cūḷasīlavaṇṇanā^majjhimasīlavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^11^eb^^b^.^eb^ Tattha ^b^yathā^eb^ti opammatthe nipāto. ^b^Vā^eb^ti vikappanatthe. ^b^Panā^eb^ti vacanālaṅkāre. ^b^Eke^eb^ti aññe. ^b^Bhonto^eb^ti sādhūnaṃ piyasamudāhāro. Sādhavo hi pare ‘‘bhonto’’ti vā, ‘‘devānaṃ piyā’’ti vā ‘‘āyasmanto’’ti vā samālapanti. Yaṃ kiñci pabbajjaṃ upagatā ^b^samaṇā.^eb^ Jātimattena ^b^brāhmaṇā.^eb^ Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ussāhaṃ katvā mama vaṇṇaṃ vadamānopi puthujjano ‘‘pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato’’tiādinā parānuddesikanayena vā yathā paneke bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇabhāvaṃ paṭijānamānā, parehi ca tathāsambhāviyamānā tadanurūpapaṭipattiṃ ajānanato, asamatthato ca na abhisambhuṇanti, na evamayaṃ, ayaṃ pana samaṇo gotamo sabbathāpi samaṇasāruppapaṭipadaṃ pūresiyevāti evaṃ aññuddesikanayena vā sabbathāpi ācārasīlamattameva vadeyyuṃ, na taduttarinti.<br/><br/>[03]Bījagāmabhūtagāmasamārambhapade ^a^M1.0126^ea^ saddakkamena appadhānabhūtopi bījagāmabhūtagāmo niddisitabbatāya padhānabhāvaṃ paṭilabhati. Añño hi saddakkamo añño atthakkamoti āha ^b^‘‘katamo so bījagāmabhūtagāmo’’^eb^ti. Tasmiñhi vibhatte tabbisayatāya samārambhopi vibhattova hotīti ^a^V1.0112^ea^. Tenevāha bhagavā ^b^‘‘mūlabīja’’^eb^ntiādi. Mūlameva bījaṃ ^b^mūlabījaṃ,^eb^ mūlaṃ bījaṃ etassātipi ^b^mūlabījaṃ.^eb^ Sesesupi eseva nayo. ^b^Phaḷubīja^eb^nti pabbabījaṃ. Paccayantarasamavāye sadisaphaluppattiyā visesakāraṇabhāvato viruhaṇasamatthe sāraphale niruḷho ^b^bīja^eb^-saddo tadatthasaṃsiddhiyā mūlādīsupi kesuci pavattatīti mūlādito nivattanatthaṃ ekena bīja-saddena visesetvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘bījabīja’’^eb^nti. ‘‘Rūparūpaṃ ^a^P1.0162^ea^, dukkhadukkha’’nti (saṃ. ni. 4.327) ca yathā. Kasmā panettha bījagāmabhūtagāmaṃ pucchitvā bījagāmo eva vibhattoti? Na kho panetaṃ evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Nanu avocumha ‘‘mūlameva bījaṃ mūlabījaṃ, mūlaṃ bījaṃ etassātipi mūlabījanti’’. Tattha purimena bījagāmo niddiṭṭho, dutiyena bhūtagāmo, duvidhopesa sāmaññaniddesena, mūlabījañca mūlabījañca mūlabījanti ekasesanayena vā pāḷiyaṃ niddiṭṭhoti veditabbo. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘sabbañheta’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^12^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Sannidhikatassā’’^eb^ti etena ‘‘sannidhikāraparibhoga’’nti ettha ^b^kāra^eb^-saddassa kammatthataṃ dasseti. Yathā vā ‘‘ācayaṃgamino’’ti vattabbe anunāsikalopena ‘‘ācayagāmino’’ti (dha. sa. 10) niddeso kato, evaṃ ‘‘sannidhikāraṃ paribhoga’’nti vattabbe anunāsikalopena ‘‘sannidhikāraparibhoga’’nti vuttaṃ, sannidhiṃ katvā paribhoganti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Sammā kilese likhatīti ^b^sallekho,^eb^ suttantanayena paṭipatti. Pariyāyati kappīyatīti ^b^pariyāyo,^eb^ kappiyavācānusārena paṭipatti. Kilesehi āmasitabbato ^b^āmisaṃ,^eb^ yaṃ kiñci upabhogārahaṃ vatthu. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘āmisanti vuttāvasesa’’^eb^nti. Nayadassanañhetaṃ sannidhivatthūnaṃ. ^b^Udakakaddame^eb^ti udake ca kaddame ca. ^b^Acchathā^eb^ti nisīdatha. ^b^Gīvāyāmaka^eb^nti gīvaṃ āyamitvā, yathā ca bhutte atibhuttatāya gīvā āyamitabbāva hoti, evanti attho. ^b^Catubhāgamatta^eb^nti kuḍubamattaṃ. ^b^‘‘Kappiyakuṭiya’’^eb^ntiādi vinayavasena vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^13^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ettakampī^eb^ti ^a^M1.0127^ea^ vinicchayavicāraṇāvatthukittanampi ^a^P1.0163^ea^. ^b^Payojanamattamevā^eb^ti padatthayojanamattameva. Yassa pana padassa vitthārakathaṃ vinā na sakkā attho viññātuṃ, tattha vitthārakathāpi padatthasaṅgahameva gacchati. Kutūhalavasena pekkhitabbato ^b^pekkhā,^eb^ naṭasatthavidhinā naṭānañca payogo. Naṭasamūhena pana janasamūhe karaṇavasena ^b^‘‘naṭasamajja’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ, sārasamāse ‘‘pekkhā maha’’nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Ghanatāḷaṃ^eb^ nāma daṇḍamayatāḷaṃ, silāsalākatāḷaṃ vā. ^b^Eke^eb^ti sārasamāsācariyā, uttaravihāravāsino ca. Yathā cettha, evaṃ ito paresupi ‘‘eke’’ti āgataṭṭhānesu. ^b^Caturassāmbaṇakatāḷaṃ^eb^ nāma rukkhasāradaṇḍādīsu yena kenaci caturassāmbaṇakaṃ katvā ^a^V1.0113^ea^ catūsu passesu cammena onandhitvā katavāditaṃ. ^b^Abbhokkiraṇaṃ^eb^ raṅgabalīkaraṇaṃ, yā ‘‘nandī’’ti vuccati. ^b^Sobhanakara^eb^nti sobhanakaraṇaṃ, ‘‘sobhanagharaka’’nti sārasamāse vuttaṃ. Caṇḍālānamidanti ^b^caṇḍālaṃ.^eb^ Sāṇe udakena temetvā aññamaññaṃ ākoṭanakīḷā ^b^sāṇadhovanaṃ. Indajālenā^eb^ti aṭṭhidhovanamantaṃ parijappitvā yathā pare aṭṭhīniyeva passanti, evaṃ tacādīnaṃ antaradhāpanamāyāya. ^b^Sakaṭabyūhādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena cakkapadumakaḷīrabyūhādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^14^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Padānī^eb^ti ^a^P1.0164^ea^ sārīnaṃ patiṭṭhānaṭṭhānāni. ^b^Dasapadaṃ^eb^ nāma dvīhi pantīhi vīsatiyā padehi kīḷanajūtaṃ. ^b^Pāsakaṃ^eb^ vuccati chasu passesu ekekaṃ yāva chakkaṃ dassetvā katakīḷanakaṃ, taṃ vaḍḍhetvā yathāladdhaṃ ekakādivasena sāriyo apanentā upanentā ca kīḷanti. Ghaṭena kīḷā ^b^ghaṭikā^eb^ti eke. Bahūsu salākāsu visesarahitaṃ ekaṃ salākaṃ gahetvā tāsu pakkhipitvā puna tasseva uddharaṇaṃ ^b^salākahattha^eb^nti eke. Paṇṇena vaṃsākārena katā ^b^nāḷikā.^eb^ Tenevāha ^b^‘‘taṃ dhamantā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Pucchantassa mukhāgataṃ akkharaṃ gahetvā naṭṭhamutti lābhālābhādijānanakīḷā ^b^akkharikā’’^eb^tipi vadanti. ‘‘Vāditānurūpaṃ naccanaṃ gāyanaṃ vā ^b^yathāvajjaṃ’’^eb^ tipi vadanti. ‘‘Evaṃ kate jayo bhavissati, aññathā parājayo’’ti jayaparājaye purakkhatvā payogakaraṇavasena parihārapathādīnampi ^b^jūtapamādaṭṭhānabhāvo^eb^ veditabbo. Paṅgacīrādīhipi vaṃsādīhi kātabbakiccasiddhiasiddhijayaparājayāvaho payogo vuttoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^‘‘Yathāvajja’’^eb^nti ca ^a^M1.0128^ea^ kāṇādīhi sadisatākāradassanehi jayaparājayavasena jūtakīḷitabhāvena vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^15^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vāḷarūpānī^eb^ti āharimāni vāḷarūpāni. ‘‘Akappiyamañcova ^b^pallaṅko’’^eb^ti sārasamāse. ^b^Vānavicitta^eb^nti bhitticchadādivasena vānena vicitraṃ. Rukkhatūlalatātūlapoṭakītūlānaṃ vasena ^b^tiṇṇaṃ tūlānaṃ.^eb^ Uddalomiyaṃ ^b^kecī^eb^ti sārasamāsācariyā, uttaravihāravāsino ca. Tathā ekantalomiyaṃ. ^b^Koseyyakaṭṭissamaya^eb^nti koseyyakassaṭamayaṃ. ^b^Suddhakoseyya^eb^nti ^a^P1.0165^ea^ ratanaparisibbanarahitaṃ. ^b^‘‘Ṭhapetvā tūlika’’^eb^nti etena ratanaparisibbanarahitāpi tūlikā na vaṭṭatīti dīpeti. ^b^‘‘Ratanaparisibbitānī’’^eb^ti iminā yāni ratanaparisibbitāni, tāni bhūmattharaṇavasena, yathānurūpaṃ mañcapīṭhādīsu ca upanetuṃ vaṭṭatīti dīpitaṃ hoti. ^b^Ajinacammehī^eb^ti ajinamigacammehi. Tāni kira cammāni sukhumāni, tasmā dupaṭṭatipaṭṭāni katvā sibbanti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ajinappaveṇī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vuttanayenā^eb^ti vinaye vuttanayena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^16^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Alaṅkārañjanameva^eb^ na bhesajjaṃ maṇḍanānuyogassa adhippetattā. Mālā-saddo sāsane suddhapupphesupi ^a^V1.0114^ea^ niruḷhoti āha ^b^‘‘baddhamālā vā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Mattikakakka^eb^nti osadhehi abhisaṅkhataṃ yogamattikakakkaṃ. ^b^Calite^eb^ti kupite. ^b^Lohite sannisinne^eb^ti duṭṭhalohite khīṇe.<br/><br/>[03]^b^17^eb^^b^.^eb^ Duggatito saṃsārato ca niyyāti etenāti niyyānaṃ, saggamaggo mokkhamaggo ca. Taṃ niyyānaṃ arahati, niyyāne vā niyuttā, niyyānaṃ vā phalabhūtaṃ etissā atthīti niyyānikā, vacīduccaritasaṃkilesato niyyātīti vā ī-kārassa rassattaṃ, ya-kārassa ca ka-kāraṃ katvā niyyānikā, cetanāya saddhiṃ samphappalāpā veramaṇi. Tappaṭipakkhato aniyyānikā, tassā bhāvo aniyyānikattaṃ, tasmā ^b^aniyyānikattā. Tiracchānabhūtā^eb^ti tirokaraṇabhūtā. ^b^Kammaṭṭhānabhāve^eb^ti aniccatāpaṭisaṃyuttacatusaccakammaṭṭhānabhāve. Saha atthenāti ^b^sātthakaṃ,^eb^ hitapaṭisaṃyuttanti attho. ^b^Visikhā^eb^ti gharasanniveso, visikhāgahaṇena ca tannivāsino gahitā ‘‘gāmo āgato’’tiādīsu viya. Tenevāha ‘‘sūrā samatthā’’ti, ‘‘saddhā pasannā’’ti ca. Kumbhaṭṭhānāpadesena ^a^M1.0129^ea^^a^P1.0166^ea^ kumbhadāsiyo vuttāti āha ^b^‘‘kumbhadāsīkathā vā’’^eb^ti. Uppattiṭhitisambhārādivasena lokaṃ akkhāyatīti ^b^lokakkhāyikā.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^18^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sahita^eb^nti pubbāparāviruddhaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^19^eb^^b^.^eb^ Dūtassa kammaṃ dūteyyaṃ, tassa kathā ^b^dūteyyakathā.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^20^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tividhenā^eb^ti sāmantajappanairiyāpathasannissitapaccayapaṭisevanabhedato tippakārena. ^b^Vimhāpayantī^eb^ti ‘‘aho acchariyapuriso’’ti attani paresaṃ vimhayaṃ uppādenti. ^b^Lapantī^eb^ti attānaṃ, dāyakaṃ vā ukkhipitvā yathā so kiñci dadāti, evaṃ ukkācetvā kathenti. Nimittena caranti, nimittaṃ vā karontīti ^b^nemittikā^eb^ nimittanti ca paresaṃ paccaya dānasaññuppādakaṃ kāyavacīkammaṃ vuccati. Nippiṃsantīti nippesā, nippesāyeva ^b^nippesikā,^eb^ nippesoti ca saṭhapuriso viya lābhasakkāratthaṃ akkosakhuṃsanuppaṇḍanaparapiṭṭhimaṃsikatādi.<br/><br/>[06]Majjhimasīlavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 21
item: 6
title: cūḷasīlavaṇṇanā^majjhimasīlavaṇṇanā^mahāsīlavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^21^eb^^b^.^eb^ Aṅgāni ^a^V1.0115^ea^ ārabbha pavattattā aṅgasahacaritaṃ satthaṃ ^b^‘‘aṅga’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Nimitta^eb^nti etthāpi eseva nayo. Keci pana ^b^‘‘aṅga^eb^nti aṅgavikāra’’nti vadanti, paresaṃ aṅgavikāradassanenāpi lābhālābhādivijjāti. ^b^Paṇḍurājā^eb^ti dakkhiṇāmadhurādhipati. ^b^‘‘Mahantāna’’^eb^nti etena appakaṃ nimittaṃ, mahantaṃ nimittaṃ uppātoti dasseti. ^b^Idaṃ nāma passatī^eb^ti yo vasabhaṃ kuñjaraṃ pāsādaṃ pabbataṃ vā āruḷhaṃ supine attānaṃ passati, tassa idaṃ nāma phalaṃ hotīti. ^b^Supinaka^eb^nti supinasatthaṃ. Aṅgasampattivipattidassanamattena ^a^P1.0167^ea^ ādisanaṃ vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘aṅga’’^eb^nti iminā, ^b^‘‘lakkhaṇa’’^eb^nti iminā pana mahānubhāvatānipphādakāṅgalakkhaṇavisesadassanenāti ayametesaṃ visesoti. ^b^Ahate^eb^ti nave. ^b^Ito paṭṭhāyā^eb^ti devarakkhasamanussādibhedena vividhavatthabhāge ito vā etto vā sañchinne idaṃ nāma bhogādi hotīti. ^b^Dabbihomadīni^eb^^a^M1.0130^ea^ homassupakaraṇādivisesehi phalavisesadassanavasena pavattāni. ^b^Aggihomaṃ^eb^ vuttāvasesasādhanavasena pavattaṃ homaṃ. ^b^Aṅgalaṭṭhi^eb^nti sarīraṃ. Abbhino satthaṃ ^b^abbheyyaṃ,^eb^ māsurakkhena kato gantho ^b^māsurakkho. Bhūrivijjā^eb^ sassabuddhikaraṇavijjāti sārasamāse. ^b^Sapakkhaka…pe… catuppadāna^eb^nti piṅgalamakkhikādisapakkhaka gharagolikādiapakkhakadevamanussakoñcādidvipadakakaṇṭakajambukādicatuppadānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^23^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Asukadivase’’^eb^ti ‘‘pakkhassa dutiye tatiye’’tiādi tithivasena vuttaṃ. ^b^Asukanakkhattenā^eb^ti rohiṇīādinakkhattayogavasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^24^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ukkānaṃ patana^eb^nti ukkobhāsānaṃ patanaṃ. Vātasaṅghātesu hi vegena aññamaññaṃ saṅghaṭṭentesu dīpakobhāso viya obhāso uppajjitvā ākāsato patati, tatthāyaṃ ukkāpātavohāro. ^b^Avisuddhatā^eb^ abbhamahikādīhi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^25^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dhārānupavecchanaṃ^eb^ vassanaṃ. Hatthena adhippetaviññāpanaṃ ^b^hatthamuddā,^eb^ taṃ pana aṅgulisaṅkocanena ^a^P1.0168^ea^ gaṇanāyeva. Pārasika milakkhakādayo viya navantavasena gaṇanā ^b^acchiddakagaṇanā. Saṭuppādanādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena vokalanabhāgahārādike saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Cintāvasenā^eb^ti vatthuṃ anusandhiñca sayameva cirena cintetvā karaṇavasena ^b^cintākavi^eb^ veditabbo, kiñci sutvā sutena assutaṃ anusandhetvā karaṇavasena ^b^sutakavi,^eb^ kañci atthaṃ upadhāretvā tassa ^a^V1.0116^ea^ saṅkhipanavitthāraṇādivasena ^b^atthakavi,^eb^ yaṃ kiñci parena kataṃ kabbaṃ nāṭakaṃ vā disvā taṃ sadisameva aññaṃ attano ṭhānuppattikapaṭibhānena karaṇavasena ^b^paṭibhānakavi^eb^ veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^26^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pariggahabhāvena dārikāya gaṇhāpanaṃ ^b^āvāhanaṃ. ^eb^ Tathā dāpanaṃ ^b^vivāhanaṃ.^eb^ Desantare diguṇatiguṇādigahaṇavasena bhaṇḍappayojanaṃ ^b^payogo.^eb^ Tattha vā aññattha vā yathākālaparicchedaṃ vaḍḍhigahaṇavasena payojanaṃ ^b^uddhāro. ^eb^ ‘‘Bhaṇḍamūlarahitānaṃ vāṇijjaṃ katvā ettakenudayena saha mūlaṃ dethāti dhanadānaṃ ^b^payogo,^eb^ tāvakālikadānaṃ ^b^uddhāro’’^eb^ti ca vadanti. ^b^Tīhi kāraṇehī^eb^ti ettha vātena, pāṇakehi vā gabbhe vinassante na purimakammunā okāso kato, tappaccayā kammaṃ vipaccati. Sayameva ^a^M1.0131^ea^ pana kammunā okāse kate na ekantena vāto pāṇakā vā apekkhitabbāti kammassa visuṃ kāraṇabhāvo vuttoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Nibbāpanīya^eb^nti upasamakaraṃ. ^b^Paṭikamma^eb^nti yathā te na khādanti, tathā paṭikaraṇaṃ. ^b^Parivattanattha^eb^nti āvudhādinā saha ukkhittahatthassa ukkhipanavasena parivattanatthaṃ. Icchitatthassa devatāya kaṇṇe kathanavasena jappanaṃ ^b^kaṇṇajappana^eb^nti. ^b^Ādiccapāricariyā^eb^ti ^a^P1.0169^ea^ karavīramālāhi pūjaṃ katvā sakaladivasaṃ ādiccābhimukhāvaṭṭhānena ādiccassa paricaraṇaṃ. ‘‘Siravhāyana’’nti keci paṭhanti, tassatthomantaṃ parijappitvā sirasā icchitassa atthassa avhāyananti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^27^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Samiddhikāle^eb^ti āyācitassa atthassa siddhikāle. ^b^Santipaṭissavakamma^eb^nti devatāyācanāya yā santi paṭikattabbā, tassā paṭiññāpaṭissavakammakaraṇaṃ, santiyā āyācanappayogoti attho. ^b^Tasmi^eb^nti paṭissavaphalabhūte yathābhipatthitakammasmiṃ, yaṃ ‘‘sace me idaṃ nāma samijjhissatī’’ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti santipaṭissavassa, yo ‘‘paṇidhī’’ti ca vutto. Yathāpaṭissavañhi upahāre kate paṇidhi āyācanā katā niyyātitā hotīti. ^b^Acchandikabhāvamatta^eb^nti itthiyā akāmakabhāvamattaṃ. ^b^Liṅga^eb^nti purisaliṅgaṃ. ^b^Balikammakaraṇaṃ^eb^ upaddavapaṭibāhanatthañceva vaḍḍhiāvahanatthañca. ^b^Dosāna^eb^nti pittādidosānaṃ. Ettha ca ^b^vamana^eb^nti pacchaṭṭanaṃ adhippetaṃ. ^b^Uddhaṃvirecana^eb^nti vamanaṃ ‘‘uddhaṃ dosānaṃ nīharaṇa’’nti vuttattā. Tathā ^b^virecana^eb^nti virecanameva. ^b^Adhovirecana^eb^nti pana suddhivatthikasāvatthiādi vatthikiriyāpi adhippetā ‘‘adho dosānaṃ nīharaṇa’’nti vuttattā. ^b^Sīsavirecanaṃ^eb^ semhanīharaṇādi. ^b^Paṭalānī^eb^ti akkhipaṭalāni. ^b^Salākavejjakamma^eb^nti akkhivejjakammaṃ, idaṃ vuttāvasesasālākiyasaṅgahaṇatthaṃ vuttanti daṭṭhabbanti. Tappanādayopi hi sālākiyānevāti. Mūlāni ^a^P1.0170^ea^ padhānāni rogūpasame samatthāni bhesajjāni ^b^mūlabhesajjāni,^eb^ mūlānaṃ vā byādhīnaṃ bhesajjāni ^b^mūlabhesajjāni^eb^. Mūlānubandhavasena hi duvidho byādhi. Mūlaroge ca tikicchite yebhuyyena itaraṃ vūpasamatīti. ^b^‘‘Kāyatikicchanaṃ^eb^^a^V1.0117^ea^^b^dassetī’’^eb^ti idaṃ komārabhaccasallakattasālākiyādikaraṇavisesabhūtatantīnaṃ tattha tattha vuttattā pārisesavasena vuttaṃ, tasmā tadavasesāya tantiyāpi idha saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Sabbāni cetāni ājīvahetukāniyeva idhādhippetāni ‘‘micchājīvena jīvikaṃ kappentī’’ti vuttattā ^a^M1.0132^ea^. Yaṃ pana tattha tattha pāḷiyaṃ ^b^‘‘iti vā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, tattha ^b^itī^eb^ti pakāratthe nipāto, ^b^vā^eb^-iti vikappanatthe. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti iminā pakārena, ito aññe na vāti. Tena yāni ito bāhirakapabbajitā sippāyatanavijjāṭṭhānādīni jīvikopāyabhūtāni ājīvapakatā upajīvanti, tesaṃ pariggaho katoti veditabbo.<br/><br/>[06]Mahāsīlavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 21
item: 7
title: majjhimasīlavaṇṇanā^mahāsīlavaṇṇanā^pubbantakappikasassatavādavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^28^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bhikkhusaṅghena vuttavaṇṇo^eb^ nāma ‘‘yāvañcidaṃ tena bhagavatā’’tiādinā vuttavaṇṇo. Etthāyaṃ sambandho – na bhikkhave ettakā eva buddhaguṇā, ye tumhākaṃ pākaṭā, apākaṭā pana ‘‘atthi bhikkhave aññe dhammā’’ti vitthāro. Tattha ‘‘ime diṭṭhiṭṭhānā evaṃ gahitā’’tiādinā sassatādidiṭṭhiṭṭhānānaṃ yathāgahitākārasuññatabhāvappakāsanato, ‘‘tañca pajānanaṃ na parāmasatī’’ti sīlādīnañca aparāmāsaniyyānikabhāvadīpanena niccasārādivirahappakāsanato, yāsu vedanāsu avītarāgatāya bāhirakānaṃ etāni diṭṭhivipphanditāni sambhavanti, tesaṃ paccayabhūtānañca sammohādīnaṃ vedakakārakasabhāvābhāvadassanamukhena ^a^P1.0171^ea^ sabbadhammānaṃ attattaniyatāvirahadīpanato, anupādāparinibbānadīpanato ca ayaṃ desanā suññatāvibhāvanappadhānāti āha ^b^‘‘suññatāpakāsanaṃ ārabhī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pariyattī^eb^ti vinayādibhedabhinnā tanti. ^b^Desanā^eb^ti tassā tantiyā manasāvavatthāpitāya vibhāvanā, yathādhammaṃ dhammābhilāpabhūtā vā paññāpanā, anulomādivasena vā kathananti pariyattidesanānaṃ viseso pubbeyeva vavatthāpitoti āha ^b^‘‘desanāyaṃ pariyattiya’’^eb^nti. ^b^Evaṃ ādīsū^eb^ti ettha ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena saccasabhāvasamādhipaññāpakatipuññāapattiñeyyādayo saṅgayhanti. Tathā hi ayaṃ dhamma-saddo ‘‘catunnaṃ bhikkhave dhammānaṃ ananubodhā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.186; a. ni. 4.1) sacce vattati, ‘‘kusalā dhammā akusalā dhammā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 1) sabhāve, ‘‘evaṃdhammā te bhagavanto ahesu’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 5.378) samādhimhi, ‘‘saccaṃ dhammo ^a^V1.0118^ea^ dhiti cāgo, sa ve pecca na socatī’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 190) paññāya, ‘‘jātidhammānaṃ ^a^M1.0133^ea^ bhikkhave sattānaṃ evaṃ icchā uppajjatī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.373; paṭi. ma. 1.33) pakatiyaṃ, ‘‘dhammo suciṇṇo sukhamāvahātī’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 184; theragā. 303; jā. 1.10.102) puññe, ‘‘cattāro ^a^P1.0172^ea^ pārājikā dhammā’’tiādīsu (pārā. 233) āpattiyaṃ, ‘‘sabbe dhammā sabbākārena buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇamukhe āpāthaṃ āgacchantī’’tiādīsu (mahāni. 156; cūḷani. 85; paṭi. ma. 3.6) ñeyye vattati (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.suttanikkhepavaṇṇanā; abhi. aṭṭha. 1ṭikamātikāpadavaṇṇanā; bu. vaṃ. aṭṭha. ratanacaṅkamanakaṇḍavaṇṇanā). ^b^Dhammā hontī^eb^ti suññā dhammamattā hontīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Duddasā’’^eb^ti eteneva tesaṃ dhammānaṃ dukkhogāhatā pakāsitā hoti. Sace pana koci attano pamāṇaṃ ajānanto ñāṇena te dhamme ogāhituṃ ussāhaṃ kareyya, tassa taṃ ñāṇaṃ appatiṭṭhameva makasatuṇḍasūci viya mahāsamuddeti āha ^b^‘‘alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhā’’^eb^ti. Alabbhaneyyā patiṭṭhā etthāti alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhāti padaviggaho veditabbo. Alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhānaṃ ogāhituṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya ‘‘ettakā ete īdisā cā’’ti passituṃ na sakkāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘gambhīrattā eva duddasā’’^eb^ti. Ye pana daṭṭhumeva na sakkā, tesaṃ ogāhitvā anubujjhane kathā eva natthīti āha ^b^‘‘duddasattā eva duranubodhā’’^eb^ti. Sabbapariḷāhapaṭippassaddhimatthake samuppannattā, nibbutasabbapariḷāhasamāpattisamokiṇṇattā ca ^b^nibbutasabbapariḷāhā. Santārammaṇāni^eb^ maggaphalanibbānāni anupasantasabhāvānaṃ kilesānaṃ saṅkhārānañca abhāvato. Atha vā samūhatavikkhepatāya niccasamāhitassa manasikārassa vasena tadārammaṇadhammānaṃ santabhāvo veditabbo kasiṇugghāṭimākāsatabbisayaviññāṇānaṃ anantabhāvo viya. Avirajjhitvā nimittapaṭivedho viya issāsānaṃ avirajjhitvā dhammānaṃ yathābhūtasabhāvabodho sāduraso mahāraso ca hotīti āha ^b^atittikaraṇaṭṭhenā^eb^ti. Paṭivedhappattānaṃ, tesu ca buddhānaṃyeva sabbākārena visayabhāvūpagamanato na takkabuddhiyā gocarāti āha ^b^‘‘uttamañāṇavisayattā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^‘‘Nipuṇā’’^eb^ti ñeyyesu tikkhavisadavuttiyā chekā. Yasmā pana so chekabhāvo ārammaṇe appaṭihatavuttitāya sukhumañeyyagahaṇasamatthatāya supākaṭo hoti, tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘saṇhasukhumasabhāvattā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Aparo nayo ^a^M1.0134^ea^^a^P1.0173^ea^ – vinayapaṇṇattiādigambhīraneyyavibhāvanato ^b^gambhīrā.^eb^ Kadāci asaṅkhyeyyamahākappe atikkamitvāpi dullabhadassanatāya ^b^duddasā.^eb^ Dassanañcettha paññācakkhuvaseneva veditabbaṃ. Dhammanvayasaṅkhātassa anubodhassa kassacideva sambhavato ^b^duranubodhā^eb^^a^V1.0119^ea^. Santasabhāvato, veneyyānañca guṇasampadānaṃ pariyosānattā ^b^santā.^eb^ Attano ca paccayehi padhānabhāvaṃ nītatāya ^b^paṇītā.^eb^ Samadhigatasaccalakkhaṇatāya atakkehi, atakkena vā ñāṇena avacaritabbatāya ^b^atakkāvacarā.^eb^ Nipuṇaṃ, nipuṇe vā atthe saccappaccayākārādivasena vibhāvanato ^b^nipuṇā. ^eb^ Loke aggapaṇḍitena sammāsambuddhena vedīyanti pakāsīyantīti ^b^paṇḍitavedanīyā.^eb^ Anāvaraṇañāṇapaṭilābhato hi bhagavā ‘‘sabbavidū haṃ asmi, (dha. pa. 353; mahāva. 11; kathā. 405) dasabalasamannāgato bhikkhave tathāgato’’tiādinā (saṃ. ni. 2.21) attano sabbaññutādiguṇe pakāseti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedetī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha kiñcāpi sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ phalanibbānāni viya sacchikātabbasabhāvaṃ na hoti, āsavakkhayañāṇe pana adhigate adhigatameva hotīti tassa paccakkhakaraṇaṃ sacchikiriyāti āha ^b^‘‘abhivisiṭṭhena ñāṇena paccakkhaṃ katvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Abhivisiṭṭhena ñāṇenā^eb^ti ca hetuatthe karaṇavacanaṃ, abhivisiṭṭhañāṇādhigamahetūti attho. ^b^Abhivisiṭṭhañāṇa^eb^nti vā paccavekkhaṇañāṇe adhippete karaṇavacanampi yujjatiyeva. Pavedanañcettha aññāvisayānaṃ saccādīnaṃ desanākiccasādhanato, ‘‘ekomhi sammāsambuddho’’tiādinā (mahāva. 11; kathā. 405) paṭijānanato ca veditabbaṃ. ^b^Vadamānā^eb^ti ^a^P1.0174^ea^ ettha sattiattho ^b^māna^eb^-saddo, vattuṃ ussāhaṃ karontoti attho. Evaṃbhūtā ca vattukāmā nāma hontīti āha ^b^‘‘vaṇṇaṃ vattukāmā’’^eb^ti. Sāvasesaṃ vadantopi viparītaṃ vadanto viya ‘‘sammā vadatī’’ti na vattabboti āha ^b^‘‘ahāpetvā’’^eb^ti, tena anavasesattho idha ^b^sammā^eb^-saddoti dasseti. ^b^‘‘Vattuṃ sakkuṇeyyu’’^eb^nti iminā ‘‘vadeyyu’’nti sakatthadīpanabhāvamāha. Ettha ca kiñcāpi bhagavato dasabalādiñāṇānipi anaññasādhāraṇāni, sappadesavisayattā pana tesaṃ ñāṇānaṃ na tehi buddhaguṇā ahāpetvā gahitā nāma honti, nippadesavisayattā pana sabbaññutaññāṇassa ^a^M1.0135^ea^ tasmiṃ gahite sabbepi buddhaguṇā gahitā eva nāma hontīti imamatthaṃ dasseti ^b^‘‘yehi…pe… vadeyyu’’^eb^nti. Puthūni ārammaṇāni etassāti ^b^puthuārammaṇaṃ,^eb^ sabbārammaṇattāti adhippāyo. Atha vā puthuārammaṇārammaṇatoti etasmiṃ atthe ‘‘puthuārammaṇato’’ti vuttaṃ, ekassa ārammaṇa-saddassa lopaṃ katvā ‘‘oṭṭhamukho kāmāvacara’’nti ādīsu viya, tenassa puthuñāṇakiccasādhakataṃ dasseti. Tathā hetaṃ tīsu kālesu appaṭihatañāṇaṃ, catuyoniparicchedakañāṇaṃ, pañcagatiparicchedakañāṇaṃ, chasu asādhāraṇañāṇesu sesāsādhāraṇañāṇāni, sattāriyapuggalavibhāvakañāṇaṃ, aṭṭhasupi parisāsu akampanañāṇaṃ, navasattāvāsaparijānanañāṇaṃ, dasabalañāṇanti evamādīnaṃ anekasatasahassabhedānaṃ ñāṇānaṃ yathāsambhavaṃ kiccaṃ sādhetīti. ^b^‘‘Punappunaṃ uppattivasenā’’^eb^ti etena ^a^V1.0120^ea^ sabbaññutaññāṇassa kamavuttitaṃ dasseti. Kamenāpi hi taṃ visayesu pavattati, na sakiṃyeva yathā bāhirakā vadanti ‘‘sakiṃyeva sabbaññū sabbaṃ jānāti, na kamenā’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]Yadi evaṃ acinteyyāparimeyyabhedassa ñeyyassa paricchedavatā ekena ñāṇena niravasesato kathaṃ paṭivedhoti, ko ^a^P1.0175^ea^ vā evamāha ‘‘paricchedavantaṃ buddhañāṇa’’nti. Anantañhi taṃ ñāṇaṃ ñeyyaṃ viya. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘yāvatakaṃ ñeyyaṃ tāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ. Yāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ, tāvatakaṃ ñeyya’’nti (mahāni. 156; cūḷani. 85; paṭi. ma. 3.5). Evampi jātibhūmisabhāvādivasena disādesakālādivasena ca anekabhedabhinne ñeyye kamena gayhamāne anavasesapaṭivedho na sambhavati yevāti, nayidamevaṃ. Kasmā? Yaṃ kiñci bhagavatā ñātuṃ icchitaṃ sakalaṃ ekadeso vā. Tattha appaṭihatacāratāya paccakkhato ñāṇaṃ pavattati, vikkhepābhāvato ca bhagavā sabbakālaṃ samāhitova ñātuṃ, icchitassa paccakkhabhāvo na sakkā nivāretuṃ ‘‘ākaṅkhāpaṭibaddhaṃ buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇa’’ntiādi (mahāni. 156; cūḷani. 85; paṭi. ma. 3.5) vacanato, na cettha dūrato cittapaṭaṃ passantānaṃ viya, ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti vipassantānaṃ viya ca anekadhammāvabodhakāle anirūpitarūpena bhagavato ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti gahetabbaṃ acinteyyānubhāvatāya buddhañāṇassa. Tenevāha ‘‘buddhavisayo acinteyyo’’ti ^a^M1.0136^ea^ (a. ni. 4.77). Idaṃ panettha sanniṭṭhānaṃsabbākārena sabbadhammāvabodhanasamatthassa ākaṅkhāpaṭibaddhavuttino anāvaraṇañāṇassa paṭilābhena bhagavā santānena sabbadhammapaṭivedhasamattho ahosi sabbaneyyāvaraṇassa pahānato, tasmā sabbaññū, na sakiṃyeva sabbadhammāvabodhato ^a^P1.0176^ea^, yathā santānena sabbaindhanassa dahanasamatthatāya pāvako ‘‘sabbabhū’’ti vuccatīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vavatthāpanavacana^eb^nti sanniṭṭhāpanavacanaṃ, avadhāraṇavacananti attho. ^b^Aññe vā^eb^ti ettha avadhāraṇena nivattitaṃ dasseti ^b^‘‘na pāṇātipātā veramaṇiādayo’’^eb^ti, ayañca ^b^eva^eb^-saddo aniyatadesatāya ca-saddo viya yattha vutto, tato aññatthāpi vacanicchāvasena upatiṭṭhatīti āha ^b^‘‘gambhīrā vā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sabbapadehī^eb^ti yāva ‘‘paṇḍitavedanīyā’’ti idaṃ padaṃ, tāva sabbapadehi. ^b^Sāvakapāramiñāṇa^eb^nti sāvakānaṃ dānādipāripūriyā nipphannaṃ vijjattayachaḷabhiññācatuppaṭisambhidādibhedaṃ ñāṇaṃ. ^b^Tato^eb^ti sāvakapāramiñāṇato. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti sāvakapāramiñāṇe. ^b^Tatopī^eb^ti anantaraniddiṭṭhato paccekabuddhañāṇatopi, ko pana vādo sāvakapāramiñāṇatoti adhippāyo. Etthāyaṃ atthayojanā – kiñcāpi sāvakapāramiñāṇaṃ heṭṭhimasekkhañāṇaṃ puthujjanañāṇañca upādāya gambhīraṃ, paccekabuddhañāṇaṃ upādāya na tathā gambhīranti ^a^V1.0121^ea^ ‘‘gambhīramevā’’ti na sakkā vattuṃ. Tathā paccekabuddhañāṇampi sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ upādāyāti tattha vavatthānaṃ na labbhati, sabbaññutaññāṇadhammā pana sāvakapāramiñāṇādīnaṃ viya kiñci upādāya agambhīrabhāvābhāvato gambhīrā vāti. Yathā cettha vavatthānaṃ dassitaṃ, evaṃ sāvakapāramiñāṇaṃ duddasaṃ, paccekabuddhañāṇaṃ pana tato duddasataranti tattha vavatthānaṃ natthītiādinā vavatthānasabbhāvo netabbo. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘tathā duddasāva…pe… veditabba’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kasmā panetaṃ evaṃ āraddhaṃ^eb^ti etthāyaṃ adhippāyo – bhavatu tāva niravasesabuddhaguṇavibhāvanūpāyabhāvato sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ ekampi puthunissayārammaṇañākiccasiddhiyā ‘‘atthi bhikkhave aññeva dhammā’’tiādinā bahuvacanena uddiṭṭhaṃ, tassa pana vissajjanaṃ saccapaccayākārādivisesavasena anaññasādhāraṇena vibhajananayena anārabhitvā sanissayānaṃ ^a^P1.0177^ea^ diṭṭhīnaṃ vibhajanavasena kasmā āraddhanti. Tattha yathā saccapaccayākārādīnaṃ ^a^M1.0137^ea^ vibhajanaṃ anaññasādhāraṇaṃ, sabbaññutaññāṇasseva visayo, evaṃ niravasesena diṭṭhigatavibhajanampīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘buddhānañhī’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha ^b^ṭhānānī^eb^ti kāraṇāni. ^b^Gajjitaṃ mahantaṃ hotī^eb^ti desetabbassa atthassa anekavidhatāya, duviññeyyatāya ca nānānayehi pavattamānaṃ desanāgajjitaṃ mahantaṃ vipulaṃ, bahubhedañca hoti. ^b^Ñāṇaṃ anupavisatī^eb^ti tato eva ca desanāñāṇaṃ desetabbadhamme vibhāgaso kurumānaṃ anupavisati, te anupavissa ṭhitaṃ viya hotīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Buddhañāṇassa mahantabhāvo paññāyatī^eb^ti evaṃvidhassa nāma dhammassa desakaṃ paṭivedhakañcāti buddhānaṃ desanāñāṇassa paṭivedhañāṇassa ca uḷārabhāvo pākaṭo hoti. Ettha ca kiñcāpi ‘‘sabbaṃ vacīkammaṃ buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇapubbaṅgamaṃ ñāṇānuparivattī’’ti (mahāni. 69; cūḷani. 85; paṭi. ma. 3.5; netti. 14) vacanato sabbāpi bhagavato desanā ñāṇarahitā natthi, sīhasamānavuttitāya ca sabbattha samānussāhappavatti desetabbadhammavasena pana desanā visesato ñāṇena anupaviṭṭhā gambhīratarā ca hotīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kathaṃ pana vinayapaṇṇattiṃ patvā desanā tilakkhaṇāhatā suññatāpaṭisaṃyuttā hotīti? Tatthāpi ca sannisinnaparisāya ajjhāsayānurūpaṃ pavattamānā desanā saṅkhārānaṃ aniccatādivibhāvanī, sabbadhammānaṃ attattaniyatābhāvappakāsanī ca hoti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘anekapariyāyena dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhūmantara^eb^nti dhammānaṃ avatthāvisesañca ṭhānavisesañca. Tattha ^b^avatthāviseso^eb^satiādidhammānaṃ ^a^V1.0122^ea^ satipaṭṭhānindriyabalabojjhaṅgamaggaṅgādibhedo. ^b^Ṭhānaviseso^eb^^a^P1.0178^ea^ kāmāvacarādibhedo. ^b^Paccayākāra^eb^padassa attho heṭṭhā vuttoyeva. ^b^Samayantara^eb^nti diṭṭhivisesā, nānāvihitā diṭṭhiyoti attho, aññasamayaṃ vā. ^b^Evaṃ otiṇṇe vatthusmi^eb^nti evaṃ lahukagarukādivasena tadanurūpe otiṇṇe vatthusmiṃ ^b^sikkhāpadapaññāpanaṃ.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]Yadipi kāyānupassanādivasena satipaṭṭhānādayo suttantapiṭakepi (dī. ni. 2.374; ma. ni. 1.107) vibhattā, suttantabhājanīyādivasena pana abhidhammeyeva te savisesaṃ vibhattāti āha ^b^‘‘ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā…pe… abhidhammapiṭakaṃ vibhajitvā’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^‘‘satta phassā’’^eb^ti sattaviññāṇadhātusampayogavasena vuttaṃ. Tathā ^b^‘‘satta vedanā’’^eb^tiādīsupi. ^b^Lokuttarā dhammā nāmā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0138^ea^ ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo ādiattho, pakārattho vā, tena vuttāvasesaṃ abhidhamme āgataṃ dhammānaṃ vibhajitabbākāraṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Catuvīsati samantapaṭṭhānāni etthāti ^b^catuvīsatisamantapaṭṭhānaṃ,^eb^ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ. Ettha paccayanayaṃ aggahetvā dhammavaseneva samantapaṭṭhānassa catuvīsatividhatā vuttā. Yathāha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Tikañca paṭṭhānavaraṃ dukuttamaṃ,<br/><br/>[27]Dukatikañceva tikadukañca;<br/><br/>[26]Tikatikañceva dukadukañca,<br/><br/>[22]Cha anulomamhi nayā sugambhīrā. (paṭṭhā. 1.paccayaniddesa 41, 44, 48, 52);<br/><br/>[03]Tathā –<br/><br/>[21]Tikañca…pe… cha paccanīyamhi nayā sugambhīrā;<br/><br/>[27]Tikañca…pe… cha anulomapaccanīyamhi nayā sugambhīrā;<br/><br/>[22]Tikañca…pe… paccanīyānulomamhi nayā sugambhīrā’’ti. (paṭṭhā. 1.paccayaniddesa 44, 52);<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ dhammavasena catuvīsatibhedesu tikapaṭṭhānādīsu ekekaṃ paccayanayena anulomādivasena catubbidhaṃ hotīti channavuti samantapaṭṭhānāni. Tattha pana dhammānulome tikapaṭṭhāne kusalattike paṭiccavāre paccayānulome ^a^P1.0179^ea^ hetumūlake hetupaccayavasena ekūnapaññāsa pucchānayā satta vissajjananayāti ^a^V1.0123^ea^ ādinā dassiyamānā anantabhedā nayāti āha ^b^‘‘anantanaya’’^eb^nti. Hoti cettha –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Paṭṭhānaṃ nāma paccekaṃ dhammānaṃ anulomādimhi tikadukādīsu yā paccayamūlavisiṭṭhā catunayato sattadhā gatī’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Navahākārehī^eb^ti uppādādīhi navahi paccayākārehi. Tattha uppajjati etasmā phalanti ^b^uppādo,^eb^ uppattiyā kāraṇabhāvo. Sati ca avijjāya saṅkhārā uppajjanti, na asati, tasmā ^b^avijjā saṅkhārānaṃ uppādo hutvā paccayo hoti.^eb^ Tathā avijjāya sati saṅkhārā pavattanti dharanti, nivisanti ca, te avijjāya sati phalaṃ bhavādīsu khipanti, āyūhanti phaluppattiyā ghaṭanti, saṃyujjanti attano phalena, yasmiṃ santāne sayañca uppannā, taṃ palibundhanti, paccayantarasamavāye udayanti uppajjanti, hinoti ca saṅkhārānaṃ kāraṇabhāvaṃ gacchati, paṭicca avijjaṃ saṅkhārā ayanti pavattantīti evaṃ avijjāya saṅkhārānaṃ ^a^M1.0139^ea^ kāraṇabhāvūpagamanavisesā uppādādayo veditabbā. Tathā saṅkhārādīnaṃ viññāṇādīsu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uppādaṭṭhitī^eb^tiādīsu ca tiṭṭhati etenāti ṭhiti, kāraṇaṃ. Uppādo eva ṭhiti ^b^uppādaṭṭhiti.^eb^ Esa nayo sesesupi. Yasmā ayonisomanasikāro, ‘‘āsavasamudayā avijjāsamudayo’’ti (ma. ni. 1.103) vacanato āsavā ca avijjāya paccayo, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ubhopete dhammā paccayasamuppannā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paccayapariggahe paññā^eb^ti saṅkhārānaṃ avijjāya ca uppādādike paccayākāre paricchinditvā gahaṇavasena pavattā paññā. ^b^Dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇa^eb^nti dhammānaṃ paccayuppannānaṃ paccayabhāvato dhammaṭṭhitisaṅkhāte paṭiccasamuppāde ñāṇaṃ. Paccayadhammā hi paṭiccasamuppāde ‘‘dvādasa paṭiccasamuppādā’’ti vacanato ^a^P1.0180^ea^ dvādasa paccayā. Ayañca nayo na paccuppanne eva, atha kho atītānāgatakālepi, na ca avijjāya eva saṅkhāresu, atha kho saṅkhārādīnampi viññāṇādīsu labbhatīti paripuṇṇaṃ katvā paccayākārassa vibhattabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘atītampi addhāna’’^eb^ntiādi pāḷiṃ ārabhi. Paṭṭhāne (paṭṭhā. 1.paccayaniddesa 1) dassitā hetādipaccayā evettha uppādādipaccayākārehi gahitāti te yathāsambhavaṃ nīharitvā yojetabbā, ativitthārabhayena pana na yojayimha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tassa tassa dhammassā^eb^ti tassa tassa saṅkhārādipaccayuppannadhammassa. ^b^Tathā tathā paccayabhāvenā^eb^ti uppādādihetādipaccayabhāvena. Atītapaccuppannānāgatavasena tayo addhā kālā etassāti ^a^V1.0124^ea^^b^tiyaddhaṃ.^eb^ Hetuphalaphalahetuhetuphalavasena tayo sandhī etassāti ^b^tisandhiṃ.^eb^ Saṅkhippanti ettha avijjādayo viññāṇādayo cāti saṅkhepo, kammaṃ vipāko ca. Saṅkhippanti etthāti vā saṅkhepo, avijjādayo viññāṇādayo ca. Koṭṭhāsapariyāyo vā ^b^saṅkhepa^eb^-saddo. Atīte kammasaṅkhepādivasena cattāro saṅkhepā etassāti ^b^catusaṅkhepaṃ. ^eb^ Sarūpato avuttāpi tasmiṃ tasmiṃ saṅkhepe ākirīyanti avijjāsaṅkhārādiggahaṇehi pakāsīyantīti ākārā, atīte hetuādīnaṃ vā pakārā ākārā, te saṅkhepe pañca pañca katvā vīsatiākārā etassāti ^b^vīsatākāraṃ.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]Khattiyādibhedena anekabhedabhinnāpi sassatavādino jātisatasahassānussaraṇādino abhinivesahetuno vasena cattārova honti ^a^M1.0140^ea^, na tato uddhaṃ adhoti sassatavādādīnaṃ parimāṇaparicchedassa anaññavisayataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘cattāro janā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^cattāro janā^eb^ti cattāro janasamūhā. ^b^Idaṃ nissāyā^eb^ti idaṃ idappaccayatāya sammā aggahaṇaṃ, tatthāpi ca hetuphalabhāvena sambandhānaṃ ^a^P1.0181^ea^ santatighanassa abheditattā paramatthato vijjamānampi bhedanibandhanaṃ nānattanayaṃ anupadhāretvā gahitaṃ ekattaggahaṇaṃ nissāya. ^b^Idaṃ gaṇhantī^eb^ti idaṃ sassataggahaṇaṃ abhinivissa voharanti, iminā nayena ekaccasassatavādādayopettha yathāsambhavaṃ yojetvā vattabbā. ^b^Bhinditvā^eb^ti ‘‘ātappamanvāyā’’tiādinā vibhajitvā ‘‘tayidaṃ bhikkhave tathāgato pajānātī’’tiādinā vimadditvā ^b^nijjaṭaṃ nigumbaṃ katvā^eb^ diṭṭhijaṭāvijaṭanena diṭṭhigumbavivaraṇena ca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Tasmā’’^eb^tiādinā buddhaguṇe ārabbha desanāya samuṭṭhitattā sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ uddisitvā desanākusalo bhagavā samayantaraviggāhaṇavasena sabbaññutaññāṇameva vissajjetīti dasseti. ^b^‘‘Santī’’^eb^ti iminā tesaṃ diṭṭhigatikānaṃ vijjamānatāya avicchinnataṃ, tato ca nesaṃ micchāgāhato sithilakaraṇavivecanehi attano desanāya kiccakāritaṃ, avitathatañca dīpeti dhammarājā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^29^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Atthī^eb^ti ‘‘saṃvijjantī’’ti iminā samānattho puthuvacanavisayo eko nipāto ‘‘atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.377; ma. ni. 1.110; ma. ni. 3.154; saṃ. ni. 4.127; khu. pā. 3.1) viya. Sassatādivasena pubbantaṃ kappentīti ^b^pubbantakappikā.^eb^ Yasmā pana te taṃ pubbantaṃ purimasiddhehi taṇhādiṭṭhikappehi kappetvā, āsevanabalavatāya vicittavuttitāya ca vikappetvā aparabhāgasiddhehi abhinivesabhūtehi taṇhādiṭṭhiggāhehi gaṇhanti abhinivisanti parāmasanti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pubbantaṃ^eb^^a^V1.0125^ea^^b^kappetvā vikappetvā gaṇhantī’’^eb^ti. Taṇhupādānavasena vā kappanaggahaṇāni veditabbāni. Taṇhāpaccayā hi upādānaṃ. ^b^Koṭṭhāsesū^eb^ti ^a^P1.0182^ea^ ettha koṭṭhāsādīsūti attho veditabbo. Padapūraṇasamīpaummaggādīsupi hi ^b^anta^eb^-saddo dissati. Tathā hi ‘‘iṅgha tvaṃ suttante vā gāthāyo vā abhidhammaṃ vā pariyāpuṇassu (pāci. 442), suttante okāsaṃ kārāpetvā’’ti (pāci. 1221) ca ādīsu padapūraṇe anta-saddo vattati, gāmantaṃ osareyya, (pārā. 409; cūḷava. 343) gāmantasenāsana’’ntiādīsu samīpe ^a^M1.0141^ea^, ‘‘kāmasukhallikānuyogo eko anto, atthīti kho kaccāna ayameko anto’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 2.15; 3.90) ummaggeti.<br/><br/>[03]Kappa-saddo mahākappasamantabhāvakilesakāmavitakkakālapaññattisadisabhāvādīsu vattatīti āha ^b^‘‘sambahulesu atthesu vattatī’’^eb^ti. Tathā hesa ‘‘cattārimāni bhikkhave kappassa asaṅkhyeyyānī’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.156) mahākappe vattati, ‘‘kevalakappaṃ veḷuvanaṃ obhāsetvā’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.94) samantabhāve, ‘‘saṅkappo kāmo, rāgo kāmo, saṅkapparāgo kāmo’’tiādīsu (mahāni. 1; cūḷani. 8) kilesakāme, ‘‘takko vitakko saṅkappo’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 7) vitakke, ‘‘yena ^a^P1.0183^ea^ sudaṃ niccakappaṃ viharāmī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.387) kāle, ‘‘iccāyasmā kappo’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 1090; cūḷani. 113) paññattiyaṃ, ‘‘satthukappena vata kira bho sāvakena saddhiṃ mantayamānā na jānimhā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.260) sadisabhāve vattatīti. ^b^Vuttampi ceta^eb^nti mahāniddesaṃ (mahāni. 28) sandhāyāha. ^b^Taṇhādiṭṭhivasenā^eb^ti diṭṭhiyā upanissayabhūtāya sahajātāya abhinandanabhūtāya ca taṇhāya, sassatādiākārena abhinivisantassa micchāgāhassa ca vasena. Pubbenivutthadhammavisayāya kappanāya adhippetattā atītakālavācako idha pubba-saddo, rūpādikhandhavinimuttassa kappanāvatthuno abhāvā anta-saddo ca bhāgavācakoti āha ^b^‘‘atītaṃ khandhakoṭṭhāsa’’^eb^nti. ^b^‘‘Kappetvā’’^eb^ti ca tasmiṃ pubbante taṇhāyanābhinivesānaṃ samatthanaṃ pariniṭṭhāpanamāha. ^b^Ṭhitā^eb^ti tassā laddhiyā avijahanaṃ. ^b^Ārabbhā^eb^ti ālambitvā. Visayo hi tassā diṭṭhiyā pubbanto. Visayabhāvato eva hi so tassā āgamanaṭṭhānaṃ, ārammaṇapaccayo cāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘āgamma paṭiccā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Adhivacanapadānī^eb^ti paññattipadāni. Dāsādīsu sirivaḍḍhakādi-saddā viya vacanamattameva adhikāraṃ katvā pavattiyā adhivacanaṃ paññatti. Atha vā adhi-saddo uparibhāve, vuccatīti vacanaṃ, upari vacanaṃ adhivacanaṃ, upādābhūtarūpādīnaṃ upari paññāpiyamānā upādāpaññattīti attho ^a^V1.0126^ea^, tasmā paññattidīpakapadānīti attho daṭṭhabbo. Paññattimattañhetaṃ vuccati, yadidaṃ ‘‘attā, loko’’ti ca, na rūpavedanādayo viya paramattho. Adhikavuttitāya vā adhivuttiyoti diṭṭhiyo vuccanti. Adhikañhi ^a^P1.0184^ea^ sabhāvadhammesu sassatādiṃ ^a^M1.0142^ea^ pakatiādidabbādiṃ jīvādiṃ kāyādiñca abhūtamatthaṃ ajjhāropetvā diṭṭhiyo pavattantīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^30^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Abhivadantī^eb^ti ‘‘idameva saccaṃ, moghamañña’’nti (ma. ni. 2.187, 203, 427; ma. ni. 3.27, 29) abhinivisitvā vadanti ‘‘ayaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo’’tiādinā vivadanti. Abhivadanakiriyāya ajjāpi avicchedabhāvadassanatthaṃ vattamānakālavacanaṃ. Diṭṭhi eva ^b^diṭṭhigataṃ^eb^ ‘‘muttagataṃ, (ma. ni. 2.119; a. ni. 9.11) saṅkhāragata’’ntiādīsu (mahāni. 41) viya. Gantabbābhāvato vā diṭṭhiyā gatamattaṃ, diṭṭhiyā gahaṇamattanti attho. Diṭṭhippakāro vā ^b^diṭṭhigataṃ.^eb^ Lokiyā hi vidhayuttagatapakāra-sadde samānatthe icchanti. Ekekasmiñca ‘‘attā’’ti, ‘‘loko’’ti ca gahaṇavisesaṃ upādāya paññāpanaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘rūpādīsu aññataraṃ attā ca loko cāti gahetvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Amaraṃ niccaṃ dhuva^eb^nti sassatavevacanāni. Maraṇābhāvena vā ^b^amaraṃ,^eb^ uppādābhāvena sabbathāpi atthitāya ^b^niccaṃ,^eb^ thiraṭṭhena vikārābhāvena ^b^dhuvaṃ. ^eb^^b^‘‘Yathāhā’’^eb^tiādinā yathāvuttamatthaṃ niddesapaṭisambhidāpāḷīhi vibhāveti. Ayañca attho ‘‘rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, vedanaṃ, saññaṃ, saṅkhāre, viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassatī’’ti imissā pañcavidhāya sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā vasena vutto. ‘‘Rūpavantaṃ attāna’’ntiādikāya pana pañcadasavidhāya sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā vasena cattāro cattāro khandhe ‘‘attā’’ti gahetvā tadaññaṃ ‘‘loko’’ti paññapentīti ayampi attho labbhati. Tathā ekaṃ khandhaṃ ^a^P1.0185^ea^’’attā’’ti gahetvā tadaññe attano upabhogabhūto lokoti, sasantatipatite vā khandhe ‘‘attā’’ti gahetvā tadaññe ‘‘loko’’ti paññapentīti evampettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Etthāha – sassato vādo etesanti kasmā vuttaṃ, nanu tesaṃ attā loko ca sassatoti adhippeto, na vādo ti? Saccametaṃ, sassatasahacaritatāya pana ‘‘vādo sassato’’ti vuttaṃ yathā ‘‘kuntā pacarantī’’ti. Sassato iti vādo etesanti vā iti-saddalopo daṭṭhabbo. Atha vā sassataṃ vadanti ‘‘idameva sacca’’nti abhinivissa voharantīti sassatavādā, sassatadiṭṭhinoti evampettha attho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^31^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ātāpanaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0143^ea^ kilesānaṃ vibādhanaṃ pahānaṃ. ^b^Padahanaṃ^eb^ kosajjapakkhe patituṃ adatvā cittassa ussahanaṃ. ^b^Anuyogo^eb^ yathā samādhi visesabhāgiyataṃ pāpuṇāti, evaṃ vīriyassa bahulīkaraṇaṃ. Idha upacārappanācittaparidamanavīriyānaṃ adhippetattā āha ^b^‘‘tippabhedaṃ vīriya’’^eb^nti ^a^V1.0127^ea^. Nappamajjati etenāti ^b^appamādo,^eb^ asammoso. Sammā upāyena manasi karoti kammaṭṭhānaṃ etenāti ^b^sammāmanasikāro^eb^ ñāṇanti āha ^b^‘‘vīriyañca satiñca ñāṇañcā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti ‘‘ātappa…pe… manasikāraṃ anvāyā’’ti imasmiṃ pāṭhe. Sīlavisuddhiyā saddhiṃ catunnaṃ rūpāvacarajjhānānaṃ adhigamanapaṭipadā vattabbā, sā pana visuddhimagge vitthārato vuttāti āha ^b^‘‘saṅkhepattho’’^eb^ti. ^b^‘‘Tathārūpa’’^eb^nti cuddasavidhehi cittadamanehi rūpāvacaracatutthajjhānassa damitataṃ vadati.<br/><br/>[03]Samādhānādiaṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatarūpāvacaracatutthajjhānassa yogino samādhivijambhanabhūtā lokiyābhiññā ^b^jhānānubhāvo. ‘‘Jhānādīna’’^eb^nti idaṃ jhānalābhissa visesena jhānadhammā āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, taṃmukhena sesadhammāti imamatthaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ^b^Janakabhāvaṃ paṭikkhipati.^eb^ Sati hi janakabhāve rūpādidhammānaṃ viya sukhādidhammānaṃ viya, ca paccayāyattavuttitāya uppādavantatā ^a^P1.0186^ea^ viññāyati, uppāde ca sati avassambhāvī nirodhoti anavakāsāva niccatā siyāti. ^b^Kūṭaṭṭha^eb^-saddo vā loke accantanicce niruḷho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^‘‘Esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhito’’^eb^ti etena yathā esikā vātappahārādīhi na calati, evaṃ na kenaci vikāraṃ āpajjatīti vikārābhāvamāha, ^b^‘‘kūṭaṭṭho’’^eb^ti iminā pana aniccatābhāvaṃ. Vikāropi vināsoyevāti āha, ^b^‘‘ubhayenapi lokassa vināsābhāvaṃ dīpetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^‘‘Vijjamānamevā’’^eb^ti etena kāraṇe phalassa atthibhāvadassanena abhibyattivādaṃ dīpeti. ^b^Nikkhamatī^eb^ti ca abhibyattiṃ gacchatīti attho. Kathaṃ pana vijjamānoyeva pubbe anabhibyatto abhibyattiṃ gacchatīti? Yathā andhakārena paṭicchanno ghaṭo ālokena abhibyattiṃ gacchati.<br/><br/>[03]Idamettha vicāretabbaṃ – kiṃ karonto āloko ghaṭaṃ pakāsetīti vuccati, yadi ghaṭavisayaṃ buddhiṃ karonto, buddhiyā anuppannāya uppattidīpanato abhibyattivādo hāyati. Atha ghaṭabuddhiyā āvaraṇabhūtaṃ andhakāraṃ vidhamanto, evampi abhibyattivādo hāyatiyeva. Sati hi ghaṭabuddhiyā andhakāro kathaṃ tassā āvaraṇaṃ hotīti, yathā ghaṭassa ^a^M1.0144^ea^ abhibyatti na yujjati, evaṃ attanopi. Tatthāpi hi yadi indriyavisayādisannipātena anuppannāya buddhiyā uppatti, uppattivacaneneva abhibyattivādo hāyati, tathā sassatavādo. Atha buddhippavattiyā āvaraṇabhūtassa andhakāraṭṭhāniyassa mohassa vidhamanena. Sati buddhiyā kathaṃ moho āvaraṇanti, kiñci bhedasambhavato. Na hi abhibyañjanakānaṃ candasūriyamaṇipadīpādīnaṃ bhedena abhibyañjitabbānaṃ ghaṭādīnaṃ bhedo hoti, hoti ca visayabhedena buddhibhedoti bhiyyopi abhibyatti na yujjatiyeva, na cettha vuttikappanā yuttā vuttiyā vuttimato ca anaññathānujānanatoti ^a^V1.0128^ea^. ^b^Te^eb^^a^P1.0187^ea^^b^ca sattā sandhāvantī^eb^ti ye idha manussabhāvena avaṭṭhitā, teyeva devabhāvādiupagamanena ito aññattha gacchanti, aññathā katassa kammassa vināso, akatassa ca abbhāgamo āpajjeyyāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aparāpara^eb^nti aparasmā bhavā aparaṃ bhavaṃ. ^b^Evaṃ saṅkhyaṃ gacchantī^eb^ti attano niccasabhāvattā na cutūpapattiyo, sabbabyāpitāya nāpi sandhāvanasaṃsaraṇāni, dhammānaṃyeva pana pavattivisesena evaṃ saṅkhyaṃ gacchanti, evaṃ voharīyantīti adhippāyo. Etena avaṭṭhitasabhāvassa attano, dhammino ca dhammamattaṃ uppajjati ceva vinassati cāti imaṃ vipariṇāmavādaṃ dasseti. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ parato vakkhāma. ^b^Attano vādaṃ bhindatī^eb^ti sandhāvanādivacanasiddhāya aniccatāya pubbe paṭiññātaṃ sassatavādaṃ bhindati, viddhaṃsetīti attho. ^b^Sassatisama^eb^nti vā etassa sassataṃ thāvaraṃ niccakālanti attho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Hetuṃ dassento^eb^ti yesaṃ ‘‘sassato’’ti attānañca lokañca paññapeti ayaṃ diṭṭhigatiko, tesaṃ hetuṃ dassentoti attho. Na hi attano diṭṭhiyā paccakkhakatamatthaṃ attanoyeva sādheti, attano pana paccakkhakatena atthena attano appaccakkhabhūtampi atthaṃ sādheti. Attanā hi yathānicchitaṃ parehi viññāpeti, na anicchitaṃ. ^b^‘‘Hetuṃ dassento’’^eb^ti ettha idaṃ hetudassanaṃ – etesu anekesu jātisatasahassesu ekovāyaṃ me attā, loko ca anussaraṇasabbhāvato. Yo hi yamatthaṃ anubhavati, so eva taṃ anussarati, na añño. Na hi aññena anubhūtamatthaṃ añño anussarituṃ sakkoti yathā taṃ buddharakkhitena anubhūtaṃ dhammarakkhito. Yathā cetāsu, evaṃ ito purimatarāsupi jātīsūti. Kasmā sassato me attā ca loko ^a^M1.0145^ea^ ca. Yathā ca me, evaṃ aññesampi sattānaṃ sassato attā ca loko cāti? Sassatavasena diṭṭhigahanaṃ pakkhando ^a^P1.0188^ea^ diṭṭhigatiko parepi tattha patiṭṭhapeti, pāḷiyaṃ pana ‘‘anekavihitāni adhivuttipadāni abhivadanti. So evaṃ āhā’’ti ca vacanato parānumānavasena idha hetudassanaṃ adhippetanti viññāyati. ^b^Kāraṇa^eb^nti tividhaṃ kāraṇaṃ sampāpakaṃ nibbattakaṃ ñāpakanti. Tattha ariyamaggo nibbānassa sampāpakaṃ kāraṇaṃ, bījaṃ aṅkurassa nibbattakaṃ kāraṇaṃ, paccayuppannatādayo aniccatādīnaṃ ñāpakaṃ kāraṇaṃ, idhāpi ñāpakakāraṇameva adhippetaṃ. Ñāpako hi ñāpetabbatthavisayassa ñāṇassa hetubhāvato kāraṇanti. Tadāyattavuttitāya taṃ ñāṇaṃ tiṭṭhati tatthāti ^b^‘‘ṭhāna’’^eb^nti, vasati tattha pavattatīti ^b^‘‘vatthū’’^eb^ti ca vuccati. Tathā hi bhagavatā vatthu-saddena uddisitvāpi ṭhānasaddena niddiṭṭhanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^32-33^eb^^b^.^eb^ Dutiyatatiyavādānaṃ ^a^V1.0129^ea^ paṭhamavādato natthi viseso ṭhapetvā kālavisesanti āha ^b^‘‘upari vādadvayepi eseva nayo’’^eb^ti. Yadi evaṃ kasmā sassatavādo catudhā vibhatto, nanu adhiccasamuppannikavādo viya duvidheneva vibhajitabbo siyāti āha ^b^‘‘mandapañño hi titthiyo’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^34^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Takkayatī^eb^ti ūhayati, sassatādiākārena tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ārammaṇe cittaṃ abhiniropetīti attho. ^b^Takko^eb^ti ākoṭanalakkhaṇo vinicchayalakkhaṇo vā diṭṭhiṭṭhānabhūto vitakko. ^b^Vīmaṃsā^eb^ nāma vicāraṇā, sā panettha atthato paññāpatirūpako lobhasahagatacittuppādo, micchābhiniveso vā ayonisomanasikāro, pubbabhāge vā diṭṭhivipphanditanti daṭṭhabbā. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘tulanā ruccanā khamanā’’^eb^ti. Pariyāhananaṃ vitakkassa ārammaṇaūhanaṃ evāti āha ^b^‘‘tena tena pakārena takketvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anuvicarita^eb^nti ^a^P1.0189^ea^ vīmaṃsāya anupavattitaṃ, vīmaṃsānugatena vā vicārena anumajjitaṃ. Paṭi paṭi bhātīti paṭibhānaṃ, yathāsamihitākāravisesavibhāvako cittuppādo. Paṭibhānato jātaṃ paṭibhānaṃ, sayaṃ attano paṭibhānaṃ ^b^sayaṃ paṭibhānaṃ.^eb^ Tenevāha ^b^‘‘attano paṭibhānamattasañjāta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Matta^eb^-saddena visesādhigamādayo nivatteti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Anāgatepi^eb^^a^M1.0146^ea^^b^evaṃ bhavissatī’’^eb^ti idaṃ na idhādhippetatakkīvaseneva vuttaṃ, lābhītakkino evampi sambhavatīti sambhavadassanavasena vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yaṃ kiñci attanā paṭiladdhaṃ rūpādi sukhādi ca idha labbhatīti lābho, na jhānādiviseso. ^b^‘‘Evaṃ sati idaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti aniccesu bhāvesu añño karoti, añño paṭisaṃvedetīti āpajjati, tathā ca sati katassa vināso, akatassa ca abbhāgamo siyā. Niccesu pana bhāvesu yo karoti, so paṭisaṃvedetīti na doso āpajjatīti takkikassa yuttigavesanākāraṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Takkamattenevā^eb^ti āgamādhigamādīnaṃ anussavādīnañca abhāvā suddhatakkeneva. Nanu ca visesalābhinopi sassatavādino attano visesādhigamahetu anekesu jātisatasahassesu dasasu saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭesu cattālīsāya saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭesu yathānubhūtaṃ attano santānaṃ tappaṭibaddhañca ‘‘attā, loko’’ti ca anussaritvā tato purimapurimatarāsupi jātīsu tathābhūtassa atthitānuvitakkanamukhena sabbesampi sattānaṃ tathābhāvānuvitakkanavaseneva sassatābhinivesino jātā, evañca sati sabbopi sassatavādī anussutijātissaratakkikā viya attano upaladdhavatthunibandhanena takkanena pavattavādattā takkīpakkheyeva tiṭṭheyya, avassañca vuttappakāraṃ takkanamicchitabbaṃ ^a^V1.0130^ea^, aññathā visesalābhī sassatavādī ekaccasassatikapakkhaṃ, adhiccasamuppannikapakkhaṃ vā bhajeyyāti ^a^P1.0190^ea^? Na kho panetaṃ evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, yasmā visesalābhīnaṃ khandhasantānassa dīghadīghataradīghatamakālānussaraṇaṃ sassataggāhassa asādhāraṇakāraṇaṃ. Tathā hi ‘‘anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarāmi. Imināmahametaṃ jānāmī’’ti anussaraṇameva padhānakāraṇabhāvena dassitaṃ. Yaṃ pana tassa ‘‘imināmahametaṃ jānāmī’’ti pavattaṃ takkanaṃ, na taṃ idha padhānaṃ anussaraṇaṃ pati tassa appadhānabhūtattā. Yadi evaṃ anussavādīnampi padhānabhāvo āpajjatīti ce? Na, tesaṃ sacchikiriyāya abhāvena takkapadhānattā, padhānakāraṇena ca niddeso niruḷho sāsane loke ca yathā ‘‘cakkhuviññāṇaṃ, yavaṅkuro’’ti ca.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā visesādhigamanibandhanarahitassa takkanassa visuṃ sassataggāhe kāraṇabhāvadassanatthaṃ visesādhigamo visuṃ sassataggāhakāraṇaṃ vattabbo ^a^M1.0147^ea^, so ca mandamajjhatikkhapaññāvasena tividhoti bhagavatā sabbatakkino takkībhāvasāmaññena ekajjhaṃ gahetvā catudhā vavatthāpito sassatavādo. Yadipi anussavādivasena takkikānaṃ viya mandapaññādīnampi hīnādivasena anekabhedasabbhāvato visesalābhīnampi bahudhā bhedo sambhavati, sabbe pana visesalābhino mandapaññādivasena tayo rāsī katvā tattha ukkaṭṭhavasena anekajātisatasahassadasasaṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭacattārīsasaṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭānussaraṇena ayaṃ vibhāgo vutto. Tīsupi rāsīsu ye hīnamajjhapaññā, te vuttaparicchedato ūnakameva anussaranti. Ye pana tattha ukkaṭṭhapaññā, te vuttaparicchedaṃ atikkamitvā nānussarantīti evaṃ panāyaṃ desanā. Tasmā aññatarabhedasaṅgahavaseneva ^a^P1.0191^ea^ bhagavatā cattāriṭṭhānāni vibhattānīti vavatthitā sassatavādīnaṃ catubbidhatā. Na hi idha sāvasesaṃ dhammaṃ deseti dhammarājā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^35^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Aññatarenā’’^eb^ti etassa atthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ekenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Vā^eb^-saddassa pana aniyamatthataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘dvīhi vā tīhi vā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tena catūsu ṭhānesu yathārahaṃ ekaccaṃ ekaccassa paññāpane sahakārīkāraṇanti dasseti. Kiṃ panetāni vatthūni abhinivesassa hetu, udāhu patiṭṭhāpanassa. Kiñcettha yadi tāva abhinivesassa, kasmā anussaraṇatakkanāniyeva gahitāni, na saññāvipallāsādayo. Tathāhi viparītasaññā ayonisomanasikārāsappurisūpanissayāsaddhammassavanādīni micchādiṭṭhiyā pavattanaṭṭhānāni. Atha patiṭṭhāpanassa adhigamayuttiyo viya āgamopi vatthubhāvena vattabbo, ubhayatthāpi ‘‘natthi ito bahiddhā’’ti vacanaṃ na yujjatīti? Na. Kasmā? Abhinivesapakkhe tāva ayaṃ diṭṭhigatiko ^a^V1.0131^ea^ asappurisūpanissayāsaddhammassavanehi ayoniso ummujjitvā vipallāsasañño rūpādidhammānaṃ khaṇe khaṇe bhijjanasabhāvassa anavabodhato dhammayuttiṃ atidhāvanto ekattanayaṃ micchā gahetvā yathāvuttānussaraṇatakkehi khandhesu ‘‘sassato attā ca loko cā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.31) abhinivesaṃ janesi. Iti āsannakāraṇattā, padhānakāraṇattā, taggahaṇeneva ca itaresampi gahitattā anussaraṇatakkanāniyeva idha gahitāni. Patiṭṭhāpanapakkhe pana āgamopi yuttipakkheyeva ṭhito visesato bāhirakānaṃ takkagāhibhāvatoti anussaraṇatakkanāniyeva ^a^M1.0148^ea^ diṭṭhiyā vatthubhāvena gahitāni. Kiñca bhiyyo duvidhaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ paramatthadhammānaṃ sabhāvalakkhaṇaṃ sāmaññalakkhaṇañcāti. Tattha sabhāvalakkhaṇāvabodho paccakkhañāṇaṃ, sāmaññalakkhaṇāvabodho ^a^P1.0192^ea^ anumānañāṇaṃ, āgamo ca sutamayāya paññāya sādhanato anumānañāṇameva āvahati, sutānaṃ pana dhammānaṃ ākāraparivitakkanena nijjhānakkhantiyaṃ ṭhito cintāmayaṃ paññaṃ nibbattetvā anukkamena bhāvanāya paccakkhañāṇaṃ adhigacchatīti evaṃ āgamopi takkavisayaṃ nātikkamatīti taggahaṇena gahitovāti veditabbo. So aṭṭhakathāyaṃ anussutitakkaggahaṇena vibhāvitoti yuttaṃ evidaṃ ‘‘natthi ito bahiddhā’’ti. ‘‘Anekavihitāni adhivuttipadāni abhivadanti, sassataṃ attānañca lokañca paññapentī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.30) ca vacanato patiṭṭhāpanavatthūni idhādhippetānīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^36^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Diṭṭhiyeva diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ paramavajjatāya anekavihitānaṃ anatthānaṃ hetubhāvato. Yathāha ‘‘micchādiṭṭhiparamāhaṃ bhikkhave vajjaṃ vadāmī’’ti (a. ni. 1.310) ^b^‘‘yathāhā’’^eb^tiādinā paṭisambhidāpāḷiyā (paṭi. ma. 1.124) diṭṭhiyā ṭhānavibhāgaṃ dasseti. Tattha ^b^khandhāpi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ ārammaṇaṭṭhena ‘‘rūpaṃ attato samanupassatī’’tiādi (saṃ. ni. 3.81, 345) vacanato. ^b^Avijjāpi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ upanissayādibhāvena pavattanato. Yathāha ‘‘assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano ariyānaṃ adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido’’tiādi (ma. ni. 1.2; paṭi. ma. 1.130). ^b^Phassopi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ. ^eb^ Yathā cāha ‘‘tadapi phassapaccayā, (dī. ni. 1.118 ādayo) phussa phussa paṭisaṃvedentī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.144) ca ^a^P1.0193^ea^. ^b^Saññāpi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ.^eb^ Vuttañcetaṃ ‘‘saññānidānā hi papañcasaṅkhā, (su. ni. 880; mahāni. 109) pathavito saññatvā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.2) ca ādi. ^b^Vitakkopi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ. ^eb^ Vuttampi cetaṃ ‘‘takkañca diṭṭhīsu pakappayitvā, saccaṃ musāti dvayadhammamāhū’’ti (su. ni. 892) ‘‘takkī hoti vīmaṃsī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.34) ca ādi. ^b^Ayonisomanasikāropi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ.^eb^ Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘tassa evaṃ ayoniso manasi karoto channaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ aññatarā diṭṭhi uppajjati. ‘Atthi me attā’ti vā assa saccato thetato ^a^V1.0132^ea^ diṭṭhi uppajjatī’’tiādi (ma. ni. 1.19). Samuṭṭhāti etenāti samuṭṭhānaṃ samuṭṭhānabhāvo ^b^samuṭṭhānaṭṭho. Pavattitā^eb^ti parasantānesu uppāditā. ^b^Pariniṭṭhāpitā^eb^ti abhinivesassa pariyosānaṃ ^a^M1.0149^ea^ matthakaṃ pāpitāti attho. ^b^‘‘Ārammaṇavasenā’’^eb^ti aṭṭhasu diṭṭhiṭṭhānesu khandhe sandhāyāha. ^b^Pavattanavasenā^eb^ti avijjādayo. ^b^Āsevanavasenā^eb^ti pāpamittaparatoghosādīnampi sevanaṃ labbhatiyeva. Atha vā ^b^evaṃgatikā^eb^ti evaṃgamanā, evaṃniṭṭhāti attho. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ime diṭṭhisaṅkhātā diṭṭhiṭṭhānā evaṃ paramatthato asantaṃ attānaṃ sassatabhāvañcassa ajjhāropetvā gahitā, parāmaṭṭhā ca bālalapanā yāva paṇḍitā na samanuyuñjanti, tāva gacchanti pavattanti. Paṇḍitehi samanuyuñjiyamānā pana anavaṭṭhitavatthukā avimaddakkhamā sūriyuggamane ussāvabindū ^a^P1.0194^ea^ viya khajjopanakā viya ca bhijjanti vinassanti cāti.<br/><br/>[03]Tatthāyaṃ anuyuñjane saṅkhepakathā – yadi hi parena parikappito attā loko vā sassato siyā, tassa nibbikāratāya purimarūpāvijahanato kassaci visesādhānassa kātuṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya ahitato nivattanatthaṃ, hite ca paṭipattiatthaṃ upadeso eva nippayojano siyā sassatavādino, kathaṃ vā so upadeso pavattīyati vikārābhāvato, evañca attano ajaṭākāsassa viya dānādikiriyā hiṃsādikiriyā ca na sambhavati. Tathā sukhassa dukkhassa anubhavananibandho eva sassatavādino na yujjati kammabaddhābhāvato, jātiādīnañca asambhavato kuto vimokkho, atha pana dhammamattaṃ tassa uppajjati ceva vinassati ca, yassa vasenāyaṃ kiriyādivohāroti vadeyya, evampi purimarūpāvijahanena avaṭṭhitassa attano dhammamattanti na sakkā sambhāvetuṃ, te vā panassa dhammā avatthābhūtā aññe vā siyuṃ anaññe vā. Yadi aññe, na tāhi tassa uppannāhipi koci viseso atthi. Yāhi karoti paṭisaṃvedeti cavati upapajjati cāti icchitaṃ, tasmā tadavattho eva yathāvuttadoso. Kiñca dhammakappanāpi niratthikā siyā, athānaññe uppādavināsavantīhi avatthāhi anaññassa attano tāsaṃ viya uppādavināsasabbhāvato kuto niccatāvakāso, tāsampi vā attano viya niccatāti bandhavimokkhānaṃ asambhavo evāti na yujjatiyeva sassatavādo. Na cettha koci vādī dhammānaṃ sassatabhāve parisuddhaṃ yuttiṃ vattuṃ samattho, yuttirahitañca vacanaṃ ^a^P1.0195^ea^ na paṇḍitānaṃ cittaṃ ārādhetīti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘yāva paṇḍitā na samanuyuñjanti, tāva gacchanti pavattantī’’ti. Kammavasena abhimukho sampareti etthāti ^b^abhisamparāyo,^eb^ paroloko.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Sabbaññutaññāṇañcā’’^eb^ti ^a^M1.0150^ea^ idaṃ idha sabbaññutaññāṇassa vibhajiyamānattā vuttaṃ, tasmiṃ vā ^a^V1.0133^ea^ vutte tadadhiṭṭhānato āsavakkhayañāṇaṃ, tadavinābhāvato sabbampi vā bhagavato dasabalādiñāṇaṃ gahitameva hotīti katvā. ^b^Pajānantopī^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddo sambhāvane, tena ^b^‘‘tañcā’’^eb^ti ettha vuttaṃ ca-saddatthamāha. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – taṃ diṭṭhigatato uttaritaraṃ sārabhūtaṃ sīlādiguṇavisesampi tathāgato nābhinivisati, ko pana vādo vaṭṭāmiseti. ^b^‘‘Aha’’^eb^nti diṭṭhivasena vā taṃ parāmasanākāramāha. ^b^Pajānāmī^eb^ti ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo pakārattho, tena ‘‘mama’’nti taṇhāvasena parāmasanākāraṃ dasseti. Dhammasabhāvaṃ atikkamitvā parato āmasanaṃ ^b^parāmāso.^eb^ Na hi taṃ atthi, khandhesu yaṃ ‘‘aha’’nti vā, ‘‘mama’’nti vā gahetabbaṃ siyā. Yo pana parāmāso taṇhādayova, te ca bhagavato bodhimūleyeva pahīnāti āha ^b^‘‘parāmāsakilesāna’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Aparāmāsato^eb^ti vā nibbutivedanassa hetuvacanaṃ, ^b^‘‘viditā’’^eb^ti idaṃ padaṃ apekkhitvā kattari sāmivacanaṃ, aparāmasanahetu parāmāsarahitāya paṭipattiyā tathāgatena sayameva asaṅkhatadhātu adhigatāti evaṃ vā ettha attho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Yāsu vedanāsū’’^eb^tiādinā bhagavato desanāvilāsaṃ dasseti. Tathā hi khandhāyatanādivasena anekavidhāsu catusaccadesanāsu sambhavantīsupi ayaṃ tathāgatānaṃ desanāsu paṭipatti, yaṃ diṭṭhigatikā micchāpaṭipattiyā diṭṭhigahanaṃ pakkhandāti dassanatthaṃ vedanāyeva pariññāya bhūmidassanatthaṃ ^a^P1.0196^ea^ uddhaṭā. ^b^Kammaṭṭhāna^eb^nti catusaccakammaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Yathābhūtaṃ viditvā^eb^ti vipassanāpaññāya vedanāya samudayādīni ārammaṇapaṭivedhavasena maggapaññāya asammohapaṭivedhavasena jānitvā, paṭivijjhitvāti attho. ^b^Paccayasamudayaṭṭhenā^eb^ti ‘‘imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti, imassuppādā idaṃ uppajjatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.404; saṃ. ni. 2.21; udā. 1) vuttalakkhaṇena avijjādīnaṃ paccayānaṃ uppādena ceva maggena asamugghātena ca. ^b^Nibbattilakkhaṇa^eb^nti uppādalakkhaṇaṃ, jātinti attho. ^b^Pañcannaṃ lakkhaṇāna^eb^nti ettha catunnaṃ paccayānampi uppādalakkhaṇameva gahetvā vuttanti gahetabbaṃ, yasmā paccayalakkhaṇampi labbhatiyeva, tathā ceva saṃvaṇṇitaṃ. ^b^Paccayanirodhaṭṭhenā^eb^ti etthāpi vuttanayānusārena attho veditabbo. ^b^Ya^eb^nti yasmā, ^b^yaṃ^eb^ vā sukhaṃ somanassaṃ. ^b^Paṭiccā^eb^ti ārammaṇapaccayādibhūtaṃ ^a^M1.0151^ea^ vedanaṃ labhitvā. ^b^Aya^eb^nti sukhasomanassānaṃ paccayabhāvo, sukhasomanassameva vā, ‘‘assādo’’ti padaṃ pana apekkhitvā pulliṅganiddeso. Ayañhettha saṅkhepattho – purimuppannaṃ vedanaṃ ārabbha somanassuppattiyaṃ yo purimavedanāya assādetabbākāro somanassassādanākāro, ayaṃ assādoti. Kathaṃ pana vedanaṃ ārabbha sukhaṃ uppajjatīti? Cetasikasukhassa adhippetattā nāyaṃ doso. Visesanaṃ hettha somanassaggahaṇaṃ sukhaṃ somanassanti ‘‘rukkho siṃsapā’’ti yathā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Aniccā’’^eb^ti ^a^V1.0134^ea^ iminā saṅkhāradukkhatāvasena upekkhāvedanāya, sabbavedanāsuyeva vā ādīnavamāha, itarehi itaradukkhatāvasena yathākkamaṃ dukkhasukhavedanānaṃ, avisesena vā tīṇipi padāni sabbāsampi vedanānaṃ vasena yojetabbāni. ^b^Aya^eb^nti yo vedanāya hutvā abhāvaṭṭhena ^a^P1.0197^ea^ aniccabhāvo, udayabbayapaṭipīḷanaṭṭhena dukkhabhāvo, jarāya maraṇena cāti dvedhā vipariṇāmetabbabhāvo ca, ayaṃ vedanāya ādīnavo, yato vā ādīnaṃ paramakāruññaṃ vāti pavattatīti. ^b^Vedanāya nissaraṇa^eb^nti ettha ^b^vedanāyā^eb^ti nissakkavacanaṃ, yāva vedanāpaṭibaddhaṃ chandarāgaṃ na pajahati, tāvāyaṃ puriso vedanaṃ allīnoyeva hoti. Yadā pana taṃ chandarāgaṃ pajahati, tadāyaṃ puriso vedanāya nissaṭo visaṃyutto hotīti chandarāgappahānaṃ vedanāya nissaraṇaṃ vuttaṃ. Ettha ca vedanāggahaṇena vedanāya sahajātanissayārammaṇabhūtā ca rūpārūpadhammā gahitā eva hontīti pañcannampi upādānakkhandhānaṃ gahaṇaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Vedanāsīsena pana desanā āgatā, tattha kāraṇaṃ vuttameva, lakkhaṇahāranayena vā ayamattho vibhāvetabbo. Tattha vedanāggahaṇena gahitā pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhasaccaṃ, vedanānaṃ samudayaggahaṇena gahitā avijjādayo samudayasaccaṃ, atthaṅgamanissaraṇapariyāyehi nirodhasaccaṃ, ‘‘yathābhūtaṃ viditvā’’ti etena maggasaccanti evamettha cattāri saccāni veditabbāni. Kāmupādānamūlakattā sesupādānānaṃ, pahīne ca kāmupādāne upādānasesābhāvato ^b^‘‘vigatachandarāgatāya anupādāno’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Anupādāvimutto^eb^ti attano maggaphalappattiṃ bhagavā dasseti. ‘‘Vedanāna’’ntiādinā hi yassā dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā imaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ sakāraṇaṃ sagatikaṃ pabhedato vibhajituṃ samattho ahosi ^a^M1.0152^ea^, tassa sabbaññutaññāṇassa saddhiṃ pubbabhāgapaṭipadāya uppattibhūmiṃ dasseti dhammarājā.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamabhāṇavāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 21
item: 8
title: mahāsīlavaṇṇanā^pubbantakappikasassatavādavaṇṇanā^ekaccasassatavādavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^38^eb^^b^.^eb^ Sattesu saṅkhāresu ca ekaccaṃ sassataṃ etassāti ekaccasassato, ekaccasassatavādo. So etesaṃ atthīti ^b^ekaccasassatikā^eb^^a^P1.0198^ea^. Te pana yasmā ekaccasassato vādo diṭṭhi etesanti ekaccasassatavādā nāma honti, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassento āha ^b^‘‘ekaccasassatavādā’’^eb^ti. Iminā nayena ^b^ekaccāsassatikā^eb^ dipadassapi attho veditabbo. Nanu ^a^V1.0135^ea^ ca ‘‘ekaccasassatikā’’ti vutte tadaññassa ekaccassa asassatatāsanniṭṭhānaṃ siddhameva hotīti? Saccaṃ siddhameva hoti atthato, na pana saddato. Tasmā supākaṭaṃ katvā dassetuṃ ‘‘ekaccāsassatikā’’ti vuttaṃ. Na hi idha sāvasesaṃ katvā dhammaṃ deseti dhammassāmī. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti ‘‘ekaccasassatikā’’ti imasmiṃ pade. ^b^Gahitā^eb^ti vuttā, tathā ceva attho dassito. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti vā imissā desanāya. Tathā hi purimakā tayo vādā sattavasena, catuttho saṅkhāravasena vibhatto. ^b^‘‘Saṅkhārekaccasassatikā’’^eb^ti idaṃ tehi sassatabhāvena gayhamānānaṃ dhammānaṃ yāthāvasabhāvadassanavasena vuttaṃ, na panekaccasassatikamatadassanavasena. Tassa hi sassatābhimataṃ asaṅkhatamevāti laddhi. Tenevāha ‘‘cittanti vā…pe… ṭhassatī’’ti. Na hi yassa bhāvassa paccayehi abhisaṅkhatabhāvaṃ paṭijānāti, tasseva niccadhuvādibhāvo anummattakena sakkā paṭiññātuṃ. Etena ‘‘uppādavayadhuvatāyuttabhāvā siyā niccā, siyā aniccā siyā na vattabbā’’tiādinā pavattassa sattabhaṅgavādassa ayuttatā vibhāvitā hoti.<br/><br/>[03]Tatthāyaṃ ayuttatāvibhāvanā – yadi ‘‘yena sabhāvena yo dhammo atthīti vuccati, teneva sabhāvena so dhammo natthī’’tiādinā vucceyya, siyā anekantavādo. Atha aññena, siyā na anekantavādo. Na cettha desantarādisambandhabhāvo yutto vattuṃ tassa sabbalokasiddhattā, vivādābhāvato ^a^M1.0153^ea^. Ye pana vadanti ‘‘yathā suvaṇṇaghaṭena makuṭe kate ghaṭabhāvo nassati, makuṭabhāvo ^a^P1.0199^ea^ uppajjati, suvaṇṇabhāvo tiṭṭhatiyeva, evaṃ sabbabhāvānaṃ koci dhammo nassati, koci dhammo uppajjati, sabhāvo pana tiṭṭhatī’’ti. Te vattabbā ‘‘kiṃ taṃ suvaṇṇaṃ, yaṃ ghaṭe makuṭe ca avaṭṭhitaṃ, yadi rūpādi, so saddo viya anicco. Atha rūpādi samūho, samūho nāma sammutimattaṃ. Na tassa atthitā natthitā niccatā vā labbhatī’’ti anekantavādo na siyā. Dhammānañca dhammino aññathānaññathāsu doso vuttoyeva sassatavādavicāraṇāyaṃ. Tasmā so tattha vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Apica niccāniccanavattabbarūpo attā loko ca paramatthato vijjamānatāpaṭijānanato yathā niccādīnaṃ aññataraṃ rūpaṃ, yathā vā dīpādayo. Na hi dīpādīnaṃ udayabbayasabhāvānaṃ niccāniccanavattabbasabhāvatā sakkā viññātuṃ, jīvassa niccādīsu aññataraṃ rūpaṃ viyāti evaṃ sattabhaṅgassa viya sesabhaṅgānampi asambhavoyevāti sattabhaṅgavādassa ayuttatā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca ‘‘issaro nicco, aññe sattā aniccā’’ti evaṃ pavattavādā sattekaccasassatikā seyyathāpi issaravādā. ‘‘Paramāṇavo niccā dhuvā, aṇukādayo aniccā’’ti evaṃ pavattavādā saṅkhārekaccasassatikā seyyathāpi kāṇādā. Nanu ‘‘ekacce dhammā ^a^V1.0136^ea^ sassatā, ekacce asassatā’’ti etasmiṃ vāde cakkhādīnaṃ asassatatāsanniṭṭhānaṃ yathāsabhāvāvabodho eva, tayidaṃ kathaṃ micchādassananti, ko vā evamāha ‘‘cakkhādīnaṃ asassatabhāvasanniṭṭhānaṃ micchādassana’’nti? Asassatesuyeva pana kesañci dhammānaṃ sassatabhāvābhiniveso idha micchādassanaṃ. Tena pana ekavāre pavattamānena cakkhādīnaṃ asassatabhāvāvabodho ^a^P1.0200^ea^ vidūsito saṃsaṭṭhabhāvato visasaṃsaṭṭho viya sappimaṇḍo sakiccakaraṇāsamatthatāya sammādassanapakkhe ṭhapetabbataṃ nārahatīti. Asassatabhāvena nicchitāpi vā cakkhuādayo samāropitajīvasabhāvā eva diṭṭhigatikehi gayhantīti tadavabodhassa micchādassanabhāvo na sakkā nivāretuṃ. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘cakkhuṃ itipi…pe… kāyo itipi ayaṃ me attā’’^eb^tiādi. Evañca katvā asaṅkhatāya saṅkhatāya ca dhātuyā vasena yathākkamaṃ ‘‘ekacce dhammā sassatā, ekacce asassatā’’ti evaṃ pavatto ^a^M1.0154^ea^ vibhajjavādopi ekaccasassatavādo āpajjatīti evaṃpakārā codanā anavakāsā hoti aviparītadhammasabhāvasampaṭipattibhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmañcettha purimavādepi asassatānaṃ dhammānaṃ ‘‘sassatā’’ti gahaṇaṃ visesato micchādassanaṃ, sassatānaṃ pana ‘‘sassatā’’ti gāho na micchādassanaṃ yathāsabhāvaggahaṇabhāvato. Asassatesuyeva pana ‘‘kecideva dhammā sassatā, keci asassatā’’ti gahetabbadhammesu vibhāgappavattiyā imassa vādassa vādantaratā vuttā, na cettha ‘‘samudāyantogadhattā ekadesassa sappadesasassataggāho nippadesasassataggāhe samodhānaṃ gacchatī’’ti sakkā vattuṃ vādī tabbisayavisesavasena vādadvayassa pavattattā. Aññe eva hi diṭṭhigatikā ‘‘sabbe dhammā sassatā’’ti abhiniviṭṭhā, aññe ‘‘ekaccasassatā’’ti. Saṅkhārānaṃ anavasesapariyādānaṃ, ekadesapariggaho ca vādadvayassa paribyattoyeva. Kiñca bhiyyo anekavidhasamussaye ekavidhasamussaye ca khandhapabandhe abhinivesabhāvato. Catubbidhopi hi sassatavādī jātivisesavasena nānāvidharūpakāyasannissaye eva arūpadhammapuñje sassatābhinivesī jāto abhiññāṇena anussavādīhi ca rūpakāyabhedaggahaṇato. Tathā ca vuttaṃ ‘‘tato cuto amutra udapādi’’nti (dī. ni. 1.32) ‘‘cavanti upapajjantī’’ti ca ādi. Visesalābhī ^a^P1.0201^ea^ ekaccasassatiko anupadhāritabhedasamussayeva dhammapabandhe sassatākāraggahaṇena abhinivisanaṃ janesi ekabhavapariyāpannakhandhasantānavisayattā tadabhinivesassa. Tathā ca tīsupi vādesu ‘‘taṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, tato paraṃ nānussaratī’’ti ettakameva vuttaṃ, takkīnaṃ pana sassatekaccasassatavādīnaṃ sassatābhinivesaviseso rūpārūpadhammavisayatāya supākaṭoyevāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^39^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dīghassa^eb^^a^V1.0137^ea^^b^kālassa atikkamenā^eb^ti vivaṭṭavivaṭṭaṭṭhāyīnaṃ apagamena. Anekatthattā dhātūnaṃ ^b^saṃ^eb^-saddena yutto ^b^vaṭṭa^eb^-saddo vināsavācīti āha ^b^‘‘vinassatī’’^eb^ti, saṅkhayavasena vattatīti attho. Vipattikaramahāmeghasamuppattito paṭṭhāya hi yāva aṇusahagatopi saṅkhāro na hoti, tāva loko saṃvaṭṭatīti vuccati. ^b^Loko^eb^ti cettha pathavīādibhājanaloko adhippeto. ^b^Uparibrahmalokesū^eb^ti parittasubhādīsu ^a^M1.0155^ea^ rūpībrahmalokesu. Agginā hi kappavuṭṭhānaṃ idhādhippetaṃ bahulaṃ pavattanato. Tenevāha bhagavā ‘‘ābhassarasaṃvattanikā hontī’’ti. ^b^Arūpesu^eb^^b^vā^eb^ti ^b^vā^eb^-saddena saṃvaṭṭamānalokadhātūhi aññalokadhātūsu vāti vikappanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Na hi ‘‘sabbe apāyasattā tadā rūpārūpabhavesu uppajjantī’’ti sakkā viññātuṃ apāyesu dīghatamāyukānaṃ manussalokūpattiyā asambhavato. Satipi sabbasattānaṃ abhisaṅkhāramanasā nibbattabhāve bāhirapaccayehi vinā manasāva nibbattattā ‘‘manomayā’’ti vuccanti rūpāvacarasattā. Yadi evaṃ kāmabhave opapātikasattānampi manomayabhāvo āpajjatīti? Nāpajjati adhicittabhūtena atisayamanasā nibbattasattesu manomayavohāratoti dassanto āha ^b^‘‘jhānamanena nibbattattā manomayā’’^eb^ti. Evaṃ arūpāvacarasattānampi manomayabhāvo āpajjatīti ce? Na, tattha ^a^P1.0202^ea^ bāhirapaccayehi nibbattetabbatāsaṅkāya eva abhāvato, ‘‘manasāva nibbattā’’ti avadhāraṇāsambhavato. Niruḷho vāyaṃ loke manomayavohāro rūpāvacarasattesu. Tathā hi ‘‘annamayo pānamayo manomayo ānandamayo viññāṇamayo’’ti pañcadhā attānaṃ vedavādino vadanti. Ucchedavādepi vakkhati ‘‘dibbo rūpī manomayo’’ti (dī. ni. 1.86). Sobhanā pabhā etesu santīti ^b^subhā. ‘‘Ukkaṃsenā’’^eb^ti ābhassaradeve sandhāyāha, parittābhā appamāṇābhā pana dve cattāro ca kappe tiṭṭhanti. ^b^Aṭṭhakappe^eb^ti aṭṭha mahākappe.<br/><br/>[03]^b^40^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Saṇṭhātī^eb^ti sampattikaramahāmeghasamuppattito paṭṭhāya pathavīsandhārakudakataṃsandhārakavāyumahāpathavīādīnaṃ samuppattivasena ṭhāti, ‘‘sambhavati’’ icceva vā attho anekatthattā dhātūnaṃ. ^b^Pakatiyā^eb^ti sabhāvena, tassa ‘‘suñña’’nti iminā sambandho. Tattha kāraṇamāha ^b^‘‘nibbattasattānaṃ natthitāyā’’^eb^ti, anuppannattāti attho, tena yathā ekaccāni vimānāni tattha nibbattasattānaṃ cutattā suññāni honti, na evamidanti dasseti. Brahmapārisajjabrahmapurohitamahābrahmāno brahmakāyikā, tesaṃ nivāso bhūmipi ^b^‘‘brahmakāyikā’’^eb^ti vuttā. Kammaṃ upanissayavasena paccayo etissāti ^b^kammapaccayā.^eb^ Atha vā tattha nibbattasattānaṃ vipaccanakakammassa sahakārīpaccayabhāvato, kammassa paccayāti ^b^kammapaccayā^eb^^a^M1.0156^ea^. Utu samuṭṭhānaṃ etissāti ^b^utusamuṭṭhānā. ‘‘Kammapaccayautusamuṭṭhānā’’^eb^ti vā pāṭho, kammasahāyo paccayo, kammassa vā sahāyabhūto paccayo kammapaccayo ^a^P1.0203^ea^, sova utu kammapaccayautu, so samuṭṭhānaṃ etissāti ^a^V1.0138^ea^ yojetabbaṃ. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti ‘‘brahmavimāna’’nti vuttāya brahmakāyikabhūmiyā. Kathaṃ paṇītāya dutiyajjhānabhūmiyaṃ ṭhitānaṃ hīnāya paṭhamajjhānabhūmiyā upapatti hotīti āha ^b^‘‘atha sattāna’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Otarantī^eb^ti upapajjanavasena heṭṭhābhūmiṃ gacchanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Appāyuke^eb^ti yaṃ uḷāraṃ puññakammaṃ kataṃ, tassa uppajjanārahavipākapabandhato appaparimāṇāyuke. ^b^Āyuppamāṇenevā^eb^ti paramāyuppamāṇeneva. Kiṃ panetaṃ paramāyu nāma, kathaṃ vā taṃ paricchinnapamāṇanti? Vuccate – yo tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tasmiṃ tasmiṃ bhavavisese purimasiddhabhavapatthanūpanissayavasena sarīrāvayavavaṇṇasaṇṭhānapamāṇādivisesā viya taṃtaṃgatinikāyādīsu yebhuyyena niyataparicchedo gabbhaseyyakakāmāvacaradevarūpāvacarasattānaṃ sukkasoṇitautubhojanādi utuādipaccayuppannapaccayūpatthambhito vipākapabandhassa ṭhitikālaniyamo, so yathāsakaṃ khaṇamattāvaṭṭhāyīnampi attano sahajātānaṃ rūpārūpadhammānaṃ ṭhapanākāravuttitāya pavattakāni rūpārūpajīvitindriyāni yasmā na kevalaṃ nesaṃ khaṇaṭhitiyā eva kāraṇabhāvena anupālakāni, atha kho yāva bhavaṅgupacchedā anupabandhassa avicchedahetubhāvenāpi, tasmā āyuhetukattā kāraṇūpacārena āyu, ukkaṃsaparicchedavasena paramāyūti ca vuccati. Taṃ pana devānaṃ nerayikānaṃ uttarakurukānañca niyataparicchedaṃ, uttarakurukānaṃ pana ekantaniyataparicchedameva, avasiṭṭhamanussapetatiracchānānaṃ pana ciraṭṭhitisaṃvattanikakammabahule kāle taṃkammasahitasantānajanitasukkasoṇitappaccayānaṃ taṃmūlakānañca candasūriyasamavisamaparivattanādijanitautuāhārādisamavisama paccayānaṃ vasena ^a^P1.0204^ea^ cirācirakālato aniyataparicchedaṃ, tassa ca yathā purimasiddhabhavapatthanāvasena taṃtaṃgatinikāyādīsu vaṇṇasaṇṭhānādivisesaniyamo siddho dassanānussavādīhi, tathā ādito gahaṇasiddhiyā. Evaṃ tāsu tāsu upapattīsu nibbattasattānaṃ yebhuyyena samappamāṇaṭṭhitikālaṃ dassanānussavehi labhitvā taṃ paramataṃ ajjhosāya pavattitabhavapatthanāvasena ādito paricchedaniyamo veditabbo. Yasmā pana kammaṃ tāsu ^a^M1.0157^ea^ tāsu upapattīsu yathā taṃtaṃupapattiniyatavaṇṇādinibbattane samatthaṃ, evaṃ niyatāyuparicchedāsu upapattīsu paricchedātikkamena vipākanibbattane samatthaṃ na hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘āyuppamāṇeneva cavantī’’^eb^ti. Yasmā pana upatthambhakasahāyehi anupālakappaccayehi upādinnakakkhandhānaṃ pavattetabbākāro atthato paramāyu, tassa yathāvuttaparicchedānatikkamanato satipi kammāvasese ṭhānaṃ na sambhavati, tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘attano puññabaleneva ṭhātuṃ na sakkotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kappaṃ vā^eb^ti asaṅkhyeyyakappaṃ vā tassa upaḍḍhaṃ vā upaḍḍhakappato ūnamadhikaṃ vāti vikappanattho ^b^vā^eb^-saddo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^41^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anabhiratī^eb^ti ^a^V1.0139^ea^ ekavihārena anabhirati. Sā pana yasmā aññehi samāgamicchā hoti, tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘aparassāpi sattassa āgamanapatthanā’’^eb^ti. Piyavatthuvirahena piyavatthualābhena vā cittavighāto ^b^ukkaṇṭhitā,^eb^ sā atthato domanassacittuppādo yevāti āha ^b^‘‘paṭighasampayuttā’’^eb^ti. Dīgharattaṃ jhānaratiyā ramamānassa vuttappakāraṃ anabhiratinimittaṃ uppannā ‘‘mama’’nti ca ‘‘aha’’nti ca gahaṇassa kāraṇabhūtā taṇhādiṭṭhiyo idha ^b^paritassanā.^eb^ Tā pana cittassa purimāvatthāya calanaṃ kampananti ^a^P1.0205^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘ubbijjanā phandanā’’^eb^ti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘taṇhātassanāpi diṭṭhitassanāpi vaṭṭatī’’^eb^ti. Yaṃ pana atthuddhāre ‘‘aho vata aññepi sattā itthattaṃ āgaccheyyunti ayaṃ taṇhātassanā nāmā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ diṭṭhitassanāya visuṃ udāharaṇaṃ dassentena taṇhātassanaṃyeva tato niddhāretvā vuttaṃ, na pana tattha diṭṭhitassanāya abhāvatoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Tāsatassanā^eb^ cittutrāso. ^b^Bhayānaka^eb^nti bheravārammaṇanimittaṃ balavabhayaṃ. Tena sarīrassa thaddhabhāvo ^b^chambhitattaṃ bhayaṃ saṃvega^eb^nti ettha ^b^bhaya^eb^nti bhaṅgānupassanāya ciṇṇante sabbasaṅkhārato bhāyanavasena uppannaṃ bhayañāṇaṃ. ^b^Saṃvega^eb^nti sahottappañāṇaṃ, ottappameva vā. ^b^Santāsa^eb^nti ādīnavanibbidānupassanāhi saṅkhārehi santassanañāṇaṃ. Saha byāyati pavattati, dosaṃ vā chādetīti sahabyo, sahāyo, tassa bhāvaṃ ^b^sahabyataṃ.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^42^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Abhibhavitvā ṭhito^eb^ ime satteti adhippāyo. Yasmā pana so pāsaṃsabhāvena uttamabhāvena ca ‘‘te satte abhibhavitvā ṭhito’’ti attānaṃ maññati, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘jeṭṭhakohamasmī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aññadatthu daso^eb^ti ^a^M1.0158^ea^ dassane antarāyābhāvavacanena, ñeyyavisesapariggāhikabhāvena ca anāvaraṇadassāvitaṃ paṭijānātīti āha ^b^‘‘sabbaṃ passāmīti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Bhūtabhabyāna^eb^nti ahesunti bhūtā, bhavanti bhavissantīti bhabyā, aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana vattamānakālavaseneva bhabya-saddassa attho dassito. ^b^Paṭhamacittakkhaṇe^eb^ti paṭisandhicittakkhaṇe. Kiñcāpi so brahmā anavaṭṭhitadassanattā puthujjanassa purimatarajātiparicitampi kammassakataññāṇaṃ vissajjetvā vikubbaniddhivasena cittuppattimattapaṭibaddhena ^a^P1.0206^ea^ sattanimmānena vipallaṭṭho ‘‘ahaṃ issaro kattā nimmātā’’tiādinā issarakuttadassanaṃ pakkhandamāno abhinivisanavaseneva patiṭṭhito, na patiṭṭhāpanavasena ‘‘tassa evaṃ hotī’’ti vuttattā, patiṭṭhāpanakkameneva pana tassa so abhiniveso jātoti dassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘kāraṇato sādhetukāmo’’^eb^ti, ^b^‘‘paṭiññaṃ katvā’’^eb^ti ca vuttaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘taṃ kissa hetū’’tiādi. Tattha ^b^manopaṇidhī^eb^ti manasā eva patthanā, tathā cittappavattimattamevāti attho, ^b^itthabhāva^eb^nti idappakārataṃ. Yasmā pana itthanti brahmattabhāvo idhādhippeto, tasmā ^b^‘‘brahmabhāvanti attho’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Nanu ca devānaṃ upapattisamanantaraṃ ‘‘imissā nāma gatiyā cavitvā iminā nāma kammunā ^a^V1.0140^ea^ idhūpapannā’’ti paccavekkhaṇā hotīti? Saccaṃ hoti, sā pana purimajātīsu kammassakataññāṇe sammadeva niviṭṭhajjhāsayānaṃ. Ime pana sattā purimāsupi jātīsu issarakuttadassanavasena vinibandhābhinivesā ahesunti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘iminā maya’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^43^eb^^b^.^eb^ Īsatīti īso, abhibhūti attho. Mahā īso maheso, suppatiṭṭhamahesatāya pana parehi ‘‘maheso’’ti akkhātabbatāya mahesakkho, atisayena mahesakkho ^b^mahesakkhataro^eb^ti vacanattho daṭṭhabbo. Yasmā pana so mahesakkhabhāvo ādhipateyyaparivārasampattiyā viññāyati, tasmā ^b^‘‘issariyaparivāravasena mahāyasataro’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^44^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Idheva āgacchatī^eb^ti imasmiṃ manussaloke eva paṭisandhivasena āgacchati. ^b^Yaṃ aññataro satto^eb^ti ettha ^b^ya^eb^nti nipātamattaṃ, karaṇe vā paccattaniddeso, yena ṭhānenāti attho, kiriyāparāmasanaṃ vā. ^b^Itthattaṃ āgacchatī^eb^ti ettha yadetaṃ itthattassa āgamanaṃ, etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatīti ^a^M1.0159^ea^ attho. Esa nayo ^b^‘‘pabbajati, cetosamādhiṃ phusati, pubbenivāsaṃ anussaratī’’^eb^ti etesupi padesu. ‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ bhikkhave ^a^P1.0207^ea^ vijjati, yaṃ aññataro satto’’ti imañhi padaṃ ‘‘pabbajatī’’tiādīhi padehi paccekaṃ yojetabbanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^45^eb^^b^.^eb^ Khiḍḍāya padussantīti khiḍḍāpadosino, khiḍḍāpadosino eva ^b^khiḍḍāpadosikā,^eb^ khiḍḍāpadoso vā etesaṃ atthīti ^b^khiḍḍāpadosikā.^eb^ Atikkantavelaṃ ^b^ativelaṃ,^eb^ āhārūpabhogakālaṃ atikkamitvāti attho. Methunasampayogena uppajjanakasukhaṃ ^b^keḷihassasukhaṃ ratidhammo^eb^ ratisabhāvo. ^b^Āhāra^eb^nti ettha ko devānaṃ āhāro, kā āhāravelāti? Sabbesampi kāmāvacaradevānaṃ sudhā āhāro, sā heṭṭhimehi uparimānaṃ paṇītatamā hoti, taṃ yathāsakaṃ divasavasena divase divase bhuñjanti. Keci pana ‘‘biḷārapadappamāṇaṃ sudhāhāraṃ bhuñjanti, so jivhāya ṭhapitamatto yāva kesagganakhaggā kāyaṃ pharati, tesaṃyeva divasavasena sattadivase yāpanasamattho ca hotī’’ti vadanti. ^b^‘‘Nirantaraṃ khādantā pivantā’’^eb^ti idaṃ parikappanavasena vuttaṃ. ^b^Kammajatejassa balavabhāvo^eb^ uḷārapuññanibbattattā, uḷāragarusiniddhasudhāhārajīraṇato ca. ^b^Karajakāyassa mandabhāvo^eb^ mudusukhumālabhāvato. Teneva hi bhagavā indasālaguhāyaṃ pakatipathaviyaṃ saṇṭhātuṃ asakkontaṃ sakkaṃ devarājānaṃ ‘‘oḷārikaṃ kāyaṃ adhiṭṭhehī’’ti āha. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti manussānaṃ. ^b^Vatthu^eb^nti karajakāyaṃ. ^b^Kecīti^eb^ abhayagirivāsino.<br/><br/>[03]^b^47^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Manenā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0141^ea^^a^P1.0208^ea^ issāpakatattā paduṭṭhena manasā. Usūyāvasena manasova padoso manopadoso, so etesaṃ atthi vināsahetubhūtoti ^b^manopadosikā^eb^ti evaṃ vā ettha attho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Akuddho rakkhatī^eb^ti kuddhassa so kodho itarasmiṃ akujjhante anupādāno ekavārameva uppattiyā anāsevano cāvetuṃ na sakkoti udakantaṃ patvā aggi viya nibbāyati, tasmā akuddho taṃ cavanato rakkhati, ubhosu pana kuddhesu bhiyyo bhiyyo aññamaññamhi parivaḍḍhanavasena tikhiṇasamudācāro nissayadahanaraso kodho uppajjamāno hadayavatthuṃ nidahanto accantasukhumālakarajakāyaṃ vināseti, tato sakalopi attabhāvo antaradhāyati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ubhosu panā’’^eb^tiādi ^a^M1.0160^ea^. Tathā cāha bhagavā ‘‘aññamaññaṃ paduṭṭhacittā kilantakāyā…pe… cavantī’’ti. ^b^Dhammatā^eb^ti dhammaniyāmo. So ca tesaṃ karajakāyassa mandatāya, tathāuppajjanakakodhassa ca balavatāya ṭhānaso cavanaṃ, tesaṃ rūpārūpadhammānaṃ sabhāvoti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^49^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Cakkhādīnaṃ bhedaṃ passatī^eb^ti virodhipaccayasannipāte vikārāpattidassanato, ante ca adassanūpagamanato vināsaṃ passati oḷārikattā rūpadhammabhedassa. ^b^Paccayaṃ datvā^eb^ti anantarapaccayādivasena paccayo hutvā. ^b^‘‘Balavatara’’^eb^nti cittassa lahutaraṃ bhedaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tathā hi ekasmiṃ rūpe dharanteyeva soḷasa cittāni bhijjanti. ^b^Bhedaṃ na passatī^eb^ti khaṇe khaṇe bhijjantampi cittaṃ parassa anantarapaccayabhāveneva bhijjatīti purimacittassa abhāvaṃ paṭicchādetvā viya pacchimacittassa uppattito bhāvapakkho balavataro pākaṭo ca hoti, na abhāvapakkhoti cittassa vināsaṃ na passati, ayañca attho alātacakkadassanena supākaṭo viññāyati. Yasmā ^a^P1.0209^ea^ pana takkīvādī nānattanayassa dūrataratāya ekattanayassapi micchāgahitattā ‘‘yadevidaṃ viññāṇaṃ sabbadāpi ekarūpena pavattati, ayameva attā nicco’’tiādinā abhinivesaṃ janeti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘so taṃ apassanto’’^eb^tiādi.


volume: 21
item: 9
title: pubbantakappikasassatavādavaṇṇanā^ekaccasassatavādavaṇṇanā^antānantavādavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^53^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Antānantikā^eb^ti ettha amati gacchati ettha sabhāvo osānanti anto, mariyādā. Tappaṭisedhena ananto, anto ca ananto ca antānanto ca nevantānānanto ca antānantā sāmaññaniddesena, ekasesena vā ‘‘nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatana’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.176; saṃ. ni. 2.1; udā. 1) viya. Kassa pana antānantoti? Lokīyati saṃsāranissaraṇatthikehi diṭṭhigatikehi, lokīyanti vā ettha tehi puññāpuññaṃ tabbipāko ^a^V1.0142^ea^ cāti lokoti saṅkhyaṃ gatassa attano. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘antānantaṃ lokassa paññapentī’’ti. Ko pana eso attāti? Jhānavisayabhūtakasiṇanimittaṃ. Tattha hi ayaṃ diṭṭhigatiko lokasaññī. Tathā ca vuttaṃ ‘‘taṃ lokoti gahetvā’’ti. Keci pana ‘‘jhānaṃ taṃsampayuttadhammā ca idha ‘attā ^a^M1.0161^ea^, loko’ti ca gahitā’’ti vadanti. Antānantasahacaritavādo antānanto, yathā ‘‘kuntā pacarantī’’ti antānantasannissayo vā yathā ‘‘mañcā ghosantī’’ti. So etesaṃ atthīti ^b^antānantikā.^eb^ Te pana yasmā yathāvuttanayena antānanto vādo diṭṭhi etesanti ^b^‘‘antānantavādā’’^eb^ti vuccanti. Tasmā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘antānantavādā’’ti vatvā ‘‘antaṃ vā’’tiādinā attho vibhatto.<br/><br/>[03]Etthāha – yuttaṃ tāva purimānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vādīnaṃ ^a^P1.0210^ea^ antattañca anantattañca antānantattañca ārabbha pavattavādattā antānantikattaṃ, pacchimassa pana tadubhayapaṭisedhanavasena pavattavādattā katha antānantikattanti? Tadubhayapaṭisedhanavasena pavattavādattā eva. Yasmā antānantapaṭisedhavādopi antānantavisayo eva taṃ ārabbha pavattattā. Etadatthaṃyeva hi sandhāya aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘ārabbha pavattavādā’’ti vuttaṃ. Atha vā yathā tatiyavāde desabhedavasena ekasseva antavantatā anantatā ca sambhavati, evaṃ takkīvādepi kālabhedavasena ubhayasambhavato aññamaññapaṭisedhena ubhayaññeva vuccati. Kathaṃ? Antavantatāpaṭisedhena hi anantatā vuccati, anantatāpaṭisedhena ca antavantatā, antānantānañca na tatiyavādabhāvo kālabhedassa adhippetattā. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yasmā ayaṃ lokasaññito attā adhigatavisesehi mahesīhi ananto kadāci sakkhidiṭṭhoti anusuyyati, tasmā nevantavā. Yasmā pana tehiyeva kadāci antavā sakkhidiṭṭhoti anusuyyati, tasmā na pana anantoti. Yathā ca anussutitakkīvasena, evaṃ jātissaratakkī ādīnañca vasena yathāsambhavaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Ayañhi takkiko avaḍḍhitabhāvapubbakattā paṭibhāganimittānaṃ vaḍḍhitabhāvassa vaḍḍhitakālavasena appaccakkhakāritāya anussavādimatte ṭhatvā ‘‘nevantavā’’ti paṭikkhipati. Avaḍḍhitakālavasena pana ‘‘na panānanto’’ti, na pana antatānantatānaṃ accantamabhāvena yathā taṃ ‘‘nevasaññināsaññī’’ti. Purimavādattayapaṭikkhepo ca attanā yathādhippetappakāravilakkhaṇatāya tesaṃ, avassañcetaṃ evaṃ viññātabbaṃ, aññathā vikkhepapakkhaṃyeva bhajeyya catutthavādo. Na hi antatāanantatātadubhayavinimutto ^a^P1.0211^ea^ attano pakāro atthi, takkīvādī ca yuttimaggako, kālabhedavasena ca tadubhayaṃ ekasmimpi na na yujjatīti.<br/><br/>[03]Keci ^a^V1.0143^ea^^a^M1.0162^ea^ pana yadi panāyaṃ attā antavā siyā, dūradese upapajjanānussaraṇādi kiccanipphatti na siyā. Atha ananto, idha ṭhitassa devalokanirayādīsu sukhadukkhānubhavanampi siyā. Sace pana antavā ca ananto ca, tadubhayadosasamāyogo. Tasmā ‘‘antavā, ananto’’ti ca abyākaraṇīyo attāti evaṃ takkanavasena catutthavādappavattiṃ vaṇṇenti. Evampi yuttaṃ tāva pacchimavādīdvayassa antānantikattaṃ antānantānaṃ vasena ubhayavisayattā tesaṃ vādassa. Purimavādīdvayassa pana kathaṃ visuṃ antānantikattanti? Upacāravuttiyā. Samuditesu hi antānantavādīsu pavattamāno antānantika-saddo tattha niruḷhatāya paccekampi antānantikavādīsu pavattati, yathā arūpajjhānesu paccekaṃ aṭṭhavimokkhapariyāyo, yathā ca loke sattāsayoti. Atha vā abhinivesato purimakālappavattivasena ayaṃ tattha vohāro kato. Tesañhi diṭṭhigatikānaṃ tathārūpacetosamādhisamadhigamato pubbakālaṃ ‘‘antavā nu ayaṃ loko, ananto nū’’ti ubhayākārāvalambino parivitakkassa vasena niruḷho antānantikabhāvo visesalābhena tattha uppannepi ekaṃsaggāhe purimasiddharuḷhiyā voharīyatīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^54-60^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vuttanayenā^eb^ti ‘‘takkayatīti takkī’’tiādinā (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.34) saddato, ‘‘catubbidho takkī’’tiādinā ^a^P1.0212^ea^ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.34) atthato ca sassatavāde vuttavidhinā. ^b^Diṭṭhapubbānusārenā^eb^ti dassanabhūtena viññāṇena upaladdhapubbassa antavantādino anussaraṇena. Evañca katvā anussutitakkīsuddhatakkīnampi idha saṅgaho siddho hoti. Atha vā diṭṭhaggahaṇeneva ‘‘naccagītavāditavisūkadassanā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 10, 194) viya sutādīnampi gahitatā veditabbā. ‘‘Antavā’’tiādinā icchitassa attano sabbadā bhāvaparāmasanavaseneva imesaṃ vādānaṃ pavattanato sassatadiṭṭhisaṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘sesā sassatadiṭṭhiyo’’ti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 97-98).


volume: 21
item: 10
title: ekaccasassatavādavaṇṇanā^antānantavādavaṇṇanā^amarāvikkhepavādavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^61^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Na maratī^eb^ti na ucchijjati. ‘‘Evampi me no’’tiādinā ^b^vividho^eb^ nānappakāro ^b^khepo^eb^ parena paravādīnaṃ khipanaṃ ^b^vikkhepo.^eb^ Amarāya diṭṭhiyā ^a^M1.0163^ea^ vācāya ca vikkhipantīti vā amarāvikkhepino. Amarāvikkhepino eva ^b^amarāvikkhepikā. Ito cito ca sandhāvati^eb^ ekasmiṃ sabhāve anavaṭṭhānato. Amarā viya vikkhipantīti vā purimanayeneva saddattho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^62^eb^^b^.^eb^ Vikkhepavādino ^a^V1.0144^ea^ uttarimanussadhamme, akusaladhammepi sabhāvabhedavaseneva ñātuṃ ñāṇabalaṃ natthīti kusalākusalapadānaṃ kusalākusalakammapathavaseneva attho. Paṭhamanayavaseneva apariyantavikkhepatāya amarāvikkhepaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘evantipi me noti aniyamitavikkhepo’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^aniyamitavikkhepo^eb^ti sassatādīsu ekasmimpi pakāre aṭṭhatvā vikkhepakaraṇaṃ, paravādinā yasmiṃ kismiñci pucchite pakāre tassa paṭikkhepoti attho. Dutiyanayavasena amarāsadisāya amarāya vikkhepaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘idaṃ kusalanti vā puṭṭho’’^eb^tiādimāha. Atha vā ‘‘evantipi ^a^P1.0213^ea^ me no’’tiādinā aniyamatova sassatekaccasassatucchedatakkīvādānaṃ paṭisedhanena taṃ taṃ vādaṃ paṭikkhipateva apariyantavikkhepavādattā amarāvikkhepino. Attanā pana anavaṭṭhitavādattā na kismiñci pakkhe avatiṭṭhatīti āha ^b^‘‘sayaṃ pana…pe… byākarotī’’^eb^ti. Idāni kusalādīnaṃ abyākaraṇena tameva anavaṭṭhānaṃ vibhāveti ‘‘idaṃ kusalanti vā puṭṭho’’tiādinā. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘ekasmimpi pakkhe na tiṭṭhatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^63^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kusalākusalaṃ yathābhūtaṃ appajānantopi yesamahaṃ samayena kusalameva ‘‘kusala’’nti, akusalameva ca ‘‘akusala’’nti byākareyyaṃ, tesu tathā byākaraṇahetu ‘‘aho vata re paṇḍito’’ti sakkārasammānaṃ karontesu mama chando vā rāgo vā assāti evampettha attho sambhavati. ^b^Doso vā paṭigho vā^eb^ti ettha vuttavipariyāyena yojetabbaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana attano paṇḍitabhāvavisayānaṃ rāgādīnaṃ vasena yojanā katā. ^b^‘‘Chandarāgadvayaṃ upādāna’’^eb^nti abhidhammanayena vuttaṃ. Abhidhamme hi taṇhādiṭṭhiyova ‘‘upādāna’’nti āgatā, suttante pana dosopi ‘‘upādāna’’nti vutto ‘‘kodhupādānavinibandhā vighātaṃ āpajjantī’’tiādīsu. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ubhayampi vā daḷhaggahaṇavasena upādāna’’^eb^nti ^a^M1.0164^ea^. ^b^Daḷhaggahaṇaṃ^eb^ amuñcanaṃ. Paṭighopi hi upanāhādivasena pavatto ārammaṇaṃ na muñcati. ^b^Vihananaṃ^eb^ hiṃsanaṃ vibādhanaṃ. Rāgopi hi pariḷāhavasena sāraddhavuttitāya nissayaṃ vibādhatīti. Vināsetukāmatāya ārammaṇaṃ gaṇhātīti sambandho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^64^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paṇḍiccenā^eb^ti paññāya. Yena hi dhammena yutto ‘‘paṇḍito’’ti ^a^P1.0214^ea^ vuccati, so dhammo paṇḍiccaṃ, tena sutacintāmayaṃ paññaṃ dasseti, na pākatikakammanibbattaṃ sābhāvikapaññaṃ. Kata-saddassa kiriyāsāmaññavācakattā ‘‘katavijjo’’tiādīsu viya kata-saddo ñāṇānuyuttataṃ vadatīti āha ^b^‘‘viññātaparappavādā’’^eb^ti. Sattadhā bhinnassa vālaggassa aṃsukoṭivedhako ^b^‘‘vālavedhī’’^eb^ti adhippeto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^65-6^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ettha ^a^V1.0145^ea^ ca kiñcāpi purimānampi tiṇṇaṃ kusalādidhammasabhāvānavabodhato attheva mandabhāvo, tesaṃ pana attano kusalādidhammānavabodhassa avabodhaviseso atthi, tadabhāvā pacchimoyeva mandamomūhabhāvena vutto. Nanu ca pacchimassāpi ‘‘atthi paroloko’ti iti ce me assa, ‘atthi paroloko’ti iti te naṃ byākareyyaṃ, evantipi me no’’tiādi (dī. ni. 1.65) vacanato attano dhammānavabodhassa avabodho atthiyevāti? Kiñcāpi atthi, na tassa purimānaṃ viya apariññātadhammabyākaraṇanibandhanamusāvādādibhayaparijigucchanakāro atthi, atha kho mahāmūḷhoyeva. Atha vā ‘‘evantipi me no’’tiādinā pucchāya vikkhepakaraṇatthaṃ ‘‘atthi paroloko’ti iti ce maṃ pucchasī’’ti pucchāṭhapanameva tena dassīyati, na attano dhammānavabodhoti ayameva visesena ‘‘mando ceva momūho cā’’ti vutto. Teneva hi tathāvādinaṃ sañjayaṃ belaṭṭhaputtaṃ ārabbha ‘‘ayaṃ vā imesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ sabbamando sabbamūḷho’’ti (dī. ni. 1.181) vuttaṃ. Tattha ‘‘atthi paroloko’’ti sassatadassanavasena ^a^P1.0215^ea^ sammādiṭṭhivasena vā pucchā. ‘‘Natthi paroloko’’ti natthikadassanavasena sammādassanavasena vā pucchā. ‘‘Atthi ca natthi ca paroloko’’ti ucchedadassanavasena sammādiṭṭhivasena eva vā pucchā. ‘‘Neva atthi na natthi paroloko’’ti vuttappakārattayapaṭikkhepe sati pakārantarassa asambhavato atthitānatthitāhi navattabbākāro parolokoti ^a^M1.0165^ea^ vikkhepaññeva purekkhārena sammādiṭṭhivasena vā pucchā. Sesacatukkattayepi vuttanayānusārena attho veditabbo. Puññasaṅkhārattiko viya hi kāyasaṅkhārattikena purimacatukkasaṅgahito eva attho. Sesacatukkattayena attaparāmāsapuññādi phalatācodanānayena saṅgahitoti.<br/><br/>[03]Amarāvikkhepiko sassatādīnaṃ attano aruccanatāya sabbattha ‘‘evantipi me no’’tiādinā vikkhepaññeva karoti. Tattha ‘‘evantipi me no’’tiādi tattha tattha pucchitākārapaṭisedhanavasena vikkhipanākāradassanaṃ. Nanu ca vikkhepavādino vikkhepapakkhassa anujānanaṃ vikkhepapakkhe avaṭṭhānaṃ yuttarūpanti? Na, tatthāpi tassa sammūḷhattā, paṭikkhepavaseneva ca vikkhepavādassa pavattanato. Tathā hi sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto raññā ajātasattunā sandiṭṭhikaṃ sāmaññaphalaṃ puṭṭho paralokattikādīnaṃ paṭisedhanamukhena vikkhepaṃ byākāsi.<br/><br/>[03]Etthāha – nanu cāyaṃ sabbopi amarāvikkhepiko kusalādayo dhamme, paralokattikādīni ca yathābhūtaṃ anavabujjhamāno tattha tattha pañhaṃ puṭṭho pucchāya vikkhepanamattaṃ āpajjati, tassa kathaṃ ^a^V1.0146^ea^ diṭṭhigatikabhāvo. Na hi avattukāmassa viya pucchitamatthamajānantassa vikkhepakaraṇamattena diṭṭhigatikatā ^a^P1.0216^ea^ yuttāti? Vuccate – na heva kho pucchāya vikkhepakaraṇamattena tassa diṭṭhigatikatā, atha kho micchābhinivesavasena. Sassatābhinivesena micchābhiniviṭṭhoyeva hi puggalo mandabuddhitāya kusalādidhamme paralokattikādīni ca yāthāvato appaṭipajjamāno attanā aviññātassa atthassa paraṃ viññāpetuṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya musāvādādibhayena ca vikkhepaṃ āpajjatīti. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘yāsaṃ satteva ucchedadiṭṭhiyo, sesā sassatadiṭṭhiyo’’ti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.97-98) atha vā puññapāpānaṃ tabbipākānañca anavabodhena asaddahanena ca tabbisayāya pucchāya vikkhepakaraṇaṃyeva sundaranti khantiṃ ruciṃ uppādetvā abhinivisantassa uppannā visuṃyevesā ekā diṭṭhi sattabhaṅgadiṭṭhi viyāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tathā ca vuttaṃ ‘‘pariyantarahitā diṭṭhigatikassa diṭṭhi ceva vācā cā’’ti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.61). Kathaṃ panassā sassatadiṭṭhisaṅgaho? Ucchedavasena anabhinivesato. Natthi koci dhammānaṃ yathābhūtavedī vivādabahulattā ^a^M1.0166^ea^ lokassa, ‘‘evameva’’nti pana saddantarena ‘‘dhammanijjhānanā anādikālikā loke’’ti gāhavasena sassatalesopettha labbhatiyeva.


volume: 21
item: 11
title: antānantavādavaṇṇanā^amarāvikkhepavādavaṇṇanā^adhiccasamuppannavādavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^67^eb^^b^.^eb^ Adhicca yadicchakaṃ yaṃ kiñci kāraṇaṃ, kassaci vuddhipubbaṃ vā vinā samuppannoti attalokasaññitānaṃ khandhānaṃ adhiccuppattiākārārammaṇaṃ dassanaṃ tadākārasannissayena pavattito, tadākārasahacaritatāya ca ‘‘adhiccasamuppanna’’nti vuccati yathā ‘‘mañcā ghosanti, kuntā pacarantī’’ti ca ^a^P1.0217^ea^ imamatthaṃ dassento āha ^b^‘‘adhiccasamuppanno attā ca loko cāti dassanaṃ adhiccasamuppanna’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^68-73^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Desanāsīsa^eb^nti desanāya jeṭṭhakabhāvena gahaṇaṃ, tena saññaṃyeva dhuraṃ katvā bhagavatā ayaṃ desanā katā, na pana tattha aññesaṃ arūpadhammānaṃ atthibhāvatoti dasseti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘acittuppādā’’^eb^tiādi. Bhagavā hi yathā lokuttaradhammaṃ desento samādhiṃ paññaṃ vā dhuraṃ karoti, evaṃ lokiyadhammaṃ desento cittaṃ saññaṃ vā dhuraṃ karoti. Tattha ‘‘yasmiṃ samaye lokuttaraṃ jhānaṃ bhāveti (dha. sa. 277) pañcaṅgiko sammāsamādhi [dī. ni. 3.355 (kha)] pañcañāṇiko sammāsamādhi, [dī. ni. 3.355 (ja); vibha. 2.804] paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā hontī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.271) tathā ‘‘yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ ^a^V1.0147^ea^ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, (dha. sa. 1) kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhu (pārā. 146, 180) manopubbaṅgamā dhammā, (dha. pa. 1, 2; netti. 90; peṭako. 83) santi bhikkhave sattā nānattakāyā nānattasaññino, (dī. ni. 3.332, 342, 357; a. ni. 9.24; cūḷani. 83) na nevasaññānāsaññāyatana’’ntiādīni suttāni (dī. ni. 3.358) etassa atthassa sādhakāni daṭṭhabbāni. ^b^Titthāyatane^eb^ti aññatitthiyasamaye. Titthiyā hi upapattivisese vimuttisaññino, saññāvirāgāvirāgesu ādīnavānisaṃsadassino vā hutvā asaññasamāpattiṃ nibbattetvā akkhaṇabhūmiyaṃ uppajjanti, na sāsanikā. ^b^Vāyokasiṇe parikammaṃ katvā^eb^ti vāyokasiṇe paṭhamādīni tīṇi jhānāni nibbattetvā tatiyajjhāne ciṇṇavasī hutvā ^a^M1.0167^ea^ tato vuṭṭhāya catutthajjhānādhigamāya ^a^P1.0218^ea^ parikammaṃ katvā. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘catutthajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Kasmā panettha vāyokasiṇeyeva parikammaṃ vuttanti? Vuccate – yatheva hi rūpapaṭibhāgabhūtesu kasiṇavisesesu rūpavibhāvanena rūpavirāgabhāvanāsaṅkhāto arūpasamāpattiviseso sacchikarīyati, evaṃ aparibyattaviggahatāya arūpapaṭibhāgabhūte kasiṇavisese arūpavibhāvanena arūpavirāgabhāvanāsaṅkhāto rūpasamāpattiviseso adhigamīyatīti ettha ‘‘saññā rogo saññā gaṇḍo’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 3.24) ‘‘dhi cittaṃ, dhibbate taṃ citta’’ntiādinā ca nayena arūpappavattiyā ādīnavadassanena, tadabhāve ca santapaṇītabhāvasanniṭṭhānena rūpasamāpattiyā abhisaṅkharaṇaṃ, rūpavirāgabhāvanā pana saddhiṃ upacārena arūpasamāpattiyo, tatthāpi visesena paṭhamāruppajjhānaṃ. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘paricchinnākāsakasiṇepī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Tassāpi hi arūpapaṭibhāgatā labbhatīti? Icchitamevetaṃ kesañci avacanaṃ panettha pubbācariyehi aggahitabhāvena. Yathā hi rūpavirāgabhāvanā virajjanīyadhammabhāvamattena parinipphannā, virajjanīyadhammapaṭibhāgabhūte ca visayavisese pātubhavati, evaṃ arūpavirāgabhāvanāpīti vuccamāne na koci virodho, titthiyeheva pana tassā samāpattiyā paṭipajjitabbatāya, tesañca visayapathesupanibandhanasseva tassa jhānassa paṭipattito diṭṭhivantehi pubbācariyehi catuttheyeva bhūtakasiṇe arūpavirāgabhāvanāparikammaṃ ^a^P1.0219^ea^ vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kiñca vaṇṇakasiṇesu viya purimabhūtakasiṇattayepi vaṇṇapaṭicchāyāva paṇṇatti ārammaṇaṃ jhānassa lokavohārānurodheneva pavattito. Evañca katvā visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.57) pathavīkasiṇassa ādāsacandamaṇḍalūpamāvacanañca samatthitaṃ hoti, catutthaṃ pana bhūtakasiṇaṃ bhūtappaṭicchāyameva jhānassa ^a^V1.0148^ea^ gocarabhāvaṃ gacchatīti tasseva arūpapaṭibhāgatā yuttāti vāyokasiṇeyeva parikammaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Idhevā^eb^ti pañcavokārabhaveyeva. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti asaññabhave. Yadi rūpakkhandhamattameva asaññabhave pātubhavati, kathamarūpasannissayena vinā tattha rūpaṃ pavattati, kathaṃ pana rūpasannissayena vinā arūpadhātuyaṃ arūpaṃ pavattati, idampi tena samānajātiyameva. Kasmā? Idheva adassanato. Yadi evaṃ kabaḷīkārāhārena vinā rūpadhātuyaṃ rūpena na pavattitabbaṃ, kiṃ kāraṇaṃ ^a^M1.0168^ea^? Idheva adassanato. Api ca yathā yassa cittasantānassa nibbattikāraṇaṃ rūpe avigatataṇhaṃ, tassa saha rūpena sambhavato rūpaṃ nissāya pavatti, yassa pana nibbattikāraṇaṃ rūpe vigatataṇhaṃ, tassa vinā rūpena rūpanirapekkhatāya kāraṇassa, evaṃ yassa rūpappabandhassa nibbattikāraṇaṃ vigatataṇhaṃ arūpe, tassa vinā arūpena pavatti hotīti asaññabhave rūpakkhandhamattameva nibbattati. Kathaṃ pana tattha kevalo rūpappabandho paccuppannapaccayarahito cirakālaṃ pavattatīti paccetabbaṃ, kittakaṃ vā kālaṃ pavattatīti codanaṃ manasi katvā āha ^b^‘‘yathā nāma jiyāvegukkhitto saro’’^eb^tiādi, tena na kevalamāgamoyeva ayamettha yuttīti dasseti. ^b^Tattakameva kāla^eb^nti ukkaṃsato pañca mahākappasatānipi tiṭṭhanti asaññasattā. ^b^Jhānavege^eb^ti asaññasamāpattiparikkhate kammavege. ^b^Antaradhāyatī^eb^ti ^a^P1.0220^ea^ paccayanirodhena nirujjhati nappavattati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Idhā^eb^ti kāmabhave. Kathaṃ pana anekakappasatasamatikkamena ciraniruddhato viññāṇato idha viññāṇaṃ samuppajjati. Na hi niruddhe cakkhumhi cakkhuviññāṇamuppajjamānaṃ diṭṭhanti? Nayidamekantato daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ciraniruddhampi hi cittaṃ samānajātikassa antarānuppajjanato anantarapaccayamattaṃ hotiyeva, na bījaṃ, bījaṃ pana kammaṃ. Tasmā kammato bījabhūtato ārammaṇādīhi paccayehi asaññabhavato cutānaṃ kāmadhātuyā upapattiviññāṇaṃ hotiyeva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘idha paṭisandhisaññā uppajjatī’’^eb^ti. Ettha ca yathā nāma utuniyāmena pupphaggahaṇe niyatakālānaṃ rukkhānaṃ vekhe dinne vekhabalena na yathā niyāmatā hoti pupphaggahaṇassa, evameva pañcavokārabhave avippayogena vattamānesu rūpārūpadhammesu rūpārūpavirāgabhāvanāvekhe dinne tassa samāpattivekhabalassa anurūpato arūpabhave asaññābhave ca yathākkamaṃ rūparahitā arūparahitā ca khandhānaṃ pavatti hotīti veditabbaṃ. Nanu ettha jātisatasahassadasasaṃvaṭṭādīnaṃ matthake, abbhantarato vā pavattāya asaññūpavattiyā vasena lābhīadhiccasamuppannikavādo lābhīsassatavādo viya anekabhedo sambhavatīti? Saccaṃ sambhavati, anantarattā pana āpannāya ^a^V1.0149^ea^ asaññūpapattiyā vasena lābhīadhiccasamuppannikavādo nayadassanavasena ekova dassitoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Atha vā sassatadiṭṭhisaṅgahato adhiccasamuppannikavādassa sassatavāde āgato sabbo desanānayo yathāsambhavaṃ adhiccasamuppannikavādepi ^a^M1.0169^ea^ gahetabboti ^a^P1.0221^ea^ imassa visesassa dassanatthaṃ bhagavatā lābhīadhiccasamuppannikavādo avibhajitvā desito. Avassañca sassatadiṭṭhisaṅgaho adhiccasamuppannikavādassa icchitabbo saṃkilesapakkhe sattānaṃ ajjhāsayassa duvidhattā. Tathā hi vuttaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘sassatucchedadiṭṭhi cā’’ti. Tathā ca vakkhati ‘‘yāsaṃ satteva ucchedadiṭṭhiyo, sesā sassatadiṭṭhiyo’’ti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.97-98).<br/><br/>[03]Nanu ca adhiccasamuppannikavādassa sassatadiṭṭhisaṅgaho na yutto. ‘‘Ahañhi pubbe nāhosi’’ntiādivasena pavattanato, apubbasattapātubhāvaggāhattā, attano lokassa ca sadābhāvagāhinī ca sassatadiṭṭhi ‘‘atthitveva sassatisama’’nti pavattanato? No na yutto anāgate koṭiadassanato. Yadipi hi ayaṃ vādo ‘‘somhi etarahi ahutvā santatāya pariṇato’’ti (dī. ni. 1.68) attano lokassa ca atītakoṭiparāmasanavasena pavatto, tathāpi vattamānakālato paṭṭhāya na tesaṃ katthaci anāgate pariyantaṃ passati, visesena ca paccuppannānāgatakālesu pariyantādassanapabhāvito sassatavādo. Yathāha ‘‘sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassatī’’ti. Yadi evaṃ imassa vādassa, sassatavādādīnañca pubbantakappikesu saṅgaho na yutto anāgatakālaparāmasanavasena pavattattāti? Na, samudāgamassa atītakoṭṭhāsikattā. Tathā hi nesaṃ samuppatti atītaṃsapubbenivāsañāṇehi, tappaṭirūpakānussavādippabhāvitatakkanehi ca saṅgahitāti, tathā ceva saṃvaṇṇitaṃ. Atha vā sabbattha appaṭihatañāṇena vādivarena dhammassāminā niravasesato agatiñca gatiñca yathābhūtaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditā etā diṭṭhiyo, tasmā yāvatikā diṭṭhiyo bhagavatā desitā, yathā ca desitā, tathā tathāva ^a^P1.0222^ea^ sanniṭṭhānato sampaṭicchitabbā, na ettha yuttivicāraṇā kātabbā buddhavisayattā. Acinteyyo hi buddhavisayoti.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyabhāṇavāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 21
item: 12
title: amarāvikkhepavādavaṇṇanā^adhiccasamuppannavādavaṇṇanā^aparantakappikavādavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^74^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Aparante ^a^V1.0150^ea^^a^M1.0170^ea^ ñāṇaṃ, aparantānudiṭṭhino’’tiādīsu viya ^b^apara^eb^-saddo idha anāgatakālavācakoti āha ^b^‘‘anāgatakoṭṭhāsasaṅkhāta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Aparantaṃ kappetvā^eb^tiādīsu ‘‘pubbantaṃ kappetvā’’tiādīsu vuttanayena attho veditabbo. Visesamattameva vakkhāma.


volume: 21
item: 13
title: adhiccasamuppannavādavaṇṇanā^aparantakappikavādavaṇṇanā^saññīvādavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^75^eb^^b^.^eb^ Uddhamāghātanāti pavatto vādo uddhamāghātano, so etesaṃ atthīti ^b^uddhamāghātanikā.^eb^ Yasmā pana te diṭṭhigatikā ‘‘uddhaṃ maraṇā attā nibbikāro’’ti vadanti, tasmā ^b^‘‘uddhamāghātanā attānaṃ vadantīti uddhamāghātanikā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Saññīvādo etesaṃ atthīti ^b^saññīvādā^eb^ ‘‘buddhaṃ assa atthīti buddho’’ti yathā. Atha vā saññīti pavatto vādo saññī sahacaraṇanayena, saññī vādo etesanti ^b^saññīvādā.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^76-77^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Rūpī attā^eb^ti ettha nanu rūpavinimuttena attanā bhavitabbaṃ saññāya viya rūpassapi attaniyattā. Na hi ‘‘saññī attā’’ti ettha saññā attā. Teneva hi ^b^‘‘tattha pavattasaññañcassa saññāti gahetvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Evaṃ sati kasmā kasiṇarūpaṃ ‘‘attā’’ti gahetvā vuttanti? Na kho panetaṃ evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ ‘‘rūpaṃ assa atthīti rūpī’’ti, atha kho ‘‘ruppanasīlo rūpī’’ti. Ruppanañcettha rūpasarikkhatāya kasiṇarūpassa vaḍḍhitāvaḍḍhitakālavasena visesāpatti, sā ca ‘‘natthī’’ti na sakkā vattuṃ parittavipulatādivisesasabbhāvato. Yadi evaṃ imassa vādassa sassatadiṭṭhisaṅgaho na yujjatīti? No na yujjati kāyabhedato uddhaṃ attano nibbikāratāya tena adhippetattā. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘arogo^eb^^a^P1.0223^ea^^b^paraṃ maraṇā’’^eb^ti. Atha vā ‘‘rūpaṃ assa atthīti rūpī’’ti vuccamānepi na doso. Kappanāsiddhenapi hi bhedena abhedassāpi niddesadassanato, yathā ‘‘silāputtakassa sarīra’’nti. Ruppanaṃ vā rūpasabhāvo rūpaṃ, taṃ etassa atthīti ^b^rūpī,^eb^ attā ‘‘rūpino dhammā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. dukamātikā 11) viya. Evañca katvā rūpasabhāvattā attano ‘‘rūpī attā’’ti vacanaṃ ñāyāgatamevāti ^b^‘‘kasiṇarūpaṃ ‘attā’ti gahetvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Niyatavāditāya kammaphalapaṭikkhepato natthi ājīvakesu jhānasamāpattilābhoti ^a^M1.0171^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘ājīvakādayo viya takkamatteneva vā rūpī attā’’^eb^ti. Tathā hi kaṇhābhijātiādīsu chaḷābhijātīsu aññataraṃ attānaṃ ekacce ājīvakā paṭijānanti. Natthi etassa rogo bhaṅgoti ^b^arogo^eb^ti aroga-saddassa niccapariyāyatā ^a^V1.0151^ea^ veditabbā, rogarahitatāsīsena vā nibbikāratāya niccataṃ paṭijānāti diṭṭhigatikoti āha ^b^‘‘arogoti nicco’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Kasiṇugghāṭimākāsapaṭhamāruppaviññāṇanatthibhāvāakiñcaññāyatanāni ^b^arūpasamāpattinimittaṃ^eb^ nimbapaṇṇe tittakaraso viya sarīraparimāṇo arūpī attā tattha tiṭṭhatīti nigaṇṭhāti āha ^b^‘‘nigaṇṭhādayo viyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Missakagāhavasenā^eb^ti rūpārūpasamāpattīnaṃ nimittāni ekajjhaṃ katvā ‘‘eko attā’’ti, tattha pavattasaññañcassa ‘‘saññā’’ti gahaṇavasena. Ayañhi diṭṭhigatiko rūpārūpasamāpattilābhitāya tannimittaṃ rūpabhāvena arūpabhāvena ca attā upatiṭṭhati, tasmā ‘‘rūpī ca arūpī cā’’ti abhinivesaṃ janesi ajjhattavādino viya, takkamatteneva vā rūpārūpadhammānaṃ missakaggahaṇavasena ‘‘rūpī arūpī ca attā hotī’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Takkagāhenevā^eb^ti saṅkhārāvasesasukhumabhāvappattadhammā ^a^P1.0224^ea^ viya accantasukhumabhāvappattiyā sakiccasādhanāsamatthatāya thambhakuṭṭahatthapādādisaṅghāto viya neva rūpī, rūpasabhāvānativattanato na arūpīti evaṃ pavattatakkagāhena. Atha vā antānantikacatukkavāde viya aññamaññapaṭikkhepavasena attho veditabbo. Kevalaṃ pana tattha desakālabhedavasena tatiyacatutthavādā dassitā, idha kālavatthubhedavasenāti ayameva visesoti. Kālabhedavasena cettha tatiyavādassa pavatti rūpārūpanimittānaṃ saha anupaṭṭhānato. Catutthavādassa pana vatthubhedavasena pavatti rūpārūpadhammānaṃ samūhato ‘‘eko attā’’ti takkanavasenāti tattha vuttanayānusārena veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Dutiyacatukke yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ ‘‘amati gacchati ettha bhāvo osāna’’ntiādinā antānantikavāde vuttanayena veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Yadipi aṭṭhasamāpattilābhino diṭṭhigatikassa vasena samāpattibhedena saññābhedasambhavato ‘‘nānattasaññī attā’’ti ayampi vādo samāpannakavasena ^a^M1.0172^ea^ labbhati. Tathāpi samāpattiyaṃ ekarūpeneva saññāya upaṭṭhānato samāpannakavasena ^b^‘‘ekattasaññī’’^eb^ti āha. Tenevettha samāpannakaggahaṇaṃ kataṃ. Ekasamāpattilābhino eva vā vasena attho veditabbo. Samāpattibhedena saññābhedasambhavepi bahiddhā puthuttārammaṇe saññānānattena oḷārikena nānattasaññitaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘asamāpannakavasena nānattasaññī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Parittakasiṇavasena parittasaññī’’^eb^ti iminā satipi saññāvinimutte dhamme ‘‘saññāyeva attā’’ti vadatīti dassitaṃ ^a^V1.0152^ea^ hoti. Kasiṇaggahaṇañcettha saññāya visayadassanaṃ, evaṃ ^b^vipulakasiṇavasenā^eb^ti etthāpi attho veditabbo. Evañca katvā antānantikavāde ^a^P1.0225^ea^, idha ca antānantikacatukke paṭhamadutiyavādehi imesaṃ dvinnaṃ vādānaṃ viseso siddho hoti, aññathā vuttappakāresu vādesu pubbantāparantakappanabhedena satipi kehici visese kehici natthi yevāti. Atha vā ‘‘aṅguṭṭhappamāṇo attā, yavappamāṇo, aṇumatto vā attā’’ti ādidassanavasena paritto saññī cāti ^b^parittasaññī,^eb^ kapilakaṇādādayo viya attano sabbagatabhāvapaṭijānanavasena appamāṇo saññī cāti ^b^appamāṇasaññī^eb^ti evampettha attho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Dibbacakkhuparibhaṇḍatāya yathākammūpagañāṇassa dibbacakkhupabhāvajanitena yathākammūpagañāṇena dissamānāpi sattānaṃ sukhādisamaṅgitā dibbacakkhunāva diṭṭhā hotīti āha ^b^‘‘dibbena cakkhunā’’^eb^tiādi. Nanu ca ‘‘ekantasukhī attā’’tiādivādānaṃ aparantadiṭṭhibhāvato ‘‘nibbattamānaṃ disvā’’ti vacanaṃ anupannanti? Nānupapannaṃ, anāgatassa ekantasukhibhāvādikassa pakappanaṃ paccuppannāya nibbattiyā dassanena adhippetanti. Tenevāha ‘‘nibbattamānaṃ disvā ‘ekantasukhī’ti gaṇhātī’’ti. Ettha ca tassaṃ tassaṃ bhūmiyaṃ bahulaṃ sukhādisahitadhammappavattidassanena tesaṃ ‘‘ekantasukhī’’ti gāho daṭṭhabbo. Atha vā hatthidassakāndhā viya diṭṭhigatikā yaṃ yadeva passanti, taṃ tadeva abhinivissa voharantīti na ettha yutti maggitabbā.


volume: 21
item: 14
title: aparantakappikavādavaṇṇanā^saññīvādavaṇṇanā^asaññī nevasaññīnāsaññīvādavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^78-83^eb^^b^.^eb^ Asaññīvāde asaññabhave nibbattasattavasena paṭhamavādo, ‘‘saññaṃ attato samanupassatī’’ti ettha vuttanayena saññaṃyeva ‘‘attā’’ti gahetvā tassa kiñcanabhāvena ṭhitāya aññāya ^a^P1.0226^ea^ saññāya abhāvato ‘‘asaññī’’ti ^a^M1.0173^ea^ pavatto dutiyavādo, tathā saññāya saha rūpadhamme, sabbe eva vā rūpārūpadhamme ‘‘attā’’ti gahetvā pavatto tatiyavādo, takkagāhavaseneva catutthavādo pavatto. Tassa pubbe vuttanayeneva attho veditabbo. Dutiyacatukkepi kasiṇarūpassa asañjānanasabhāvatāya asaññīti katvā antānantikavāde vuttanayeneva cattāropi veditabbā. Tathā nevasaññīnāsaññīvādepi nevasaññīnāsaññībhave nibbattasattasseva cutipaṭisandhīsu, sabbattha vā paṭusaññākiccaṃ kātuṃ asamatthāya sukhumāya saññāya atthibhāvapaṭijānanavasena paṭhamavādo, asaññīvāde vuttanayena sukhumāya saññāya vasena, sañjānanasabhāvatāpaṭijānena ca dutiyavādādayo pavattāti evaṃ ekena pakārena satipi ^a^V1.0153^ea^ kāraṇapariyesanassa sambhave diṭṭhigatikavādānaṃ anādaraṇīyabhāvadassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘tattha na ekantena kāraṇaṃ pariyesitabba’’^eb^nti vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Etesañca saññīasaññīnevasaññīnāsaññīvādānaṃ ‘‘arogo paraṃ maraṇā’’ti vacanato sassatadiṭṭhisaṅgaho pākaṭoyeva.


volume: 21
item: 15
title: saññīvādavaṇṇanā^asaññī nevasaññīnāsaññīvādavaṇṇanā^ucchedavādavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^84^eb^^b^.^eb^ Asato vināsāsambhavato atthibhāvanibandhano ucchedoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sato’’^eb^ti. Yathā hetuphalabhāvena pavattamānānaṃ sabhāvadhammānaṃ satipi ekasantānapariyāpannānaṃ bhinnasantatipatitehi visese hetuphalānaṃ paramatthato bhinnasabhāvattā bhinnasantānapatitānaṃ viya accantabhedasanniṭṭhānena nānattanayassa micchāgahaṇaṃ ucchedābhinivesassa kāraṇaṃ, evaṃ hetuphalabhūtānaṃ dhammānaṃ vijjamānepi sabhāvabhede ekasantatipariyāpannatāya ekattanayena accantamabhedaggahaṇampi kāraṇaṃ evāti dassetuṃ ‘‘sattassā’’ti vuttaṃ pāḷiyaṃ. Santānavasena hi vattamānesu khandhesu ghanavinibbhogābhāvena sattagāho, sattassa ca atthibhāvagāhanibandhano ucchedagāho yāvāyaṃ attā na ucchijjati, tāvāyaṃ vijjatiyevāti gahaṇato, nirudayavināso vā idha ucchedoti adhippetoti āha ^b^‘‘upaccheda’’^eb^nti. Visesena ^a^P1.0227^ea^ nāso ^b^vināso,^eb^ abhāvo. So pana maṃsacakkhupaññācakkhūnaṃ dassanapathātikkamoyeva hotīti āha ^b^‘‘adassana’’^eb^nti. Adassane hi nāsa-saddo loke niruḷhoti. ^b^Bhāvavigama^eb^nti sabhāvāpagamaṃ. Yo hi nirudayavināsavasena ucchijjati, na so attano sabhāvena tiṭṭhatīti. ^b^Lābhī^eb^ti dibbacakkhuñāṇalābhī. ^b^Cutimattamevā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0174^ea^ sekkhaputhujjanānampi cutimattameva. ^b^Na upapāta^eb^nti pubbayogābhāvena, parikammākaraṇena vā upapātaṃ daṭṭhuṃ na sakkoti. ^b^‘‘Alābhī ca ko paralokaṃ na jānātī’’^eb^ti natthikavādavasena, mahāmūḷhabhāveneva vā ‘‘ito añño paraloko atthī’’ti anavabodhamāha. Ettakoyeva visayo, yo yaṃ indriyagocaroti. Attano dhītuyā hatthagaṇhanakarājādi viya ^b^kāmasukhagiddhatāya^eb^ vā. ^b^‘‘Na puna viruhantī’’^eb^ti patitapaṇṇānaṃ vaṇṭena appaṭisandhikabhāvamāha. ^b^Evameva sattā^eb^ti yathā paṇḍupalāso bandhanā pavutto na paṭisandhiyati, evaṃ sabbe sattā appaṭisandhikamaraṇameva nigacchantīti. Jalapubbūḷakūpamā hi sattāti tassa laddhi. ^b^Tathā^eb^ti vuttappakārena. Lābhinopi cutito uddhaṃ adassaneneva imā diṭṭhiyo uppajjantīti āha ^b^‘‘vikappetvā vā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Etthāha – yathā amarāvikkhepikavādā ekantālābhīvaseneva dassitā, yathā ca uddhamāghātanikasaññīvādacatukko ^a^V1.0154^ea^ ekantalābhīvaseneva, na evamayaṃ. Ayaṃ pana sassatekaccasassatavādādayo viya lābhīalābhīvasena pavatto. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘tattha dve janā’’^eb^tiādi. Yadi evaṃ kasmā sassatavādādidesanāhi idha aññathā desanā pavattāti? Vuccate – desanāvilāsappattito. Desanāvilāsappattā hi buddhā bhagavanto, te veneyyajjhāsayānurūpaṃ ^a^P1.0228^ea^ vividhenākārena dhammaṃ desenti, aññathā idhāpi ca evaṃ bhagavā deseyya ‘‘idha bhikkhave ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya…pe… yathāsamāhite citte sattānaṃ cutūpapātañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti, so dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena arahato cuticittaṃ passati, puthūnaṃ vā parasattānaṃ, na heva kho taduddhaṃ upapattiṃ, so evamāha ‘yathā kho bho ayaṃ attā’’’ tiādinā visesalābhino, takkino ca visuṃ katvā, tasmā desanāvilāsena veneyyajjhāsayānurūpaṃ sassatavādādidesanāhi aññathāyaṃ desanā pavattāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā ekaccasassatavādādīsu viya na idha takkīvādito visesalābhīvādo bhinnākāro, atha kho samānabhedatāya samānākāroyevāti imassa visesassa pakāsanatthaṃ bhagavatā ayamucchedavādo purimavādehi visiṭṭhākāro desito. Sambhavati hi takkinopi ^a^M1.0175^ea^ anussavādivasena adhigamavato viya idha abhiniveso. Atha vā na imā diṭṭhiyo bhagavatā anāgate evaṃ bhāvīvasena desitā, nāpi parikappavasena, atha kho yathā yathā diṭṭhigatikehi ‘‘idameva saccaṃ, moghamañña’’nti paññattā, tathā tathā yathābhuccaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇena paricchinditvā pakāsitā. Yehi gambhīrādippakārā aputhujjanagocarā buddhadhammā pakāsanti, yesañca parikittanena tathāgatā sammadeva thomitā honti. Ucchedavādīhi ca diṭṭhigatikehi yathā uttaruttarabhavadassīhi aparabhavadassīnaṃ tesaṃ vādapaṭisedhavasena sakasakavādā patiṭṭhāpitā, tathāyaṃ desanā pavattāti purimadesanāhi imissā desanāya pavattibhedo na codetabbo. Evañca katvā arūpabhavabhedavasena viya kāmarūpabhavabhedavasenāpi ucchedavādo vibhajitvā daṭṭhabbo. Atha vā paccekaṃ kāmarūpabhavabhedavasena viya arūpabhavavasenāpi na vibhajitvā vattabbo, evañca sati bhagavatā ^a^P1.0229^ea^ vuttasattakato bahutarabhedo, appatarabhedo vā ucchedavādo āpajjatīti evaṃ pakārāpi codanā anavakāsāvāti.<br/><br/>[03]Etthāha – yuttaṃ tāva purimesu tīsu vādesu ‘‘kāyassa bhedā’’ti vuttaṃ pañcavokārabhavapariyāpannaṃ attabhāvaṃ ārabbha pavattattā tesaṃ vādānaṃ, catuvokārabhavapariyāpannaṃ pana attabhāvaṃ nissāya pavattesu catutthādīsu catūsu vādesu kasmā ‘‘kāyassa bhedā’’ti vuttaṃ ^a^V1.0155^ea^. Na hi arūpīnaṃ kāyo vijjatīti? Saccametaṃ, rūpattabhāve pavattavohāreneva pana diṭṭhigatiko arūpattabhāvepi kāyavohāraṃ āropetvā āha ‘‘kāyassa bhedā’’ti. Yathā ca diṭṭhigatikā diṭṭhiyo paññāpenti, tathā ca bhagavā dassetīti, arūpakāyabhāvato vā phassādidhammasamūhabhūte arūpattabhāve kāyaniddeso daṭṭhabbo. Ettha ca kāmadevattabhāvādiniravasesavibhavapatiṭṭhāpakānaṃ dutiyavādādīnaṃ yutto aparantakappikabhāvo anāgataddhavisayattā tesaṃ vādānaṃ, na pana diṭṭhigatikapaccakkhabhūtamanussattabhāvasamucchedapatiṭṭhāpakassa paṭhamavādassa paccuppannavisayattā. Dutiyavādādīnañhi purimapurimavādasaṅgahitasseva attano taduttaruttaribhavopapannassa samucchedato yujjati aparantakappikatā, tathā ca ‘‘no ca kho ^a^M1.0176^ea^ bho ayaṃ attā ettāvatā sammā samucchinno hotī’’tiādi vuttaṃ, yaṃ pana tattha vuttaṃ ‘‘atthi kho bho añño attā’’ti, taṃ manussakāyavisesāpekkhāya vuttaṃ, na sabbathā aññabhāvatoti? No na yutto, idhalokapariyāpannattepi ca paṭhamavādavisayassa anāgatakālasseva tassa adhippetattā paṭhamavādinopi aparantakappikatāya na koci virodhoti.


volume: 21
item: 16
title: asaññī nevasaññīnāsaññīvādavaṇṇanā^ucchedavādavaṇṇanā^diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^93^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Diṭṭhadhammo^eb^ti ^a^P1.0230^ea^ dassanabhūtena ñāṇena upaladdhadhammo. Tattha yo anindriyavisayo, sopi supākaṭabhāvena indriyavisayo viya hotīti āha ^b^‘‘diṭṭhadhammoti paccakkhadhammo vuccatī’’^eb^ti. Teneva ca ^b^‘‘tattha tattha paṭiladdhattabhāvassetaṃ adhivacana’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^95^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Antonijjhāyanalakkhaṇo^eb^ti ñātibhogarogasīladiṭṭhibyasanehi phuṭṭhassa cetaso anto abbhantaraṃ nijjhāyanaṃ socanaṃ antonijjhāyanaṃ, taṃ lakkhaṇaṃ etassāti antonijjhāyanalakkhaṇo. ^b^Tannissitalālappanalakkhaṇo^eb^ti taṃ sokaṃ samuṭṭhānahetuṃ nissitaṃ tannissitaṃ, bhusaṃ vilāpanaṃ lālappanaṃ, tannissitañca lālappanañca tannissitalālappanaṃ, taṃ lakkhaṇaṃ etassāti tannissitalālappanalakkhaṇo. Ñātibyasanādinā phuṭṭhassa paridevenāpi asakkuṇantassa antogatasokasamuṭṭhito bhuso āyāso ^b^upāyāso.^eb^ So pana yasmā cetaso appasannākāro hoti, tasmā ^b^‘‘visādalakkhaṇo’’^eb^ti vutto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^96^eb^^b^.^eb^ Vitakkanaṃ ^b^vitakkitaṃ,^eb^ taṃ pana abhiniropanasabhāvo vitakkoyevāti āha ^b^‘‘abhi…pe… vitakko’’^eb^ti. Esa nayo ^b^vicārita^eb^nti etthāpi. Khobhakarasabhāvattā vitakkavicārānaṃ ^a^V1.0156^ea^ taṃsahitaṃ jhānaṃ saubbilanaṃ viya hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sakaṇḍakaṃ viya khāyatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^97^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yāya ubbilāpanapītiyā uppannāya cittaṃ ‘‘ubbilāvita’’nti vuccati, sā pīti ^b^ubbilāvitattaṃ^eb^ yasmā pana cittassa ubbilabhāvo tassā pītiyā sati hoti, nāsati, tasmā sā ^b^‘‘ubbilabhāvakāraṇa’’^eb^nti vuttā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^98^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ābhogo^eb^ti ^a^M1.0177^ea^ vā cittassa ābhuggabhāvo, ārammaṇe oṇatabhāvoti attho. Sukhena hi cittaṃ ārammaṇe abhinataṃ hoti, na dukkhena viya apanataṃ, nāpi adukkhamasukhena ^a^P1.0231^ea^ viya anabhinataṃ anapanatañca. Tattha ‘‘khuppipāsādiabhibhūtassa viya manuññabhojanādīsu kāmehi viveciyamānassupādārammaṇapatthanā visesato abhivaḍḍhati, uḷārassa pana kāmarasassa yāvadatthaṃ tittassa manuññarasabhojanaṃ bhuttāvino viya suhitassa bhottukāmatā kāmesu pātabyatā na hoti, visayassāgiddhatāya visayehi dummociyehipi jalūkā viya sayameva muñcatī’’ti ca ayoniso ummujjitvā kāmaguṇasantappitatāya saṃsāradukkhavūpasamaṃ byākāsi paṭhamavādī. Kāmādīnaṃ ādīnavadassitāya, paṭhamādijjhānasukhassa santabhāvadassitāya ca paṭhamādijjhānasukhatittiyā saṃsāradukkhupacchedaṃ byākaṃsu dutiyādivādino, idhāpi ucchedavāde vuttappakāro vicāro yathāsambhavaṃ ānetvā vattabbo. Ayaṃ panettha viseso – ekasmiñhi attabhāve pañca vādā labbhanti. Teneva hi pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘añño attā’’ti aññaggahaṇaṃ na kataṃ. Kathaṃ panettha accantanibbānapaññāpakassa attano diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādassa sassatadiṭṭhiyā saṅgaho, na pana ucchedadiṭṭhiyāti? Taṃtaṃsukhavisesasamaṅgitāpaṭiladdhena bandhavimokkhena suddhassa attano sakarūpe avaṭṭhānadīpanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sesā^eb^ti sesā pañcapaññāsa diṭṭhiyo. Tāsu antānantikavādādīnaṃ sassatadiṭṭhibhāvo tattha tattha pakāsitoyeva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^101-3^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kiṃ pana kāraṇaṃ pubbantāparantā eva diṭṭhābhinivesassa visayabhāvena dassitā, na pana tadubhayamekajjhanti? Asambhavato. Na hi pubbantāparantesu viya tadubhayavinimutte majjhante diṭṭhikappanā sambhavati ittarakālattā, atha pana paccuppannabhavo tadubhayavemajjhaṃ, evaṃ sati diṭṭhikappanakkhamo tassa ^a^P1.0232^ea^ ubhayasabhāvo pubbantāparantesuyeva antogadhoti kathamadassitaṃ. Atha vā pubbantāparantavantatāya ‘‘pubbantāparanto’’ti majjhanto vuccati ^a^V1.0157^ea^, so ca ‘‘pubbantāparantakappikā vā pubbantāparantānudiṭṭhino’’ti vadantena pubbantāparantehi visuṃ katvā vuttoyevāti daṭṭhabbo. Aṭṭhakathāyampi ‘‘sabbepi te aparantakappike pubbantāparantakappike’’ti etena sāmaññaniddesena, ekasesena vā saṅgahitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ, aññathā ^a^M1.0178^ea^ saṅkaḍḍhitvā vuttavacanassa anatthakatā āpajjeyyāti. Ke pana te pubbantāparantakappikā? Ye antānantikā hutvā diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādāti evaṃ pakārā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca ‘‘sabbe te imeheva dvāsaṭṭhiyā vatthūhi, etesaṃ vā aññatarena, natthi ito bahiddhā’’ti vacanato, pubbantakappikādittayavinimuttassa ca kassaci diṭṭhigatikassa abhāvato yāni tāni sāmaññaphalādi (dī. ni. 1.166) suttantaresu vuttappakārāni akiriyāhetukanatthikavādādīni, yāni ca issarapajāpatipurisakālasabhāvaniyatiyadicchāvādādippabhedāni diṭṭhigatāni (visuddhi. ṭī. 2.563; vibha. anuṭī. 189 passitabbaṃ) bahiddhāpi dissamānāni, tesaṃ ettheva saṅgaho, antogadhatā ca veditabbā. Kathaṃ? Akiriyavādo tāva ‘‘vañjho kūṭaṭṭho’’tiādinā kiriyābhāvadīpanato sassatavāde antogadho, tathā ‘‘sattime kāyā’’tiādi ^a^P1.0233^ea^ (dī. ni. 1.174) nayappavatto pakudhavādo, ‘‘natthi hetu natthi paccayo sattānaṃ saṃkilesāyā’’tiādi (dī. ni. 1.168) vacanato ahetukavādo adhiccasamuppannikavāde antogadho. ‘‘Natthi paro loko’’tiādi (dī. ni. 1.171) vacanato natthikavādo ucchedavāde antogadho. Tathā hi tattha ‘‘kāyassa bhedā ucchijjatī’’tiādi (dī. ni. 1.86) vuttaṃ. Paṭhamena ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena nigaṇṭhavādādayo saṅgahitā.<br/><br/>[03]Yadipi pāḷiyaṃ nāṭaputtavāda (dī. ni. 1.178) bhāvena cātuyāmasaṃvaro āgato, tathāpi sattavatātikkamena vikkhepavāditāya nāṭaputtavādopi sañcayavādo viya amarāvikkhepavādesu antogadho. ‘‘Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīraṃ, aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīra’’nti (dī. ni. 1.377; ma. ni. 2.122; saṃ. ni. 2.35) evaṃ pakārā vādā ‘‘rūpī attā hoti arogo paraṃ maraṇā’’tiādivādesu saṅgahaṃ gacchanti, ‘‘hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, ‘‘atthi sattā opapātikā’’ti evaṃ pakārā sassatavāde. ‘‘Na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, natthi sattā opapātikā’’ti evaṃ pakārā ucchedavādena saṅgahitā. ‘‘Hoti ca na hoti ca tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, atthi ca natthi ca sattā opapātikā’’ti evaṃ pakārā ekaccasassatavāde antogadhā. ‘‘Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, nevatthi na natthi ^a^V1.0158^ea^ sattā opapātikā’’ti ca ^a^P1.0234^ea^ evaṃ pakārā amarāvikkhepavāde ^a^M1.0179^ea^ antogadhā. Issarapajāpatipurisakālavādā ekaccasassatavāde antogadhā, tathā kaṇādavādo. Sabhāvaniyatiyadicchāvādā adhiccasamuppannikavādena saṅgahitā. Iminā nayena suttantaresu, bahiddhā ca dissamānānaṃ diṭṭhigatānaṃ imāsu dvāsaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhīsu antogadhatā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ajjhāsaya^eb^nti diṭṭhijjhāsayaṃ. Sassatucchedadiṭṭhivasena hi sattānaṃ saṃkilesapakkhe duvidho ajjhāsayo, tañca bhagavā aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ aparimāṇe eva ñeyyavisese uppajjanavasena anekabhedabhinnānampi ‘‘cattāro janā sassatavādā’’tiādinā dvāsaṭṭhiyā pabhedehi saṅgaṇhanavasena sabbaññutaññāṇena paricchinditvā dassento pamāṇabhūtāya tulāya dhārayamāno viya hotīti āha ^b^‘‘tulāya tulayanto viyā’’^eb^ti. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘anto jālīkatā’’tiādi (dī. ni. 1.146). ^b^‘‘Sinerupādato vālukaṃ uddharanto viyā’’^eb^ti etena sabbaññutaññāṇato aññassa imissā desanāya asakkuṇeyyataṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Anusandhānaṃ anusandhi, pucchāya kato anusandhi ^b^pucchānusandhi.^eb^ Atha vā anusandhayatīti anusandhi, pucchā anusandhi etassāti ^b^pucchānusandhi.^eb^ Pucchāya anusandhiyatīti vā ^b^pucchānusandhi. Ajjhāsayānusandhi^eb^mhipi eseva nayo. ^b^Yathānusandhī^eb^ti ettha pana anusandhīyatīti anusandhi, yā yā anusandhi yathānusandhi, anusandhianurūpaṃ vā ^b^yathānusandhī^eb^ti saddattho veditabbo, so ‘‘yena pana dhammena ādimhi desanā uṭṭhitā, tassa dhammassa anurūpadhammavasena vā paṭipakkhavasena vā yesu suttesu upari desanā āgacchati, tesaṃ ^a^P1.0235^ea^ vasena yathānusandhi veditabbo. Seyyathidaṃ? Ākaṅkheyyasutte (ma. ni. 1.64-69) heṭṭhā sīlena desanā uṭṭhitā, upari cha abhiññā āgatā…pe… kakacūpame (ma. ni. 1.222) heṭṭhā akkhantiyā uṭṭhitā, upari kakacūpamā āgatā’’tiādinā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.100-104) vutto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Iti kirā^eb^ti bhagavato yathādesitāya attasuññatāya attano aruccanabhāvadīpanaṃ. ^b^Bho^eb^ti dhammālapanaṃ. ^b^Anattakatānī^eb^ti attanā na katāni, anattakehi vā khandhehi katāni. ^b^Kamattānaṃ phusissantī^eb^ti asati attani ^a^M1.0180^ea^ khandhānañca khaṇikattā kammāni kaṃ attānaṃ attano phalena phusissanti, ko kammaphalaṃ paṭisaṃvedetīti attho. ^b^Avidvā^eb^ti sutādivirahena ariyadhammassa akovidatāya na vidvā. ^b^Avijjāgato^eb^ti avijjāya upagato, ariyadhamme avinītatāya appahīnāvijjoti attho. ^b^Taṇhādhipateyyena cetasā^eb^ti ‘‘yadi ahaṃ nāma koci natthi ^a^V1.0159^ea^, mayā katassa kammassa ko phalaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, sati pana tasmiṃ siyā phalūpabhogo’’ti taṇhādhipatito ^b^āgato taṇhādhipateyyo,^eb^ tena. Attavādupādānasahagata ^b^cetasā. Atidhāvitabba^eb^nti khaṇikattepi saṅkhārānaṃ yasmiṃ santāne kammaṃ kataṃ, tattheva phaluppattito dhammapuñjamattasseva ca siddhe kammaphalasambandhe ekattanayaṃ micchā gahetvā ekena kārakavedakabhūtena bhavitabbaṃ, aññathā ‘‘kammaphalānaṃ sambandho na siyā’’ti attattaniyasuññatāpakāsanaṃ satthusāsanaṃ atikkamitabbaṃ maññeyyāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Upari cha abhiññā āgatā’’^eb^ti anurūpadhammavasena yathānusandhiṃ dasseti, itarehi paṭipakkhavasena. ^b^Kilesenā^eb^ti ‘‘lobho cittassa upakkileso’’tiādinā kilesavasena. ^b^Imasmimpī^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddena yathā vuttasuttādīsu paṭipakkhavasena yathānusandhi, evaṃ imasmimpi ^a^P1.0236^ea^ sutteti dasseti. Tathā hi niccasārādipaññāpakānaṃ diṭṭhigatānaṃ vasena uṭṭhitā ayaṃ desanā niccasārādisuññatāpakāsanena niṭṭhāpitāti.


volume: 21
item: 17
title: ucchedavādavaṇṇanā^diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādavaṇṇanā^paritassitavipphanditavāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^105-117^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Mariyādavibhāgadassanattha^eb^nti sassatādidiṭṭhidassanassa sammādassanena saṅkarābhāvavibhāvanatthaṃ. Tadapi vedayitanti sambandho. ^b^Ajānataṃ apassata^eb^nti ‘‘sassato attā ca loko cā’’ti ‘‘idaṃ diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ evaṃgahikaṃ evaṃparāmaṭṭhaṃ evaṃgahitaṃ hoti evaṃabhisamparāya’’nti yathābhūtaṃ ajānantānaṃ apassantānaṃ. Tathā yasmiṃ vedayite avītataṇhatāya evaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ upādiyanti, taṃ vedayitaṃ samudayādito yathābhūtaṃ ajānantānaṃ apassantānaṃ, etena anāvaraṇañāṇasamantacakkhūhi yathā tathāgatānaṃ yathābhūtamettha ñāṇadassanaṃ, na evaṃ diṭṭhigatikānaṃ, atha kho taṇhādiṭṭhiparāmāsoyevāti dasseti. Teneva cāyaṃ desanā mariyādavibhāgadassanatthā jātā. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘yathābhūtaṃ dhammānaṃ ^a^M1.0181^ea^ sabhāvaṃ ajānantānaṃ apassantāna’’nti avisesena vuttaṃ. Na hi saṅkhatadhammasabhāvaṃ ajānanamattena micchā abhinivisantīti. Sāmaññajotanā visese avatiṭṭhatīti ayaṃ visesayojanā katā. ^b^Vedayita^eb^nti ‘‘sassato attā ca loko cā’’ti diṭṭhipaññāpanavasena pavattaṃ diṭṭhiyā anubhūtaṃ anubhavanaṃ. ^b^Taṇhāgatāna^eb^nti taṇhāya gatānaṃ upagatānaṃ, pavattānaṃ vā. ^b^Tañca kho paneta^eb^nti ca yathāvuttaṃ vedayitaṃ paccāmasati. Tañhi vaṭṭāmisabhūtaṃ diṭṭhitaṇhāsallānuviddhatāya saubbilattā cañcalaṃ, na maggaphalasukhaṃ viya ekarūpena avatiṭṭhatīti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘paritassitenā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Atha ^a^V1.0160^ea^ vā evaṃ visesakāraṇato dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni vibhajitvā idāni avisesakāraṇato tāni dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tatra bhikkhave’’^eb^tiādikā desanā āraddhā. Sabbesañhi diṭṭhigatikānaṃ vedanā avijjā taṇhā ca avisiṭṭhakāranti. Tattha ^b^tadapī^eb^ti ‘‘sassataṃ attānañca lokañca paññapenti’’ti ettha yadetaṃ ^a^P1.0237^ea^ ‘‘sassato attā ca loko cā’’ti paññāpanaṃ, tadapi. Sukhādibhedaṃ tividhavedayitaṃ yathākkamaṃ dukkhasallāniccato, avisesena samudayatthaṅgamassādādīnavanissaraṇato vā yathābhūtaṃ ajānantānaṃ apassantānaṃ, tato eva ca sukhādipatthanāsambhavato taṇhāya upagatattā taṇhāgatānaṃ taṇhāparitassitena diṭṭhivipphanditameva diṭṭhicalanameva, ‘‘asati attani ko vedanaṃ anubhavatī’’ti kāyavacīdvāresu diṭṭhiyā copanappattimattameva vā, na pana diṭṭhiyā paññāpetabbo sassato koci dhammo atthīti attho. Ekaccasassatavādādīsupi eseva nayo.


volume: 21
item: 18
title: diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādavaṇṇanā^paritassitavipphanditavāravaṇṇanā^phassapaccayavāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^118^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yena taṇhāparitassitena etāni diṭṭhigatāni pavattanti, tassa vedayitaṃ paccayo, vedayitassāpi phasso paccayoti desanā diṭṭhiyā paccayaparamparaniddhāraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘paramparapaccayadassanattha’’^eb^nti, tena yathā paññāpanadhammo diṭṭhi, tappaccayadhammā ca yathāsakaṃ paccayavaseneva uppajjanti, na paccayehi vinā, evaṃ paññāpetabbā dhammāpi rūpavedanādayo, na ettha koci attā vā loko vā sassatoti ayamattho dassitoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.


volume: 21
item: 19
title: paritassitavipphanditavāravaṇṇanā^phassapaccayavāravaṇṇanā^netaṃṭhānaṃvijjativāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^131^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tassa^eb^^a^M1.0182^ea^^b^paccayassā^eb^ti phassapaccayassa ^b^diṭṭhivedayite^eb^ti diṭṭhiyā paccayabhūte vedayite, phassapadhānehi attano paccayehi nipphādetabbeti attho. Vināpi cakkhādivatthūhi, sampayuttadhammehi ca kehici vedanā uppajjati, na pana kadāci phassena vināti phasso vedanāya balavakāraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘balavabhāvadassanattha’’^eb^nti. Sannihitopi hi visayo sace phusanākārarahito hoti cittuppādo, na tassa ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo hotīti phassova sampayuttadhammānaṃ visesapaccayo. Tathā hi bhagavatā cittuppādaṃ vibhajantena phassoyeva paṭhamaṃ uddhaṭo, vedanāya pana adhiṭṭhānameva.


volume: 21
item: 20
title: phassapaccayavāravaṇṇanā^netaṃṭhānaṃvijjativāravaṇṇanā^diṭṭhigatikādhiṭṭhānavaṭṭakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^144^eb^^b^.^eb^ Heṭṭhā ^a^V1.0161^ea^ tīsupi vāresu adhikatattā, upari ca ‘‘paṭisaṃvedentī’’ti vakkhamānattā vedayitamettha padhānanti āha ^b^‘‘sabbadiṭṭhivedayitāni sampiṇḍetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sampiṇḍetī^eb^ti ca ‘‘yepi te’’ti tattha tattha āgatassa pi-saddassa atthaṃ dasseti. Vedayitassa phasse pakkhipanaṃ phassapaccayatādassanameva ‘‘chahi ajjhattikāyatanehi ^a^P1.0238^ea^ chaḷārammaṇapaṭisaṃvedanaṃ ekantato chaphassahetukamevā’’ti. Sañjāyanti etthāti adhikaraṇattho sañjāti-saddoti āha ^b^‘‘sañjātiṭṭhāne’’^eb^ti. Evaṃ samosaraṇasaddopi daṭṭhabbo. Āyatati ettha phalaṃ tadāyattavuttitāya, āyabhūtaṃ vā attano phalaṃ tanoti pavattetīti ^b^āyatanaṃ,^eb^ kāraṇaṃ. Rukkhagacchasamūhe araññavohāro araññameva araññāyatananti āha ^b^‘‘paṇṇattimatte’’^eb^ti. ^b^Atthattayepī^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddena avuttatthasampiṇḍanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, tena ākāranivāsādhiṭṭhānatthe saṅgaṇhāti. Hiraññāyatanaṃ suvaṇṇāyatanaṃ, vāsudevāyatanaṃ kammāyatananti ādīsu ākaranivāsādhiṭṭhānesu āyatanasaddo. Cakkhādīsu ca phassādayo ākiṇṇā, tāni ca nesaṃ nivāso, adhiṭṭhānañca nissayapaccayabhāvatoti. Tiṇṇampi visayindriyaviññāṇānaṃ saṅgatibhāvena gahetabbo phassoti ^b^‘‘saṅgatī’’^eb^ti vutto. Tathā hi so ‘‘sannipātapaccupaṭṭhāno’’ti vuccati. ^b^Iminā nayenā^eb^ti vijjamānesupi aññesu sampayuttadhammesu yathā ‘‘cakkhuñca…pe… phasso’’ti ^a^M1.0183^ea^ (ma. ni. 1.204; ma. ni. 3.421, 425, 426; saṃ. ni. 2.43-45; saṃ. ni. 4.60; kathā. 465) etasmiṃ sutte vedanāya padhānakāraṇabhāvadassanatthaṃ phassasīsena desanā katā, evamidhāpi brahmajāle ‘‘phassapaccayā vedanā’’tiādinā phassaṃ ādiṃ katvā aparantapaṭiccasamuppādadīpanena paccayaparamparaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘phassāyatanehi phussa phussā’’ti phassamukhena vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Phasso arūpadhammopi samāno ekadesena ārammaṇe anallīyamānopi phusanākārena pavattati phusanto viya hotīti āha ^b^‘‘phassova taṃ taṃ ārammaṇaṃ phusatī’’^eb^ti, yena so ‘‘phusanalakkhaṇo, saṅghaṭṭanaraso’’ti ca ^a^P1.0239^ea^ vuccati. ‘‘Phassāyatanehi phussa phussā’’ti aphusanakiccānipi āyatanāni ‘‘mañcā ghosantī’’tiādīsu viya nissitavohārena phusanakiccāni katvā dassitānīti āha ^b^‘‘phasse upanikkhipitvā’’^eb^ti, phassagatikāni katvā phassūpacāraṃ āropetvāti attho. Upacāro hi nāma vohāramattaṃ, na tena atthasiddhi hotīti āha ^b^‘‘tasmā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Attano ^a^V1.0162^ea^ paccayabhūtānaṃ channaṃ phassānaṃ vasena cakkhusamphassajā yāva manosamphassajāti saṅkhepato chabbidhā vedanā, vitthārato pana aṭṭhasatapariyāyena aṭṭhasatabhedā. ^b^Rūpataṇhādibhedāyā^eb^ti rūpataṇhā yāva dhammataṇhāti saṅkhepato chappabhedāya, vitthārato aṭṭhasatabhedāya. ^b^Upanissayakoṭiyā^eb^ti upanissayasīsena. Kasmā panettha upanissayapaccayova uddhaṭo, nanu sukhā vedanā, adukkhamasukhā vedanā ca taṇhāya ārammaṇamattāarammaṇādhipatiārammaṇūpanissayapakatūpanissayavasena catudhā paccayo, dukkhā ca ārammaṇamattapakatūpanissayavasena dvidhāti? Saccametaṃ, upanissaye eva pana taṃ sabbaṃ antogadhaṃ. Yuttaṃ tāva ārammaṇūpanissayassa upanissayasāmaññato upanissayena saṅgaho, ārammaṇamattāarammaṇādhipatīnaṃ pana kathanti? Tesampi ārammaṇasāmaññato ārammaṇūpanissayena saṅgahova kato, na pakatūpanissayenāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Etadatthamevettha ^b^‘‘upanissayakoṭiyā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, na ‘‘upanissayenā’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Catubbidhassā^eb^ti kāmupādānaṃ yāva attavādupādānanti catubbidhassa. Nanu ca taṇhāva kāmupādānanti? Saccametaṃ. Tattha dubbalā ^a^P1.0240^ea^ taṇhā taṇhāva, balavatī ^a^M1.0184^ea^ taṇhā kāmupādānaṃ. Atha vā appattavisayapatthanā taṇhā tamasi corānaṃ karapasāraṇaṃ viya. Sampattavisayaggahaṇaṃ upādānaṃ, corānaṃ karappattadhanaggahaṇaṃ viya. Appicchatāpaṭipakkhā taṇhā, santosapaṭipakkhā upādānaṃ. Pariyesanadukkhamūlaṃ taṇhā, ārakkhadukkhamūlaṃ upādānanti ayametesaṃ viseso. ^b^Upādānassā^eb^ti asahajātassa upādānassa upanissayakoṭiyā, itarassa sahajātakoṭiyāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tattha anantarassa anantarasamanantarānantarūpanissayanatthivigatāsevanapaccayehi, anānantarassa upanissayena, ārammaṇabhūtā pana ārammaṇādhipatiārammaṇūpanissayehi, ārammaṇamatteneva vāti taṃ sabbaṃ upanissayeneva gahetvā ^b^‘‘upanissayakoṭiyā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Yasmā ca taṇhāya rūpādīni assādetvā kāmesu pātabyataṃ āpajjati, tasmā taṇhā kāmupādānassa upanissayo. Tathā rūpādibhedeva sammūḷho ‘‘natthi dinna’’ntiādinā (dī. ni. 1.171; ma. ni. 1.445; ma. ni. 2.94, 95, 225; ma. ni. 3.91, 116, 136; saṃ. ni. 3.210; dha. sa. 1221; vibha. 938) micchādassanaṃ, saṃsārato muccitukāmo asuddhimagge suddhimaggaparāmasanaṃ, khandhesu attattaniyagāhabhūtaṃ sakkāyadassanaṃ gaṇhāti, tasmā itaresampi taṇhā upanissayoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sahajātassa pana sahajātāññamaññanissayasampayuttātthiavigatahetuvasena taṇhā paccayo hoti. Taṃ sabbaṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘sahajātakoṭiyā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tathā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0163^ea^ upanissayakoṭiyā ceva sahajātakoṭiyā cāti attho. ^b^Bhavassā^eb^ti kammabhavassa ceva upapattibhavassa ca. Tattha cetanādisaṅkhā taṃ sabbaṃ bhavagāmikammaṃ kammabhavo, kāmabhavādiko navavidho upapattibhavo, tesaṃ upapattibhavassa catubbidhampi upādānaṃ upapattibhavakāraṇakammabhavakāraṇabhāvato ^a^P1.0241^ea^, tassa ca sahāyabhāvūpagamanato pakatūpanissayavasena paccayo hoti. Kammārammaṇakaraṇakāle pana kammasahajātakāmupādānaṃ upapattibhavassa ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo hoti. Kammabhavassa pana sahajātassa sahajātaṃ upādānaṃ sahajātāññamaññanissayasampayuttātthiavigatavasena ceva hetumaggavasena ca anekadhā paccayo hoti, asahajātassa anantarasamanantarānantarūpanissayanatthivigatāsevanavasena, itarassa pakatūpanissayavasena, sammasanādikālesu ārammaṇavasena ca paccayo hoti. Tattha anantarādike ^a^M1.0185^ea^ upanissayapaccaye, sahajātādike sahajātapaccaye pakkhipitvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘upanissayakoṭiyā ceva sahajātakoṭiyā cā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhavo jātiyā^eb^ti ettha ^b^bhavo^eb^ti kammabhavo adhippeto. So hi jātiyā paccayo, na upapattibhavo. Upapattibhavo hi paṭhamābhinibbattā khandhā jātiyeva. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘jātīti panettha savikārā pañcakkhandhā daṭṭhabbā’’ti. ^b^Savikārā^eb^ti ca nibbattivikārena savikārā, te ca atthato upapattibhavoyeva. Na hi tadeva tassa kāraṇaṃ bhavituṃ yuttanti. Kammabhavo ca upapattibhavassa kammapaccayena ceva upanissayapaccayena ca paccayo hotīti āha ‘‘bhavo jātiyā upanissayakoṭiyā paccayo’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā ca sati jātiyā jarāmaraṇaṃ, jarāmaraṇādinā phuṭṭhassa bālassa sokādayo ca sambhavanti, nāsati, tasmā ^b^‘‘jāti…pe… paccayo hotī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Sahajātūpanissayasīsena paccayavicāraṇāya dassitattā, aṅgavicāraṇāya ca anāmaṭṭhattā āha ^b^‘‘ayamettha saṅkhepo’’^eb^ti. Mahāvisayattā paṭiccasamuppādavicāraṇāya sā niravasesā kuto laddhabbāti āha ^b^‘‘vitthārato’’^eb^tiādi. Ekadesena cettha kathitassa paṭiccasamuppādassa tathā kathane saddhiṃ udāharaṇena kāraṇaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘bhagavā hī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^koṭi na paññāyatī^eb^ti asukassa nāma sammāsambuddhassa, cakkavattino vā kāle avijjā uppannā, na tato pubbeti avijjāya ādimariyādā appaṭihatassa mama sabbaññutaññāṇassāpi na paññāyati avijjamānattāyevāti attho. Ayaṃ paccayo idappaccayo, tasmā ^b^idappaccayā,^eb^ imasmā kāraṇā ^a^P1.0242^ea^ āsavapaccayāti attho. ^b^Bhavataṇhāyā^eb^ti bhavasaṃyojanabhūtāya taṇhāya. ^b^Bhavadiṭṭhiyā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0164^ea^ sassatadiṭṭhiyā. ^b^‘‘Ito ettha etto idhā’’^eb^ti apariyantaṃ aparāparuppattiṃ dasseti.


volume: 21
item: 21
title: netaṃṭhānaṃvijjativāravaṇṇanā^diṭṭhigatikādhiṭṭhānavaṭṭakathāvaṇṇanā^vivaṭṭakathādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^145^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Vedanānaṃ samudaya’’ntiādipāḷi ^b^vedanākammaṭṭhāna^eb^nti daṭṭhabbā. ^b^Ta^eb^nti ‘‘phassasamudayā phassanirodhā’’ti vuttaphassaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Āhāro^eb^ti kabaḷīkāro āhāro veditabbo. So hi ‘‘kabaḷīkāro āhāro imassa ^a^M1.0186^ea^ kāyassa āhārapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.paccayaniddesa 429) vacanato kammasamuṭṭhānānampi upatthambhakapaccayo hotiyeva. Yadipi sotāpannādayo yathābhūtaṃ pajānanti, ukkaṃsagativijānanavasena pana desanā arahattanikūṭena niṭṭhāpitā. Ettha ca ‘‘yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhu…pe… yathābhūtaṃ pajānātī’’ti etena dhammassa niyyānikabhāvena saddhiṃ saṅghassa suppaṭipattiṃ dasseti. Teneva hi aṭṭhakathāyamettha ‘‘ko evaṃ jānātīti? Khīṇāsavo jānāti, yāva āraddhavipassako jānātī’’ti paripuṇṇaṃ katvā bhikkhusaṅgho dassito, tena yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘bhikkhusaṅghavasenapi dīpetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti, (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.8) taṃ yathārutavaseneva dīpitaṃ hotīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^146^eb^^b^.^eb^ Anto jālassāti antojālaṃ, antojāle katāti ^b^antojālīkatā.^eb^ Apāyūpapattivasena adho osīdanaṃ, sampattibhavavasena uddhaṃ uggamanaṃ. Tathā parittabhūmimahaggatabhūmivasena, olīnatā’tidhāvanavasena, pubbantānudiṭṭhiaparantānudiṭṭhivasena ca yathākkamaṃ adho osīdanaṃ uddhaṃ uggamanaṃ yojetabbaṃ. ^b^‘‘Dasasahassilokadhātū’’^eb^ti ^a^P1.0243^ea^ jātikhettaṃ sandhāyāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^147^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Apaṇṇattikabhāva^eb^nti dharamānakapaṇṇattiyā apaṇṇattikabhāvaṃ. Atītabhāvena pana tathā paṇṇatti yāva sāsanantaradhānā, tato uddhampi aññabuddhuppādesu vattati eva. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘vohāramattameva bhavissatī’’ti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.147). ^b^Kāyo^eb^ti attabhāvo, yo rūpārūpadhammasamūho. Evaṃ hissa ambarukkhasadisatā, tadavayavānañca rūpakkhandhacakkhādīnaṃ ambapakkasadisatā yujjatīti. Ettha ca vaṇṭacchede vaṇṭūpanibandhānaṃ ambapakkānaṃ ambarukkhato vicchedo viya bhavanettichede tadupanibandhānaṃ rūpakkhandhādīnaṃ santānato vicchedoti ettāvatā opammaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^148^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dhammapariyāye^eb^ti ^a^V1.0165^ea^ pāḷiyaṃ. ^b^Idhattho^eb^ti diṭṭhadhammahitaṃ. ^b^Parattho^eb^ti samparāyahitaṃ. Saṅgāmaṃ vijināti etenāti ^b^saṅgāmavijayo.^eb^ Atthasampattiyā ^b^atthajālaṃ. ^eb^ Byañjanasampattiyā, sīlādianavajjadhammaniddesato ca ^b^dhammajālaṃ.^eb^ Seṭṭhaṭṭhena brahmabhūtānaṃ maggaphalanibbānānaṃ vibhattattā ^b^brahmajālaṃ.^eb^ Diṭṭhivivecanamukhena suññatāpakāsanena sammādiṭṭhiyā vibhāvitattā ^b^diṭṭhijālaṃ.^eb^ Titthiyavādanimmaddanūpāyattā ^b^anuttaro saṅgāmavijayo^eb^ti evampettha yojanā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^149^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Attamanā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0187^ea^ pītiyā gahitacittā. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘buddhagatāyā’’^eb^tiādi. Yathā pana anattamanā attano anatthacaratāya paramanā verimanā nāma honti. Yathāha ‘‘diso disa’’nti (dha. pa. 42; udā. 33) gāthā, na evaṃ attamanā. Ime pana attano atthacaratāya ^a^P1.0244^ea^ sakamanā hontīti āha ^b^‘‘attamanāti sakamanā’’^eb^ti. Atha vā ^b^attamanā^eb^ti samattamanā, imāya desanāya paripuṇṇamanasaṅkappāti attho. ^b^Abhinandatī^eb^ti taṇhāyatīti atthoti āha ^b^‘‘taṇhāyampi āgato’’^eb^ti. Anekatthattā dhātūnaṃ ^b^abhinandantī^eb^ti upagacchanti sevantīti atthoti āha ^b^‘‘upagamanepi āgato’’^eb^ti. Tathā ^b^abhinandantī^eb^ti sampaṭicchantīti atthoti āha ^b^‘‘sampaṭicchanepi āgato’’^eb^ti. ^b^‘‘Abhinanditvā’’^eb^ti iminā padena vuttoyeva attho ^b^‘‘anumoditvā’’^eb^ti iminā pakāsīyatīti abhinandanasaddo idha anumodanasaddatthoti āha ^b^‘‘anumodanepi āgato’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Katamañca taṃ bhikkhave’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 1.7) tattha tattha pavattāya kathetukamyatāpucchāya vissajjanavasena pavattattā idaṃ suttaṃ ^b^veyyākaraṇaṃ^eb^ hoti. Yasmā pana pucchāvissajjanavasena pavattampi sagāthakaṃ suttaṃ geyyaṃ nāma hoti, niggāthakattameva pana aṅganti gāthārahitaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘niggāthakattā hi idaṃ veyyākaraṇanti vutta’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aparesupī^eb^ti ettha ^b^pi^eb^saddena pāramiparicayampi saṅgaṇhāti. Vuttañhi buddhavaṃse –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Ime dhamme sammasato, sabhāvasarasalakkhaṇe;<br/><br/>[22]Dhammatejena vasudhā, dasasahassī pakampathā’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.166);<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vīriyabalenā^eb^ti ^b^mahābhinikkhamane^eb^ cakkavattisiripariccāgahetubhūtavīriyappabhāvena, ^b^bodhimaṇḍūpasaṅkamane^eb^ ‘‘kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru ca, aṭṭhi ca avasissatū’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 2.184; saṃ. ni. 2.22; mahāni. 196) vuttacaturaṅgasamannāgatavīriyānubhāvena. ^b^Acchariyavegābhihatā^eb^ti vimhayāvahakiriyānubhāvaghaṭṭitā ^a^P1.0245^ea^. ^b^Paṃsukūladhovane^eb^ keci ‘‘puññatejenā’’ti vadanti ^a^V1.0166^ea^, acchariyavegābhihatāti yuttaṃ viya dissati, ^b^vessantarajātake^eb^ pāramiparipūraṇapuññatejena anekakkhattuṃ kampitattā ^b^‘‘akālakampanenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Sādhukāradānavasena akampittha^eb^^a^M1.0188^ea^ yathā taṃ dhammacakkappavattane (saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 13; paṭi. ma. 2.30). Saṅgītikālādīsupi sādhukāradānavasena akampitthāti veditabbaṃ. Ayaṃ tāvettha aṭṭhakathāya līnatthavaṇṇanā.


volume: 21
item: 22
title: diṭṭhigatikādhiṭṭhānavaṭṭakathāvaṇṇanā^vivaṭṭakathādivaṇṇanā^pakaraṇanayavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Ayaṃ pana pakaraṇanayena pāḷiyā atthavaṇṇanā – sā panāyaṃ atthavaṇṇanā yasmā desanāya samuṭṭhānappayojanabhājanesu piṇḍatthesu ca niddhāritesu sukarā hoti suviññeyyā ca, tasmā suttadesanāya samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamaṃ niddhārayissāma. Tattha ^b^samuṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ tāva vuttaṃ ‘‘vaṇṇāvaṇṇabhaṇana’’nti. Apica nindāpasaṃsāsu vineyyāghātānandādibhāvānāpatti, tattha ca ādīnavadassanaṃ ^b^samuṭṭhānaṃ.^eb^ Tathā nindāpasaṃsāsu paṭipajjanakkamassa, pasaṃsāvisayassa khuddakādivasena anekavidhassa sīlassa, sabbaññutaññāṇassa sassatādidiṭṭhiṭṭhānesu tatuttari ca appaṭihatacāratāya, tathāgatassa ca katthaci apariyāpannatāya anavabodho ^b^samuṭṭhānaṃ.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]Vuttavipariyāyena ^b^payojanaṃ^eb^ veditabbaṃ. Vineyyāghātānandādibhāvāpatti ādikañhi imaṃ desanaṃ payojetīti. Tathā kuhanalapanādinānāvidhamicchājīvaviddhaṃsanaṃ, dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhijālaviniveṭhanaṃ, diṭṭhisīsena paccayākāravibhāvanaṃ, chaphassāyatanavasena catusaccakammaṭṭhānaniddeso, sabbadiṭṭhigatānaṃ anavasesapariyādānaṃ, attano anupādāparinibbānadīpanañca ^b^payojanāni.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]Vaṇṇāvaṇṇanimittaṃ anurodhavirodhavantacittā kuhanādivividhamicchājīvaniratā sassatādidiṭṭhipaṅkaṃ nimuggā, sīlakkhandhādīsu aparipūrakāritāya anavabuddhaguṇavisesañāṇā vineyyā imissā dhammadesanāya ^b^bhājanaṃ.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Piṇḍatthā^eb^^a^P1.0246^ea^ pana āghātādīnaṃ akaraṇīyatāvacanena paṭiññānurūpaṃ samaṇasaññāya niyojanaṃ, khantisoraccānuṭṭhānaṃ, brahmavihārabhāvanānuyogo, saddhāpaññāsamāyogo, satisampajaññādhiṭṭhānaṃ, paṭisaṅkhānabhāvanābalasiddhi, pariyuṭṭhānānusayappahānaṃ, ubhayahitapaṭipatti, lokadhammehi anupalepo ca dassitā honti. Tathā pāṇātipātādīhi paṭivirativacanena sīlavisuddhi ^a^V1.0167^ea^ dassitā, tāya ca hirottappasampatti, mettākaruṇāsamaṅgitā ^a^M1.0189^ea^, vītikkamappahānaṃ, tadaṅgapahānaṃ, duccaritasaṃkilesappahānaṃ, viratittayasiddhi, piyamanāpagarubhāvanīyatānipphatti, lābhasakkārasilokasamudāgamo, samathavipassanānaṃ adhiṭṭhānabhāvo, akusalamūlatanukaraṇaṃ, kusalamūlaropanaṃ, ubhayānatthadūrīkaraṇaṃ, parisāsu visāradatā, appamādavihāro,parehi duppadhaṃsiyatā, avippaṭisārādisamaṅgitā ca dassitā honti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Gambhīrā’’^eb^tiādivacanehi gambhīradhammavibhāvanaṃ, alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhatā, kappānaṃ asaṅkhyeyyenāpi dullabhapātubhāvatā, sukhumenapi ñāṇena paccakkhato paṭivijjhituṃ asakkuṇeyyatā, dhammanvayasaṅkhātena anumānañāṇenāpi duradhigamanīyatā, passaddhasabbadarathatā, santadhammavibhāvanaṃ, sobhanapariyosānatā, atittikarabhāvo, padhānabhāvappatti, yathābhūtañāṇagocaratā, sukhumasabhāvatā, mahāpaññāvibhāvanā ca dassitā honti. Diṭṭhidīpakapadehi samāsato sassatucchedadiṭṭhiyo pakāsitāti olīnatātidhāvanavibhāvanaṃ, upāyavinibaddhaniddeso, micchābhinivesakittanaṃ, kummaggapaṭipattiyā pakāsanā, vipariyesaggāhapaññāpanaṃ, parāmāsapariggaho, pubbantāparantānudiṭṭhipatiṭṭhāpanaṃ, bhavavibhavadiṭṭhivibhāgo, taṇhāvijjāpavatti, antavānantavādiṭṭhiniddeso, antadvayāvatāraṇaṃ, āsavoghayogakilesaganthasaṃyojanūpādānavisesavibhajjanañca dassitāni honti. Tathā ^b^‘‘vedanānaṃ samudaya’’^eb^ntiādivacanehi catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ anubodhapaṭivedhasiddhi, vikkhambhanasamucchedappahānaṃ ^a^P1.0247^ea^, taṇhāvijjāvigamo, saddhammaṭṭhitinimittapariggaho, āgamādhigamasampatti, ubhayahitapaṭipatti, tividhapaññāpariggaho, satisampajaññānuṭṭhānaṃ, saddhāpaññāsamāyogo, sammāvīriyasamathānuyojanaṃ, samathavipassanānipphatti ca dassitā honti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Ajānataṃ apassata’’^eb^nti avijjāsiddhi, ^b^‘‘taṇhāgatānaṃ paritassitavipphandita^eb^nti taṇhāsiddhi, tadubhayena ca nīvaraṇasaṃyojanadvayasiddhi, anamataggasaṃsāravaṭṭānucchedo, pubbantāharaṇāparantapaṭisandhānāni, atītapaccuppannakālavasena hetuvibhāgo, avijjātaṇhānaṃ aññamaññānativattanaṭṭhena aññamaññūpakāritā, paññāvimutticetovimuttīnaṃ paṭipakkhaniddeso ca dassitā honti. ^b^‘‘Tadapi phassapaccayā’’^eb^ti sassatādipaññāpanassa paccayādhīnavuttitākathanena ^a^M1.0190^ea^ dhammānaṃ niccatāpaṭisedho, aniccatāpatiṭṭhāpanaṃ, paramatthato kārakādipaṭikkhepo, evaṃdhammatādiniddeso, suññatāpakāsanaṃ, samattaniyāmapaccayalakkhaṇavibhāvanañca dassitāni honti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Ucchinnabhavanettiko’’^eb^tiādinā ^a^V1.0168^ea^ bhagavato pahānasampatti, vijjādhimutti, vasībhāvo, sikkhattayanipphatti, nibbānadhātudvayavibhāgo, caturadhiṭṭhānaparipūraṇaṃ, bhavayoniādīsu apariyāpannatā ca dassitā honti. Sakalena pana suttapadena iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu bhagavato tādibhāvo, tattha ca paresaṃ patiṭṭhāpanaṃ, kusaladhammānaṃ ādibhūtadhammadvayassa niddeso, sikkhattayūpadeso, attantapādipuggalacatukkasiddhi, kaṇhākaṇhavipākādikammacatukkavibhāgo, caturappamaññāvisayaniddeso, samudayādipañcakassa yathābhūtāvabodho, chasāraṇīyadhammavibhāvanā ^a^P1.0248^ea^, dasanāthakaradhammapatiṭṭhāpanti evamādayo niddhāretabbā.


volume: 21
item: 23
title: vivaṭṭakathādivaṇṇanā^pakaraṇanayavaṇṇanā^soḷasahāravaṇṇanā^desanāhāravaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03]Tattha ‘‘attā, loko’’ti ca diṭṭhiyā adhiṭṭhānabhāvena, vedanāphassāyatanādimukhena ca gahitesu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu taṇhāvajjā pañcupādānakkhandhā ^b^dukkhasaccaṃ.^eb^ Taṇhā ^b^samudayasaccaṃ.^eb^ Sā pana paritassanāggahaṇena ‘‘taṇhāgatāna’’nti, ‘‘vedanāpaccayā taṇhā’’ti ca sarūpeneva samudayaggahaṇena, bhavanettiggahaṇena ca pāḷiyaṃ gahitāva. Ayaṃ tāva suttantanayo. Abhidhammanayena pana āghātānandādivacanehi, ātappādipadehi, cittappadosavacanena, sabbadiṭṭhidīpakapadehi, kusalākusalaggahaṇena, bhavaggahaṇena, sokādiggahaṇena, tattha tattha samudayaggahaṇena cāti saṅkhepato sabbalokiyakusalākusaladhammavibhāvanapadehi gahitā kammakilesā ^b^samudayasaccaṃ.^eb^ Ubhinnaṃ appavatti ^b^nirodhasaccaṃ.^eb^ Tassa tattha tattha vedanānaṃ atthaṅgamanissaraṇapariyāyehi, paccattaṃ nibbutivacanena, anupādāvimuttivacanena ca pāḷiyaṃ gahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Nirodhapajānanā paṭipadā ^b^maggasaccaṃ.^eb^ Tassāpi tattha tattha vedanānaṃ samudayādiyathābhūtavedanāpadesena, channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ samudayādiyathābhūtapajānanapariyāyena, bhavanettiyā ucchedapariyāyena ca gahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tattha samudayena ^b^assādo,^eb^ dukkhena ^b^ādīnavo,^eb^ magganirodhehi ^a^M1.0191^ea^^b^nissaraṇa^eb^nti evaṃ catusaccavasena, yāni ^b^pāḷiyaṃ^eb^ (netti. 9) sarūpeneva āgatāni assādādīnavanissaraṇāni, tesañca vasena idha assādādayo veditabbā. Vineyyānantādibhāvāpattiādikaṃ yathāvuttavibhāgaṃ payojanameva ^b^phalaṃ.^eb^ Āghātādīnaṃ akaraṇīyatā, āghātādiphalassa ca anaññasantānabhāvitā, nindāpasaṃsāsu yathāsabhāvapaṭijānananibbeṭhanāti evaṃ taṃtaṃpayojanādhigamahetu ^b^upāyo. ^eb^ Āghātādīnaṃ ^a^P1.0249^ea^ karaṇapaṭisedhanādiapadesena dhammarājassa ^b^āṇatti^eb^ veditabbāti ayaṃ ^b^desanāhāro.^eb^


volume: 21
item: 24
title: pakaraṇanayavaṇṇanā^soḷasahāravaṇṇanā^vicayahāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Kappanābhāvepi ^a^V1.0169^ea^ vohāravasena, anuvādavasena ca ‘‘mama’’nti vuttaṃ, niyamābhāvato vikappanatthaṃ vāggahaṇaṃ kataṃ, guṇasamaṅgitāya, abhimukhīkaraṇāya ca ^b^‘‘bhikkhave’’^eb^ti āmantanaṃ. Aññabhāvato, paṭiviruddhabhāvato ca ^b^‘‘pare’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, vaṇṇapaṭipakkhato, avaṇṇanīyato ca ‘‘avaṇṇa’’nti vuttaṃ. Byattivasena, vitthāravasena ca ‘‘bhāseyyu’’nti vuttaṃ, dhāraṇabhāvato, adhammapaṭipakkhato ca ‘‘dhammassā’’ti vuttaṃ, diṭṭhisīlehi saṃhatabhāvato, kilesānaṃ saṅghātakaraṇato ca ‘‘saṅghassā’’ti vuttaṃ. Vuttapaṭiniddesato, vacanupanyāsanato ca ‘‘tatrā’’ti vuttaṃ, sammukhabhāvato, puthubhāvato ca ‘‘tumhehī’’ti vuttaṃ. Cittassa hananato, ārammaṇābhighātato ca ‘‘āghāto’’ti vuttaṃ, ārammaṇe saṅkocavuttiyā, atuṭṭhākāratāya ca ‘‘appaccayo’’ti vuttaṃ, ārammaṇacintanato, nissayato ca ‘‘cetaso’’ti vuttaṃ, atthāsādhanato, anu anu ‘‘anatthasādhanato’’ ca ‘‘anabhiraddhī’’ti vuttaṃ, kāraṇānarahattā, satthusāsane ṭhitehi kātuṃ asakkuṇeyyattā ca ‘‘na karaṇīyā’’ti vuttanti. Iminā nayena sabbapadesu vinicchayo kātabbo. Iti anupadavicayato ^b^vicayo hāro^eb^ ativitthārabhayena, sakkā ca aṭṭhakathaṃ tassā līnatthavaṇṇanañca anugantvā ayamattho viññunā vibhāvetunti na vitthārayimha.


volume: 21
item: 25
title: soḷasahāravaṇṇanā^vicayahāravaṇṇanā^yuttihāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Sabbena ^a^M1.0192^ea^ sabbaṃ āghātādīnaṃ akaraṇaṃ tādibhāvāya saṃvattatīti yujjati iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu samappavattisabbhāvato. Yasmiṃ santāne āghātādayo uppannā, tannimittako antarāyo tasseva sampattivibandhāya saṃvattatīti ^a^P1.0250^ea^ yujjati. Kasmā? Santānantaresu asaṅkamanato. Cittaṃ abhibhavitvā uppannā āghātādayo subhāsitādisallakkhaṇepi asamatthatāya saṃvattantīti yujjati sakodhalobhānaṃ andhatamasabbhāvato. Pāṇātipātādidussīlyato veramaṇi sabbasattānaṃ pāmojjapāsaṃsabhāvāya saṃvattatīti yujjati. Sīlasampattiyā hi mahato kittisaddassa abbhuggamo hotīti. Gambhīratādivisesayuttena guṇena tathāgatassa vaṇṇanā ekadesabhūtāpi sakalasabbaññuguṇaggahaṇāya saṃvattatīti yujjati anaññasādhāraṇattā. Tajjāayonisomanasikāraparikkhatāni adhigamatakkanāni sassatavādādiabhinivesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati kappanājālassa asamugghāṭitattā. Vedanādīnavānavabodhena vedanāya taṇhā pavaḍḍhatīti yujjati assādānupassanāsabbhāvato. Sati ca vedayitarāge tattha attattaniyagāho, sassatādigāho ca vipariphandatīti yujjati kāraṇassa sannihitattā. Taṇhāpaccayā hi upādānaṃ sassatādivāde paññapentānaṃ ^a^V1.0170^ea^, tadanucchavikaṃ vā vedanaṃ vedayantānaṃ phasso hetūti yujjati visayindriyaviññāṇasaṅgatiyā vinā tadabhāvato. Chaphassāyatananimittavaṭṭassa anupacchedoti yujjati tattha avijjātaṇhānaṃ appahīnattā. Channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ samudayādipajānanā sabbadiṭṭhigatikasaññaṃ aticca tiṭṭhatīti yujjati catusaccapaṭivedhabhāvato. Imāheva dvāsaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhīhi sabbadiṭṭhigatānaṃ antojālīkatabhāvoti yujjati akiriyavādādīnaṃ issaravādādīnañca tadantogadhattā. Tathā ceva saṃvaṇṇitaṃ. Ucchinnabhavanettiko tathāgatassa kāyoti yujjati, yasmā bhagavā abhinīhārasampattiyā catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu patiṭṭhitacitto ^a^P1.0251^ea^ sattabojjhaṅgeyeva yathābhūtaṃ bhāvesi. Kāyassa bhedā parinibbutaṃ na dakkhantīti yujjati anupādisesanibbānappattiyaṃ rūpādīsu kassacipi anavasesatoti ayaṃ ^b^yuttihāro.^eb^


volume: 21
item: 26
title: vicayahāravaṇṇanā^yuttihāravaṇṇanā^padaṭṭhānahāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Avaṇṇārahāvaṇṇānurūpasampattānādeyyavacanatādivipattīnaṃ ^a^M1.0193^ea^ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vaṇṇārahavaṇṇānurūsampattasaddheyyavacanatādisampattīnaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tathā āghātādayo nirayādidukkhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Āghātādīnaṃ akaraṇaṃ saggasampattiādisabbasampattīnaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Pāṇātipātādīhi paṭivirati ariyassa sīlakkhandhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ariyo sīlakkhandho ariyassa samādhikkhandhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ariyo samādhikkhandho ariyassa paññākkhandhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Gambhīratādivisesayuttaṃ bhagavato paṭivedhappakārañāṇaṃ desanāñāṇassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Desanāñāṇaṃ vineyyānaṃ sakalavaṭṭadukkhanissaraṇassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sabbāpi diṭṭhi diṭṭhupādānti sā yathārahaṃ navavidhassāpi bhavassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Bhavo jātiyā, jāti jarāmaraṇassa, sokādīnañca padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vedanānaṃ samudayādiyathābhūtavedanaṃ catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ anubodhapaṭivedho. Tattha anubodho paṭivedhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, paṭivedho catubbidhassa sāmaññaphalassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Ajānataṃ apassata’’nti avijjāgahaṇaṃ, tattha avijjā saṅkhārānaṃ padaṭṭhānti yāva vedanā taṇhāya padaṭṭhānti netabbaṃ. ‘‘Taṇhāgatānaṃ paritassitavipphandita’’nti ettha taṇhā upādānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Tadapi phassapaccayā’’ti ettha sassatādipaññāpanaṃ paresaṃ micchābhinivesassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, micchābhiniveso saddhammassavanasappurisūpassayayonisomanasikāradhammānudhammapaṭipattīhi vimukhatāya, asaddhammassavanādīnañca padaṭṭhānaṃ, ‘‘aññatra phassā’’tiādīsu phasso vedanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, cha phassāyatanāni phassassa, sakalavaṭṭadukkhassa ca padaṭṭhānaṃ, channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ ^a^P1.0252^ea^ samudayādiyathābhūtappajānanaṃ nibbidāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, nibbidā virāgassāti yāva anupādāparinibbānaṃ netabbaṃ. Bhagavato bhavanettisamucchedo sabbaññutāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tathā anupādāparinibbānassāti ayaṃ ^b^padaṭṭhānahāro.^eb^


volume: 21
item: 27
title: yuttihāravaṇṇanā^padaṭṭhānahāravaṇṇanā^lakkhaṇahāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Āghātādiggahaṇena ^a^V1.0171^ea^ kodhupanāhamakkhapalāsaissāmacchariyasārambhaparavambhanādīnaṃ saṅgaho paṭighacittuppādapariyāpannatāya ekalakkhaṇattā. Ānandādiggahaṇena abhijjhāvisamalobhamānātimānamadappamādādīnaṃ saṅgaho lobhacittuppādapariyāpannatāya samānalakkhaṇattā. Tathā ^a^M1.0194^ea^ āghātaggahaṇena avasiṭṭhaganthanīvaraṇānaṃ saṅgaho kāyaganthanīvaraṇalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇattā. Ānandaggahaṇena phassādīnaṃ saṅgaho saṅkhārakkhandhalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇattā. Sīlaggahaṇena adhicittādhipaññāsikkhānampi saṅgaho sikkhālakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇattā. Idha pana sīlasseva indriyasaṃvarādikassa daṭṭhabbaṃ. Diṭṭhiggahaṇena avasiṭṭhaupādānānampi saṅgaho upādānalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇattā. ‘‘Vedanāna’’nti ettha vedanāggahaṇena avasiṭṭhaupādānakkhandhānampi saṅgaho khandhalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇattā. Tathā vedanāya dhammāyatanadhammadhātupariyāpannattā sammasanūpagānaṃ sabbesaṃ āyatanānaṃ dhātūnañca saṅgaho āyatanalakkhaṇena, dhātulakkhaṇena ca ekalakkhaṇattā. ‘‘Ajānataṃ apassata’’nti ettha avijjāggahaṇena hetuāsavoghayoganīvaraṇādisaṅgaho hetādilakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇattā avijjāya, tathā ‘‘taṇhāgatānaṃ paritassitavipphandita’’nti ettha taṇhāggahaṇenāpi. ‘‘Tadapi phassapaccayā’’ti ettha phassaggahaṇena saññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇānaṃ saṅgaho vipallāsahetubhāvena, khandhalakkhaṇena ca ekalakkhaṇattā. Chaphassāyatanaggahaṇena khandhindriyadhātādīnaṃ saṅgaho phassuppattinimittatāya, sammasanasabhāvena ca ekalakkhaṇattā. Bhavanettiggahaṇena avijjādīnampi ^a^P1.0253^ea^ saṃkilesadhammānaṃ saṅgaho vaṭṭahetubhāvena ekalakkhaṇattāti ayaṃ ^b^lakkhaṇahāro.^eb^


volume: 21
item: 28
title: padaṭṭhānahāravaṇṇanā^lakkhaṇahāravaṇṇanā^catubyūhahāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Nindāpasaṃsāhi sammākampitacetasā micchājīvato anoratā sassatādimicchābhinivesino sīlādidhammakkhandhesu appatiṭṭhitatāya sammāsambuddhaguṇarasassādavimukhā veneyyā imissā desanāya ^b^nidānaṃ.^eb^ Te yathāvuttadosavinimuttā kathaṃ nu kho sammāpaṭipattiyā ubhayahitaparā bhaveyyunti ayamettha bhagavato ^b^adhippāyo.^eb^ Padanibbacanaṃ ^b^nirutti.^eb^ Taṃ ‘‘eva’’ntiādinidānapadānaṃ, ‘‘mama’’ntiādipāḷipadānañca aṭṭhakathāvasena suviññeyyattā ativitthārabhayena na vitthārayimha. Padapadatthaniddesanikkhepasuttadesanāsandhivasena chabbidhā ^b^sandhi.^eb^ Tattha padassa padantarena sambandho ^b^padasandhi.^eb^ Tathā padatthassa padatthantarena sambandho ^b^padatthasandhi^eb^^a^M1.0195^ea^. Nānānusandhikassa suttassa taṃtaṃanusandhīhi sambandho, ekānusandhikassa ca pubbāparasambandho ^b^niddesasandhi^eb^^a^V1.0172^ea^, yā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pucchānusandhiajjhāsayānusandhiyathānusandhivasena tividhā vibhattā, tā panetā tissopi sandhiyo aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vicāritā eva. ^b^Suttasandhi^eb^ ca paṭhamaṃ nikkhepavasena amhehi pubbe dassitāyeva. Ekissā desanāya desanāntarena saddhiṃ saṃsandanaṃ ^b^desanāsandhi,^eb^ sā evaṃ veditabbā – ‘‘mamaṃ vā bhikkhave…pe… na cetaso anabhiraddhi karaṇīyā’’ti ayaṃ desanā ‘‘ubhatodaṇḍakena cepi bhikkhave kakacena corā ocarakā aṅgamaṅgāni okkanteyyuṃ, tatrapi yo mano padūseyya, na me so tena sāsanakaro’’ti (ma. ni. 1.232) imāya ^a^P1.0254^ea^ desanāya saddhiṃ saṃsandati. ‘‘Tumhaṃ yevassa tena antarāyo’’ti ‘‘kammassakā māṇava sattā…pe… dāyādā bhavissantī’’ti (a. ni. 10.216) imāya desanāya saṃsandati. ‘‘Api tumhe…pe… ājāneyyāthā’’ti ‘‘kuddho atthaṃ…pe… sahate nara’’nti (a. ni. 7.64; mahāni. 5, 156, 195) imāya desanāya saṃsandati.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Mamaṃ vā bhikkhave pare vaṇṇaṃ…pe… na cetaso ubbillāvitattaṃ karaṇīya’’nti ‘‘dhammāpi vo bhikkhave pahātabbā, pageva adhammā (ma. ni. 1.240). Kullūpamaṃ vo bhikkhave dhammaṃ desessāmi, nittharaṇatthāya, no gahaṇatthāyā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.240) imāya desanāya saṃsandati. ‘‘Tatra ce tumhehi…pe… ubbilāvitā, tumhaṃ yevassa tena antarāyo’’ti ‘‘luddhoatthaṃ…pe… sahate nara’’nti (itivu. 88; mahāni. 5.156, 195; cūḷani. 128) ‘‘kāmandhā jālasañchannā, taṇhāchadanachāditā’’ti (udā. 64; netti. 27, 90; peṭako. 14) imāhi desanāhi saṃsandati.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Appamattakaṃ…pe… sīlamattaka’’nti ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ kho brāhmaṇa yañño purimehi yaññehi appaṭṭhataro ca appasamārambhataro ca mahapphalataro ca mahānisaṃsataro cā’’tiādikāya ^a^P1.0255^ea^ (dī. ni. 1.353) desanāya saṃsandati, paṭhamajjhānassa sīlato mahapphalamahānisaṃsatarabhāvavacanena jhānato sīlassa appabhāvadīpanato.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Pāṇātipātaṃ ^a^M1.0196^ea^ pahāyā’’tiādi ‘‘samaṇo khalu bho gotamo sīlavā…pe… kusalasīlena samannāgato’’tiādikāhi (dī. ni. 1.304) desanāhi saṃsandati.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Aññeva dhammā gambhīrā’’tiādi ‘‘adhigato kho myāyaṃ dhammo gambhīro’’tiādi (dī. ni. 2.67; ma. ni. 1.281; 2.337; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 7, 8) pāḷiyā ^a^V1.0173^ea^ saṃsandati. Gambhīratādivisesayuttadhammapaṭivedhena hi ñāṇassa gambhīrādibhāvo viññāyatīti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Santi bhikkhave eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā’’tiādi ‘‘santi bhikkhave eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā pubbantakappikā…pe… abhivadanti, sassato attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ, moghamaññanti ittheke abhivadanti, asassato, sassato ca asassato ca, neva sassato ca nāsassato ca, antavā, anantavā, antavā ca anantavā ca, nevantavā nānantavā ca attā ca loko ca idameva saccaṃ, moghamaññanti ittheke abhivadantī’’tiādikāhi (ma. ni. 3.27) desanāhi saṃsandati.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Santi bhikkhave eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā aparantakappikā’’tiādi ‘‘santi bhikkhave eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā aparantakappikā…pe… abhivadanti, saññī attā hoti arogo paraṃ maraṇā. Ittheke abhivadanti asaññī, nevasaññīnāsaññī ca attā hoti arogo paraṃ maraṇā. Ittheke abhivadanti sato vā pana sattassa ucchedaṃ vināsaṃ vibhavaṃ paññapenti, diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṃ vā paneke abhivadantī’’tiādikāhi (ma. ni. 3.21) desanāhi saṃsandati. ‘‘Vedanānaṃ…pe… tathāgato’’ti ‘‘tayidaṃ ^a^P1.0256^ea^ saṅkhataṃ oḷārikaṃ, atthi kho pana saṅkhārānaṃ nirodho, atthetanti iti viditvā tassa nissaraṇadassāvī tathāgato tadupātivatto’’tiādikāhi (ma. ni. 3.28) desanāhi saṃsandati.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Tadapi tesaṃ…pe… vipphanditamevā’’ti idaṃ ‘‘tesaṃ bhavataṃ aññatreva chandāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā paccattaṃyeva ñāṇaṃ bhavissati parisuddhaṃ pariyodātanti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Paccattaṃ kho pana bhikkhave ñāṇe asati parisuddhe pariyodāte yadapi te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā tattha ñāṇabhāgamattameva ^a^M1.0197^ea^ pariyodāpenti, tadapi tesaṃ bhavataṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ upādānamakkhāyatī’’tiādikāhi (ma. ni. 3.29) desanāhi saṃsandati.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Tadapi phassapaccayā’’ti idañca ‘‘cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādāna’’nti, (saṃ. ni. 2.44) ‘‘chandamūlakā ime āvuso dhammā manasikārasamuṭṭhānā ^a^V1.0174^ea^ phassasamodhānā vedanāsamosaraṇā’’ti (a. ni. 8.83) ca ādikāhi desanāhi saṃsandati.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhu channaṃ phassāyatanāna’’ntiādi ‘‘yato kho ānanda bhikkhu neva vedanaṃ attānaṃ samanupassati, na saññaṃ, na saṅkhāre, na viññāṇaṃ attānaṃ samanupassati, so evaṃ asamanupassanto na kiñci loke upādiyati, anupādiyaṃ na paritassati, aparitassaṃ paccattaṃyeva parinibbāyatī’’tiādikāhi desanāhi saṃsandati.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Sabbe te imeheva dvāsaṭṭhiyā vatthūhi antojālīkatā’’tiādi ‘‘ye ^a^P1.0257^ea^ hi keci bhikkhave…pe… abhivadanti, sabbe te imāneva pañca kāyāni abhivadanti etesaṃ vā aññatara’’ntiādikāhi (ma. ni. 3.26) desanāhi saṃsandati. ^b^‘‘Kāyassa bhedā…pe… devamanussā’’ti^eb^ –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Accī yathā vātavegena khittā, (upasivāti bhagavā)<br/><br/>[27]Atthaṃ paleti na upeti saṅkhaṃ;<br/><br/>[26]Evaṃ munī nāmakāyā vimutto,<br/><br/>[22]Atthaṃ paleti na upeti saṅkha’’nti. (su. ni. 1080; cūḷani. 43);<br/><br/>[07]Ādikāhi desanāhi saṃsandatīti ayaṃ ^b^cātubyūho hāro.^eb^


volume: 21
item: 29
title: lakkhaṇahāravaṇṇanā^catubyūhahāravaṇṇanā^āvattahāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Āghātādīnaṃ akaraṇīyatāvacanena khantisoraccānuṭṭhānaṃ. Tattha khantiyā saddhāpaññāparāpakāradukkhasahagatānaṃ saṅgaho, soraccena sīlassa. Saddhādiggahaṇena ca saddhindriyādisakalabodhipakkhiyadhammā āvattanti. Sīlaggahaṇena avippaṭisārādayo sabbepi sīlānisaṃsadhammā āvattanti. Pāṇātipātādīhi paṭivirativacanena appamādavihāro, tena ^a^M1.0198^ea^ sakalaṃ sāsanabrahmacariyaṃ āvattati. Gambhīratādivisesayuttadhammaggahaṇena mahābodhipakittanaṃ. Anāvaraṇañāṇapadaṭṭhānañhi āsavakkhayañāṇaṃ, āsavakkhayañāṇapadaṭṭhānañca anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ mahābodhi, tena dasabalādayo sabbe buddhaguṇā āvattanti. Sassatādidiṭṭhiggahaṇena taṇhāvijjāya ^a^V1.0175^ea^ saṅgaho, tāhi anamataggasaṃsāravaṭṭaṃ āvattati. Vedanānaṃ samudayādiyathābhūtavedanena bhagavato pariññāttayavisuddhi, tāya paññāpāramimukhena sabbapāramiyo āvattanti. ‘‘Ajānataṃ apassata’’nti avijjāggahaṇena ayonisomanasikārapariggaho, tena ca ayonisomanasikāramūlakā dhammā āvattanti. ‘‘Taṇhāgatānaṃ paritassitavipphandita’’nti taṇhāggahaṇena nava taṇhāmūlakā dhammā āvattanti, ‘‘tadapi phassapaccayā’’tiādi sassatādipaññāpanassa ^a^P1.0258^ea^ paccayādhīnavuttidassanaṃ, tena aniccatādilakkhaṇattayaṃ āvattati. Channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānanena vimuttisampadāniddeso, tena sattapi visuddhiyo āvattanti. ‘‘Ucchinnabhavanettiko tathāgatassa kāyo’’ti taṇhāpahānaṃ, tena bhagavato sakalasaṃkilesappahānaṃ āvattatīti ayaṃ ^b^āvatto hāro.^eb^


volume: 21
item: 30
title: catubyūhahāravaṇṇanā^āvattahāravaṇṇanā^vibhattihāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Āghātānandādayo akusalā dhammā, tesaṃ ayonisomanasikārādi padaṭṭhānaṃ. Yehi pana dhammehi āghātānandādīnaṃ akaraṇaṃ appavatti, te abyāpādādayo kusalā dhammā, tesaṃ yonisomanasikārādi padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tesu āghātādayo kāmāvacarāva, abyāpādādayo catubhūmakā. Tathā pāṇātipātādīhi paṭivirati kusalā vā abyākatā vā, tassā hirottappādayo dhammā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tattha kusalā siyā kāmāvacarā, siyā lokuttarā, abyākatā lokuttarāva. ‘‘Atthi bhikkhave aññeva dhammā gambhīrā’’ti vuttadhammā siyā kusalā, siyā abyākatā, tattha kusalānaṃ vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Abyākatānaṃ maggadhammā, vipassanā, āvajjanā vā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tesu kusalā lokuttarā, abyākatā siyā kāmāvacarā, siyā lokuttarā, sabbāpi diṭṭhiyo akusalāva kāmāvacarāva, tāsaṃ avisesena micchābhinivese ayonisomanasikāro padaṭṭhānaṃ. Visesato pana santatighanavinibbhogābhāvato ekattanayassa micchāgāho ^a^M1.0199^ea^ atītajātianussaraṇatakkasahito sassatadiṭṭhiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Hetuphalabhāvena sambandhabhāvassa aggahaṇato nānattanayassa micchāgāho tajjāsamannāhārasahito ucchedadiṭṭhiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Evaṃ sesadiṭṭhīnampi yathāsambhavaṃ vattabbaṃ. ‘‘Vedanāna’’nti ettha vedanā siyā kusalā, siyā abyākatā, siyā kāmāvacarā, siyā rūpāvacarā, siyā arūpāvacarā, phasso tāsaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vedanānaṃ samudayādiyathābhūtavedanaṃ maggañāṇaṃ, anupādāvimutti phalaṃ ^a^P1.0259^ea^, tesaṃ ‘‘aññeva dhammā gambhīrā’’ti ettha vuttanayena dhammādivibhāgo netabbo. ‘‘Ajānataṃ apassata’’ntiādīsu avijjā taṇhā akusalā kāmāvacarā, tāsu avijjāya āsavā, ayonisomanasikāro eva vā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Taṇhāya saṃyojaniyesu dhammesu assādadassanaṃ ^a^V1.0176^ea^ padaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Tadapi phassapaccayā’’ti ettha phassassa vedanāya viya dhammādivibhāgo veditabbo. Iminā nayena phassāyatanādīnampi yathārahaṃ dhammādivibhāgo netabboti ayaṃ ^b^vibhattihāro.^eb^


volume: 21
item: 31
title: āvattahāravaṇṇanā^vibhattihāravaṇṇanā^parivattahāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Āghātādīnaṃ akaraṇaṃ khantisoraccāni anubrūhetvā paṭisaṅkhānabhāvanābalasiddhiyā ubhayahitapaṭipattiṃ āvahati. Āghātādayo pana pavattiyamānā dubbaṇṇataṃ dukkhaseyyaṃ bhogahāniṃ akittiṃ parehi durupasaṅkamanatañca nipphādentā nirayādīsu mahādukkhaṃ āvahanti. Pāṇātipātādīhi paṭivirati avippaṭisārādikalyāṇaṃ paramparaṃ āvahati. Pāṇātipātādi pana vippaṭisārādiakalyāṇaṃ paramparaṃ, gambhīratādivisesayuttaṃ ñāṇaṃ vineyyānaṃ yathārahaṃ vijjābhiññādiguṇavisesaṃ āvahati sabbañeyyaṃ yathāsabhāvāvabodhato. Tathā gambhīratādivisesarahitaṃ pana ñāṇaṃ ñeyyesu sāvaraṇato yathāvuttaguṇavisesaṃ nāvahati. Sabbāpi cetā diṭṭhiyo yathārahaṃ sassatucchedabhāvato antadvayabhūtā sakkāyatīraṃ nātivattanti aniyyānikasabhāvattā. Niyyānikasabhāvattā pana sammādiṭṭhi saparikkhārā majjhimapaṭipadābhūtā atikkamma sakkāyatīraṃ pāraṃ āgacchati. Vedanānaṃ samudayādiyathābhūtavedanaṃ anupādāvimuttiṃ āvahati maggabhāvato. Vedanānaṃ samudayādiasampaṭivedho saṃsāracārakāvarodhaṃ āvahati saṅkhārānaṃ paccayabhāvato. Vedayitasabhāvapaṭicchādako sammoho tadabhinandanaṃ āvahati ^a^M1.0200^ea^. Yathābhūtāvabodho pana tattha nibbedaṃ virāgañca āvahati. Micchābhinivese ayonisomanasikārasahitā taṇhā ^a^P1.0260^ea^ anekavihitaṃ diṭṭhijālaṃ pasāreti. Yathāvuttataṇhāsamucchedo paṭhamamaggo taṃ diṭṭhijālaṃ saṅkoceti. Sassatavādādipaññāpanassa phasso paccayo hoti asati phasse tadabhāvato. Diṭṭhibandhanabandhānaṃ phassāyatanādīnaṃ anirodhena phassādianirodho saṃsāradukkhassa anivattiyeva, yāthāvato phassāyatanādipariññā sabbadiṭṭhidassanāni ativattati, phassāyatanādiapariññā taṃdiṭṭhigahanaṃ nātivattati, bhavanettisamucchedo āyatiṃ attabhāvassa anibbattiyā saṃvattati, asamucchinnāya bhavanettiyā anāgate bhavappabandho parivattatiyevāti ayaṃ ^b^parivatto hāro.^eb^


volume: 21
item: 32
title: vibhattihāravaṇṇanā^parivattahāravaṇṇanā^vevacanahāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]‘‘Mama mayhaṃ me’’ti pariyāyavacanaṃ. ‘‘Bhikkhave samaṇā tapassino’’ti pariyāyavacanaṃ. ‘‘Pare ^a^V1.0177^ea^ aññe paṭiviruddhā’’ti pariyāyavacanaṃ. ‘‘Avaṇṇaṃ akittiṃ ninda’’nti pariyāyavacanaṃ. ‘‘Bhāseyyuṃ bhaṇeyyuṃ kareyyu’’nti pariyāyavacanaṃ. ‘‘Dhammassa vinayassa satthusāsanassā’’ti pariyāyavacanaṃ. ‘‘Saṅghassa samūhassa gaṇassā’’ti pariyāyavacanaṃ. ‘‘Tatra tattha tesū’’ti pariyāyavacanaṃ. ‘‘Tumhehi vo bhavantehī’’ti pariyāyavacanaṃ. ‘‘Āghāto doso byāpādo’’ti pariyāyavacanaṃ. ‘‘Appaccayo domanassaṃ cetasikadukkha’’nti pariyāyavacanaṃ. ‘‘Cetaso anabhiraddhi cittassa byāpatti manopadoso’’ti pariyāyavacanaṃ. ‘‘Na karaṇīyā na uppādetabbā na pavattetabbā’’ti pariyāyavacanaṃ. Iti iminā nayena sabbapadesu vevacanaṃ vattabbanti ayaṃ ^b^vevacano hāro.^eb^


volume: 21
item: 33
title: parivattahāravaṇṇanā^vevacanahāravaṇṇanā^paññattihāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Āghāto vatthuvasena dasavidhena ekūnavīsatividhena vā paññatto. Appaccayo upavicāravasena chadhā paññatto. Ānandopītiādivasena navadhā paññatto. Pīti sāmaññato khuddikādivasena pañcadhā paññattā. Somanassaṃ upavicāravasena chadhā paññattaṃ. Sīlaṃ vārittacārittādivasena anekadhā paññattaṃ. Gambhīratādivisesayuttaṃ ñāṇaṃ cittuppādavasena catudhā, dvādasavidhena vā, visayabhedato anekadhā ca paññattaṃ. Diṭṭhisassatādivasena ^a^M1.0201^ea^^a^P1.0261^ea^ dvāsaṭṭhiyā bhedehi, tadantogadhavibhāgena anekadhā ca paññattā. Vedanā chadhā aṭṭhasatadhā anekadhā ca paññattā. Tassā samudayo pañcadhā paññatto, tathā atthaṅgamo. Assādo duvidhena paññatto. Ādīnavo tividhena paññatto. Nissaraṇaṃ ekadhā catudhā ca paññattaṃ…pe… anupādāvimutti duvidhena paññattā.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Ajānataṃ apassata’’nti vuttā avijjā visayabhedena catudhā aṭṭhadhā ca paññattā. ‘‘Taṇhāgatāna’’ntiādinā vuttā taṇhā chadhā aṭṭhasatadhā anekadhā ca paññattā. Phasso nissayavasena chadhā paññatto. Upādānaṃ catudhā paññattaṃ. Bhavo dvidhā anekadhā ca paññatto. Jāti vevacanavasena chadhā paññattā. Tathā jarā sattadhā paññattā. Maraṇaṃ aṭṭhadhā navadhā ca paññattaṃ. Soko pañcadhā paññatto. Paridevo chadhā paññatto. Dukkhaṃ catudhā paññattaṃ, tathā domanassaṃ. Upāyāso catudhā paññatto. ‘‘Samudayo hotī’’ti pabhavapaññatti, ‘‘yathābhūtaṃ pajānātī’’ti dukkhassa pariññāpaññatti, samudayassa pahānapaññatti, nirodhassa sacchikiriyāpaññatti, maggassa bhāvanāpaññatti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Antojālīkatā’’tiādi ^a^V1.0178^ea^ sabbadiṭṭhīnaṃ saṅgahapaññatti. ‘‘Ucchinnabhavanettiko’’tiādi duvidhena parinibbānapaññatti. Evaṃ āghātādīnaṃ akusalakusalādidhammānaṃ yathāpabhavapaññattiādivasena, tathā ‘‘āghāto’’ti byāpādassa vevacanapaññatti, ‘‘appaccayo’’ti domanassassa vevacanapaññattītiādinā nayena paññattibhedo vibhajitabboti ayaṃ ^b^paññattihāro.^eb^


volume: 21
item: 34
title: vevacanahāravaṇṇanā^paññattihāravaṇṇanā^otaraṇahāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Āghātaggahaṇena saṅkhārakkhandhasaṅgaho, tathā anabhiraddhigahaṇena. Appaccayaggahaṇena vedanākkhandhasaṅgahoti idaṃ ^b^khandhamukhena otaraṇaṃ.^eb^ Tathā āghātādiggahaṇena dhammāyatanaṃ dhammadhātu dukkhasaccaṃ samudayasaccaṃ vā gahitanti idaṃ ^b^āyatanamukhena dhātumukhena saccamukhena^eb^ ca ^b^otaraṇaṃ.^eb^ Tathā āghātādīnaṃ ^a^P1.0262^ea^ sahajātā avijjā hetusahajātāññamaññanissayasampayuttātthiavigatapaccayehi paccayo hoti, asahajātā pana anantarasamanantarānantarūpanissayanatthivigatāsevanapaccayehi paccayo hoti, anantarā upanissayavaseneva paccayo hoti ^a^M1.0202^ea^. Taṇhāupādānādīnaṃ, phassādīnampi tesaṃ sahajātānaṃ asahajātānañca yathārahaṃ paccayabhāvo vattabbo. Koci panettha adhipativasena, koci kammavasena, koci āhāravasena, koci indriyavasena, koci jhānavasena, koci maggavasenapi paccayo hotīti. Ayampi viseso veditabboti idaṃ ^b^paṭiccasamuppādamukhena otaraṇaṃ.^eb^ Ānandādīnampi imināva nayena khandhādimukhena otaraṇaṃ vibhāvetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Tathā sīlaṃ pāṇātipātādīhi viraticetanā, abyāpādādicetasikadhammā ca, pāṇātipātādayo cetanāva, tesaṃ tadupakārakadhammānañca lajjādayādīnaṃ saṅkhārakkhandhadhammāyatanādisaṅgaho, purimanayeneva khandhādimukhena ca otaraṇaṃ vibhāvetabbaṃ. Esa nayo ñāṇadiṭṭhivedanāavijjātaṇhādiggahaṇesu. Nissaraṇānupādāvimuttigahaṇesu asaṅkhatadhātuvasenapi ^b^dhātumukhena otaraṇaṃ^eb^ vibhāvetabbaṃ. Tathā ‘‘vedanānaṃ…pe… anupādāvimutto’’ti etena bhagavato sīlādayo pañca dhammakkhandhā, satipaṭṭhānādayo ca bodhipakkhiyadhammā pakāsitā hontīti taṃ mukhenapi otaraṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Tadapi phassapaccayā’’ti diṭṭhipaññāpanassa paccayādhīnavuttitādīpanena ^b^aniccatāmukhena otaraṇaṃ,^eb^ tathā evaṃdhammatāya ^b^paṭiccasamuppādamukhena otaraṇaṃ,^eb^ aniccassa dukkhānattabhāvato ^b^appaṇihitamukhena suññatāmukhena ^eb^ca^b^ otaraṇaṃ.^eb^ Sesapadesupi eseva nayoti ayaṃ ^b^otaraṇo hāro.^eb^


volume: 21
item: 35
title: paññattihāravaṇṇanā^otaraṇahāravaṇṇanā^sodhanahāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]‘‘Mamaṃ ^a^V1.0179^ea^ vā…pe… bhāseyyu’’nti ^b^ārambho.^eb^ ‘‘Dhammassa…pe… saṅghassa…pe… bhāseyyu’’nti ^b^padasuddhi, no ārambhasuddhi.^eb^ ‘‘Tatra tumhehi…pe… karaṇīyā’’ti ^b^padasuddhi ceva ārambhasuddhi ca.^eb^ Dutiyanayādīsupi eseva nayo ^a^P1.0263^ea^. Tathā ‘‘appamattakaṃ kho paneta’’ntiādi ^b^ārambho.^eb^ ‘‘Katama’’ntiādi ^b^pucchā.^eb^ ‘‘Pāṇātipātaṃ pahāyā’’tiādi ^b^padasuddhi, no ārambhasuddhi, no ca pucchāsuddhi.^eb^ ‘‘Idaṃ kho’’tiādi ^b^pucchāsuddhi ceva padasuddhi ca ārambhasuddhi ca.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]Tathā ‘‘atthi bhikkhave’’tiādi ^b^ārambho.^eb^ ‘‘Katame ca te’’tiādi ^b^pucchā.^eb^ ‘‘Santi bhikkhave’’tiādi ^b^ārambho. ‘‘Ki’’^eb^ntiādi ^b^ārambha pucchā.^eb^ ‘‘Yathāsamāhite’’tiādi ^a^M1.0203^ea^^b^padasuddhi, no ārambhasuddhi no ca pucchāsuddhi.^eb^ ‘‘Ime kho te’’tiādi ^b^padasuddhi ceva pucchāsuddhi ca ārambhasuddhi ca.^eb^ Iminā nayena sabbattha ārambhādayo veditabbāti. Ayaṃ ^b^sodhano hāro.^eb^


volume: 21
item: 36
title: otaraṇahāravaṇṇanā^sodhanahāravaṇṇanā^adhiṭṭhānahāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]‘‘Avaṇṇa’’nti ^b^sāmaññato adhiṭṭhānaṃ taṃ,^eb^ avikappetvā ^b^visesavacanaṃ^eb^ ‘‘mamaṃ vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā’’ti. Sukkapakkhepi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]Tathā ‘‘sīla’’nti ^b^sāmaññato adhiṭṭhānaṃ,^eb^ taṃ avikappetvā ^b^visesavacanaṃ^eb^ ‘‘pāṇātipātā paṭivirato’’tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Aññeva dhammā’’tiādi ^b^sāmaññato adhiṭṭhānaṃ,^eb^ taṃ avikappetvā ^b^visesavacanaṃ^eb^ ‘‘tayidaṃ bhikkhave tathāgato pajānātī’’tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Tathā ‘‘pubbantakappikā’’tiādi ^b^sāmaññato adhiṭṭhānaṃ,^eb^ taṃ avikappetvā ^b^visesavacanaṃ^eb^ ‘‘sassatavādā’’tiādi. Iminā nayena sabbattha sāmaññaviseso niddhāretabboti ayaṃ ^b^adhiṭṭhāno hāro.^eb^


volume: 21
item: 37
title: sodhanahāravaṇṇanā^adhiṭṭhānahāravaṇṇanā^parikkhārahāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Āghātādīnaṃ ^a^V1.0180^ea^ ‘‘anatthaṃ me acarī’’tiādīni (dha. sa. 1237; vibha. 909) ca ekūnavīsati āghātavatthūni ^b^hetu.^eb^ Ānandādīnaṃ ārammaṇe abhisineho ^b^hetu.^eb^ Sīlassa hiriottappaṃ appicchatādayo ca ^b^hetu.^eb^ ‘‘Gambhīrā’’tiādinā vuttadhammassa sabbāpi pāramiyo ^b^hetu,^eb^ visesena paññāpāramī. Diṭṭhīnaṃ asappurisūpassayo, asaddhammassavanaṃ, micchābhinivesena ayonisomanasikāro ca avisesena ^a^P1.0264^ea^^b^hetu,^eb^ visesena pana sassatavādādīnaṃ atītajātianussaraṇādi ^b^hetu.^eb^ Vedanānaṃ avijjātaṇhākammāni phasso ca ^b^hetu.^eb^ Anupādāvimuttiyā ariyamaggo ^b^hetu.^eb^ Paññāpanassa ayonisomanasikāro ^b^hetu. ^eb^ Taṇhāya saṃyojaniyesu assādānupassanā ^b^hetu.^eb^ Phassassa chaḷāyatanāni, chaḷāyatanassa nāmarūpaṃ ^b^hetu.^eb^ Bhavanettisamucchedassa visuddhibhāvanā ^b^hetū^eb^ti ayaṃ ^b^parikkhāro hāro.^eb^


volume: 21
item: 38
title: adhiṭṭhānahāravaṇṇanā^parikkhārahāravaṇṇanā^samāropanahāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Āghātādīnaṃ ^a^M1.0204^ea^ akaraṇīyatāvacanena khantisampadā dassitā hoti. ‘‘Appamattakaṃ kho paneta’’ntiādinā soraccasampadā, ‘‘atthi bhikkhave’’tiādinā ñāṇasampadā, ‘‘aparāmasato cassa paccattaññeva nibbuti viditā’’ti, ‘‘vedanānaṃ…pe… yathābhūtaṃ viditvā anupādāvimutto’’ti etehi samādhisampadāya saddhiṃ vijjāvimuttivasībhāvasampadā dassitā hoti. Tattha khantisampadā paṭisaṅkhānabalasiddhito soraccasampadāya ^b^padaṭṭhānaṃ.^eb^ Soraccasampadā pana atthato sīlameva, tathā pāṇātipātādīhi paṭivirativacanaṃ sīlassa pariyāyavibhāgadassanatthaṃ. Tattha sīlaṃ samādhissa ^b^padaṭṭhānaṃ,^eb^ samādhi paññāya ^b^padaṭṭhānaṃ.^eb^ Tesu sīlena ^b^vītikkamappahānaṃ duccaritasaṃkilesappahānañca^eb^ sijjhati, samādhinā ^b^pariyuṭṭhānappahānaṃ, vikkhambhanappahānaṃ, taṇhāsaṃkilesappahānañca^eb^ sijjhati. Paññāya ^b^diṭṭhisaṃkilesappahānaṃ, samucchedappahānaṃ, anusayappahānañca^eb^ sijjhatīti sīlādīhi tīhi dhammakkhandhehi samathavipassanābhāvanāpāripūrī, pahānattayasiddhi cāti ayaṃ ^b^samāropano hāro.^eb^<br/><br/>[06]Soḷasahāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 21
item: 39
title: parikkhārahāravaṇṇanā^samāropanahāravaṇṇanā^pañcavidhanayavaṇṇanā^nandiyāvaṭṭanayavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03]Āghātādīnaṃ ^a^V1.0181^ea^ akaraṇavacanena taṇhāvijjāsaṅkoco dassito hoti. Sati hi attattaniyavatthūsu sinehe sammose ca ‘‘anatthaṃ me acarī’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 1237, vibha. 909) āghāto jāyatīti, tathā ‘‘pāṇātipātā paṭivirato’’tiādivacanehi ^a^P1.0265^ea^, ‘‘paccattaññeva nibbuti viditā, anupādāvimutto, channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ…pe… yathābhūtaṃ pajānātī’’tiādīhi vacanehi ca taṇhāvijjānaṃ accantappahānaṃ dassitaṃ hoti. Tāsaṃ pana pubbantakappikādipadehi ‘‘ajānataṃ apassata’’ntiādipadehi ca sarūpato dassitānaṃ taṇhāvijjānaṃ rūpadhammā arūpadhammā ca ^b^adhiṭṭhānaṃ.^eb^ Yathākkamaṃ samatho ca vipassanā ca ^b^paṭipakkho. ^eb^ Tesaṃ cetovimutti paññāvimutti ca ^b^phalaṃ.^eb^ Tattha ^a^M1.0205^ea^ taṇhā, taṇhāvijjā vā samudayasaccaṃ, tadadhiṭṭhānabhūtā rūpārūpadhammā dukkhasaccaṃ, tesaṃ appavatti nirodhasaccaṃ, nirodhapajānanā samathavipassanā maggasaccanti evaṃ catusaccayojanā veditabbā. Taṇhāggahaṇena cettha māyāsāṭheyyamānātimānamadappamādapāpicchatāpāpamittatāahirikānottappādivasena sabbo akusalapakkho netabbo. Tathā avijjāggahaṇena viparītamanasikārakodhupanāhamakkhapalāsaissāmacchariyasārambhadovacassatā- bhavadiṭṭhivibhavadiṭṭhādivasena akusalapakkho netabbo. Vuttavipariyāyena amāyāasāṭheyyādiaviparītamanasikārādivasena, tathā samathapakkhiyānaṃ saddhindriyādīnaṃ, vipassanāpakkhiyānañca aniccasaññādīnaṃ vasena kusalapakkho netabboti. Ayaṃ ^b^nandiyāvaṭṭassa nayassa bhūmi.^eb^


volume: 21
item: 40
title: samāropanahāravaṇṇanā^pañcavidhanayavaṇṇanā^tipukkhalanayavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Āghātādīnaṃ akaraṇavacanena adosasiddhi, tathā pāṇātipātapharusavācāhi paṭivirativacanena. Ānandādīnaṃ akaraṇavacanena alobhasiddhi, tathā abrahmacariyato paṭivirativacanena. Adinnādānādīhi pana paṭivirativacanena ubhayasiddhi. ‘‘Tayidaṃ bhikkhave tathāgato pajānātī’’tiādinā amohasiddhi. Iti tīhi akusalamūlehi gahitehi tappaṭipakkhato, āghātādiakaraṇavacanena ca tīṇi kusalamūlāni siddhāniyeva honti. Tattha tīhi akusalamūlehi ^a^P1.0266^ea^ tividhaduccaritasaṃkilesamalavisamākusalasaññāvitakkāsaddhammādivasena sabbo akusalapakkho vitthāretabbo. Tathā tīhi kusalamūlehi tividhasucaritavodānasamakusalasaññāvitakkapaññāsaddhammasamādhi- vimokkhamukhavimokkhādivasena ^a^V1.0182^ea^ sabbo kusalapakkho vibhāvetabbo. Etthāpi ca saccayojanā veditabbā. Kathaṃ? Lobho sabbāni vā kusalākusalamūlāni samudayasaccaṃ, tehi pana nibbattā tesaṃ adhiṭṭhānagocarabhūtā upādānakkhandhā dukkhasaccantiādinā nayena saccayojanā veditabbāti ayaṃ ^b^tipukkhalassa nayassa bhūmi.^eb^


volume: 21
item: 41
title: pañcavidhanayavaṇṇanā^tipukkhalanayavaṇṇanā^sīhavikkīḷitanayavavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Āghātānandanādīnaṃ akaraṇavacanena satisiddhi. Satiyā hi sāvajjānavajje, tattha ca ādīnavānisaṃse sallakkhetvā sāvajjaṃ pahāya anavajjaṃ ^a^M1.0206^ea^ samādāya vattatīti. Tathā micchājīvā paṭivirativacanena vīriyasiddhi. Vīriyena hi kāmabyāpādavihiṃsāvitakke vinodeti, vīriyasādhanañca ājīvapārisuddhisīlanti. Pāṇātipātādīhi paṭivirativacanena satisiddhi. Satiyā hi sāvajjānavajje, tattha ca ādīnavānisaṃse sallakkhetvā sāvajjaṃ pahāya anavajjaṃ samādāya vattati. Tathā hi sā ‘‘visayābhimukhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā’’ti ca vuccati. ‘‘Tayidaṃ bhikkhave tathāgato pajānātī’’tiādinā samādhipaññāsiddhi. Paññāya hi yathābhūtāvabodho, samāhito ca yathābhūtaṃ pajānātīti. Tathā ‘‘nicco dhuvo’’tiādinā anicce ‘‘nicca’’nti vipallāso, ‘‘arogo paraṃ maraṇā, ekantasukhī attā diṭṭhadhammanibbānappatto’’ti ca evamādīhi asukhe ‘‘sukha’’nti vipallāso, ‘‘pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito’’tiādinā asubhe ‘‘subha’’nti vipallāso, sabbeheva ca diṭṭhidīpakapadehi anattani ‘‘attā’’ti vipallāsoti evamettha cattāro vipallāsā siddhā honti, tesaṃ paṭipakkhato cattāri satipaṭṭhānāni siddhāneva honti. Tattha catūhi indriyehi cattāro puggalā niddisitabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Kathaṃ? Duvidho hi taṇhācarito mudindriyo ca tikkhindriyo cāti, tathā diṭṭhicarito. Tesu paṭhamo asubhe ‘‘subha’’nti vipallattadiṭṭhi satibalena yathābhūtaṃ kāyasabhāvaṃ sallakkhetvā sammattaniyāmaṃ okkamati. Dutiyo asukhe ‘‘sukha’’nti vipallattadiṭṭhi ‘‘uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāsetī’’tiādinā ^a^P1.0267^ea^ (ma. ni. 1.26; a. ni. 4.14; 6.58) vuttena vīriyasaṃvarasaṅkhātena vīriyabalena taṃ vipallāsaṃ vidhamati. Tatiyo anicce ‘‘nicca’’nti ayāthāvagāhī samathabalena samāhitabhāvato saṅkhārānaṃ khaṇikabhāvaṃ yathābhūtaṃ paṭivijjhati. Catuttho santatisamūhakiccārammaṇaghanavicittattā phassādidhammapuñjamatte anattani ‘‘attā’’ti ^a^V1.0183^ea^ micchābhinivesī catukoṭikasuññatāmanasikārena taṃ micchābhinivesaṃ viddhaṃseti. Catūhi cettha vipallāsehi caturāsavoghayogakāyaganthāgatitaṇhuppādupādānasattaviññāṇaṭṭhitiapariññādivasena sabbo akusalapakkho netabbo. Tathā catūhi satipaṭṭhānehi catubbidhajhānavihārādhiṭṭhānasukhabhāgiyadhammāppamaññāsammappadhānaiddhipādādivasena sabbo vodānapakkho netabboti ayaṃ ^b^sīhavikkīḷitassa nayassa bhūmi.^eb^ Idhāpi subhasaññāsukhasaññāhi, catūhipi vā vipallāsehi samudayasaccaṃ ^a^M1.0207^ea^, tesaṃ adhiṭṭhānārammaṇabhūtā pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhasaccantiādinā saccayojanā veditabbā.


volume: 21
item: 42
title: tipukkhalanayavaṇṇanā^sīhavikkīḷitanayavavaṇṇanā^disālocanāṅkusanayadvayavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Iti tiṇṇaṃ atthanayānaṃ siddhiyā vohāranayadvayampi siddhameva hoti. Tathā hi atthanayadisābhūtadhammānaṃ samālocanaṃ ^b^disālocanaṃ,^eb^ tesaṃ samānayanaṃ ^b^aṅkuso^eb^ti niyuttā pañca nayā.<br/><br/>[06]Pañcavidhanayavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 21
item: 43
title: sīhavikkīḷitanayavavaṇṇanā^disālocanāṅkusanayadvayavaṇṇanā^sāsanapaṭṭhānavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Idaṃ suttaṃ soḷasavidhe suttantapaṭṭhāne saṃkilesavāsanāsekkhabhāgiyaṃ, saṃkilesanibbedhāsekkhabhāgiyameva vā. Aṭṭhavīsatividhe pana suttantapaṭṭhāne lokiyalokuttaraṃ sattadhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ ñāṇañeyyadassanabhāvanaṃ sakavacanaparavacanaṃ vissajjanīyāvissajjanīyaṃ kusalākusalaṃ anuññātapaṭikkhittañcāti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Pakaraṇanayavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Brahmajālasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 21
item: 44
title: sāmaññaphalasuttavaṇṇanā^^rājāmaccakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^150^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Rājagahe^eb^ti ^a^V1.0184^ea^^a^M1.0208^ea^^a^P1.0268^ea^ ettha duggajanapadaṭṭhānavisesasampadādiyogato padhānabhāvena rājūhi gahitanti ^b^rājagaha^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘mandhātu…pe…^eb^ vuccatī’’ti. Tattha mahāgovindena mahāsattena pariggahitaṃ reṇuādīhi rājūhi pariggahitameva hotīti mahāgovindaggahaṇaṃ. ^b^Mahāgovindo^eb^ti mahānubhāvo eko purātano rājāti keci. ^b^Pariggahitattā^eb^ti rājadhānībhāvena pariggahitattā. ^b^Pakāre^eb^ti nagaramāpanena raññā kāritasabbagehattā ^b^rājagahaṃ,^eb^ gijjhakūṭādīhi parikkhittattā pabbatarājehi parikkhittagehasadisantipi ^b^rājagahaṃ,^eb^ sampannabhavanatāya rājamānaṃ gehanti pi ^b^rājagahaṃ,^eb^ saṃvihitārakkhatāya anatthāvahabhāvena upagatānaṃ paṭirājūnaṃ gahaṃ gehabhūtantipi ^b^rājagahaṃ,^eb^ rājūhi disvā sammā patiṭṭhāpitattā tesaṃ gahaṃ gehabhūtantipi ^b^rājagahaṃ,^eb^ ārāmarāmaṇeyyakādīhi rājate, nivāsasukhatādinā sattehi mamattavasena gayhati, pariggayhatīti vā ^b^rājagaha^eb^nti edise pakāre so padeso ṭhānavisesabhāvena uḷārasattaparibhogoti āha ^b^‘‘taṃ paneta’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti yakkhānaṃ. ^b^Vasanavana^eb^nti āpānabhūmibhūtaṃ upavanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Avisesenā^eb^ti ‘‘pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati’’ (ma. ni. 1.69; 3.75; vibha. 508), ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, (dī. ni. 1.226; saṃ. ni. 2.152; a. ni. 4.123; pārā. 11) ‘‘mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati’’, (dī. ni. 1.556; 3.308; ma. ni. 1.77, 459, 509; 2.309, 315, 451, 471; 3.230; vibha. 642) ‘‘sabbanimittānaṃ ^a^P1.0269^ea^ amanasikārā animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ samāpajjitvā viharatī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.459) viya saddantarasannidhānasiddhena visesaparāmasanena vinā. Iriyāya kāyikakiriyāya pavattanūpāyabhāvato ^a^V1.0185^ea^ pathoti ^b^iriyāpatho.^eb^ Ṭhānādīnañhi gatinivatti ādiavatthāhi vinā na kañci kāyikakiriyaṃ pavattetuṃ sakkā. Viharati pavattati etena, viharaṇañcāti vihāro, dibbabhāvāvaho vihāro ^b^dibbavihāro,^eb^ mahaggatajjhānāni. ^b^Nettiyaṃ^eb^ pana ‘‘catasso āruppasamāpattiyo āneñjā vihārā’’ti vuttaṃ ^a^M1.0209^ea^. Taṃ tāsaṃ mettājhānādīnaṃ brahmavihāratā viya bhāvanāvisesabhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ^b^Aṭṭhakathāsu^eb^ pana dibbabhāvāvahasāmaññato tāpi ‘‘dibbavihārā’’ tveva vuttā. Hitūpasaṃhārādivasena pavattiyā brahmabhūtā seṭṭhabhūtā vihārāti ^b^brahmavihārā,^eb^ mettājhānādikā. Anaññasādhāraṇattā ariyānaṃ vihārāti ^b^ariyavihārā,^eb^ catassopi phalasamāpattiyo. ^b^Samaṅgīparidīpana^eb^nti samaṅgibhāvaparidīpanaṃ. ^b^Iriyāpathasamāyogaparidīpanaṃ^eb^ itaravihārasamāyogaparidīpanassa visesavacanassa abhāvato, iriyāpathasamāyogaparidīpanassa ca atthasiddhattā. ^b^Viharatī^eb^ti ettha ^b^vi^eb^-saddo vicchedatthajotano, ^b^haratī^eb^ti neti, pavattetīti attho. Tattha kassa kena vicchindanaṃ, kathaṃ kassa pavattananti antolīnaṃ codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘so hī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Gocaragāmadassanatthaṃ ‘‘rājagahe’’ti vatvā buddhānaṃ anurūpanivāsanaṭṭhānadassanatthaṃ ‘‘ambavane’’ti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘idamassā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Eta^eb^nti etaṃ ‘‘rājagahe’’ti ^b^bhummavacanaṃ samīpatthe^eb^ ‘‘gaṅgāya gāvo caranti, kūpe gaggakula’’nti ca yathā. Kumārena ^a^P1.0270^ea^ bhatoti kumārabhato, so eva ^b^komārabhacco^eb^ yathā bhisaggameva bhesajjaṃ. ^b^Dosābhisanna^eb^nti vātapittādivasena ussannadosaṃ. ^b^Virecetvā^eb^ti dosapakopato vivecetvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aḍḍhateḷasahī^eb^ti aḍḍhena terasahi aḍḍhaterasahi bhikkhusatehi. Tāni pana paññāsāya ūnāni terasabhikkhusatāni hontīti āha ^b^‘‘aḍḍhasatenā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Rājatī^eb^ti dibbati, sobhatīti attho. ^b^Rañjetī^eb^ti rameti. ^b^Rañño^eb^ti pitu bimbisārarañño. Sāsanaṭṭhena hiṃsanaṭṭhena ^b^sattu.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhāriye^eb^ti garuke aññesaṃ asakkuṇeyye vā. ^b^Suvaṇṇasatthakenā^eb^ti suvaṇṇamayena satthakena. Ayomayañhi rañño sarīraṃ upanetuṃ ayuttanti vadati. ^b^Suvaṇṇasatthakenā^eb^ti vā suvaṇṇaparikkhatena satthakena ^b^bāhuṃ phālāpetvā^eb^ti sirāvedhavasena bāhuṃ phalāpetvā ^b^udakena sambhinditvā pāyesi^eb^ kevalassa lohitassa gabbhinitthiyā dujjīrabhāvato. ^b^Dhurā^eb^ti dhurabhūtā, gaṇassa ^a^V1.0186^ea^, dhorayhāti attho. ^b^Dhuraṃ nīharāmī^eb^ti gaṇadhuraṃ gaṇabandhiyaṃ nibbattemi. ^b^‘‘Pubbe kho’’^eb^tiādi khandhakapāḷi eva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Potthaniya^eb^nti ^a^M1.0210^ea^ churikaṃ, yaṃ ‘‘nakhara’’ntipi [pothanikanti churikaṃ, yaṃ kharantipi (sārattha. ṭī. 3.339) pothanikanti churikaṃ, kharantipi (vi. vi. ṭī. 2.cūḷavaggavaṇṇanā 339)] vuccati. ^b^Divā divassā^eb^ti divassapi divā, majjhanhikavelāyanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tassā sarīraṃ lehitvā yāpeti^eb^ attūpakkamena maraṇaṃ na yuttanti. Na hi ariyasāvakā attānaṃ vinipātentīti. ^b^Maggaphalasukhenā^eb^ti maggaphalasukhāvahena sotāpattimaggaphalasukhūpasañhitena ^b^caṅkamena yāpeti.^eb^^b^Cetiyaṅgaṇe^eb^ti gandhapupphādīhi pūjanaṭṭhānabhūte cetiyaṅgaṇe ^a^P1.0271^ea^. ^b^Nisajjanatthāyā^eb^ti bhikkhusaṅghanisīdanatthāya. ^b^Cātumahārājikadevaloke…pe… yakkho hutvā nibbatti^eb^ tattha bahulaṃ nibbattapubbatāya ciraparicitanikantivasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Khobhetvā^eb^ti puttasinehassa balavabhāvato, sahajātapītivegassa ca savipphāratāya taṃsamuṭṭhānarūpadhammehi pharaṇavasena sakalasarīraṃ āloḷetvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aṭṭhimiñjaṃ āhacca aṭṭhāsī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pituguṇa^eb^nti pitu attani sinehaguṇaṃ. ^b^Muñcāpetvā^eb^ti ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo pakārattho, tena ‘‘abhimārakapurisapesanādippakārenā’’ti vutte eva pakāre paccāmasati. ^b^Vitthārakathānayo^eb^ti ajātasattupasādanādivasena vitthārato vattabbāya kathāya nayamattaṃ. Kasmā panettha vitthāranayā kathā na vuttāti āha ^b^‘‘āgatattā pana sabbaṃ na vutta’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kosalarañño^eb^ti mahākosalarañño. ^b^Paṇḍitādhivacana^eb^nti paṇḍitavevacanaṃ. ^b^Vidantī^eb^ti jānanti. ^b^Vedena^eb^ ñāṇena karaṇabhūtena ^b^īhati^eb^ pavattatīti ^b^vedehi. ^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Etthāti^eb^ etasmiṃ divase. ^b^Anasanena vā^eb^ti ^b^vā^eb^-saddo aniyamattho, tena ekaccamanoduccaritadussīlyādīni saṅgaṇhāti. Tathā hi gopālakūposatho abhijjhāsahagatacittassa vasena vutto, nigaṇṭhuposatho mosavajjādivasena. Yathāha ‘‘so tena abhijjhāsahagatena cetasā divasaṃ atināmetī’’ti (a. ni. 1.71), ‘‘iti yasmiṃ samaye sacce samādapetabbā, musāvāde tasmiṃ samaye samādapentī’’ti (a. ni. 1.71) ca ādi. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti uposathasadde. ^b^Atthuddhāro^eb^ti vattabbātthānaṃ uddhāraṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Nanu ^a^V1.0187^ea^^a^M1.0211^ea^ ca atthamattaṃ pati ^a^P1.0272^ea^ saddā abhinivisantīti na ekena saddena aneke atthā abhidhīyantīti? Saccametaṃ saddavisese apekkhite, tesaṃ pana atthānaṃ uposathasaddavacanīyatā sāmaññaṃ upādāya vuccamāno ayaṃ vicāro uposathasaddassa atthuddhāroti vutto. Heṭṭhā ‘‘evaṃ me suta’’ntiādīsu āgate atthuddhārepi eseva nayo. Kāmañca pātimokkhuddesādivisayopi uposathasaddo sāmaññarūpo eva visesasaddassa avācakabhāvato, tādisaṃ pana sāmaññaṃ anādiyitvā ayamattho vuttoti veditabbaṃ. Sīlasuddhivasena upetehi samaggehi vasīyati anuṭṭhīyatīti ^b^uposatho,^eb^ pātimokkhuddeso. Samādānavasena adhiṭṭhānavasena vā upecca ariyavāsādiatthaṃ vasitabbato ^b^uposatho,^eb^ sīlaṃ. Anasanādivasena upecca vasitabbato anuvasitabbato ^b^uposatho. Upavāso^eb^ti samādānaṃ. Uposathakulabhūtatāya navamahatthinikāyapariyāpanne hatthināge kiñci kiriyaṃ anapekkhitvā rūḷhivasena samaññāmattaṃ uposathoti āha ^b^‘‘uposatho nāgarājātiādīsu paññattī’’^eb^ti. Divase pana uposathasaddappavatti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttā eva. ^b^Suddhassa ve sadā phaggū^eb^ti ettha pana ^b^suddhassā^eb^ti sabbaso kilesamalābhāvena suddhassa. ^b^Ve^eb^ti nipātamattaṃ. ^b^Ve^eb^ti vā byattanti attho. ^b^Sadā phaggū^eb^ti niccakālampi phagguṇanakkhattameva. Yassa hi phagguṇamāse uttaraphagguṇadivase titthanhānaṃ karontassa saṃvaccharikapāpapavāhanaṃ hotīti laddhi, taṃ tato vivecetuṃ idaṃ bhagavatā vuttaṃ. ^b^Suddhassuposatho sadā^eb^ti yathāvuttasuddhiyā suddhassa uposathaṅgāni vatasamādānāni ca asamādiyatopi niccaṃ uposatho, uposathavāso evāti attho. Pañcadasannaṃ tithīnaṃ pūraṇavasena ^b^pannaraso.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]Bahuso ^a^P1.0273^ea^, atisayato vā kumudāni ettha santīti kumudavatī, tissaṃ ^b^kumudavatiyā.^eb^ Catunnaṃ māsānaṃ pāripūribhūtāti ^b^cātumāsī.^eb^ Sā eva pāḷiyaṃ cātumāsinīti vuttāti āha ^b^‘‘idha pana cātumāsinīti vuccatī’’^eb^ti. Tadā kattikamāsassa puṇṇatāya ^b^māsapuṇṇatā.^eb^ Vassānassa utuno puṇṇatāya ^b^utupuṇṇatā.^eb^ Kattikamāsalakkhitassa saṃvaccharassa puṇṇatāya ^b^saṃvaccharapuṇṇatā. ‘‘Mā’’ iti cando vuccati^eb^ tassa gatiyā divasassa minitabbato. ^b^Ettha puṇṇo^eb^ti etissā rattiyā sabbakalāpāripūriyā puṇṇo. Tadā hi cando sabbaso paripuṇṇo hutvā dissati. Ettha ca ‘‘tadahuposathe ^a^M1.0212^ea^ pannarase’’ti padāni divasavasena vuttāni, ‘‘komudiyā’’tiādīni rattivasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Rājāmaccaparivuto^eb^ti rājakulasamudāgatehi amaccehi parivuto. Atha vā anuyuttakarājūhi ^a^V1.0188^ea^ ceva amaccehi ca parivuto. ^b^Caturupakkilesā^eb^ti abbhā mahikā dhūmarajo rāhūti imehi catūhi upakkilesehi. ^b^Sanniṭṭhānaṃ kataṃ^eb^ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pītivacana^eb^nti pītisamuṭṭhānaṃ vacanaṃ. Yañhi vacanaṃ paṭiggāhakanirapekkhaṃ kevalaṃ uḷārāya pītiyā vasena sarasato sahasāva mukhato niccharati, taṃ idha ‘‘udāna’’nti adhippetaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yaṃ pītivacanaṃ hadayaṃ gahetuṃ na sakkotī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Dosehi itā gatā apagatāti ^b^dosinā^eb^ ta-kārassa na-kāraṃ katvā yathā ‘‘kilese jito vijitāvīti jino’’ti. ^b^Anīya^eb^-saddo kattuatthe veditabboti āha ^b^‘‘manaṃ ramayatī’’ti ‘‘ramaṇīyā’’^eb^ti yathā ‘‘niyyānikā dhammā’’ti. Juṇhavasena rattiyā surūpatāti āha ^b^‘‘vuttadosavimuttāyā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^a^P1.0274^ea^ abbhādayo vuttadosā, tabbigameneva cassā ^b^dassanīyatā,^eb^ tena, utusampattiyā ca ^b^pāsādikatā^eb^ veditabbā. ^b^Lakkhaṇaṃ bhavituṃ yuttā^eb^ti etissā rattiyā yutto divaso māso utu saṃvaccharoti evaṃ divasamāsautusaṃvaccharānaṃ sallakkhaṇaṃ bhavituṃ yuttā ^b^lakkhaññā,^eb^ lakkhaṇīyāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Yaṃ no payirupāsato cittaṃ pasīdeyyā’’ti vuttattā ‘‘samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā’’ti ettha paramatthasamaṇo ca paramatthabrāhmaṇo ca adhippeto, na pabbajjāmattasamaṇo, na jātimattabrāhmaṇo cāti āha ^b^‘‘samitapāpatāya samaṇaṃ. Bāhitapāpatāya brāhmaṇa’’^eb^nti. Bahuvacane vattabbe ekavacanaṃ, ekavacane vā vattabbe bahuvacanaṃ ^b^vacanabyatayo.^eb^ Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ekavacanavaseneva byatayo dassito. Attani, garuṭṭhāniye ca ekasmimpi bahuvacanappayogo nirūḷhoti. ^b^Sabbenapī^eb^ti ‘‘ramaṇīyā vatā’’tiādinā sabbena vacanena. ^b^Obhāsanimittakamma^eb^nti obhāsabhūtanimittakammaṃ paribyattaṃ nimittakaraṇanti attho. ^b^Devadatto cā^eb^ti. ^b^Ca^eb^-saddo attūpanayane, tena yathā rājā ajātasattu attano pitu ariyasāvakassa satthūpaṭṭhākassa ghātanena mahāparādho ^a^M1.0213^ea^, evaṃ bhagavato mahāanatthakarassa devadattassa avassayabhāvena pīti imamatthaṃ upaneti. ^b^Tassa piṭṭhichāyāyā^eb^ti tassa jīvakassa piṭṭhiapassayena, taṃ pamukhaṃ katvā taṃ apassāyāti attho. ^b^Vikkhepapacchedanattha^eb^nti bhāviniyā attano kathāya uppajjanakavikkhepanassa pacchindanatthaṃ, anuppattiatthanti adhippāyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tassaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^151^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘So kirā’’^eb^tiādi porāṇaṭṭhakathāya āgatanayo. Eseva nayo parato makkhalipadanibbacanepi ^a^V1.0189^ea^. ^b^Upasaṅkamantī^eb^ti upagatā. ^b^Tadeva pabbajjaṃ aggahesī^eb^ti tadeva naggarūpaṃ pabbajjaṃ katvā gaṇhi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pabbajitasamūhasaṅkhāto^eb^^a^P1.0275^ea^^b^saṅgho^eb^ti pabbajitasamūhatāmattena saṅgho, na niyyānikadiṭṭhisuvisuddhasīlasāmaññavasena saṃhatattāti adhippāyo. ^b^Assa atthī^eb^ti assa satthupaṭiññassa parivārabhūto atthi. ^b^Svevā^eb^ti pabbajitasamūhasaṅkhātova. Keci pana ‘‘pabbajitasamūhavasena ^b^saṅghī,^eb^ gahaṭṭhasamūhavasena ^b^gaṇī’’^eb^ti vadanti, taṃ tesaṃ matimattaṃ gaṇe eva loke saṅgha-saddassa nirūḷhattā. ^b^Ācārasikkhāpanavasenā^eb^ti acelaka vatacariyādiācārasikkhāpanavasena. ^b^Pākaṭo^eb^ti saṅghīādibhāvena pakāsito. ‘‘Appiccho’’ti vatvā tattha labbhamānaṃ appicchattaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘appicchatāya vatthampi na nivāsetī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Na hi tasmiṃ sāsanike viya santaguṇanigūhaṇalakkhaṇā appicchatā labbhatīti. ^b^Yaso^eb^ti kittisaddo. ‘‘Taranti etena saṃsārogha’’nti evaṃ sammatattā ^b^titthaṃ^eb^ vuccati laddhīti āha ^b^‘‘titthakaroti laddhikaro’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sādhusammato^eb^ti ‘‘sādhū’’ti sammato, na sādhūhi sammatoti āha ^b^‘‘ayaṃ sādhū’’^eb^tiādi. ‘‘Imāni me vatasamādānāni ettakaṃ kālaṃ suciṇānī’’ti ^b^pabbajitato paṭṭhāya atikkantā bahū rattiyo jānātī^eb^ti ^b^rattaññū.^eb^ Tā panassa rattiyo cirakālabhūtāti katvā ^b^ciraṃ pabbajitassa assāti cirapabbajito.^eb^ Tattha cirapabbajitatāgahaṇena buddhisīlataṃ dasseti, rattaññutāgahaṇena tattha sampajānataṃ. ^b^Addhāna^eb^nti dīghakālaṃ. Kittako pana soti āha ^b^‘‘dve tayo rājaparivaṭṭe’’^eb^ti, dvinnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ rājūnaṃ rajjaṃ anusāsanapaṭipāṭiyoti attho. ^b^‘‘Addhagato’’^eb^ti vatvā kataṃ vayogahaṇaṃ osānavayāpekkhanti āha ^b^‘‘pacchimavayaṃ anuppatto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ubhaya^eb^nti ‘‘addhagato, vayoanuppatto’’ti padadvayaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Pubbe ^a^M1.0214^ea^^a^P1.0276^ea^ pitarā saddhiṃ satthu santikaṃ gantvā desanāya sutapubbataṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘jhānābhiññādi…pe… sotukāmo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dassanenā^eb^ti na dassanamattaṃ, disvā pana tena saddhiṃ ālāpasallāpaṃ katvā tato akiriyavādaṃ sutvā tesaṃ anattamano ahosi. ^b^Guṇakathāyā^eb^ti abhūtaguṇakathāya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘suṭṭhutaraṃ anattamano hutvā’’^eb^ti. Yadi anattamano, kasmā tuṇhī ahosīti āha ^b^‘‘anattamano samānopī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^152^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Gosālāyā^eb^ti evaṃ nāmake gāme. Vassānakāle gunnaṃ tiṭṭhanasālāti eke.<br/><br/>[03]^b^153^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paṭikiṭṭhatara^eb^nti ^a^V1.0190^ea^ nihīnataraṃ. ^b^Tantāvutānī^eb^ti tante pasāretvā vītāni. ^b^‘‘Sīte sīto’’^eb^tiādinā chahākārehi tassa nihīnassa nihīnatarataṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^154^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vaccaṃ katvāpī^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddena bhojanaṃ bhuñjitvāpi kenaci asucinā makkhito pīti imamatthaṃ sampiṇḍeti. ^b^Vālikathūpaṃ katvā^eb^ti vattavasena vālikāya thūpaṃ katvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^156^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Palibuddhanakileso^eb^ti saṃsāre palibuddhanakicco rāgādikileso khettavatthuputtadārādivisayo.


volume: 21
item: 45
title: ^rājāmaccakathāvaṇṇanā^komārabhaccajīvakakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^157^eb^^b^.^eb^ Na yathādhippāyaṃ vattatīti katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘anattho vata me’’^eb^ti. Jīvakassa tuṇhībhāvo mama adhippāyassa maddanasadiso, tasmā taṃ pucchitvā kathāpanena mama adhippāyo pūretabboti ayamettha rañño ajjhāsayoti dassento ^b^‘‘hatthimhi nu kho panā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Kiṃ tuṇhī^eb^ti kiṃ kāraṇā tuṇhī, kiṃ taṃ kāraṇaṃ, yena tuvaṃ tuṇhīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kena kāraṇena tuṇhī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmaṃ sabbāpi tathāgatassa paṭipatti anaññasādhāraṇā acchariyābbhutarūpā ca, tathāpi gabbhokkanti- ^a^P1.0277^ea^ abhijātiabhinikkhamanābhisambodhidhammacakkappavattana- yamakapāṭihāriyadevorohaṇāni sadevake loke ativiya ^a^M1.0215^ea^ supākaṭāni, na sakkā kenaci paṭibāhitunti tāniyevettha uddhaṭāni. ^b^Itthambhūtākhyānatthe^eb^ti itthaṃ evaṃ pakāro bhūto jātoti evaṃ kathanatthe. ^b^Upayogavacana^eb^nti. ‘‘Abbhuggato’’ti ettha abhīti upasaggo itthambhūtākhyānatthajotako, tena yogato ‘‘taṃ kho pana bhagavanta’’nti idaṃ sāmiatthe upayogavacanaṃ, tenāha ^b^‘‘tassa kho pana bhagavatoti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kalyāṇaguṇasamannāgato^eb^ti kalyāṇehi guṇehi yutto, taṃ nissito tabbisayatāyāti adhippāyo. ^b^Seṭṭho^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Kittetabbato kitti, sā eva saddanīyato ^b^saddo^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘kittisaddoti kittiyevā’’^eb^ti. Abhitthavanavasena pavatto saddo ^b^thutighoso.^eb^ Anaññasādhāraṇaguṇe ārabbha pavattattā sadevakaṃ lokaṃ ^b^ajjhottharitvā^eb^ abhibhavitvā ^b^uggato.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^So bhagavā^eb^ti yo so samatiṃ sapāramiyo pūretvā sabbakilese bhañjitvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ ^a^V1.0191^ea^ abhisambuddho devānaṃ atidevo sakkānaṃ atisakko brahmānaṃ atibrahmā lokanātho bhāgyavantatādīhi kāraṇehi sadevake loke ‘‘bhagavā’’ti sabbattha patthaṭakittisaddo, so bhagavā. ^b^‘‘Bhagavā’’^eb^ti ca idaṃ satthu nāmakittanaṃ. Tenāha āyasmā dhammasenāpati ‘‘bhagavāti netaṃ nāmaṃ mātarā kata’’ntiādi (mahāni. 84). Parato pana ^b^bhagavā^eb^ti guṇakittanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Yathā kammaṭṭhānikena ‘‘araha’’ntiādīsu navaṭṭhānesu paccekaṃ iti-saddaṃ yojetvā buddhaguṇā anussarīyanti, evaṃ buddhaguṇasaṅkittakenāpīti dassento ^b^‘‘itipi arahaṃ, itipi sammāsambuddho…pe… itipi bhagavā’’^eb^ti āha. ‘‘Itipetaṃ ^a^P1.0278^ea^ abhūtaṃ, itipetaṃ ataccha’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.5) viya idha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo āsannapaccakkhakaraṇattho, ^b^pi^eb^-saddo sampiṇḍanattho, tena ca tesaṃ guṇānaṃ bahubhāvo dīpito. Tāni ca saṅkittentena viññunā cittassa sammukhībhūtāneva katvā saṅkittetabbānīti dassento ^b^‘‘iminā ca iminā ca kāraṇenāti vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti āha. Evañhi nirūpetvā kittente yassa saṅkitteti, tassa bhagavati ativiya abhippasādo hoti. ^b^Ārakattā^eb^ti suvidūrattā. ^b^Arīna^eb^nti kilesārīnaṃ. ^b^Arāna^eb^nti saṃsāracakkassa arānaṃ. ^b^Hatattā^eb^ti vihatattā. ^b^Paccayādīna^eb^nti cīvarādipaccayānañceva ^a^M1.0216^ea^ pūjāvisesānañca. ^b^Tato^eb^ti visuddhimaggato. Yathā ca visuddhimaggato, evaṃ taṃsaṃvaṇṇanatopi nesaṃ vitthāro gahetabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā jīvako bahuso satthusantike buddhaguṇe sutvā ṭhito, diṭṭhasaccatāya ca satthusāsane vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘jīvako panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Pañcavaṇṇāyā^eb^ti khuddikādivasena pañcappakārāya. ^b^Nirantaraṃ phuṭaṃ ahosi^eb^ katādhikārabhāvato. Kammantarāyavasena hissa rañño guṇasarīraṃ khatupahataṃ ahosi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^158^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Uttama’’nti vatvā na kevalaṃ seṭṭhabhāvo evettha kāraṇaṃ, atha kho appasaddatāpi kāraṇanti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘assayānarathayānānī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Hatthiyānesu nibbisevanameva gaṇhanto hatthiniyova kappāpesi. Rañño āsaṅkānivattanatthaṃ āsannacārībhāvena tattha itthiyova nisajjāpitā. Rañño paresaṃ durupasaṅkamanabhāvadassanatthaṃ ^a^P1.0279^ea^ tā ^b^purisavesaṃ gāhāpetvā^eb^ āvudhahatthā kāritā. ^b^Paṭivedesī^eb^ti ñāpesi. ^b^Tadevā^eb^ti gamanaṃ, agamanameva vā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^159^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Mahañcā^eb^ti karaṇatthe paccattavacananti āha ^b^‘‘mahatā^eb^cā’’ti. ^b^Mahaccā^eb^ti mahatiyā ^a^V1.0192^ea^, liṅgavipallāsavasena vuttaṃ, mahantenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘rājānubhāvenā’’^eb^ti ^b^‘‘dvinnaṃ mahāraṭṭhānaṃ issariyasirī’’^eb^ti aṅgamagadharaṭṭhānaṃ ādhipaccamāha. ^b^Āsattakhaggānī^eb^ti aṃse olambanavasena sannaddhāsīni. Kulabhogaissariyādivasena mahatī mattā etesanti ^b^mahāmattā,^eb^ mahānubhāvā rājapurisā. ^b^Vijjādharataruṇā viyā^eb^ti vijjādharakumārā viya. ^b^Raṭṭhiyaputtā^eb^ti bhojaputtā. ^b^Hatthighaṭā^eb^ti hatthisamūhā. ^b^Aññamaññasaṅghaṭṭanā^eb^ti avicchedavasena gamanena aññamaññasambandhā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cittutrāso^eb^ sayaṃ bhāyanaṭṭhena ^b^bhayaṃ^eb^ yathā tathā bhāyatīti katvā. ^b^Ñāṇaṃ^eb^ bhāyitabbe eva vatthusmiṃ bhayato upaṭṭhite ‘‘bhāyitabbamida’’nti bhayato tīraṇato ^b^bhayaṃ.^eb^ Tenevāha ‘‘bhayatupaṭṭhānañāṇaṃ pana bhāyati nabhāyatīti? Na bhāyati. Tañhi atītā saṅkhārā niruddhā, paccuppannā nirujjhanti, anāgatā nirujjhissantīti tīraṇamattameva hotī’’ti (visuddhi. 2.751). ^b^Ārammaṇaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0217^ea^ bhāyati etasmāti ^b^bhayaṃ. Otappaṃ^eb^ pāpato bhāyati etenāti ^b^bhayaṃ. Bhayānaka^eb^nti bhāyanākāro. ^b^Bhaya^eb^nti ñāṇabhayaṃ. ^b^Saṃvega^eb^nti sahottappañāṇaṃ ^b^santāsa^eb^nti sabbaso ubbijjanaṃ. Bhāyitabbaṭṭhena bhayaṃ bhīmabhāvena bheravanti ^b^bhayabheravaṃ,^eb^ bhītabbavatthu. Tenāha ^b^‘‘āgacchatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhīruṃ^eb^^a^P1.0280^ea^^b^pasaṃsantī^eb^ti pāpato bhāyanato uttasanato bhīruṃ pasaṃsanti paṇḍitā. ^b^Na hi tattha sūra^eb^nti tasmiṃ pāpakaraṇe sūraṃ pagabbhadhaṃsinaṃ na hi pasaṃsanti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhayā hi santo na karonti pāpa’’^eb^nti. Tattha ^b^bhayā^eb^ti pāputrāsato, ottappahetūti attho. ^b^Sarīracalana^eb^nti bhayavasenasarīrasaṃkampo. ^b^Eke^eb^ti uttaravihāravāsino. ^b^‘‘Rājagahe’’^eb^tiādi tesaṃ adhippāyavivaraṇaṃ. Kāmaṃ vayatulyo ‘‘vayasso’’ti vuccati, rūḷhireso, yo koci pana sahāyo vayasso, tasmā ^b^vayassābhilāpo^eb^ti sahāyābhilāpo. ^b^Na vippalambhesī^eb^ti na visaṃvādesi. ^b^Vinasseyyā^eb^ti cittavighātena vihaññeyya.


volume: 21
item: 46
title: rājāmaccakathāvaṇṇanā^komārabhaccajīvakakathāvaṇṇanā^sāmaññaphalapucchāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^160^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bhagavato tejo^eb^ti buddhānubhāvo. ^b^Rañño sarīraṃ phari^eb^ yathā taṃ soṇadaṇḍassa brāhmaṇassa bhagavato santikaṃ gacchantassa antovanasaṇḍagatassa. ^b^Eke^eb^ti uttaravihāravāsino.<br/><br/>[03]^b^161^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yena, tenā^eb^ti ca bhummatthe karaṇavacananti āha ^b^‘‘yattha bhagavā, tattha gato’’^eb^ti. Tadā ^a^V1.0193^ea^ tasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe tuṇhībhāvassa anavasesato byāpibhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘tuṇhībhūtaṃ tuṇhībhūta’’nti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘yato yato…pe… mevāti attho’’^eb^ti. Hatthassa kukatattā asaṃyamo asampajaññakiriyā ^b^hatthakukkucca^eb^nti veditabbo. ^b^Vā^eb^-saddo avuttavikappattho, tena tadañño asaṃyamabhāvo vibhāvitoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tattha pana cakkhuasaṃyamo sabbapaṭhamo, dunnivāro cāti tadabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^a^P1.0281^ea^^b^‘‘sabbālaṅkārapaṭimaṇḍita’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Kāyikavācasikena upasamena laddhena itaropi anumānato laddho eva hotīti āha ^b^‘‘mānasikena cā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Upasama^eb^nti saṃyamaṃ, ācārasampattinti attho. ^b^Pañcaparivaṭṭe^eb^ti pañcapurisaparivaṭṭe. ^b^Pañcahākārehī^eb^ti ‘‘iṭṭhāniṭṭhe ^a^M1.0218^ea^ tādī’’ti (mahāni. 38, 192) evaṃ ādinā āgatehi, pañcavidhāriyiddhisiddhehi ca pañcahi pakārehi. ^b^Tādilakkhaṇe^eb^ti tādibhāve.<br/><br/>[03]^b^162^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Na me pañhavissajjane bhāro atthī^eb^ti satthu sabbattha appaṭihatañāṇacāratādassanaṃ. ^b^Yadākaṅkhasīti na vadanti,^eb^ kathaṃ pana vadantīti āha ^b^‘‘sutvā vedissāmā’’^eb^ti padesañāṇe ṭhitattā. Buddhā pana sabbaññupavāraṇaṃ pavārentīti sambandho. ^b^‘‘Yakkhanarindadevasamaṇabrāhmaṇaparibbājakāna’’^eb^nti idaṃ ‘‘pucchāvuso yadākaṅkhasī’’tiādīni (saṃ. ni. 1.237, 246; su. ni. āḷavakasutte) suttapadāni pucchantānaṃ yesaṃ puggalānaṃ vasena āgatāni, taṃ dassanatthaṃ. ^b^‘‘Pucchāvuso yadākaṅkhasī’’^eb^ti idaṃ āḷavakassa yakkhassa okāsakaraṇaṃ, sesāni narindādīnaṃ. ^b^Manasicchasī^eb^ti manasā icchasi. ^b^Pucchavho, yaṃ kiñci manasicchathā^eb^ti bāvarissa saṃsayaṃ manasā pucchavho. Tumhākaṃ pana sabbesaṃ yaṃ kiñci sabbasaṃsayaṃ manasā, aññathā ca, yathā icchatha, tathā pucchavhoti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sādhurūpā^eb^ti sādhusabhāvā. ^b^Dhammo^eb^ti paveṇīdhammo. ^b^Vuddha^eb^nti sīlādīhi buddhippattaṃ, garunti attho. ^b^Esa bhāro^eb^ti esa saṃsayūpacchedanasaṅkhāto bhāro, āgato bhāro avassaṃ āvahitabboti adhippāyo. ^b^Ñatvā saya^eb^nti parūpadesena vinā sayameva ñatvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Suciratenā^eb^ti evaṃ nāmakena brāhmaṇena. ^b^Tagghā^eb^ti ^a^P1.0282^ea^ ekaṃsena. ^b^Yathāpi kusalo tathā^eb^ti yathā sabbadhammakusalo sabbavidū jānāti katheti, tathā ahamakkhissaṃ. ^b^Rājā ca kho taṃ yadi kāhati vā na vā^eb^ti yo taṃ idha pucchituṃ pesesi, so rājānaṃ tayā pucchitaṃ karotu vā mā vā, ahaṃ pana te akkhissaṃ akkhissāmi, ācikkhissāmīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^163^eb^^b^.^eb^ Sippanaṭṭhena sikkhitabbatāya ca sippameva ^b^sippāyatanaṃ^eb^ jīvikāya kāraṇabhāvato ^a^V1.0194^ea^. ^b^Seyyathida^eb^nti nipāto, tassa te katameti attho. Puthu sippāyatanānīti hi sādhāraṇato sippāni uddisitvā upari taṃtaṃsippūpajīvino niddiṭṭhā puggalādhiṭṭhānakathāya papañcaṃ pariharituṃ. Aññathā yathādhippetāni tāva sippāyatanāni dassetvā puna taṃtaṃsippūpajīvīsu dassiyamānesu papañco siyāti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘hatthārohā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Hatthiṃ ^a^M1.0219^ea^ ārohanti, ārohāpayanti cāti ^b^hatthārohā.^eb^ Yehi payogehi puriso hatthino ārohanayoggo hoti, hatthissa taṃ payogaṃ vidhāyataṃ sabbesaṃ petesaṃ gahaṇaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sabbepī’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^hatthācariyā^eb^ nāma ye hatthino hatthārohakānañca sikkhapakā. ^b^Hatthivejjā^eb^ nāma hatthibhisakkā. ^b^Hatthimeṇḍā^eb^ nāma hatthīnaṃ pādarakkhakā. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena hatthīnaṃ yavasadāyakādike saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Assārohā rathikā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Rathe niyuttā ^b^rathikā. Ratharakkhā^eb^ nāma rathassa āṇirakkhakā. Dhanuṃ gaṇhanti, gaṇhāpenti cāti ^b^dhanuggahā,^eb^ issāsā ^a^P1.0283^ea^ dhanusippassa sikkhāpakā ca. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dhanuācariyā issāsā’’^eb^ti. Celena celapaṭākāya yuddhe akanti gacchantīti ^b^celakā^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘ye yuddhe jayadhajaṃ gahetvā purato gacchantī’’^eb^ti. Yathā tathā ṭhite senike byūhakaraṇavasena tato calayanti uccālentīti ^b^calakā.^eb^ Sakuṇagghiādayo viya maṃsapiṇḍaṃ parasenāsamūhaṃ sāhasikamahāyodhatāya chetvā chetvā dayanti uppatitvā uppatitvā gacchantīti ^b^piṇḍadāyakā.^eb^ Dutiyavikappe piṇḍe dayanti janasammadde uppatantā viya gacchantīti piṇḍadāyakāti attho veditabbo. ^b^Uggatuggatā^eb^ti thāmajavaparakkamādivasena ativiya uggatā uggāti attho. ^b^Pakkhandantī^eb^ti attano vīrasūrabhāvena asajjamānā parasenaṃ anupavisantīti attho. Thāmajavabalaparakkamādisampattiyā ^b^mahānāgā viya mahānāgā. Ekantasūrā^eb^ti ekākisūrā attano sūrabhāveneva ekākino hutvā yujjhanakā. ^b^Sajālikā^eb^ti savammikā. ^b^Saraparittāṇacamma^eb^nti cammaparisibbitaṃ kheṭakaṃ, cammamayaṃ vā phalakaṃ. ^b^Gharadāsayodhā^eb^ti antojātayodhā.<br/><br/>[03]Āḷāraṃ vuccati mahānasaṃ, tattha niyuttāti ^b^āḷārikā,^eb^ bhattakārā. ^b^Pūvikā^eb^ti pūvasampādakā, ye pūvameva nānappakārato sampādetvā vikkiṇantā jīvanti. Kesanakhalikhanādivasena manussānaṃ alaṅkāravidhiṃ kappenti saṃvidahantīti ^b^kappakā. Nhāpakā^eb^ti cuṇṇavilepanādīhi ^a^P1.0284^ea^ malaharaṇavaṇṇasampādanavidhinā nhāpentīti nhāpakā. Navantādividhinā pavatto gaṇanagantho antarā chiddābhāvena acchiddakoti vuccati, taṃ gaṇanaṃ upanissāya jīvantā ^b^acchiddakapāṭhakā.^eb^ Hatthena adhippāyaviññāpanaṃ hatthamuddā ^a^M1.0220^ea^^b^hattha^eb^-saddo cettha tadekadesesu aṅgulīsu daṭṭhabbo. ‘‘Na bhuñjamāno sabbaṃ hatthaṃ mukhe pakkhipissāmī’’tiādīsu viya, tasmā aṅgulisaṅkocanādinā ^a^V1.0195^ea^ gaṇanā ^b^hatthamuddāya gaṇanā. Cittakārādīnī^eb^ti. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena bhamakārakoṭṭakalekhaka vilīvakārādīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Diṭṭheva dhamme^eb^ti imasmiṃyeva attabhāve. ^b^Sandiṭṭhikamevā^eb^ti asamparāyikatāya sāmaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, sayaṃ anubhavitabbaṃ attapaccakkhaṃ diṭṭhadhammikanti attho. ^b^Sukhita^eb^nti sukhappattaṃ. ^b^Uparī^eb^ti devaloke. So hi manussalokato uparimo. Kammassa katattā nibbattanato tassa phalaṃ tassa aggisikhā viya hoti, tañca uddhaṃ devaloketi āha ^b^‘‘uddhaṃ aggaṃ assā atthīti uddhaggikā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Saggaṃ arahatī^eb^ti attano phalabhūtaṃ saggaṃ arahati, tattha sā nibbattanārahoti attho. ^b^Sukhavipākā^eb^ti iṭṭhavipākavipaccanīkā. ^b^Suṭṭhu agge^eb^ti ativiya uttame uḷāre. Dakkhanti vaḍḍhanti etāyāti ^b^dakkhiṇā,^eb^ pariccāgamayaṃ puññanti āha ^b^‘‘dakkhiṇaṃ dāna’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Maggo^eb^^a^P1.0285^ea^^b^sāmaññaṃ^eb^ samitapāpasamaṇabhāvoti katvā. Yasmā ayaṃ rājā pabbajitānaṃ dāsakassakādīnaṃ lokato abhivādanādilābho sandiṭṭhikaṃ sāmaññaphalanti cintetvā ‘‘atthi nu kho koci samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā īdisamatthaṃ jānanto’’ti vīmaṃsanto pūraṇādike pucchitvā tesaṃ kathāya anārādhitacitto bhagavantampi tamatthaṃ pucchi, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘upari āgataṃ pana dāsakassakopamaṃ sandhāya pucchatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kaṇhapakkha^eb^nti yathāpucchite atthe labbhamānaṃ diṭṭhigatūpasañhitaṃ saṃkilesapakkhaṃ. ^b^Sukkapakkha^eb^nti tabbidhuraṃ uparisuttāgataṃ vodānapakkhaṃ. ^b^Samaṇakolāhala^eb^nti samaṇakotūhalaṃ taṃtaṃsamaṇavādānaṃ aññamaññavirodhaṃ. ^b^Samaṇabhaṇḍana^eb^nti teneva virodhena ‘‘evaṃvādīnaṃ tesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ ayaṃ doso, evaṃvādīnaṃ ayaṃ doso’’ti evaṃ taṃtaṃvādassa paribhāsanaṃ. ^b^Rañño bhāraṃ karonto^eb^ attano desanākosallenāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^164^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paṇḍitapatirūpakāna^eb^nti āmaṃ viya pakkānaṃ paṇḍitābhāsānaṃ.


volume: 21
item: 47
title: komārabhaccajīvakakathāvaṇṇanā^sāmaññaphalapucchāvaṇṇanā^pūraṇakassapavādavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^165^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ekaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0221^ea^^b^idāha^eb^nti ekāhaṃ. ^b^Idha^eb^-saddo cettha nipātamattaṃ, ekāhaṃ samayaṃ ticceva attho. ^b^Saritabbayutta^eb^nti anussaraṇānucchavikaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^166^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sahatthā karontassā^eb^ti sahattheneva karontassa. Nissaggiyathāvarādayopi idha sahatthakaraṇeneva ^a^V1.0196^ea^ saṅgahitā. ^b^Hatthādīnī^eb^ti hatthapādakaṇṇanāsādīni. ^b^Pacanaṃ^eb^ dahanaṃ vibādhananti āha ^b^‘‘daṇḍena uppīḷentassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Papañcasūdaniyaṃ^eb^ ‘‘tajjentassa vā’’ti attho vutto, idha pana tajjanaṃ paribhāsanaṃ daṇḍeneva saṅgahetvā ‘‘daṇḍena uppīḷentassa’’ icceva vuttaṃ. ^b^Sokaṃ sayaṃ^eb^^a^P1.0286^ea^^b^karontassā^eb^ti parassa sokakāraṇaṃ sayaṃ karontassa, sokaṃ vā uppādentassa. ^b^Parehī^eb^ti attano vacanakarehi. ^b^Sayampi phandato^eb^ti parassa vibādhanapayogena sayampi phandato. ^b^‘‘Atipātāpayato’’^eb^ti padaṃ suddhakattuatthe hetukattuatthe ca vattatīti āha ^b^‘‘hanantassāpi hanāpentassāpī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kāraṇavasenā^eb^ti kārāpanavasena.<br/><br/>[03]Gharassa bhitti anto bahi ca sandhitā hutvā ṭhitā ^b^gharasandhi.^eb^ Kiñcipi asesetvā niravaseso lopo ^b^nillopo. ^eb^ Ekāgāre niyutto vilopo ^b^ekāgāriko.^eb^ Parito sabbaso panthe hananaṃ ^b^paripantho. Pāpaṃ na karīyati^eb^ pubbe asaññato uppādetuṃ asakkuṇeyyattā, tasmā ^b^natthi pāpaṃ.^eb^ Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ sattā pāpe paṭipajjantīti āha ^b^‘‘sattā pana pāpaṃ karomāti evaṃ saññino hontī’’^eb^ti. Evaṃ kirassa hoti – imesañhi sattānaṃ hiṃsādikiriyā na attānaṃ phusati tassa niccatāya nibbikārattā sarīraṃ pana acetanaṃ kaṭṭhakaliṅgarūpamaṃ, tasmiṃ vikopitepi na kiñci pāpanti. ^b^Khuraneminā^eb^ti nisitakhuramayaneminā.<br/><br/>[03]Gaṅgāya dakkhiṇā disā appatirūpadeso, uttarā disā patirūpadesoti adhippāyena‘‘dakkhiṇañca’’tiādi vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘dakkhiṇatīre manussā kakkhaḷā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Mahāyāga^eb^nti mahāvijitayaññasadisaṃ mahāyāgaṃ. ^b^Uposathakammena vā^eb^ti uposathakammena ca. ^b^Dama^eb^-saddo hi indriyasaṃvarassa uposathasīlassa ca vācako idhādhippeto. Keci pana ^b^‘‘uposathakammenā^eb^ti idaṃ indriyadamanassa visesanaṃ, tasmā ‘uposathakammabhūtena indriyadamanenā’’ti atthaṃ vadanti ^a^P1.0287^ea^. ^b^Sīlasaṃyamenā^eb^ti kāyikavācasikasaṃvarena ^a^M1.0222^ea^. ^b^Saccavajjenā^eb^ti saccavācāya, tassā visuṃ vacanaṃ loke garutarapuññasammatabhāvato. Yathā hi pāpadhammesu musāvādo garu, evaṃ puññadhammesu saccavācā. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘ekaṃ dhammaṃ atītassā’’tiādi. ^b^Pavattī^eb^ti yo ‘‘karotī’’ti vuccati, tassa santāne phaluppattipaccayabhāvena uppatti. ^b^Sabbathā^eb^ti ‘‘karoto’’tiādinā vuttena sabbappakārena. ^b^Kiriyameva paṭikkhipati,^eb^ na raññā puṭṭhaṃ sandiṭṭhikaṃ sāmaññaphalaṃ byākarotīti adhippāyo. Idaṃ avadhāraṇaṃ vipākapaṭikkhepanivattanatthaṃ. Yo hi kammaṃ paṭikkhipati, tena atthato vipākopi paṭikkhitto eva nāma hoti. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘kammaṃ paṭibāhantenāpī’’tiādi (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.170-172).<br/><br/>[03]Paṭirājūhi ^a^V1.0197^ea^ anabhibhavanīyabhāvena visesato jitanti ^b^vijitaṃ,^eb^ āṇāpavattideso. ‘‘Mā mayhaṃ vijite vasathā’’ti apasādanā pabbajitassa viheṭhanā pabbājanāti katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘apasādetabbanti viheṭhetabba’’^eb^nti. Uggaṇhanaṃ tena vuttassa atthassa ‘‘evameta’’nti upadhāraṇaṃ sallakkhaṇaṃ, nikujjanaṃ tassa addhaniyabhāvāpādanavasena cittena sandhāraṇaṃ. Tadubhayaṃ paṭikkhipanto āha ^b^‘‘anuggaṇhanto anikujjanto’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sāravasena aggaṇhanto’’^eb^tiādi.


volume: 21
item: 48
title: sāmaññaphalapucchāvaṇṇanā^pūraṇakassapavādavaṇṇanā^makkhaligosālavādavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^168^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ubhayenā^eb^ti hetupaccayapaṭisedhanavacanena. ^b^Saṃkilesapaccaya^eb^nti saṃkilissanassa malīnabhāvassa kāraṇaṃ. ^b^Visuddhipaccaya^eb^nti saṅkikilesato visuddhiyā vodānassa kāraṇaṃ. ^b^Attakāro^eb^ti ^a^P1.0288^ea^ tena tena sattena attanā kātabbakammaṃ attanā nipphādetabbapayogo. ^b^Parakāra^eb^nti parassa vāhasā ijjhanakapayojanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yenā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Mahāsatta^eb^nti antimabhavikaṃ mahābodhisattaṃ, paccekabodhisattassapi ettheva saṅgaho veditabbo. ^b^Manussasobhagyata^eb^nti manussesu subhagabhāvaṃ. ^b^Eva^eb^nti vuttappakārena. Kammavādassa kiriyavādassa paṭikkhipanena ‘‘atthi bhikkhave kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipāka’’ntiādi (a. ni. 4.232) nayappavatte ^b^jinacakke pahāraṃ deti nāma. Natthi purisakāre^eb^ti yathāvuttāttakāraparakārābhāvato eva sattānaṃ paccattapurisakāro nāma koci natthīti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yenā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Natthi bala^eb^nti sattānaṃ diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikanibbānasampattiāvahaṃ balaṃ nāma kiñci natthi. Tenāha ^a^M1.0223^ea^^b^‘‘yamhī’’^eb^tiādi. Nidassanamattañcetaṃ, saṃkilesikampi cāyaṃ balaṃ paṭikkhipateva. Yadi vīriyādīni purisakāravevacanāni, kasmā visuṃ gahaṇanti āha ^b^‘‘idaṃ no vīriyenā’’^eb^tiādi. Saddatthato pana tassā tassā kiriyāya ussannaṭṭhena ^b^balaṃ.^eb^ Sūravīrabhāvāvahaṭṭhena ^b^vīriyaṃ. ^eb^ Tadeva daḷhabhāvato, porisadhuraṃ vahantena pavattetabbato ca ^b^purisathāmo.^eb^ Paraṃ paraṃ ṭhānaṃ akkamanappavattiyā ^b^purisaparakkamo^eb^ti vuttoti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Sattayogato rūpādīsu sattavisattatāya ^b^sattā.^eb^ Pāṇanato assasanapassasanavasena pavattiyā ^b^pāṇā.^eb^ Te pana so ekindriyādivasena vibhajitvā vadatīti āha ^b^‘‘ekindriyo’’^eb^tiādi. Aṇḍakosādīsu bhavanato ^b^‘‘bhūtā’’^eb^ti vuccantīti āha ^b^‘‘aṇḍakosa…pe… vadatī’’^eb^ti ^a^P1.0289^ea^. Jīvanato pāṇaṃ dhārentā viya vaḍḍhanato ^b^jīvā. ^eb^ Tenāha ^b^‘‘sāliyavā’’^eb^tiādi. Natthi etesaṃ saṃkilesavisuddhīsu vasoti ^b^avasā.^eb^ Natthi nesaṃ balaṃ vīriyaṃ ^a^V1.0198^ea^ cāti ^b^abalā avīriyā. Niyatā^eb^ti acchejjasuttāvutābhejjamaṇino viya niyatappavattitāya gatijātibandhāpavaggavasena niyāmo. ^b^Tattha tattha gamana^eb^nti channaṃ abhijātīnaṃ tāsu tāsu gatīsu upagamanaṃ samavāyena samāgamo. ^b^Sabhāvoyevā^eb^ti yathā kaṇṭakassa tikhiṇatā, kapitthaphalānaṃ parimaṇḍalatā, migapakkhīnaṃ vicittākāratā, evaṃ sabbassāpi lokassa hetupaccayena vinā tathā tathā pariṇāmo ayaṃ sabhāvo eva akittimoyeva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yena hī’’^eb^tiādi. Chaḷābhijātiyo parato vitthārīyanti. ^b^‘‘Sukhañca dukkhañca paṭisaṃvedentī’’^eb^ti vadanto adukkhamasukhabhūmiṃ sabbena sabbaṃ na jānātīti ulliṅganto ^b^‘‘aññā adukkhamasukhabhūmi natthīti dassetī’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pamukhayonīna^eb^nti manussatiracchānādīsu khattiyabrāhmaṇādisīhabyagghādivasena padhānayonīnaṃ. ^b^Saṭṭhisatānī^eb^ti chasahassāni. ‘‘Pañca ca kammuno satānī’’ti padassa atthadassanaṃ ^b^‘‘pañcakammasatāni cā’’^eb^ti. ^b^‘‘Eseva nayo’’^eb^ti iminā ‘‘kevalaṃ takkamattakena niratthakaṃ diṭṭhiṃ dīpetī’’ti imamevatthaṃ atidisati. Ettha ca ^b^‘‘takkamattakenā’’^eb^ti iminā yasmā takkikā niraṅkusatāya parikappanassa yaṃ kiñci attano parikappitaṃ sārato ^a^M1.0224^ea^ maññamānā tatheva abhinivissa takkadiṭṭhigāhaṃ gaṇhanti, tasmā na tesaṃ diṭṭhivatthusmiṃ viññūhi vicāraṇā kātabbāti dasseti. ^b^Kecī^eb^ti uttaravihāravāsino. Te hi ‘‘pañca kammānīti cakkhusotaghānajivhākāyā imāni pañcindriyāni ‘pañca kammānī’ti paññāpentī’’ti vadanti. ^b^Kammanti laddhī^eb^ti oḷārikabhāvato paripuṇṇakammanti laddhi. ^b^Manokammaṃ^eb^^a^P1.0290^ea^ anoḷārikattā ^b^upaḍḍhakamma^eb^nti laddhīti yojanā. ^b^Dvaṭṭhipaṭipadā^eb^ti ‘‘dvāsaṭṭhi paṭipadā’’ti vattabbe sabhāvaniruttiṃ ajānanto ‘‘dvaṭṭhipaṭipadā’’ti vadati. ^b^Ekasmiṃ kappe^eb^ti ekasmiṃ mahākappe, tatthāpi ca vivaṭṭaṭṭhāyīsaññite ekasmiṃ asaṅkhyeyyekappe.<br/><br/>[03]Urabbhe hanantīti ^b^orabbhikā.^eb^ Evaṃ ^b^sūkarikā^eb^dayo veditabbā. ^b^Luddā^eb^ti aññepi ye keci māgavikanesādā. Te pāpakammapasutatāya ^b^‘‘kaṇhābhijātīti vadati. Bhikkhū’’^eb^ti buddhasāsane bhikkhū. ^b^Te kira^eb^ ‘‘sachandarāgā paribhuñjantī’’ti adhippāyena ^b^‘‘catūsu paccayesu kaṇṭake pakkhipitvā khādantī’’^eb^ti vadati. Kasmāti ce? Yasmā ‘‘te paṇītapaṇīte paccaye paṭisevantī’’ti tassa micchāgāho, tasmā ñāyaladdhepi paccaye bhuñjamānā ājīvakasamayassa vilomagāhitāya paccayesu kaṇṭake pakkhipitvā khādanti nāmāti vadatīti apare. ^b^Eke pabbajitā,^eb^ ye savisesaṃ attakilamathānuyogaṃ anuyuttā. Tathā hi te kaṇṭake vattantā viya hontīti ^b^‘‘kaṇṭakavuttikā’’^eb^ti vuttā. Ṭhatvā bhuñjananahānapaṭikkhepādivatasamāyogena ^b^paṇḍaratarā^eb^^a^V1.0199^ea^. ^b^‘‘Acelakasāvakā’’^eb^ti ājīvakasāvake vadati. ^b^Te kira^eb^ ājīvakaladdhiyā visuddhacittatāya nigaṇṭhehipi ^b^paṇḍaratarā.^eb^ Nandādayo hi tathārūpaṃ ājīvakapaṭipattiṃ ukkaṃsaṃ pāpetvā ṭhitā. Tasmā nigaṇṭhehi ājīvakasāvakehi ca paṇḍaratarā paramasukkābhijātīti ayaṃ tassa laddhi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Purisabhūmiyo^eb^ti padhānapuggalena niddeso. Itthīnampi tā bhūmiyo icchanteva. ^b^‘‘Bhikkhu ca pannako’’^eb^tiādi tesaṃ pāḷiyeva. Tattha ^b^pannako^eb^ti bhikkhāya vicaraṇako, tesaṃ vā paṭipattiyā paṭipannako. ^b^Jino^eb^ti jiṇṇo jarāvasena hīnadhātuko, attano ^a^P1.0291^ea^ vā paṭipattiyā paṭipakkhaṃ jinitvā ṭhito. So kira tathābhūto dhammampi kassaci na kathesi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na kiñci āhā’’^eb^ti. Oṭṭhavadanādivippakāre katepi khamanavasena na kiñci vadatītipi vadanti. ^b^Alābhi^eb^nti ‘‘so na kumbhimukhā paṭiggaṇhātī’’tiādinā ^a^M1.0225^ea^ (dī. ni. 1.394) nayena vuttālābhahetusamāyogena alābhiṃ, tatoyeva jighacchādubbalaparetatāya sayanaparāyanaṃ ^b^‘‘samaṇaṃ pannabhūmī’’^eb^ti vadati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ājīvavuttisatānī^eb^ti sattānaṃ ājīvabhūtāni jīvikāvuttisatāni. ^b^Pasu^eb^ggahaṇena eḷakajāti gahitā, migaggahaṇena rurugavayādisabbamigajāti. ^b^Bahū devā^eb^ti cātumahārājikādibrahmakāyikādivasena, tesaṃ antarabhedavasena bahū devā. Tattha cātumahārājikānaṃ ekaccabhedo mahāsamayasuttavasena (dī. ni. 2.331) dīpetabbo. ^b^Manussāpi anantā^eb^ti dīpadesakulavaṃsājīvādivibhāgavasena manussāpi anantabhedā. Pisācā eva ^b^pesācā.^eb^ Te aparapetādayo ^b^mahantamahantā.^eb^ Chaddantadahamandākiniyo kuvāḷiyamucalindanāmena vadati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pavuṭā^eb^ti pabbagaṇṭhikā. ^b^Paṇḍitopi^eb^^a^P1.0292^ea^^b^…pe… uddhaṃ na gacchati,^eb^ kasmā? Sattānaṃ saṃsaraṇakālassa niyatabhāvato. ^b^Aparipakkaṃ^eb^ saṃsaraṇanimittaṃ sīlādinā ^b^paripāceti nāma^eb^ sīghaṃyeva visuddhippattiyā. ^b^Paripakkaṃ^eb^ kammaṃ ^b^phussa phussa^eb^ patvā patvā kālena paripakkabhāvānāpādanena ^b^byantiṃ karoti nāma.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Suttaguḷe^eb^ti suttavaṭṭiyaṃ. ^b^‘‘Nibbeṭhiyamānameva paletī’’^eb^ti upamāya sattānaṃ saṃsāro anukkamena khīyateva, na tassa vaḍḍhatīti dasseti paricchinnarūpattā.


volume: 21
item: 49
title: pūraṇakassapavādavaṇṇanā^makkhaligosālavādavaṇṇanā^ajitakesakambalavādavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^171^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dinna^eb^nti ^a^V1.0200^ea^ deyyadhammasīsena dānaṃ vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘dinnassa phalābhāvaṃ vadatī’’^eb^ti, dinnaṃ pana annādivatthuṃ kathaṃ paṭikkhipati. Eseva nayo ^b^yiṭṭhaṃ huta^eb^nti etthāpi. ^b^Mahāyāgo^eb^ti sabbasādhāraṇaṃ mahādānaṃ. ^b^Pāhunakasakkāro^eb^ti pāhunabhāvena kātabbasakkāro. ^b^Phala^eb^nti ānisaṃsaphalaṃ, nissandaphalañca. ^b^Vipāko^eb^ti sadisaphalaṃ. ^b^Paraloke ṭhitassa ayaṃ loko natthī^eb^ti paraloke ṭhitassa kammunā laddhabbo ayaṃ loko na hoti. ^b^Idhaloke ṭhitassāpi paraloko natthī^eb^ti idhaloke ṭhitassa kammunā laddhabbo paraloko na hoti. Tattha kāraṇamāha ^b^‘‘sabbe^eb^^a^M1.0226^ea^^b^tattha tattheva ucchijjantī’’^eb^ti. Ime sattā yattha yattha bhave, yoniādīsu ca ṭhitā tattha tattheva ucchijjanti nirudayavināsavasena vinassanti. ^b^Phalābhāvavasenā^eb^ti mātāpitūsu sammāpaṭipattimicchāpaṭipattīnaṃ phalassa abhāvavasena ‘‘natthi mātā, natthi pitā’’ti vadati, na mātāpitūnaṃ, nāpi tesu idāni kayiramānasakkārāsakkārānaṃ abhāvavasena tesaṃ lokapaccakkhattā. Pubbuḷakassa viya imesaṃ sattānaṃ uppādo nāma kevalo, na cavitvā āgamanapubbakoti dassanatthaṃ ‘‘natthi sattā opapātikā’’ti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘cavitvā upapajjanakasattā nāma natthīti vadatī’’^eb^ti. Samaṇena nāma yāthāvato ^a^P1.0293^ea^ jānantena kassaci kiñci akathetvā saññatena bhavitabbaṃ, aññathā āhopurisikā nāma siyā. Kiñhi paro parassa karissati? Tathā ca attano sampādanassa kassaci avassayo eva na siyā tattha tattheva ucchijjanatoti āha ^b^‘‘ye imañca…pe… pavedentī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Catūsu mahābhūtesu niyuttoti ^b^cātumahābhūtiko.^eb^ Yathā pana mattikāya nibbattaṃ bhājanaṃ mattikāmayaṃ, evaṃ ayaṃ catūhi mahābhūtehi nibbattoti āha ^b^‘‘catumahābhūtamayo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ajjhattikapathavīdhātū^eb^ti sattasantānagatā pathavīdhātu. ^b^Bāhirapathavīdhātu^eb^nti bahiddhā mahāpathaviṃ. ^b^Upagacchatī^eb^ti bāhirapathavikāyato tadekadesabhūtā pathavī āgantvā ajjhattikabhāvappattiyā sattabhāvena saṇṭhitā idāni ghaṭādigatapathavī viya tameva bāhirapathavikāyaṃ upeti upagacchati sabbaso tena nibbisesataṃ ekībhāvameva gacchati. ^b^Āpādīsupi eseva nayo^eb^ti ettha pajjunnena mahāsamuddato gahitāapo viya vassodakabhāvena punapi mahāsamuddameva, sūriyarasmito gahitaṃ indaggisaṅkhātatejo viya puna sūriyarasmiṃ, mahāvāyukhandhato niggatamahāvāto viya tameva vāyukhandhaṃ upeti upagacchatīti diṭṭhigatikassa adhippāyo. ^b^Manacchaṭṭhāni indriyāni ākāsaṃ pakkhandanti^eb^ tesaṃ visayābhāvāti vadanti. Visayigahaṇena hi visayāpi gahitā eva hontīti. ^b^Guṇāguṇapadānī^eb^ti guṇadosakoṭṭhāsā. ^b^Sarīrameva padānīti adhippetaṃ^eb^ sarīrena taṃtaṃkiriyāya ^a^V1.0201^ea^ pajjitabbato. Dabbanti muyhantīti dattū, mūḷhapuggalā. Tehi ^b^dattūhi^eb^^a^P1.0294^ea^ bālamanussehi. ‘‘Paraloko atthī’’ti mati yesaṃ, te atthikā, tesaṃ vādoti atthikavādo, taṃ ^b^atthikavādaṃ. ^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kammaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0227^ea^^b^paṭibāhati^eb^ akiriyavādibhāvato. ^b^Vipākaṃ paṭibāhati^eb^ sabbena sabbaṃ āyatiṃ upapattiyā paṭikkhipanato. ^b^Ubhayaṃ paṭibāhati^eb^ sabbaso hetupaṭibāhaneneva phalassapi paṭikkhittattā. Ubhayanti hi kammaṃ vipākañcāti ubhayaṃ. So hi ‘‘ahetū appaccayā sattā saṃkilissanti, visujjhanti cā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.168; ma. ni. 2.100, 227; saṃ. ni. 3.212) vadanto kammassa viya vipākassāpi saṃkilesavisuddhīnaṃ paccayattābhāvavacanato tadubhayaṃ paṭibāhati nāma. ^b^Vipāko paṭibāhito hoti^eb^ asati kamme vipākābhāvato. ^b^Kammaṃ paṭibāhitaṃ hoti^eb^ asati vipāke kammassa niratthakabhāvāpattito. ^b^Atthato^eb^ti sarūpena. ^b^Ubhayappaṭibāhakā^eb^ti visuṃ visuṃ taṃtaṃdiṭṭhidīpakabhāvena pāḷiyaṃ āgatāpi paccekaṃ tividhadiṭṭhikā eva ubhayapaṭibāhakattā. Ubhayappaṭibāhakāti hi hetuvacanaṃ. ^b^‘‘Ahetukavādā cevā’’^eb^tiādi paṭiññāvacanaṃ. Yo hi vipākapaṭibāhanena natthikadiṭṭhiko ucchedavādī, so atthato kammapaṭibāhanena akiriyadiṭṭhiko, ubhayapaṭibāhanena ahetukadiṭṭhiko ca hoti. Sesadvayepi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sajjhāyantī^eb^ti taṃ diṭṭhidīpakaṃ ganthaṃ uggahetvā paṭhanti. ^b^Vīmaṃsantī^eb^ti tassa atthaṃ vicārenti. ^b^‘‘Tesa’’^eb^ntiādi vīmaṃsanākāradassanaṃ. ^b^Tasmiṃ ārammaṇe^eb^ti yathāparikappitakammaphalābhāvādike ‘‘karoto na karīyati pāpa’’nti ādinayappavattāya laddhiyā ārammaṇe. ^b^Micchāsati santiṭṭhatī^eb^ti ‘‘karoto na karīyati pāpa’’ntiādivasena anussavūpaladdhe atthe tadākāraparivitakkanehi saviggahe viya sarūpato cittassa paccupaṭṭhite cirakālaparicayena evametanti nijjhānakkhamabhāvūpagamanena nijjhānakkhantiyā ^a^P1.0295^ea^ tathāgahite punappunaṃ tatheva āsevantassa bahulīkarontassa micchāvitakkena samādiyamānā micchāvāyāmūpatthambhitā ataṃsabhāvaṃ ‘‘taṃsabhāva’’nti gaṇhantī micchāsatīti laddhanāmā taṃladdhisahagatā taṇhā santiṭṭhati. ^b^Cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hotī^eb^ti yathāsakaṃ vitakkādipaccayalābhena tasmiṃ ārammaṇe avaṭṭhitatāya anekaggataṃ pahāya ekaggaṃ appitaṃ viya hoti. Cittasīsena micchāsamādhi eva vutto. Sopi hi paccayavisesehi laddhabhāvanābalo īdise ṭhāne samādhānapatirūpakiccakaroyeva, vāḷavijjhanādīsu viyāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Javanāni javantī^eb^ti anekakkhattuṃ tenākārena pubbabhāgiyesu javanavāresu pavattesu ^a^M1.0228^ea^ sabbapacchime javanavāre satta javanāni ^a^V1.0202^ea^ javanti. ^b^Paṭhame javane satekicchā honti. Tathā dutiyādīsū^eb^ti dhammasabhāvadassanamattametaṃ, na pana tasmiṃ khaṇe tesaṃ tikicchā kenaci sakkā kātuṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatthā^eb^ti tesu tīsu micchādassanesu. ^b^Koci ekaṃ dassanaṃ okkamatī^eb^ti yassa ekasmiṃyeva abhiniveso āsevanā ca pavattā, so ekameva dassanaṃ okkamati. Yassa pana dvīsu tīsupi vā abhiniveso āsevanā ca pavattā, so dve tīṇipi okkamati, etena yā pubbe ubhayapaṭibāhakatāmukhena dīpitā atthasiddhā sabbadiṭṭhikatā, sā pubbabhāgiyā. Yā pana micchattaniyāmokkantibhūtā, sā yathāsakaṃ paccayasamudāgamasiddhito bhinnārammaṇānaṃ viya visesādhigamānaṃ ekajjhaṃ anuppattiyā asaṅkiṇṇā evāti dasseti. ^b^‘‘Ekasmiṃ okkantepī’’^eb^tiādinā tissannampi diṭṭhīnaṃ samānabalataṃ samānaphalatañca dasseti. Tasmā tissopi cetā ekassa uppannā abbokiṇṇā eva, ekāya vipāke dinne ^a^P1.0296^ea^ itarā anubalappadāyikāyo honti. ^b^‘‘Vaṭṭakhāṇu nāmesā’’^eb^ti idaṃ vacanaṃ neyyatthaṃ, na nītatthaṃ. Tathā hi ^b^papañcasūdaniyaṃ^eb^ ‘‘kiṃ panesa ekasmiṃyeva attabhāve niyato hoti, udāhu aññasmiṃ pīti? Ekasmiṃyeva niyato, āsevanavasena pana bhavantarepi taṃ taṃ diṭṭhiṃ roceti yevā’’ti (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 3.129) vuttaṃ. Akusalañhi nāmetaṃ abalaṃ dubbalaṃ, na kusalaṃ viya sabalaṃ mahābalaṃ. Tasmā ‘‘ekasmiṃyeva attabhāve niyato’’ti vuttaṃ. Aññathā sammattaniyāmo viya micchattaniyāmopi accantiko siyā, na ca accantiko. Yadi evaṃ vaṭṭakhāṇujotanā kathanti āha ‘‘āsevanavasena panā’’tiādi. Tasmā yathā ‘‘sakiṃ nimuggopi nimuggo eva bālo’’ti vuttaṃ, evaṃ vaṭṭakhāṇujotanā. Yādise hi paccaye paṭicca ayaṃ taṃ taṃ dassanaṃ okkanto puna kadāci tappaṭipakkhe paccaye paṭicca tato sīsukkhipanamassa na hotīti na vattabbaṃ, tasmā ^b^‘‘yebhuyyena hi evarūpassa bhavato vuṭṭhānaṃ nāma natthī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yasmā evaṃ saṃsārakhāṇubhāvassapi paccayo apaṇṇakajāto, tasmā. ^b^Bhūtikāmo^eb^ti diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthānaṃ vasena attano guṇehi vaḍḍhikāmo.


volume: 21
item: 50
title: makkhaligosālavādavaṇṇanā^ajitakesakambalavādavaṇṇanā^pakudhakaccāyanavādavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^174^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Akatā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0229^ea^ samena visamena vā kenaci hetunā na katā na vihitā. Katavidho karaṇavidhi natthi etesanti ^b^akatavidhānā^eb^^a^P1.0297^ea^. Padadvayenāpi loke kenaci hetupaccayena nesaṃ anibbattanabhāvaṃ dasseti. ^b^Iddhiyāpi na nimmitā^eb^ti kassaci iddhimato cetovasippattassa devassa ^a^V1.0203^ea^, issarādino vā iddhiyāpi na nimmitā. ^b^Animmāpitā^eb^ kassaci animmāpitā. ^b^Vuttatthamevā^eb^ti brahmajālavaṇṇanāyaṃ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.30) vuttatthameva. ^b^Vañjhā^eb^ti vañjhapasuvañjhatālādayo viya aphalā, kassaci ajanakāti attho, etena pathavikāyādīnaṃ rūpādijanakabhāvaṃ paṭikkhipati. Rūpasaddādayo hi pathavikāyādīhi appaṭibaddhavuttikāti tassa laddhi. Pabbatakūṭaṃ viya ṭhitāti ^b^kūṭaṭṭhā,^eb^ yathā pabbatakūṭaṃ kenaci anibbattitaṃ, kassaci ca anibbattakaṃ, evamete pīti adhippāyo. Yamidaṃ ‘‘bījato aṅkurādi jāyatī’’ti vuccati, taṃ vijjamānameva tato nikkhamati, na avijjamānaṃ, aññathā aññatopi aññassa upaladdhi siyāti adhippāyo. ^b^Ṭhitattā^eb^ti nibbikārābhāvena ṭhitattā. ^b^Na calantī^eb^ti vikāraṃ nāpajjanti. Vikārābhāvato hi tesaṃ sattannaṃ kāyānaṃ esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitatā. Aniñjanañca attano pakatiyā avaṭṭhānameva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na vipariṇamantī’’^eb^ti. Avipariṇāmadhammattā eva hi te aññamaññaṃ na byābādhenti. Sati hi vikāraṃ āpādetabbatāya byābādhakatāpi siyā, tathā anuggahetabbatāya anuggāhakatāti tadabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ pāḷiyaṃ ^b^nāla^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Pathavī eva^eb^ kāyekadesattā ^b^pathavikāyo.^eb^ Jīvasattamānaṃ kāyānaṃ niccatāya nibbikārabhāvato na ^a^P1.0298^ea^ hantabbatā, na ghātetabbatā cāti neva koci hantā vā ghātetā vā, tenevāha ^b^‘‘sattannaṃ tveva kāyāna’’^eb^ntiādi. Yadi koci hantā natthi, kathaṃ satthappahāroti āha ^b^‘‘yathā muggarāsi ādīsū’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Kevalaṃ saññāmattameva hoti.^eb^ Hananaghātanādi pana paramatthato nattheva kāyānaṃ avikopanīyabhāvatoti adhippāyo.


volume: 21
item: 51
title: ajitakesakambalavādavaṇṇanā^pakudhakaccāyanavādavaṇṇanā^nigaṇṭhanāṭaputtavādavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^177^eb^^b^.^eb^ Cattāro yāmā bhāgā catuyāmā, catuyāmā eva cātuyāmā, bhāgattho hi idha yāma-saddo yathā ‘‘rattiyā paṭhamo yāmo’’ti ^a^M1.0230^ea^. So panettha bhāgo saṃvaralakkhaṇoti āha ^b^‘‘cātuyāmasaṃvutoti catukoṭṭhāsena saṃvarena saṃvuto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paṭikkhittasabbasītodako^eb^ti paṭikkhittasabbasītodakaparibhogo. ^b^Sabbena pāpavāraṇena yutto^eb^ti sabbappakārena saṃvaralakkhaṇena samannāgato. ^b^Dhutapāpo^eb^ti sabbena nijjaralakkhaṇena pāpavāraṇena vidhutapāpo. ^b^Phuṭṭho^eb^ti aṭṭhannampi kammānaṃ khepanena mokkhappattiyā kammakkhayalakkhaṇena sabbena pāpavāraṇena phuṭṭho taṃ patvā ṭhito. ^b^Koṭippattacitto^eb^ti mokkhādhigameneva uttamamariyādappattacitto. ^b^Yatatto^eb^ti kāyādīsu indriyesu saṃyametabbassa abhāvato ^b^saṃyatacitto. Suppatiṭṭhitacitto^eb^ti nissesato suṭṭhu patiṭṭhitacitto. ^b^Sāsanānulomaṃ^eb^ nāma pāpavāraṇena yuttatā. Tenāha ‘‘dhutapāpo’’tiādi. ^b^Asuddhaladdhitāyā^eb^ti ‘‘atthi jīvo, so ca siyā nicco, siyā anicco’’ti evamādiasuddhaladdhitāya ^a^V1.0204^ea^. ^b^Sabbā^eb^ti kammapakativibhāgādivisayā sabbā nijjhānakkhantiyo. ^b^Diṭṭhiye vā^eb^ti micchādiṭṭhiyo eva jātā.


volume: 21
item: 52
title: pakudhakaccāyanavādavaṇṇanā^nigaṇṭhanāṭaputtavādavaṇṇanā^sañcayabelaṭṭhaputtavādavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^179-181^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Amarāvikkhepe^eb^^a^P1.0299^ea^^b^vuttanayo evā^eb^ti brahmajāle amarāvikkhepavādasaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.61-63) vuttanayo eva vikkhepabyākaraṇabhāvato, tatheva cettha vikkhepavādassa āgatattā.


volume: 21
item: 53
title:
  nigaṇṭhanāṭaputtavādavaṇṇanā^sañcayabelaṭṭhaputtavādavaṇṇanā^paṭhamasandiṭṭhikasāmaññaphalavaṇṇanā^^

content:
  [03]^b^183^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yathā te rucceyyā^eb^ti idāni mayā pucchiyamāno attho yathā tava citte roceyya. Gharadāsiyā kucchismiṃ jāto ^b^antojāto.^eb^ Dhanena kīto ^b^dhanakkīto.^eb^ Bandhaggāhagahito ^b^karamarānīto. Sāma^eb^nti sayameva. ^b^Dāsabya^eb^nti dāsabhāvaṃ. Koci dāsopi samāno alaso kammaṃ akaronto ‘‘kammakāro’’ti na vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘analaso kammakaraṇasīloyevā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paṭhamamevā^eb^ti āsannataraṭṭhānūpasaṅkamanato pageva puretarameva. ^b^Pacchā^eb^ti sāmikassa nipajjāya pacchā. ^b^Sayanato avuṭṭhite^eb^ti rattiyā vibhāyanavelāya seyyato avuṭṭhite. ^b^Paccūsakālato paṭṭhāyā^eb^ti atītāya ^a^M1.0231^ea^ rattiyā paccūsakālato paṭṭhāya. ^b^Yāva sāmino rattiṃ niddokkamana^eb^nti aparāya padosavelāyaṃ yāva niddokkamanaṃ. ^b^Kiṃ kāra^eb^nti kiṃ karaṇīyaṃ, kiṃkārabhāvato pucchitvā kātabbaveyyāvaccanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Devo viyā^eb^ti ādhipaccaparivārādisampattisamannāgato padhānadevo viya. ^b^So vatassāha^eb^nti so vata assaṃ ahaṃ. So rājā viya ahampi bhaveyyaṃ, kathaṃ puññāni kareyyaṃ, yadi puññāni uḷārāni kareyyanti yojanā. ^b^‘‘So vatassa’ssa’’^eb^nti pāṭhe so rājā assa ahaṃ assaṃ vata, yadi puññāni kareyyanti yojanā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayamevattho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Assa^eb^nti uttamapurisappayoge ^b^ahaṃ^eb^-saddo appayuttopi payutto eva hoti. ^b^Yāvajīvaṃ na sakkhissāmi dātu^eb^nti yāvajīvaṃ dānatthāya ussāhaṃ karontopi yaṃ rājā ekaṃ divasaṃ deti ^a^P1.0300^ea^, tato satabhāgampi dātuṃ na sakkhissāmi. Tasmā pabbajissāmīti pabbajjāyaṃ ussāhaṃ katvāti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāyena^eb^^a^V1.0205^ea^^b^saṃvuto^eb^ti kāyena saṃvaritabbaṃ kāyadvārena pavattanakaṃ pāpadhammaṃ saṃvaritvā vihareyyāti ayamettha atthoti āha ^b^‘‘kāyena pihito hutvā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ghāsacchādanena paramatāyā^eb^ti ghāsacchādanapariyesane sallekhavasena paramatāya, ukkaṭṭhabhāve saṇṭhito ghāsacchādanameva vā paramaṃ parā koṭi etassa, na tato paraṃ kiñci āmisajātaṃ pariyesati paccāsisati cāti ghāsacchādanaparamo, tabbhāvo ghāsacchādanaparamatā, tassā ^b^ghāsacchādanaparamatāya. Vivekaṭṭhakāyāna^eb^nti gaṇasaṅgaṇikato pavivitte ṭhitakāyānaṃ. ^b^Nekkhammābhiratāna^eb^nti jhānābhiratānaṃ. Tāya eva jhānābhiratiyā paramaṃ uttamaṃ vodānaṃ visuddhiṃ pattatāya ^b^paramavodānappattānaṃ.^eb^ Kilesūpadhiabhisaṅkhārūpadhīnaṃ accantavigamena ^b^nirupadhīnaṃ. Visaṅkhāragatāna^eb^nti adhigatanibbānānaṃ. Ettha ca paṭhamo viveko itarehi dvīhi vivekehi sahāpi pattabbo vināpi, tathā dutiyo. Tatiyo pana itarehi dvīhi saheva pattabbo, na vināti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Gaṇe janasamāgame sannipatanaṃ ^b^gaṇasaṅgaṇikā,^eb^ taṃ ^b^pahāya eko viharati^eb^ carati puggalavasena asahāyattā. Citte kilesānaṃ sannipatanaṃ ^b^cittakilesasaṅgaṇikā,^eb^ taṃ ^b^pahāya eko viharati^eb^ kilesavasena asahāyattā. Maggassa ^a^M1.0232^ea^ ekacittakkhaṇikattā, gotrabhuādīnañca ārammaṇamattattā na tesaṃ vasena sātisayā nibbutisukhasamphusanā, phalasamāpattinirodhasamāpattivasena sātisayāti āha ^b^‘‘phalasamāpattiṃ vā nirodhasamāpattiṃ vā pavisitvā’’^eb^ti. Phalapariyosāno hi nirodhoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^184^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Abhiharitvā^eb^ti abhimukhībhāvena netvā. ‘‘Ahaṃ cīvarādīhi payojanaṃ sādhessāmī’’ti vacanaseso. ^b^Sappāya^eb^nti ^a^P1.0301^ea^ sabbagelaññapaharaṇavasena upakārāvahaṃ. Bhāvinā anatthato paripālanavasena gopanā ^b^rakkhāgutti.^eb^ Paccuppannassa nisedhavasena ^b^āvaraṇagutti.^eb^


volume: 21
item: 54
title:
  sañcayabelaṭṭhaputtavādavaṇṇanā^paṭhamasandiṭṭhikasāmaññaphalavaṇṇanā^dutiyasandiṭṭhikasāmaññaphalavaṇṇanā^^

content:
  [03]^b^186^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kasatīti^eb^ kasiṃ karoti. ^b^Gahapatiko^eb^ti ettha ka-saddo appatthoti āha ^b^‘‘ekagehamatte jeṭṭhako’’^eb^ti, tena anekakulajeṭṭhakabhāvaṃ paṭikkhipati. ^b^Karaṃ karotī^eb^ti karaṃ sampādeti. ^b^Vaḍḍhetī^eb^ti uparūpari sampādanena vaḍḍheti. Evaṃ appampi pahāya pabbajituṃ dukkaranti ayamattho laṭukikopamasuttena (ma. ni. 2.151, 152) dīpetabbo. Tenāha ‘‘seyyathāpi, udāyi, puriso daliddo assako anāḷhiyo, tassassa ekaṃ agārakaṃ oluggaviluggaṃ kākātidāyiṃ naparamarūpa’’nti vitthāro. Yadi appampi bhogaṃ pahāya pabbajituṃ dukkaraṃ, kasmā dāsavāre bhogaggahaṇaṃ na katanti āha ^b^‘‘dāsavāre panā’’^eb^tiādi. Yathā ^a^V1.0206^ea^ ca dāsassa bhogāpi abhogā parāyattabhāvato, evaṃ ñātayo pīti dāsavāre ñātiparivaṭṭaggahaṇampi na katanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.


volume: 21
item: 55
title:
  paṭhamasandiṭṭhikasāmaññaphalavaṇṇanā^dutiyasandiṭṭhikasāmaññaphalavaṇṇanā^paṇītatarasāmaññaphalavaṇṇanā^^

content:
  [03]^b^189^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Evarūpāhī^eb^ti yathāvuttadāsakassakūpamāsadisāhi upamāhi sāmaññaphalaṃ dīpetuṃ pahoti bhagavā sakalampi rattindivaṃ tato bhiyyopi anantapaṭibhānatāya vicittanayadesanabhāvato. ^b^Tathāpī^eb^ti satipi desanāya uttaruttarādhikanānānayavicittabhāve.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekatthametaṃ^eb^ padaṃ sādhusaddasseva ka-kārena vaḍḍhitvā vuttattā, teneva ^b^sādhuka^eb^-saddassa atthaṃ vadantena atthuddhāravasena ^b^sādhu^eb^-saddo udāhaṭo. ^b^Āyācane^eb^ti abhimukhayācane, abhipatthanāyanti attho ^a^P1.0302^ea^. ^b^Sampaṭicchane^eb^ti paṭiggaṇhane ^a^M1.0233^ea^. ^b^Sampahaṃsane^eb^ti saṃvijjamānaguṇavasena haṃsane tosane, udaggatākaraṇeti attho. ^b^Dhammarucī^eb^ti puññakāmo. ^b^Paññāṇavā^eb^ti paññavā. ^b^Addubbho^eb^ti adūsako, anupaghātakoti attho. ^b^Idhāpī^eb^ti imasmiṃ sāmaññaphalepi. ^b^Ayaṃ^eb^ sādhu-saddo. ^b^Daḷhīkamme^eb^ti sakkacca kiriyāyaṃ. ^b^Āṇattiya^eb^nti āṇāpane. ‘‘Suṇohi sādhukaṃ manasi karohī’’ti hi vutte sādhuka-saddena savanamanasikārānaṃ sakkaccakiriyā viya tadāṇāpanampi jotitaṃ hoti, āyācanatthatā viya cassa āṇāpanatthatā veditabbā. ^b^Sundarepī^eb^ti sundaratthepi. Idāni yathāvuttena sādhuka-saddassa atthattayena pakāsitaṃ visesaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘daḷhīkammatthena hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Manasi karohī^eb^ti ettha manasikāro na ārammaṇapaṭipādanalakkhaṇo, atha kho vīthipaṭipādanajavanapaṭipādanamanasikārapubbakaṃ citte ṭhapanalakkhaṇoti dassento ^b^‘‘āvajjā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Sotindriyavikkhepavāraṇaṃ^eb^ savane niyojanavasena kiriyantarapaṭisedhanabhāvato, sotaṃ odahāti attho. ^b^Manindriyavikkhepavāraṇaṃ^eb^ aññacintāpaṭisedhanato. ^b^Byañjanavipallāsaggāhavāraṇaṃ^eb^ ‘‘sādhuka’’nti visesetvā vuttattā. Pacchimassa atthavipallāsaggāhavāraṇepi eseva nayo. ^b^Dhāraṇūpaparikkhādīsū^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena tulanatīraṇādike, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividhe ca saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Sabyañjano^eb^ti ettha yathādhippetamatthaṃ byañjayatīti byañjanaṃ, sabhāvanirutti. Saha byañjanenāti sabyañjano, byañjanasampannoti attho. ^b^Sāttho^eb^ti araṇīyato upagantabbato anudhātabbato attho, catupārisuddhisīlādiko ^a^P1.0303^ea^. Tena saha atthenāti sāttho, atthasampannoti attho. ^b^Dhammagambhīro^eb^tiādīsu ^b^dhammo^eb^ nāma tanti. ^b^Desanā^eb^^a^V1.0207^ea^ nāma tassā manasā vavatthāpitāya tantiyā desanā. ^b^Attho^eb^ nāma tantiyā attho. ^b^Paṭivedho^eb^ nāma tantiyā, tantiatthassa ca yathābhūtāvabodho. Yasmā cete dhammadesanā atthappaṭivedhā sasādīhi viya mahāsamuddo mandabuddhīhi dukkhogāhā, alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhā ca, tasmā gambhīrā. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘yasmā ayaṃ dhammo…pe… sādhukaṃ manasi karohī’’^eb^ti. Ettha ca paṭivedhassa dukkarabhāvato dhammatthānaṃ, desanāñāṇassa dukkarabhāvato desanāya dukkhogāhatā, paṭivedhassa pana uppādetuṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya, ñāṇuppattiyā ca dukkarabhāvato dukkhogāhatā veditabbā. ^b^Desanaṃ^eb^ nāma ^a^M1.0234^ea^ uddisanaṃ, tassa niddisanaṃ ^b^bhāsana^eb^nti idhādhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘vitthārato bhāsissāmī’’^eb^ti. Paribyattaṃ kathanañhi bhāsanaṃ, tenāha ^b^‘‘desessāmīti…pe… vitthāradīpana’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Yathāvuttamatthaṃ suttapadena samatthetuṃ ^b^‘‘tenāhā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Sāḷikāyiva nigghoso^eb^ti sāḷikāya ālāpo viya madhuro kaṇṇasukho pemanīyo. ^b^Paṭibhāna^eb^nti saddo. ^b^Udīrayī^eb^ti uccārīyati, vuccati vā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evaṃ vutte ussāhajāto^eb^ti evaṃ ‘‘suṇohi sādhukaṃ manasi karohi bhāsissāmī’’ti vutte ‘‘na kira bhagavā saṅkhepeneva desessati, vitthārenapi bhāsissatī’’ti sañjātussāho haṭṭhatuṭṭho hutvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^190^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Idhā’’^eb^ti iminā vuccamānaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ tathāgatassa uppattiṭṭhānabhūtaṃ adhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘desāpadese nipāto’’^eb^ti. ^b^‘‘Svāya’’^eb^nti sāmaññato idhasaddamattaṃ gaṇhāti, na yathāvisesitabbaṃ idha-saddaṃ. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘katthaci padapūraṇamattamevā’’ti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.190). ^b^Lokaṃ upādāya vuccati^eb^ loka-saddena samānādhikaraṇabhāvena vuttattā ^a^P1.0304^ea^. Sesapadadvaye pana padantarasannidhānamattena taṃ taṃ upādāya vuttatā daṭṭhabbā. ^b^Idha tathāgato loke^eb^ti hi jātikhettaṃ, tatthāpi ayaṃ cakkavāḷo ‘‘loko’’ti adhippeto. ^b^Samaṇo^eb^ti sotāpanno. ^b^Dutiyo samaṇo^eb^ti sakadāgāmī. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘katamo ca bhikkhave samaṇo? Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpanno hotī’’tiādi (a. ni. 4.241). ‘‘Katamo ca bhikkhave dutiyo samaṇo? Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā’’tiādi (a. ni. 4.241). ^b^Okāsa^eb^nti kañci padesaṃ. ^b^Idheva tiṭṭhamānassā^eb^ti imissā eva indasālaguhāyaṃ tiṭṭhamānassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Padapūraṇamattameva^eb^^a^V1.0208^ea^ okāsāpadisanassāpi asambhavato atthantarassa abodhanato. Arahanti ādayo saddā vitthāritāti yojanā. Atthato vitthāraṇaṃ saddamukheneva hotīti saddaggahaṇaṃ. Yasmā. ‘‘Aparehipi aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi bhagavā tathāgato’’tiādinā udānaṭṭhakathādīsu, (udā. aṭṭha. 18; itivu. aṭṭha. 38) arahanti ādayo visuddhimaggaṭīkāyaṃ aparehi pakārehi vitthāritā ^a^M1.0235^ea^, tasmātesu vuttānayenapi so (visuddhi. ṭī. 1.129, 130) attho veditabbo. Tathāgatassa sattanikāyantogadhatāya ‘‘idha pana sattaloko adhippeto’’ti vatvā tatthāyaṃ yasmiṃ sattanikāye yasmiñca okāse uppajjati, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sattaloke uppajjamānopi cā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Tathāgato na devaloke uppajjatī’’^eb^tiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ parato āgamissati. ^b^Sārappattā^eb^ti kulabhogissariyādivasena sārabhūtā. ^b^Brāhmaṇagahapatikā^eb^ti brahmāyupokkharasātiādibrāhmaṇā ^a^P1.0305^ea^ ceva anāthapiṇḍikādigahapatikā ca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Sujātāyā’’^eb^tiādinā vuttesu catūsu vikappesu paṭhamo vikappo buddhabhāvāya āsannatarapaṭipattidassanavasena vutto. Āsannatarāya hi paṭipattiyā ṭhito ‘‘uppajjatīti’’ vuccati uppādassa ekantikattā, pageva paṭipattiyā matthake ṭhito. Dutiyo buddhabhāvāvahapabbajjato paṭṭhāya āsannapaṭipattidassanavasena, tatiyo buddhakaradhamma pāripūrito paṭṭhāya buddhabhāvāya paṭipattidassanavasena. Na hi mahāsattānaṃ uppatibhavūpapattito paṭṭhāya bodhisambhārasambharaṇaṃ nāma atthi. Catuttho buddhakaradhammasamārambhato paṭṭhāya. Bodhiyā niyatabhāvappattito pabhuti hi viññūhi ‘‘buddho uppajjatī’’ti vattuṃ sakkā uppādassa ekantikattā. Yathā pana sandanti nadiyoti sandanakiriyāya avicchedamupādāya vattamānappayogo, evaṃ uppādatthāya paṭipajjanakiriyāya avicchedamupādāya catūsu vikappesu ‘‘uppajjati nāmā’’ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Sabbapaṭhamaṃ uppannabhāva^eb^nti catūsu vikappesu sabbapaṭhamaṃ vuttaṃ tathāgatassa uppannatāsaṅkhātaṃ atthibhāvaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘uppanno hotīti ayañhettha attho’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^So bhagavā^eb^ti yo ‘‘tathāgato araha’’ntiādinā kittitaguṇo, so bhagavā. ‘‘Imaṃ loka’’nti nayidaṃ mahājanassa sammukhamattaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, atha kho anavasesaṃ pariyādāyāti dassetuṃ ‘‘sadevaka’’ntiādi vuttaṃ, tenāha ^b^‘‘idāni vattabbaṃ nidassetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pajātattā^eb^ti yathāsakaṃ kammakilesehi nibbattattā. ^b^Pañcakāmāvacaradevaggahaṇaṃ^eb^ pārisesañāyena itaresaṃ padantarehi saṅgahitattā. Sadevakanti ca avayavena viggaho samudāyo samāsattho. ^b^Chaṭṭhakāmāvacaradevaggahaṇaṃ^eb^ paccāsattiñāyena. Tattha hi so jāto, taṃnivāsī ca. ^b^Brahmakāyikādibrahmaggahaṇa^eb^nti etthāpi eseva ^a^P1.0306^ea^ nayo. ^b^Paccatthika^eb^^a^M1.0236^ea^^b^…pe… samaṇabrāhmaṇaggahaṇa^eb^nti nidassanamattametaṃ apaccatthikānaṃ, asamitābāhitapāpānañca samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇīvacanena gahitattā. Kāmaṃ ‘‘sadevaka’’ntiādi ^a^V1.0209^ea^ visesanānaṃ vasena sattavisayo lokasaddoti viññāyati tulyayogavisayattā tesaṃ, ‘‘salomako sapakkhako’’tiādīsu pana atulyayogepi ayaṃ samāso labbhatīti byabhicāradassanato pajāgahaṇanti āha ^b^‘‘pajāvacanena sattalokaggahaṇa’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Arūpino sattā attano āneñjavihārena viharantā dibbantīti devāti imaṃ nibbacanaṃ labhantīti āha ^b^‘‘sadevakaggahaṇena arūpāvacaraloko gahito’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ‘‘ākāsānañcāyatanūpagānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyata’’nti (a. ni. 3.117). ^b^Samārakaggahaṇena chakāmāvacaradevaloko gahito^eb^ tassa savisesaṃ mārassa vase vattanato. ^b^Rūpī brahmaloko gahito^eb^ arūpībrahmalokassa visuṃ gahitattā. ^b^Catuparisavasenā^eb^ti khattiyādicatuparisavasena, itarā pana catasso parisā samārakādiggahaṇena gahitā evāti. ^b^Avasesasabbasattaloko^eb^ nāgagaruḷādibhedo.<br/><br/>[03]Ettāvatā ca bhāgaso lokaṃ gahetvā yojanaṃ dassetvā idāni tena tena visesena abhāgaso lokaṃ gahetvā yojanaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘api cetthā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^ukkaṭṭhaparicchedato^eb^ti ukkaṃsagativijānanena. Pañcasu hi gatīsu devagatipariyāpannāva seṭṭhā, tatthāpi arūpino dūrasamussāritakilesadukkhatāya, santapaṇītāaneñjavihārasamaṅgitāya, atidīghāyukatāyāti evamādīhi visesehi ativiya ukkaṭṭhā. ^b^‘‘Brahmā mahānubhāvo’’^eb^tiādi dasasahassiyaṃ mahābrahmuno vasena vadati. ‘‘Ukkaṭṭhaparicchedato’’ti ^a^P1.0307^ea^ hi vuttaṃ. ^b^Anuttara^eb^nti seṭṭhaṃ nava lokuttaraṃ. ^b^Bhāvānukkamo^eb^ti bhāvavasena paresaṃ ajjhāsayavasena ‘‘sadevaka’’ntiādīnaṃ padānaṃ anukkamo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tīhākārehī^eb^ti devamārabrahmasahitatāsaṅkhātehi tīhi pakārehi. ^b^Tīsu padesū^eb^ti ‘‘sadevaka’’ntiādīsu tīsu padesu. ^b^Tena tenākārenā^eb^ti sadevakattādinā tena tena pakārena. Tedhātukameva pariyādinnanti porāṇā panāhūti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abhiññā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0237^ea^ ya-kāralopenāyaṃ niddeso, abhijānitvāti ayamettha atthoti āha ^b^‘‘abhiññāya adhikena ñāṇena ñatvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anumānādipaṭikkhepo^eb^ti anumānaupamānātthāpattiādipaṭikkhepo ekappamāṇattā. Sabbattha appaṭihatañāṇacāratāya hi sabbapaccakkhā buddhā bhagavanto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anuttaraṃ^eb^^a^V1.0210^ea^^b^vivekasukha^eb^nti phalasamāpattisukhaṃ, tena ṭhitimissāpi [vīthimissāpi (sārattha. ṭī. 1.verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanāyaṃ) dhitimissāpi (ka)] kadāci bhagavato dhammadesanā hotīti ^b^hitvāpī^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddaggahaṇaṃ. Bhagavā hi dhammaṃ desento yasmiṃ khaṇe parisā sādhukāraṃ vā deti, yathāsutaṃ vā dhammaṃ paccavekkhati, taṃ khaṇaṃ pubbabhāgena paricchinditvā phalasamāpattiṃ samāpajjati, yathāparicchedañca samāpattito vuṭṭhāya ṭhitaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya dhammaṃ deseti. Ugghaṭitaññussa vasena ^b^appaṃ vā^eb^ vipañcitaññussa, neyyassa vā vasena ^b^bahuṃ vā desento.^eb^ Dhammassa kalyāṇatā niyyānikatāya, niyyānikatā ca sabbaso anavajjabhāvenevāti āha ^b^‘‘anavajjameva katvā’’^eb^ti. Desakāyattena āṇādividhinā abhisajjanaṃ pabodhanaṃ desanāti sā pariyattidhammavasena veditabbāti āha ^b^‘‘desanāya tāva catuppadikāyapi gāthāyā’’^eb^tiādi. Nidānanigamanānipi satthuno desanāya anuvidhānato tadantogadhāni evāti āha ^b^‘‘nidānamādi, idaṃ evocāti pariyosāna’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Sāsitabbapuggalagatena yathāparādhādisāsitabbabhāvena ^a^P1.0308^ea^ anusāsanaṃ tadaṅgavinayādivasena vinayanaṃ sāsananti taṃ paṭipattidhammavasena veditabbanti āha ^b^‘‘sīlasamādhivipassanā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Kusalānaṃ dhammāna^eb^nti anavajjadhammānaṃ sīlassa, samathavipassanānañca sīladiṭṭhīnaṃ ādibhāvo taṃ mūlakattā uttarimanussadhammānaṃ. Ariyamaggassa antadvayavigamena majjhimapaṭipadābhāvo viya, sammāpaṭipattiyā ārabbhanipphattīnaṃ vemajjhattāpi majjhabhāvoti vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Atthi bhikkhave…pe… majjhaṃ nāmā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Phalaṃ pariyosānaṃ nāma^eb^ saupādisesatāvasena, ^b^nibbānaṃ pariyosānaṃ nāma^eb^ anupādisesatāvasena. Idāni tesaṃ dvinnampi sāsanassa pariyosānataṃ āgamena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘etadatthamida’’^eb^ntiādi āha. ^b^Idha desanāya ādimajjhapariyosānaṃ adhippetaṃ^eb^ ‘‘sabyañjana’’ntiādi vacanato. Tasmiṃ tasmiṃ atthe katāvadhisaddappabandho gāthāvasena, suttavasena ca vavatthito pariyattidhammo, yo ^a^M1.0238^ea^ idha ‘‘desanā’’ti vutto, tassa pana attho visesato sīlādi evāti āha ^b^‘‘bhagavā hi dhammaṃ desento…pe… dassetī’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^sīlaṃ dassetvā^eb^ti ^b^sīla^eb^ggahaṇena sasambhāraṃ sīlaṃ gahitaṃ, tathā ^b^magga^eb^ggahaṇena sasambhāro maggoti tadubhayavasena anavasesato pariyatti atthaṃ pariyādiyati. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti sīlādidassanena. Atthavasena hi idha desanāya ādikalyāṇādibhāvo adhippeto. ^b^Kathikasaṇṭhitī^eb^ti kathikassa saṇṭhānaṃ kathanavasena samavaṭṭhānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na so sātthaṃ deseti^eb^ niyyānatthavirahato tassā desanāya. ^b^Ekabyañjanādiyuttā vā^eb^ti sithilādibhedesu byañjanesu ekappakāremeva, dvipakāremeva vā byañjanena yuttā vā damiḷabhāsā viya ^a^V1.0211^ea^. Vivaṭakaraṇatāya oṭṭhe aphusāpetvā uccāretabbato ^b^sabbaniroṭṭhabyañjanā vā^eb^ kirātabhāsā ^a^P1.0309^ea^ viya. Sabbasseva [sabbattheva (sārattha. ṭī. 1.verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanāyaṃ 1)] vissajjanīyayuttatāya ^b^sabbavissaṭṭhabyañjanā vā^eb^ savarabhāsā [yavanabhāsā (sārattha. ṭī. 1.verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanāyaṃ)] viya. Sabbasseva [sabbattheva (sārattha. ṭī. 1.verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanāyaṃ)] sānusāratāya ^b^sabbaniggahitabyañjanā vā^eb^ pārasikādimilakkhubhāsā viya. Sabbāpesā byañjanekadesavasena pavattiyā aparipuṇṇabyañjanāti katvā ^b^‘‘abyañjanā’’^eb^ti vuttā.<br/><br/>[03]Ṭhānakaraṇāni sithilāni katvā uccāretabbaṃ akkharaṃ pañcasu vaggesu paṭhamatatiyanti evamādi ^b^sithilaṃ.^eb^ Tāni asithilāni katvā uccāretabbaṃ akkharaṃ vaggesu dutiyacatutthanti evamādi ^b^dhanitaṃ.^eb^ Dvimattakālaṃ ^b^dīghaṃ.^eb^ Ekamattakālaṃ ^b^rassaṃ^eb^ tadeva ^b^lahukaṃ.^eb^ Lahukameva saṃyogaparaṃ, dīghañca ^b^garukaṃ.^eb^ Ṭhānakaraṇāni niggahetvā uccāretabbaṃ ^b^niggahitaṃ.^eb^ Parena sambandhaṃ katvā uccāretabbaṃ ^b^sambandhaṃ.^eb^ Tathā nasambandhaṃ ^b^vavatthitaṃ.^eb^ Ṭhānakaraṇāni nissaṭṭhāni katvā uccāretabbaṃ ^b^vimuttaṃ. Dasadhā^eb^ti evaṃ sithilādivasena byañjanabuddhiyā akkharuppādakacittassa sabbākārena ^b^pabhedo.^eb^ Sabbāni hi akkharāni cittasamuṭṭhānāni yathādhippetatthaṃ byañjanato byañjanāni cāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Amakkhetvā^eb^ti amilecchetvā, avināsetvā, ahāpetvāti vā attho. Bhagavā yamatthaṃ ñāpetuṃ ekaṃ gāthaṃ, ekaṃ vākyaṃ vā deseti, tamatthaṃ tāya desanāya parimaṇḍalapadabyañjanāya eva desetīti āha ^b^‘‘paripuṇṇabyañjanameva katvā dhammaṃ desetī’’^eb^ti. Idha ^b^kevala^eb^saddo anavasesavācako, na avomissakādivācakoti āha ^b^‘‘sakalādhivacana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Paripuṇṇa^eb^nti sabbaso puṇṇaṃ, taṃ pana kenaci ūnaṃ, adhikaṃ vā na hotīti ^a^M1.0239^ea^^b^‘‘anūnādhikavacana’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Tattha yadatthaṃ ^a^P1.0310^ea^ desito, tassa sādhakattā anūnatā veditabbā, tabbidhurassa pana asādhakattā anadhikatā. Sakalanti sabbabhāgavantaṃ. Paripuṇṇanti sabbaso paripuṇṇameva, tenāha ^b^‘‘ekadesanāpi aparipuṇṇā natthī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aparisuddhā desanā hoti^eb^ taṇhāya saṃkiliṭṭhattā. Lokāmisaṃ cīvarādayo paccayā tattha agadhitacittatāya ^b^lokāmisanirapekkho. Hitapharaṇenā^eb^ti hitūpasaṃhārena. ^b^Mettābhāvanāya^eb^ karaṇabhūtāya ^b^muduhadayo. Ullumpanasabhāvasaṇṭhitenā^eb^ti sakalasaṃkilesato, vaṭṭadukkhato ca uddharaṇākārāvaṭṭhitena cittena, kāruṇādhippāyenāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Ito paṭṭhāya dassāmeva, evañca dassāmī’’ti samādātabbaṭṭhena ^b^vataṃ.^eb^ Paṇḍitapaññattatāya ^a^V1.0212^ea^ seṭṭhaṭṭhena brahmaṃ brahmānaṃ vā cariyanti ^b^brahmacariyaṃ^eb^ dānaṃ. Macchariyalobhādiniggaṇhanena ^b^suciṇṇassa. Iddhī^eb^ti deviddhi. ^b^Jutī^eb^ti pabhā, ānubhāvo vā. ^b^Balavīriyūpapattī^eb^ti evaṃ mahatā balena ca vīriyena ca samannāgamo. ^b^Puñña^eb^nti puññaphalaṃ. ^b^Veyyāvaccaṃ brahmacariyaṃ^eb^ seṭṭhā cariyāti katvā. Esa nayo sesepi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yasmā sikkhattayasaṅgahaṃ sakalaṃ sāsanaṃ idha ‘‘brahmacariya’’nti adhippetaṃ tasmā. ‘‘Brahmacariya’’nti iminā samānādhikaraṇāni sabbapadāni yojetvā atthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘so dhammaṃ deseti…pe… pakāsetīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^191^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vuttappakārasampada^eb^nti yathāvuttaṃ ādikalyāṇatādiguṇasampadaṃ, dūrasamussāritamānasseva sāsane sammāpaṭipatti sambhavati, na mānajātikassāti āha ^b^‘‘nihatamānattā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ussannattā^eb^ti bahulabhāvato. Bhogārogyādivatthukā madā suppaheyyā honti nimittassa anavatthānato, na tathā kulavijjāmadā, tasmā khattiyabrāhmaṇakulānaṃ pabbajitānampi ^a^P1.0311^ea^ jātivijjā nissāya mānajappanaṃ duppajahanti āha ^b^‘‘yebhuyyena hi…pe… mānaṃ karontī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vijātitāyā^eb^ti nihīnajātitāya. ^b^Patiṭṭhātuṃ na sakkontī^eb^ti suvisuddhaṃ katvā sīlaṃ rakkhituṃ na sakkonti. Sīlavasena hi sāsane patiṭṭhā, ^b^patiṭṭhātu^eb^nti vā saccapaṭivedhena lokuttarāya patiṭṭhāya patiṭṭhātuṃ. Sā hi nippariyāyato sāsane patiṭṭhā nāma, yebhuyyena ca upanissayasampannā sujātā eva honti, na dujjātā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Parisuddha^eb^nti ^a^M1.0240^ea^ rāgādīnaṃ accantameva pahānadīpanato nirupakkilesatāya sabbaso parisuddhaṃ. ^b^Saddhaṃ paṭilabhatī^eb^ti pothujjanikasaddhāvasena saddahati. Viññūjātikānañhi dhammasampattiggahaṇapubbikā saddhā siddhi dhammappamāṇadhammappasannabhāvato. ‘‘Sammāsambuddho vata so bhagavā, yo evaṃ svākkhātadhammo’’ti saddhaṃ paṭilabhati. ^b^Jāyampatikā^eb^ti gharaṇīpatikā. Kāmaṃ ‘‘jāyampatikā’’ti vutte gharasāmikagharasāminīvasena dvinnaṃyeva gahaṇaṃ viññāyati. Yassa pana purisassa anekā pajāpatiyo, tattha kiṃ vattabbaṃ, ekāyāpi saṃvāso sambādhoti dassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘dve’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Rāgādinā sakiñcanaṭṭhena, khettavatthu ādinā sapalibodhaṭṭhena rāgarajādīnaṃ āgamanapathatāpi uṭṭhānaṭṭhānatā evāti dvepi vaṇṇanā ekatthā, byañjanameva nānaṃ. ^b^Alagganaṭṭhenā^eb^ti assajjanaṭṭhena appaṭibaddhabhāvena. Evaṃ akusalakusalappavattīnaṃ ṭhānabhāvena gharāvāsapabbajjānaṃ sambādhabbhokāsataṃ dassetvā idāni kusalappavattiyā eva aṭṭhānaṭṭhānabhāvena tesaṃ taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saṅkhepakathā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0213^ea^ visuṃ visuṃ paduddhāraṃ akatvā samāsato atthavaṇṇanā. ^b^Ekampi divasa^eb^nti ekadivasamattampi. ^b^Akhaṇḍaṃ katvā^eb^ti dukkaṭamattassapi anāpajjanena akhaṇḍitaṃ katvā. ^b^Kilesamalena amalīna^eb^nti taṇhāsaṃkilesādinā asaṃkiliṭṭhaṃ katvā. Pariyodātaṭṭhena nimmalabhāvena saṅkhaṃ viya likhitaṃ dhotanti ^b^saṅkhalikhita^eb^nti ^a^P1.0312^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘dhotasaṅkhasappaṭibhāga’’^eb^nti. ‘‘Ajjhāvasatā’’ti padappayogena ‘‘agāra’’nti bhummatthe upayogavacananti āha ^b^‘‘agāramajjhe’’^eb^ti. Kasāyena rattāni vatthāni ^b^kāsāyānī^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘kasāyarasapītatāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paridahitvā^eb^ti nivāsetvā ceva pārupitvā ca. Agāravāso agāraṃ uttarapadalopena, tassa vaḍḍhiāvahaṃ ^b^agārassa hitaṃ.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^192^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bhogakkhandho^eb^ti bhogasamudāyo. ^b^Ābandhanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti ‘‘putto nattā’’tiādinā pemavasena saparicchedaṃ bandhanaṭṭhena. ‘‘Amhākamete’’ti ñāyantīti ^b^ñātī.^eb^ Pitāmahapituputtādivasena parivattanaṭṭhena ^b^parivaṭṭo.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^193^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto^eb^ti pātimokkhasaṃvarena pihitakāyavacīdvāro, tathābhūto ca yasmā tena saṃvarena upeto nāma hoti ^a^M1.0241^ea^, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pātimokkhasaṃvarena samannāgato’’^eb^ti. ^b^‘‘Ācāragocarasampanno’’^eb^tiādi tasseva pātimokkhasaṃvarasamannāgamassa paccayadassanaṃ. ^b^Appamattakesū^eb^ti asañcicca āpannānukhuddakesu ceva sahasā uppannākusalacittuppādesu ca. ^b^Bhayadassāvī^eb^ti bhayadassanasīlo. ^b^Sammā ādiyitvā^eb^ti sakkaccaṃ yāvajīvaṃ avītikkamavasena ādiyitvā. ^b^Taṃ taṃ sikkhāpada^eb^nti taṃ taṃ sikkhākoṭṭhāsaṃ. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti etasmiṃ ‘‘pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto’’ti pāṭhe. ^b^Saṅkhepo^eb^ti saṅkhepavaṇṇanā. ^b^Vitthāro visuddhimagge^eb^ (visuddhi. 1.14) ^b^vutto,^eb^ tasmā so tattha, taṃsaṃvaṇṇanāya (visuddhi. ṭī. 1.14) ca vuttanayena veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ācāragocaraggahaṇenevā^eb^ti ‘‘ācāragocarasampanno’’ti vacaneneva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kusale kāyakammavacīkamme gahitepī’’^eb^ti. Adhikavacanaṃ aññamatthaṃ bodhetīti katvā ^b^tassa^eb^ ājīvapārisuddhisīlassa ^b^uppattidvāradassanatthaṃ…pe… kusalenāti vuttaṃ,^eb^ sabbaso anesanappahānena anavajjenāti attho. Yasmā ‘‘katame ^a^P1.0313^ea^ ca thapati kusalā sīlā kusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ kusalaṃ vacīkamma’’nti (ma. ni. 2.265) sīlassa kusalakāyavacībhāvaṃ dassetvā ‘‘ājīvaparisuddhampi kho ahaṃ thapati sīlasmiṃ vadāmī’’ti (ma. ni. 2.265) evaṃ pavattāya muṇḍikasuttadesanāya ‘‘kāyakammavacīkammena samannāgato kusalena, parisuddhājīvo’’ti ^a^V1.0214^ea^ ayaṃ desanā ekasaṅgahā aññadatthu saṃsandati sametīti dassento āha ^b^‘‘muṇḍikasuttavasena vā evaṃ vutta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Sīlasmiṃ vadāmī^eb^ti ‘‘sīla’’nti vadāmi, ‘‘sīlasmiṃ antogadhaṃ pariyāpanna’’nti vadāmīti vā attho. ^b^Pariyādānattha^eb^nti pariggahatthaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^ Tividhena sīlenā^eb^ti cūḷasīlaṃ majjhimasīlaṃ mahāsīlanti evaṃ tividhena sīlena. ^b^Manacchaṭṭhesu indriyesu,^eb^ na kāyapañcamesu. Yathālābhayathābalayathāsāruppappakāravasena ^b^tividhena santosena.^eb^


volume: 21
item: 56
title: dutiyasandiṭṭhikasāmaññaphalavaṇṇanā^paṇītatarasāmaññaphalavaṇṇanā^cūḷamajjhimamahāsīlavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^194-211^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Sīlasmi’’nti idaṃ niddhāraṇe bhummanti āha ^b^‘‘ekaṃ sīlaṃ hotīti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ayameva attho^eb^ti paccattavacanattho eva. ^b^Brahmajāle^eb^ti brahmajālavaṇṇanāyaṃ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.7).<br/><br/>[03]^b^212^eb^^b^.^eb^ Attānuvādaparānuvādadaṇḍabhayādīni ^a^M1.0242^ea^^b^asaṃvaramūlakāni. Sīlassāsaṃvarato^eb^ti sīlassa asaṃvaraṇato, sīlasaṃvarābhāvatoti attho. ^b^Bhaveyyā^eb^ti uppajjeyya. ^b^Yathāvidhānavihitenā^eb^ti yathāvidhānasampāditena. Avippaṭisārādinimittaṃ ^a^P1.0314^ea^ uppannacetasikasukhasamuṭṭhānehi paṇītarūpehi phuṭṭhasarīrassa uḷāraṃ kāyikaṃ sukhaṃ bhavatīti āha ^b^‘‘avippaṭisāra…pe… paṭisaṃvedetī’’^eb^ti.


volume: 21
item: 57
title: paṇītatarasāmaññaphalavaṇṇanā^cūḷamajjhimamahāsīlavaṇṇanā^indriyasaṃvarakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^213^eb^^b^.^eb^ Viseso kammatthāpekkhatāya sāmaññassa na tehi paricattoti āha ^b^‘‘cakkhu-saddo katthaci buddhacakkhumhi vattatī’’^eb^ti. Vijjamānameva hi abhidheyye visesatthaṃ visesantaranivattanavasena visesasaddo vibhāveti, na avijjamānaṃ. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Aññehi asādhāraṇaṃ buddhānaṃyeva cakkhudassananti ^b^buddhacakkhu,^eb^ āsayānusayañāṇaṃ, indriyaparopariyattañāṇañca. Samantato sabbaso dassanaṭṭhena ^b^samantacakkhu,^eb^ sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. ^b^Ariyamaggattayapaññā^eb^ti heṭṭhime ariyamaggattaye paññā. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti ‘‘cakkhunā rūpa’’nti imasmiṃ pāṭhe. ^b^Ayaṃ^eb^ cakkhu-saddo ^b^pasāda…pe… vattati^eb^ nissayavohāre nissitassa vattabbato yathā. ‘‘Mañcā ukkuṭṭhiṃ karontī’’ti. ^b^Asammissa^eb^nti kilesadukkhena avomissaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘parisuddha’’^eb^nti ^a^V1.0215^ea^. Sati hi suvisuddhe indriyasaṃvare, padhānabhūtapāpadhammavigamena adhicittānuyogo hatthagato evaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘adhicittasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedetī’’^eb^ti.


volume: 21
item: 58
title: cūḷamajjhimamahāsīlavaṇṇanā^indriyasaṃvarakathāvaṇṇanā^satisampajaññakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^214^eb^^b^.^eb^ Samantato, pakaṭṭhaṃ vā savisesaṃ jānātīti sampajāno, sampajānassa bhāvo sampajaññaṃ, tathāpavattañāṇaṃ. Tassa vibhajanaṃ sampajaññabhājanīyaṃ, tasmiṃ ^b^sampajaññabhājanīyamhi.^eb^ Abhikkamanaṃ ^b^abhikkanta^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘abhikkantaṃ vuccati gamana’’^eb^nti. Tathā paṭikkamanaṃ ^a^P1.0315^ea^^b^paṭikkanta^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘paṭikkantaṃ nivattana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Nivattana^eb^nti ca nivattimattaṃ. Nivattitvā pana gamanaṃ gamanameva. ^b^Abhiharanto^eb^ti gamanavasena kāyaṃ upanento. Ṭhānanisajjāsayanesu yo gamanavidhuro kāyassa purato abhihāro, so ^b^abhikkamo,^eb^ pacchato apaharaṇaṃ ^b^paṭikkamo^eb^ti dassento ^b^‘‘ṭhānepī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Āsanassā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0243^ea^ pīṭhakādiāsanassa. ^b^Purimāṅgābhimukho^eb^ti aṭanikādipurimāvayavābhimukho. ^b^Saṃsaranto^eb^ti saṃsappanto. ^b^Paccāsaṃsaranto^eb^ti paṭiāsappanto. ^b^‘‘Eseva nayo’’^eb^ti iminā nipannasseva abhimukhasaṃsappanapaṭiāsappanāni nidasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Sammā pajānanaṃ sampajānaṃ, tena attanā kātabbakiccassa karaṇasīlo ^b^sampajānakārī^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘sampajaññena sabbakiccakārī’’^eb^ti. Sampajānasaddassa sampajaññapariyāyatā pubbe vuttā eva. ^b^Sampajaññaṃ karotevā^eb^ti abhikkantādīsu asammohaṃ uppādeti eva. Sampajaññassa vā kāro etassa atthīti ^b^sampajānakārī.^eb^ Dhammato vaḍḍhisaṅkhātena saha atthena vattatīti sātthakaṃ, abhikkantādi. Sātthakassa sampajānanaṃ ^b^sātthakasampajaññaṃ.^eb^ Sappāyassa attano hitassa sampajānanaṃ ^b^sappāyasampajaññaṃ.^eb^ Abhikkamādīsu bhikkhācāragocare, aññatthāpi ca pavattesu avijahite kammaṭṭhānasaṅkhāte gocare sampajaññaṃ ^b^gocarasampajaññaṃ.^eb^ Abhikkamādīsu asammuyhanameva sampajaññaṃ ^b^asammohasampajaññaṃ. Pariggahetvā^eb^ti tūletvā tīretvā paṭisaṅkhāyāti, attho. Saṅghadassaneneva uposathapavāraṇādiatthaṃ gamanaṃ saṅgahitaṃ. ^b^Asubhadassanādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena kasiṇaparikammādīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo ^a^P1.0316^ea^. Saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘cetiyaṃ vā bodhiṃ vā disvāpi hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Arahattaṃ pāpuṇātī^eb^ti ukkaṭṭhaniddeso eso. Samathavipassanuppādanampi hi bhikkhuno vaḍḍhiyeva. ^b^Kecī^eb^ti abhayagirivāsino.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tasmiṃ panā^eb^ti sātthakasampajaññavasena pariggahitātthe. ‘‘Atthoti dhammato vaḍḍhī’’ti yaṃ sātthakanti ^a^V1.0216^ea^ adhippetaṃ, taṃ sappāyaṃ evāti siyā kassaci āsaṅkāti tannivattanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘cetiyadassanaṃ tāvā’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. ^b^Cittakammarūpakāni viyā^eb^ti cittakammakatā paṭimāyo viya, yantapayogena vā vicittakammā paṭimāyo viya. ^b^Asamapekkhanaṃ^eb^ gehassita aññāṇupekkhāvasena ārammaṇassa ayoniso gahaṇaṃ. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ‘‘Cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā uppajjati upekkhā bālassa mūḷhassa puthujjanassā’’tiādi (ma. ni. 3.308). Hatthiādisammaddena ^b^jīvitantarāyo.^eb^ Visabhāgarūpadassanādinā ^b^brahmacariyantarāyo.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pabbajitadivasato^eb^^a^M1.0244^ea^^b^paṭṭhāya^eb^ bhikkhūnaṃ anuvattanakathā āciṇṇā, ananuvattanakathā pana tassā dutiyā nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘dve kathā nāma na kathitapubbā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Eva^eb^nti ‘‘sace panā’’tiādikaṃ sabbampi vuttākāraṃ paccāmasati, na ‘‘purisassa mātugāmāsubha’’ntiādikaṃ vuccamānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Yogakammassa pavattiṭṭhānatāya bhāvanāya ārammaṇaṃ ‘‘kammaṭṭhāna’’nti vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘kammaṭṭhānasaṅkhātaṃ gocara’’^eb^nti. ^b^Uggahetvā^eb^ti yathā uggahanimittaṃ uppajjati, evaṃ uggahakosallassa sampādanavasena uggahetvā ^a^P1.0317^ea^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Haratī^eb^ti kammaṭṭhānaṃ pavatteti, yāva piṇḍapātapaṭikkamā anuyuñjatīti attho. ^b^Na paccāharatī^eb^ti āhārūpayogato yāva divāṭhānupasaṅkamanā kammaṭṭhānaṃ na paṭineti. ^b^Sarīraparikamma^eb^nti mukhadhovanādisarīrapaṭijagganaṃ. ^b^Dve tayo pallaṅke^eb^ti dve tayo nisajjāvāre dve tīṇi uṇhāsanāni. Tenāha ^b^‘‘usumaṃ gāhāpento’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kammaṭṭhānasīsenevā^eb^ti kammaṭṭhānamukheneva kammaṭṭhānaṃ avijahanto eva, tena ‘‘pattopi acetano’’tiādinā (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.214) vakkhamānaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ, yathāparihariyamānaṃ vā avijahitvāti dasseti. ^b^Tathevā^eb^ti tikkhattumeva. Paribhogacetiyato sārīrikacetiyaṃ garutaranti katvā ^b^‘‘cetiyaṃ vanditvā’’^eb^ti pubbakālakiriyāya vasena vuttaṃ. Tathā hi aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘cetiyaṃ bādhayamānā bodhisākhā haritabbā’’ti vuttā. Buddhaguṇānussaraṇavaseneva bodhiyaṃ paṇipātakaraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘buddhassa bhagavato sammukhā viya nipaccakāraṃ dassetvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Gāmasamīpe^eb^ti gāmassa upacāraṭṭhāne. ^b^Janasaṅgahattha^eb^nti ‘‘mayi akathente etesaṃ ko kathessatī’’ti dhammānuggahena janasaṅgahatthaṃ. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yasmā ‘‘dhammakathā nāma kathetabbā evā’’ti aṭṭhakathācariyā vadanti, yasmā ca dhammakathā kammaṭṭhānavinimuttā nāma natthi, tasmā. ^b^Kammaṭṭhānasīsenevā^eb^ti attanā parihariyamānaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ avijahanto ^a^V1.0217^ea^ tadanuguṇaṃyeva dhammakathaṃ kathetvā. ^b^Anumodanaṃ vatvā^eb^ti etthāpi ‘‘kammaṭṭhānasīsenevā’’ti ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sampattaparicchedenevā^eb^ti ‘‘paricito aparicito’’tiādi vibhāgaṃ akatvā sampattakoṭiyā eva, samāgamamattenevāti attho. ^b^Bhaye^eb^ti paracakkādibhaye.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Kammajatejo’’^eb^ti ^a^M1.0245^ea^^a^P1.0318^ea^ gahaṇiṃ sandhāyāha. ^b^Kammaṭṭhānaṃ vīthiṃ nārohati^eb^ khudāparissamena kilantakāyattā samādhānābhāvato. ^b^Avasesaṭṭhāne^eb^ti yāguyā aggahitaṭṭhāne. ^b^Poṅkhānupoṅkha^eb^nti kammaṭṭhānupaṭṭhānassa avicchedadassanametaṃ, yathā poṅkhānupoṅkhaṃ pavattāya sarapaṭipātiyā anavicchedo, evametassapīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nikkhittadhuro^eb^ bhāvanānuyoge. Vattapaṭipattiyā apūraṇena ^b^sabbavattāni bhinditvā.^eb^ ‘‘Kāmesu avītarāgo hoti, kāye avītarāgo, rūpe avītarāgo, yāvadatthaṃ udarāvadehakaṃ bhuñjitvā seyyasukhaṃ passasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ anuyutto viharati, aññataraṃ devanikāyaṃ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṃ caratī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.320; ma. ni. 1.186) evaṃ vutta^b^pañcavidhacetokhilavinibandhacitto. Caritvā^eb^ti pavattitvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gatapaccāgatikavattavasenā^eb^ti bhāvanāsahitaṃyeva bhikkhāya gatapaccāgataṃ gamanapaccāgamanaṃ etassa atthīti gatapaccāgatikaṃ, tadeva vattaṃ, tassa vasena. ^b^Attakāmā^eb^ti attano hitasukhaṃ icchantā, dhammacchandavantoti attho. Dhammo hi hitaṃ tannimittakañca sukhanti. Atha vā viññūnaṃ nibbisesattā, attabhāvapariyāpannattā ca attā nāma dhammo, taṃ kāmenti icchantīti ^b^attakāmā.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Usabhaṃ^eb^ nāma vīsati yaṭṭhiyo. ^b^Tāya saññāyā^eb^ti tāya pāsāṇasaññāya, ettakaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgatāti jānantāti adhippāyo. ^b^Soyeva nayo^eb^ti ‘‘ayaṃ bhikkhū’’tiādiko yo ṭhāne vutto, so eva nisajjāyapi nayo. Pacchato āgacchantānaṃ chinnabhattabhāvabhayenapi yonisomanasikāraṃ paribrūheti. ^b^Maddantā^eb^ti ^a^P1.0319^ea^ dhaññakaraṇaṭṭhāne sālisīsāni maddantā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mahāpadhānaṃ pūjessāmī^eb^ti amhākaṃ atthāya lokanāthena chavassāni kataṃ dukkaracariyamevāhaṃ yathāsatti pūjessāmīti. Paṭipattipūjā hi satthupūjā, na āmisapūjāti. ^b^‘‘Ṭhānacaṅkamamevā’’^eb^ti ^a^V1.0218^ea^ adhiṭṭhātabbairiyāpathavasena vuttaṃ, na bhojanādikālesu avassaṃ kattabbanisajjāya paṭikkhepavasena.<br/><br/>[03]Vīthiṃ otaritvā ito cito ca anoloketvā paṭhamameva vīthiyo sallakkhetabbāti āha ^b^‘‘vīthiyo sallakkhetvā’’^eb^ti. Yaṃ sandhāya vuccati ^a^M1.0246^ea^ ‘‘pāsādikena abhikkantenā’’ti, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘tattha cā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Āhāre paṭikkūlasaññaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā’’^eb^tiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ parato āgamissati. ^b^Aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgata^eb^nti ‘‘yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.23; a. ni. 6.58; mahāni. 206) vuttehi aṭṭhahi aṅgehi samannāgataṃ katvā. ^b^‘‘Neva davāyā’’^eb^tiādi paṭikkhepadassanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paccekabodhiṃ sacchikaroti,^eb^ yadi upanissayasampanno hotīti sambandho. Evaṃ sabbattha ito paresupi. Tattha paccekabodhiyā upanissayasampadā kappānaṃ dve asaṅkhyeyyāni, satasahassañca tajjāpuññañāṇasambharaṇaṃ. Sāvakabodhiyā aggasāvakānaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ, kappasatasahassañca, mahāsāvakānaṃ (theragā. aṭṭha. 2.1288) satasahassameva tajjāpuññañāṇasambharaṇaṃ. Itaresaṃ atītāsu jātīsu vivaṭṭasannissayavasena nibbattitaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ kusalaṃ. ^b^Bāhiyo dārucīriyo^eb^ti bāhiyavisaye sañjātasaṃvaḍḍhatāya bāhiyo, dārucīrapariharaṇena dārucīriyoti ca samaññāto. So hi āyasmā ‘‘tasmātiha ^a^P1.0320^ea^ te, bāhiya, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ ‘diṭṭhe diṭṭhamattaṃ bhavissati, sute, mute, viññāte viññātamattaṃ bhavissatī’ti, evañhi te bāhiya sikkhitabbaṃ. Yato kho te bāhiya diṭṭhe diṭṭhamattaṃ bhavissati, sute, mute, viññāte viññātamattaṃ bhavissati, tato tvaṃ, bāhiya, na tena. Yato tvaṃ, bāhiya, na tena, tato tvaṃ, bāhiya, na tattha. Yato tvaṃ, bāhiya, na tattha, tato tvaṃ, bāhiya, nevidha na huraṃ na ubhayamantarena. Esevanto dukkhassā’’ti (udā. 10) ettakāya desanāya arahattaṃ sacchākāsi. Evaṃ sāriputtattherādīnaṃ mahāpaññatādidīpanāni suttapadāni vitthārato veditabbāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ta^eb^nti asammuyhanaṃ ^b^eva^eb^nti idāni vuccamānamākāreneva veditabbaṃ. ^b^‘‘Attā abhikkamatī’’^eb^ti iminā andhaputhujjanassa diṭṭhigāhavasena abhikkame sammuyhanaṃ dasseti, ^b^‘‘ahaṃ abhikkamāmī’’^eb^ti pana iminā mānagāhavasena. Tadubhayaṃ pana taṇhāya vinā na hotīti taṇhagāhavasenapi sammuyhanaṃ dassitameva hoti. ‘‘Tathā asammuyhanto’’ti vatvā taṃ asammuyhanaṃ yena ghanavinibbhogena hoti, taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘abhikkamāmī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^a^M1.0247^ea^ yasmā ^a^V1.0219^ea^ vāyodhātuyā anugatā tejodhātu uddharaṇassa paccayo. Uddharaṇagatikā hi tejodhātūti. Uddharaṇe vāyodhātuyā tassā anugatabhāvo, tasmā imāsaṃ dvinnamettha sāmatthiyato adhimattatā, itarāsañca omattatāti dassento ^b^‘‘ekekapāduddharaṇe…pe… balavatiyo^eb^ti āha. Yasmā pana tejodhātuyā anugatā vāyodhātu atiharaṇavītiharaṇānaṃ paccayo. Tiriyagatikāya hi vāyodhātuyā atiharaṇavītiharaṇesu sātisayo byāpāroti. Tejodhātuyā tassā anugatabhāvo, tasmā imāsaṃ dvinnamettha sāmatthiyato adhimattatā, itarāsañca omattatāti dassento ^a^P1.0321^ea^^b^‘‘tathā atiharaṇavītiharaṇesū’’^eb^ti āha. Satipi anugamakānugantabbatāvisese tejodhātuvāyodhātubhāvamattaṃ sandhāya ^b^tathā^eb^-saddaggahaṇaṃ,. Tattha akkantaṭṭhānato pādassa ukkhipanaṃ ^b^uddharaṇaṃ.^eb^ Ṭhitaṭṭhānaṃ atikkamitvā purato haraṇaṃ ^b^atiharaṇaṃ,^eb^ khāṇuādipariharaṇatthaṃ, patiṭṭhitapādaghaṭṭanapariharaṇatthaṃ vā passena haraṇaṃ ^b^vītiharaṇaṃ.^eb^ Yāva patiṭṭhitapādo, tāva āharaṇaṃ ^b^atiharaṇaṃ,^eb^ tato paraṃ haraṇaṃ ^b^vītiharaṇa^eb^nti ayaṃ vā etesaṃ viseso.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā pathavīdhātuyā anugatā āpodhātu vossajjanassa paccayo. Garutarasabhāvā hi āpodhātūti. Vossajjane pathavīdhātuyā tassā anugatabhāvo, tasmā tāsaṃ dvinnamettha sāmatthiyato adhimattatā, itarāsañca omattatāti dassento āha ^b^‘‘vossajjane…pe… balavatiyo’’^eb^ti. Yasmā pana āpodhātuyā anugatā pathavīdhātu sannikkhepanassa paccayo, patiṭṭhābhāve viya patiṭṭhāpanepi tassā sātisayakiccattā āpodhātuyā tassā anugatabhāvo, tathā ghaṭṭanakiriyāya pathavīdhātuyā vasena sannirujjhanassa sijjhanato tatthāpi pathavīdhātuyā āpodhātuanugatabhāvo, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘tathā sannikkhepanasannirujjhanesū’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatthā^eb^ti tasmiṃ abhikkamane, tesu vā vuttesu uddaraṇādīsu koṭṭhāsesu. ^b^Uddharaṇe^eb^ti uddharaṇakkhaṇe. ^b^Rūpārūpadhammā^eb^ti uddharaṇākārena pavattā rūpadhammā, taṃsamuṭṭhāpakā arūpadhammā ca. ^b^Atiharaṇaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0248^ea^^b^na pāpuṇanti^eb^ khaṇamattāvaṭṭhānato. ^b^Tattha tatthevā^eb^ti yattha yattha uppannā, tattha tattheva. Na hi dhammānaṃ desantarasaṅkamanaṃ atthi. ^b^‘‘Pabbaṃ pabba’’^eb^tiādi uddharaṇādikoṭṭhāse sandhāya sabhāgasantativasena vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Atīttaro hi rūpadhammānampi ^a^P1.0322^ea^ pavattikkhaṇo, gamanassādīnaṃ, devaputtānaṃ heṭṭhupariyena paṭimukhaṃ dhāvantānaṃ sirasi pāde ca bandhakhuradhārā samāgamatopi sīghataro. Yathā tilānaṃ bhajjiyamānānaṃ paṭapaṭāyanena bhedo lakkhīyati, evaṃ saṅkhatadhammānaṃ uppādenāti dassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘paṭapaṭāyantā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Uppannā hi ekantato bhijjantīti. ^b^‘‘Saddhiṃ rūpenā’’^eb^ti idaṃ tassa tassa cittassa nirodhena saddhiṃ nirujjhanakarūpadhammānaṃ vasena vuttaṃ, yaṃ tato sattarasamacittassa uppādakkhaṇe uppannaṃ. Aññathā yadi ^a^V1.0220^ea^ rūpārūpadhammā samānakkhaṇā siyuṃ, ‘‘rūpaṃ garupariṇāmaṃ dandhanirodha’’ntiādivacanehi virodho siyā, tathā ‘‘nāhaṃ bhikkhave aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi, yaṃ evaṃ lahuparivattaṃ, yathayidaṃ citta’’nti (a. ni. 1.48) evaṃ ādipāḷiyā. Cittacetasikā hi sārammaṇasabhāvā yathābalaṃ attano ārammaṇapaccayabhūtamatthaṃ vibhāvento eva uppajjantīti tesaṃ taṃsabhāvanipphattianantaraṃ nirodho. Rūpadhammā pana anārammaṇā pakāsetabbā, evaṃ tesaṃ pakāsetabbabhāvanipphatti soḷasahi cittehi hotīti taṅkhaṇāyukatā tesaṃ icchitā, lahuviññāṇavisayasaṅgatimattappaccayatāya tiṇṇaṃ khandhānaṃ, visayasaṅgatimattatāya ca viññāṇassa lahuparivattitā, dandhamahābhūtappaccayatāya rūpadhammānaṃ dandhaparivattitā. Nānādhātuyā yathābhūtañāṇaṃ kho pana tathāgatasseva, tena ca purejātapaccayo rūpadhammova vutto, pacchājātapaccayo ca tathevāti rūpārūpadhammānaṃ samānakkhaṇatā na yujjateva. Tasmā vuttanayenevettha attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aññaṃ^eb^^a^P1.0323^ea^^b^uppajjate cittaṃ, aññaṃ cittaṃ nirujjhatī^eb^ti yaṃ purimuppannaṃ cittaṃ, taṃ aññaṃ, taṃ pana nirujjhantaṃ aparassa anantarādipaccayabhāveneva nirujjhatīti tathāladdhapaccayaṃ aññaṃ uppajjate cittaṃ. Yadi evaṃ tesaṃ antaro labbheyyāti? Noti āha ^b^‘‘avīci manuppabandho’’^eb^ti, yathā vīci antaro na labbhati, ‘‘tadeveta’’nti avisesavidū maññanti, evaṃ anu anu pabandho cittasantāno rūpasantāno ca ^b^nadīsotova^eb^ nadiyaṃ udakappavāho viya ^b^vattati.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]Abhimukhaṃ ^a^M1.0249^ea^ lokitaṃ ālokitanti āha ^b^‘‘purato pekkhana’’^eb^nti. Yasmā yaṃdisābhimukho gacchati, tiṭṭhati, nisīdati vā tadabhimukhaṃ pekkhanaṃ ālokitaṃ, tasmā tadanugatavidisālokanaṃ vilokitanti āha ^b^‘‘vilokitaṃ nāma anudisāpekkhana’’^eb^nti. Sammajjanaparibhaṇḍādikaraṇe olokitassa, ullokaharaṇādīsu ullokitassa, pacchato āgacchantaparissayassa parivajjanādīsu apalokitassa siyā sambhavoti āha ^b^‘‘iminā vā mukhena sabbānipi tāni gahitānevā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāyasakkhi^eb^nti kāyena sacchikatavantaṃ, paccakkhakārinanti attho. So hi āyasmā vipassanākāle ‘‘yamevāhaṃ indriyesu aguttadvārataṃ nissāya sāsane anabhiratiādivippakāraṃ patto, tameva suṭṭhu niggahessāmī’’ti ussāhajāto balavahirottappo, tattha ca katādhikārattā indriyasaṃvare ukkaṃsapāramippatto, teneva naṃ satthā ‘‘etadaggaṃ bhikkhave mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ indriyesu guttadvārānaṃ, yadidaṃ nando’’ti (a. ni. 1.235) etadagge ṭhapesi.<br/><br/>[03]Sātthakatā ^a^V1.0221^ea^ ca sappāyatā ca veditabbā ālokitavilokitassāti ānetvā sambandho. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti kammaṭṭhānāvijahanasseva gocarasampajaññabhāvatoti vuttamevatthaṃ hetubhāvena paccāmasati. ^b^Attano^eb^^a^P1.0324^ea^^b^kammaṭṭhānavaseneva ālokanavilokanaṃ kātabbaṃ,^eb^ khandhādikammaṭṭhānā añño upāyo na gavesitabboti adhippāyo. Ālokitādisamaññāpi yasmā dhammamattasseva pavattiviseso, tasmā tassa yāthāvato pajānanaṃ asammohasampajaññanti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘abbhantare’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Cittakiriyavāyodhātuvipphāravasenā^eb^ti kiriyamayacittasamuṭṭhānāya vāyodhātuyā calanākārappavattivasena. ^b^Adho sīdatī^eb^ti adho gacchati. ^b^Uddhaṃ laṅghetī^eb^ti laṅghaṃ viya upari gacchati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aṅgakiccaṃ sādhayamāna^eb^nti padhānabhūtāṅgakiccaṃ nipphādentaṃ hutvāti attho. ^b^‘‘Paṭhamajavanepi…pe… na hotī’’^eb^ti idaṃ pañcadvāravīthiyaṃ ‘‘itthī puriso’’ti rajjanādīnaṃ abhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tattha hi āvajjana voṭṭhabbapanānaṃ ayoniso āvajjanavoṭṭhabbanavasena iṭṭhe itthirūpādimhi lobhamattaṃ, aniṭṭhe ^a^M1.0250^ea^ ca paṭighamattaṃ uppajjati, manodvāre pana ‘‘itthī puriso’’ti rajjanādi hoti. Tassa pañcadvārajavanaṃ mūlaṃ, yathāvuttaṃ vā sabbaṃ bhavaṅgādi. Evaṃ manodvārajavanassa mūlavasena mūlapariññā vuttā. Āgantukatāvakālikatā pana pañcadvārajavanasseva apubbabhāvavasena, ittarabhāvavasena ca vuttā. ^b^‘‘Heṭṭhupariyavasena bhijjitvā patitesū’’^eb^ti heṭṭhimassa uparimassa ca aparāparaṃ bhaṅgappattimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ta^eb^nti javanaṃ, tassa ayuttanti sambandho. ^b^Āgantuko^eb^ abbhāgato.<br/><br/>[03]Udayabbayaparicchinno tāvatako kālo etesanti ^b^tāvakālikāni.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Etaṃ^eb^ asammohasampajaññaṃ. ^b^Samavāye^eb^ti sāmaggiyaṃ ^a^P1.0325^ea^. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti pañcakkhandhavasena ālokanavilokane paññāyamāne tabbinimutto ^b^ko eko āloketi, ko viloketi.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Upanissayapaccayo’’^eb^ti idaṃ suttantanayena pariyāyato vuttaṃ. ^b^Sahajātapaccayo^eb^ti nidassanamattametaṃ aññamaññasampayuttātthiavigatādipaccayānampi labbhanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāle^eb^ samañchituṃ yuttakāle ^b^samañchantassa.^eb^ Tathā ^b^pasārentassā^eb^ti etthāpi. ^b^Maṇisappo^eb^ nāma ekā sappajātīti vadanti. ^b^Laḷana^eb^nti kampanaṃ, līḷākaraṇaṃ vā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uṇhapakatiko^eb^^a^V1.0222^ea^ pariḷāhabahulakāyo. Sīlavidūsanena ahitāvahattā ^b^micchājīvavasena uppannaṃ asappāyaṃ. ‘‘Cīvarampi acetana’’^eb^ntiādinā cīvarassa viya kāyopi acetanoti kāyassa attasuññatāvibhāvanena ‘‘abbhantare’’tiādinā vuttamevatthaṃ paridīpento itarītarasantosassa kāraṇaṃ dasseti, tenāha ^b^‘‘tasmā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Catupañcagaṇṭhikāhato^eb^ti āhatacatupañcagaṇṭhiko, catupañcagaṇṭhikāhi vā āhato tathā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aṭṭhavidhopi^eb^^a^M1.0251^ea^^b^attho^eb^ti aṭṭhavidhopi payojanaviseso mahāsivattheravādavasena ‘‘imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.23, 422; ma. ni. 2.387; a. ni. 2.341; 8.9; dha. sa. 1355; vibha. 518; mahāni. 206) nayena vutto daṭṭhabbo. Imasmiṃ pakkhe ^b^‘‘neva davāyātiādinā^eb^ (ma. ni. 1.23, 422; ma. ni. 2.387; a. ni. 8.9; dha. sa. 1355; vibha. 518; mahāni. 206) ^b^nayenā’’^eb^ti pana paṭikkhepaṅgadassanamukhena desanāya āgatattā vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Pathavisandhārakajalassa taṃsandhārakavāyunā viya paribhuttassa āhārassa vāyodhātuyāva āsaye avaṭṭhānanti āha ^b^‘‘vāyodhātuvaseneva tiṭṭhatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Atiharatī^eb^ti yāva mukhā abhiharati. ^b^Vītiharatī^eb^ti tato kucchiyaṃ vīmissaṃ karonto ^a^P1.0326^ea^ harati. ^b^Atiharatī^eb^ti vā mukhadvāraṃ atikkāmento harati. ^b^Vītiharatī^eb^ti kucchigataṃ passato harati, ^b^parivattetī^eb^ti aparāparaṃ cāreti. Ettha ca āhārassa dhāraṇaparivattanasañcuṇṇanavisosanāni pathavīdhātusahitā eva vāyodhātu karoti, na kevalāti tāni pathavīdhātuyāpi kiccabhāvena vuttāni. ^b^Allattañca anupāletī^eb^ti yathā vāyodhātu ādīhi aññehi visosanaṃ na hoti, tathā allattañca anupāleti. ^b^Tejodhātū^eb^ti gahaṇīsaṅkhātā tejodhātu. Sā hi antopaviṭṭhaṃ āhāraṃ paripāceti. ^b^Añjaso hotī^eb^ti āhārassa pavesanādīnaṃ maggo hoti. ^b^Ābhujatī^eb^ti pariyesanavasena, ajjhoharaṇajiṇṇājiṇṇatādipaṭisaṃvedanavasena ca āvajjeti, vijānātīti attho. Taṃtaṃvijānanassa paccayabhūtoyeva hi payogo ‘‘sammāpayogo’’ti vutto. Yena hi payogena pariyesanādi nipphajjati, so tabbisayavijānanampi nipphādeti nāma tadavinābhāvato. Atha vā ^b^sammāpayogaṃ^eb^ sammāpaṭipatti ^b^manvāya^eb^ āgamma ^b^ābhujati^eb^ samannāharati. Ābhogapubbako hi sabbopi viññāṇabyāpāroti tathā vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gamanato^eb^ti bhikkhācāravasena gocaragāmaṃ uddissa gamanato. ^b^Pariyesanato^eb^ti gocaragāme bhikkhatthaṃ ^a^V1.0223^ea^ āhiṇḍanato. ^b^Paribhogato^eb^ti āhārassa paribhuñjanato. ^b^Āsayato^eb^ti pittādiāsayato. Āsayati ettha ekajjhaṃ pavattamānopi kammaphalavavatthito hutvā mariyādavasena aññamaññaṃ asaṅkarato sayati tiṭṭhati pavattatīti ^b^āsayo^eb^^a^M1.0252^ea^, āmāsayassa upari tiṭṭhanako pittādiko. Mariyādattho hi ayamākāro. ^b^Nidhāna^eb^nti yathābhutto āhāro ^a^P1.0327^ea^ nicito hutvā tiṭṭhati etthāti nidhānaṃ, āmāsayo. Tato ^b^nidhānato. Aparipakkato^eb^ti gahaṇīsaṅkhātena kammajatejena avipakkato. ^b^Paripakkato^eb^ti yathābhuttassa āhārasa vipakkabhāvato. ^b^Phalato^eb^ti nipphattito. ^b^Nissandato^eb^ti ito cito ca nissandanato. ^b^Sammakkhanato^eb^ti sabbaso makkhanato. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana visuddhimaggasaṃvaṇṇanāya (visuddhi. ṭī. 1.294) gahetabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sarīrato sedā muccantī^eb^ti vegasaṃdhāraṇena uppannapariḷāhato sarīrato sedā muccanti. ^b^Aññe ca rogā^eb^ kaṇṇasūlabhagandarādayo. ^b^Aṭṭhāne^eb^ti manussāmanussapariggahite ayuttaṭṭhāne khettadevāyatanādike. Kuddhā hi amanussā, manussāpi vā jīvitakkhayaṃ pāpenti. Nissaṭṭhattā ^b^neva attano,^eb^ kassaci anissajjitattā, jigucchanīyattā ca ^b^na parassa. Udakatumbato^eb^ti veḷunāḷiādiudakabhājanato. ^b^Ta^eb^nti chaḍḍitaudakaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Addhānairiyāpathā^eb^ ciratarappavattikā dīghakālikā iriyāpathā. ^b^Majjhimā^eb^ bhikkhācaraṇādivasena pavattā. ^b^Cuṇṇiyairiyāpathā^eb^ vihāre, aññatthāpi ito cito ca parivattanādivasena pavattāti vadanti. ‘‘Gateti gamane’’ti pubbe abhikkamapaṭikkamaggahaṇena gamanenapi purato pacchato ca kāyassa abhiharaṇaṃ vuttanti idha gamanameva gahitanti keci.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā mahāsivattheravāde anantare anantare iriyāpathe pavattarūpārūpadhammānaṃ tattha tattheva nirodhadassanavasena sampajānakāritā gahitāti taṃ sampajaññavipassanācāravasena veditabbaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘tayidaṃ mahāsivattherena vuttaṃ asammohadhuraṃ mahāsatipaṭṭhānasutte adhippeta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Imasmiṃ pana sāmaññaphale sabbampi ^a^P1.0328^ea^ catubbidhaṃ sampajaññaṃ labbhati^eb^ yāvadeva sāmaññaphalavisesadassanaparattā imissā desanāya. ^b^‘‘Satisampayuttassevā’’^eb^ti idaṃ yathā sampajaññassa kiccato padhānatā gahitā, evaṃ satiyā pīti dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, na satiyā sabbhāvamattadassanatthaṃ. Na hi kadāci satirahitā ñāṇappavatti atthi. ^b^‘‘Etassa hi padassa ayaṃ vitthāro’’^eb^ti iminā satiyā ñāṇena samadhurataṃyeva vibhāveti. ^b^Etāni^eb^^a^M1.0253^ea^^b^padānī^eb^ti ‘‘abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hotī’’tiādīni ^a^V1.0224^ea^ padāni. ^b^Vibhattānevā^eb^ti visuṃ katvā vibhattāniyeva, imināpi sampajaññassa viya satiyāpettha padhānatameva vibhāveti.<br/><br/>[03]Majjhimabhāṇakā pana bhaṇanti – eko bhikkhu gacchanto aññaṃ cintento aññaṃ vitakkento gacchati, eko kammaṭṭhānaṃ avissajjetvāva gacchati. Tathā eko tiṭṭhanto…pe… nisīdanto…pe… sayanto aññaṃ cintento aññaṃ vitakkento sayati, eko kammaṭṭhānaṃ avissajjetvāva sayati, ettakena pana na pākaṭaṃ hotīti caṅkamanena dīpenti. Yo hi bhikkhu caṅkamaṃ otaritvā ca caṅkamanakoṭiyaṃ ṭhito pariggaṇhāti ‘‘pācīnacaṅkamanakoṭiyaṃ pavattā rūpārūpadhammā pacchimacaṅkamanakoṭiṃ appatvā ettheva niruddhā, pacchimacaṅkamanakoṭiyaṃ pavattāpi pācīnacaṅkamanakoṭiṃ appatvā ettheva niruddhā, caṅkamanamajjhe pavattā ubho koṭiyo appatvā ettheva niruddhā, caṅkamane pavattā rūpārūpadhammā ṭhānaṃ appatvā ettheva niruddhā, ṭhāne pavattā nisajjaṃ appatvā ettheva niruddhā, nisajjāya pavattā sayanaṃ appatvā ettheva niruddhā’’ti evaṃ pariggaṇhanto pariggaṇhantoyeva bhavaṅgaṃ otarati. Uṭṭhahanto kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvāva uṭṭhahati, ayaṃ bhikkhu gatādīsu sampajānakārī nāma hotīti ^a^P1.0329^ea^. Evampi na sotte kammaṭṭhānaṃ avibhūtaṃ hoti, tasmā bhikkhu yāva sakkoti, tāva caṅkamitvā ṭhatvā nisīditvā sayamāno evaṃ pariggahetvā sayati ‘‘kāyo acetano, mañco acetano, kāyo na jānāti ‘ahaṃ mañce sayito’ti, mañco na jānāti ‘mayi kāyo sayito’ti, acetano kāyo acetane mañce sayito’’ti evaṃ pariggaṇhanto eva cittaṃ bhavaṅge otāreti. Pabujjhanto kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvāva pabujjhati, ayaṃ sotte sampajānakārī nāma hoti. Kāyādīkiriyānibbattanena tammayattā, āvajjanakiriyā samuṭṭhitattā ca javanaṃ sabbampi vā chadvārappavattaṃ kiriyamayapavattaṃ nāma. Tasmiṃ sati jāgaritaṃ nāma hotīti pariggaṇhanto jāgarite sampajānakārī nāma. Api ca rattindivaṃ cha koṭṭhāse katvā pañca koṭṭhāse jaggantopi jāgarite sampajānakārī nāma hoti. Vimuttāyatanasīsena dhammaṃ desentopi battiṃsatiracchānakathaṃ pahāya dasakathāvatthunissitasappāyakathaṃ kathentopi bhāsite sampajānakārī nāma. Aṭṭhatiṃsāya ārammaṇesu cittaruciyaṃ manasikāraṃ pavattentopi dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannopi ^a^M1.0254^ea^ tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī nāma. Dutiyañhi jhānaṃ vacīsaṅkhāravirahato visesato tuṇhībhāvo nāmāti. ^b^Eva^eb^nti vuttappakārena, sattasupi ṭhānesu catudhāti attho.


volume: 21
item: 59
title: indriyasaṃvarakathāvaṇṇanā^satisampajaññakathāvaṇṇanā^santosakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^215^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yassa ^a^V1.0225^ea^ santosassa attani atthitāya bhikkhu ‘‘santuṭṭho’’ti vuccati, taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘itarītarapaccayasantosena samannāgato’’^eb^ti āha. Cīvarādi yattha katthaci paccaye ^a^P1.0330^ea^ santussanena samaṅgībhūtoti attho. Atha vā ^b^itaraṃ^eb^ vuccati hīnaṃ paṇītato aññattā, tathā paṇītaṃ ^b^itaraṃ^eb^ hīnato aññattā. Apekkhāsiddhā hi itaratāti. Iti yena dhammena hīnena vā paṇītena vā cīvarādipaccayena santussati, so tathā pavatto alobho ^b^itarītarapaccayasantoso,^eb^ tena ^b^samannāgato.^eb^ Yathālābhaṃ attano lābhānurūpaṃ santoso ^b^yathālābhasantoso.^eb^ Sesadvayepi eseva nayo. Labbhatīti vā lābho, yo yo lābho yathālābhaṃ, tena santoso ^b^yathālābhasantoso.^eb^^b^Bala^eb^nti kāyabalaṃ. ^b^Sāruppa^eb^nti pakatidubbalādīnaṃ anucchavikatā.<br/><br/>[03]Yathāladdhato aññassa apatthanā nāma siyā appicchatāyapi pavattiākāroti tato vinivattitameva santosassa sarūpaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘labhantopi na gaṇhātī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Taṃ parivattetvā^eb^ti pakatidubbalādīnaṃ garucīvaraṃ na phāsubhāvāvahaṃ, sarīrakhedāvahañca hotīti payojanavasena, na atricchatādivasena taṃ parivattetvā. Lahukacīvaraparibhogo na santosavirodhīti āha ^b^‘‘lahukena yāpentopi santuṭṭhova hotī’’^eb^ti. Mahagghaṃ cīvaraṃ bahūni vā cīvarāni labhitvāpi tāni vissajjetvā tadaññassa gahaṇaṃ yathāsāruppanaye ṭhitattā na santosavirodhīti āha ^b^‘‘tesaṃ…pe… dhārentopi santuṭṭhova hotī’’^eb^ti. Evaṃ sesapaccayepi yathābalayathāsāruppaniddesesu api-saddaggahaṇe adhippāyo veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Muttaharītaka^eb^nti gomuttaparibhāvitaṃ, pūtibhāvena vā chaḍḍitaṃ harītakaṃ. ^b^Buddhādīhi vaṇṇita^eb^nti ‘‘pūtimuttabhesajjaṃ nissāya pabbajjā’’tiādinā (mahāva. 73, 128) sammāsambuddhādīhi ^a^M1.0255^ea^ pasatthaṃ. Appicchatāsantuṭṭhīsu ^a^P1.0331^ea^ bhikkhū niyojento ^b^paramasantuṭṭhova hoti^eb^ paramena ukkaṃsagatena santosena samannāgatattā.<br/><br/>[03]Kāyaṃ pariharanti posentīti ^b^kāyaparihārikā.^eb^ Tathā ^b^kucchiparihārikā^eb^ veditabbā. Kucchiparihārikatā ca ajjhoharaṇena sarīrassa ṭhitiyā upakārakatāvasena icchitāti bahiddhāva kāyassa upakārakatāvasena kāyaparihārikatā daṭṭhabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Parikkhāramattā^eb^ti parikkhāraggahaṇaṃ. ^b^Tatraṭṭhakapaccattharaṇa^eb^nti attanā anadhiṭṭhahitvā tattheva tiṭṭhanakapaccattharaṇaṃ ^a^V1.0226^ea^. Paccattharaṇādīnañcettha navamādibhāvo yathāvuttapaṭipāṭiyā daṭṭhabbo, na tesaṃ tathā patiniyatabhāvato. Kasmā? Tathā nadhāraṇato. Dupposabhāvena mahāgajā viyāti ^b^mahāgajā. ^eb^ Yadi itarepi appicchatādisabhāvā, kiṃ tesampi vasena ayaṃ desanā icchitāti? Noti āha ^b^‘‘bhagavā panā’’^eb^tiādi. Kāyaparihāro payojanaṃ etenāti kāyaparihārikaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kāyaṃ pariharaṇamattakenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Catūsu disāsu sukhavihāratāya sukhavihāraṭṭhānabhūtā catasso disā etassāti catuddiso catuddiso eva ^b^cātuddiso.^eb^ Tāsu eva katthaci satte vā saṅkhāre vā bhayena na paṭihanati, sayaṃ vā tena na paṭihaññatīti ^b^appaṭigho. Santussamāno itarītarenā^eb^ti uccāvacena paccayena sakena, santena, samameva ca tussanako. Paricca sayanti, kāyacittāni parisayanti abhibhavantīti ^b^parissayā,^eb^ sīhabyagghādayo, kāmacchandādayo ca, te parissaye adhivāsanakhantiyā vinayādīhi ca ^b^sahitā^eb^ khantā, abhibhavitā ca. Thaddhabhāvakarabhayābhāvena ^b^achambhī. Eko care^eb^ti ekākī hutvā carituṃ sakkuṇeyya. ^b^Khaggavisāṇakappo^eb^ti tāya eva ekavihāritāya khaggamigasiṅgasamo.<br/><br/>[03]Asañjātavātābhighātehi ^a^P1.0332^ea^ siyā sakuṇo apakkhakoti ^b^‘‘pakkhī sakuṇo’’^eb^ti visesetvā vutto.


volume: 21
item: 60
title: satisampajaññakathāvaṇṇanā^santosakathāvaṇṇanā^nīvaraṇappahānakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^216^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vattabbataṃ āpajjatī^eb^ti ‘‘asukassa bhikkhuno araññe tiracchānagatānaṃ viya, vanacarakānaṃ viya ca nivāsamattameva, na pana araññavāsānucchavikā ^a^M1.0256^ea^ kāci sammāpaṭipattī’’ti apavādavasena vattabbataṃ, āraññakehi vā tiracchānagatehi, vanacaravisabhāgajanehi vā saddhiṃ vippaṭipattivasena vattabbataṃ āpajjati. Kāḷakasadisattā ^b^kāḷakaṃ,^eb^ thullavajjaṃ. Tilakasadisattā ^b^tilakaṃ,^eb^ aṇumattavajjaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vivitta^eb^nti janavivittaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘suñña’’^eb^nti. Taṃ pana janasaddaghosābhāveneva veditabbaṃ saddakaṇṭakattā jhānassāti āha ^b^‘‘appasaddaṃ appanigghosanti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Etadevā^eb^ti nissaddataṃyeva. ^b^Vihāro^eb^ pākāraparicchinno sakalo āvāso. ^b^Aḍḍhayogo^eb^ti dīghapāsādo, ‘‘garuḷasaṇṭhānapāsādo’’tipi vadanti. ^b^Pāsādo^eb^ti caturassapāsādo. ^b^Hammiyaṃ^eb^ muṇḍacchadanapāsādo ^a^V1.0227^ea^. ^b^Aṭṭo^eb^ paṭirājūnaṃ paṭibāhanayoggo catupañcabhūmako patissayaviseso. ^b^Māḷo^eb^ ekakūṭasaṅgahito anekakoṇavanto patissayaviseso. Aparo nayo ^b^vihāro^eb^ nāma dīghamukhapāsādo. ^b^Aḍḍhayogo^eb^ ekapassacchadanakasenāsanaṃ. Tassa kira ekapasse bhitti uccatarā hoti, itarapasse nīcā, tena taṃ ekapassachadanakaṃ hoti. ^b^Pāsādo^eb^ nāma āyatacaturassapāsādo. ^b^Hammiyaṃ^eb^ muṇḍacchadanakaṃ candikaṅgaṇayuttaṃ. ^b^Guhā^eb^ nāma kevalā pabbataguhā. ^b^Leṇaṃ^eb^ dvārabaddhaṃ pabbhāraṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva. ^b^Maṇḍapo^eb^ti sākhāmaṇḍapo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vihārasenāsana^eb^nti patissayabhūtaṃ senāsanaṃ. ^b^Mañcapīṭhasenāsana^eb^nti mañcapīṭhañceva mañcapīṭhasambandhasenāsanañca. Cimilikādi santharitabbato ^b^santhatasenāsanaṃ.^eb^ Abhisaṅkharaṇābhāvato ^a^P1.0333^ea^ sayanassa nisajjāya ca kevalaṃ okāsabhūtaṃ senāsanaṃ. ‘‘Vivittaṃ senāsana’’nti iminā ^b^senāsanaggahaṇena saṅgahitameva^eb^ sāmaññajotanābhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]Yadi evaṃ kasmā ‘‘arañña’’ntiādi vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘ima panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^‘‘Bhikkhunīnaṃ vasena āgata’’^eb^nti idaṃ vinaye tathā āgatataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, abhidhammepi pana ‘‘araññanti nikkhamitvā bahi indakhīlā, sabbametaṃ arañña’’nti (vibha. 529) āgatameva. Tattha hi yaṃ na gāmapadesantogadhaṃ, taṃ ‘‘arañña’’nti nippariyāyavasena tathā vuttaṃ. Dhutaṅganiddese (visuddhi. 1.31) yaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ yuttaṃ,tasmā tattha vuttanayena gahetabbanti adhippāyo. ^b^Rukkhamūla^eb^nti rukkhasamīpaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘yāvatā ^a^M1.0257^ea^ majjhanhike kāle samantā chāyā pharati, nivāte paṇṇāni nipatanti, ettāvatā rukkhamūla’’nti. ^b^Sela^eb^-saddo avisesato pabbatapariyāyoti katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pabbatanti sela’’^eb^nti, na silāmayameva, paṃsumayādiko tividhopi pabbato evāti. ^b^Vivara^eb^nti dvinnaṃ pabbatānaṃ mitho āsannatare ṭhitānaṃ ovarakādisadisaṃ vivaraṃ, ekasmiṃyeva vā pabbate. ^b^Umaṅgasadisa^eb^nti suduṅgāsadisaṃ. ^b^Manussānaṃ anupacāraṭṭhāna^eb^nti pakatisañcāravasena manussehi na sañcaritabbaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena ‘‘vanapatthanti ^a^P1.0334^ea^ vanasaṇṭhānametaṃ senāsanānaṃ adhivacanaṃ, vanapatthanti bhīsanakānametaṃ, vanapatthanti salomahaṃsānametaṃ, vanapatthanti pariyantānametaṃ, vanapatthanti na manussūpacārānametaṃ, vanapatthanti durabhisambhavānametaṃ senāsanānaṃ adhivacana’’nti (vibha. 531) imaṃ pāḷisesaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Acchanna^eb^nti kenaci chadanena antamaso rukkhasākhāyapi na chāditaṃ. ^b^Nikkaḍḍhitvā^eb^ti nīharitvā. ^b^Pabbhāraleṇasadise^eb^ti pabbhārasadise leṇasadise ca.<br/><br/>[03]Piṇḍapātapariyesanaṃ piṇḍapāto uttarapadalopenāti āha ^b^‘‘piṇḍapātapariyesanato paṭikkanto’’^eb^ti ^a^V1.0228^ea^. ^b^Pallaṅka^eb^nti ettha ^b^pari^eb^saddo ‘‘samantato’’ti etassa atthe, tasmā vāmoruñca dakkhiṇoruñca samaṃ ṭhapetvā ubho pāde aññamaññaṃ sambandhitvā nisajjā pallaṅkanti āha ^b^‘‘samantato ūrubaddhāsana’’^eb^nti. Ūrūnaṃ bandhanavasena nisajjā ^b^pallaṅkaṃ. Ābhujitvā^eb^ti ca yathā pallaṅkavasena nisajjā hoti, evaṃ ubho pāde ābhugge bhañjite katvā, taṃ pana ubhinnaṃ pādānaṃ tathā sambandhatākaraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘bandhitvā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Heṭṭhimakāyassa ca anujukaṃ ṭhapanaṃ nisajjāvacaneneva bodhitanti ‘‘ujuṃ kāya’’nti ettha kāya-saddo uparimakāyavisayoti āha ^b^‘‘uparimaṃ sarīraṃ ujuṃ ṭhapetvā’’^eb^ti. Taṃ pana ujukaṭhapanaṃ sarūpato, payojanato ca dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘aṭṭhārasā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Na paṇamantī^eb^ti na onamanti. ^b^Na paripatatī^eb^ti na vigacchati vīthiṃ na laṅgheti. Tato eva pubbenāparaṃ visesappattiyā kammaṭṭhānaṃ ^b^vuḍḍhiṃ phātiṃ vepullaṃ upagacchati^eb^. ^b^Parimukha^eb^nti ettha ^b^pari^eb^saddo abhi-saddena samānatthoti ^a^P1.0335^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘kammaṭṭhānābhimukha’’^eb^nti, bahiddhā puthuttārammaṇato nivāretvā kammaṭṭhānaṃyeva purakkhatvāti attho. Samīpattho vā ^b^pari^eb^saddoti dassento ^b^‘‘mukhasamīpe vā katvā’’^eb^ti āha. Ettha ca yathā ‘‘vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajatī’’tiādinā ^a^M1.0258^ea^ bhāvanānurūpaṃ senāsanaṃ dassitaṃ, evaṃ ‘‘nisīdatī’’ti iminā alīnānuddhaccapakkhiyo santo iriyāpatho dassito. ‘‘Pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā’’ti iminā nisajjāya daḷhabhāvo, ‘‘parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā’’ti iminā ārammaṇapariggahūpāyo. ^b^Parīti pariggahaṭṭho^eb^ ‘‘pariṇāyikā’’tiādīsu viya. ^b^Mukhanti niyyānaṭṭho^eb^ ‘‘suññatavimokkhamukha’’ntiādīsu viya. Paṭipakkhato niggamanaṭṭho hi niyyānaṭṭho, tasmā pariggahitaniyyānanti sabbathā gahitāsammosaṃ paricattasammosaṃ ^b^satiṃ katvā,^eb^ paramaṃ satinepakkaṃ upaṭṭhapetvāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^217^eb^^b^.^eb^ Abhijjhāyati gijjhati abhikaṅkhati etāyāti ^b^abhijjhā,^eb^ lobho. ^b^Lujjanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti bhijjanaṭṭhena, khaṇe khaṇe bhijjanaṭṭhenāti attho. ^b^Vikkhambhanavasenā^eb^ti ettha ^b^vikkhambhanaṃ^eb^ anuppādanaṃ appavattanaṃ, na paṭipakkhānaṃ suppahīnatā. ^b^‘‘Pahīnattā’’^eb^ti ca pahīnasadisataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ jhānassa anadhigatattā. Tathāpi nayidaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ viya sabhāvato vigatābhijjhaṃ, atha kho bhāvanāvasena, tenāha ^b^‘‘na cakkhuviññāṇasadisenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Eseva nayo^eb^ti yathā imassa cittassa bhāvanāya paribhāvitattā vigatābhijjhatā, evaṃ abyāpannaṃ vigatathinamiddhaṃ anuddhataṃ nibbicikicchañcāti attho. ^b^Purimapakati^eb^nti parisuddhapaṇḍarasabhāvaṃ. ‘‘Yā ^a^P1.0336^ea^ cittassa akalyatāti’’ādinā (dha. sa. 1162; vibha. 546) thinassa, ‘‘yā kāyassa akalyatā’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 1163; vibha. 546) ca middhassa abhidhamme niddiṭṭhattā ^a^V1.0229^ea^ vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘thinaṃ cittagelaññaṃ, middhaṃ cetasikagelañña’’^eb^nti. Satipi aññamaññaṃ avippayoge cittakāyalahutādīnaṃ viya cittacetasikānaṃ yathākammaṃ taṃ taṃ visesassa yā tesaṃ akalyatādīnaṃ visesappaccayatā, ayametesaṃ sabhāvoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Ālokasaññī^eb^ti ettha atisayatthavisiṭṭhātthi atthāvabodhako ayamīkāroti dassento āha ^b^‘‘rattimpi…pe… samannāgato’’^eb^ti. ^b^Idaṃ ubhaya^eb^nti satisampajaññamāha. ^b^Atikkamitvā^eb^ vikkhambhanavasena pajahitvā. ‘‘Kathamida’’nti pavattiyā kathaṅkathā, vicikicchā. Sā etassa atthīti kathaṅkathī, na kathaṅkathīti ^b^akathaṃkathī,^eb^ nibbicikiccho. ^b^Lakkhaṇādibhedato^eb^ti ettha ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena paccayapahānapahāyakādīnampi saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Tepi hi bhedato vattabbāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^218^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tesa^eb^nti ^a^M1.0259^ea^ iṇavasena gahitadhanānaṃ. ^b^Pariyanto^eb^ti dātabbaseso. ^b^So balavapāmojjaṃ labhati^eb^ ‘‘iṇapalibodhato muttomhī’’ti. ^b^Somanassaṃ adhigacchati^eb^ ‘‘jīvikānimittaṃ atthī’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^219^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Visabhāgavedanuppattiyā^eb^ti dukkhavedanuppattiyā. Dukkhavedanā hi sukhavedanāya kusalavipākasantānassa virodhitāya visabhāgā. ^b^Catuiriyāpathaṃ chindanto^eb^ti ^a^P1.0337^ea^ catubbidhampi iriyāpathappavattiṃ pacchindanto. Byādhiko hi yathā ṭhānagamanesu asamattho, evaṃ nisajjādīsupi asamattho hoti. ^b^Ābādhetī^eb^ti pīḷeti. Vātādīnaṃ vikāro visamāvatthā byādhīti āha ^b^‘‘taṃsamuṭṭhānena dukkhena dukkhito’’^eb^ti. Dukkhavedanāya pana byādhibhāve mūlabyādhinā ^b^ābādhiko^eb^ ādito bādhatīti katvā. Anubandhabyādhinā ^b^dukkhito^eb^ aparāparaṃ sañjātadukkhoti katvā. ^b^Gilāno^eb^ti dhātusaṅkhayena parikkhīṇasarīro. Appamattakaṃ vā balaṃ ^b^balamattā. Tadubhaya^eb^nti pāmojjaṃ, somanassañca. Tattha ^b^labhetha pāmojjaṃ^eb^ ‘‘rogato muttomhī’’ti. ^b^Adhigaccheyya somanassaṃ^eb^ ‘‘atthi me kāye bala’’nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^220^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sesa^eb^nti ‘‘tassa hi ‘bandhanā muttomhī’ti āvajjayato tadubhayaṃ hoti. Tena vutta’’nti evamādi. ^b^Vuttanayenevā^eb^ti paṭhamadutiyapadesu vuttanayeneva. ^b^Sabbapadesū^eb^ti avasiṭṭhapadesu tatiyādīsu koṭṭhāsesu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^221-222^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Na attani adhīno^eb^ti na attāyatto. ^b^Parādhīno^eb^ti parāyatto. Aparādhīnatāya bhujo viya attano kicce esitabboti ^b^bhujisso.^eb^ Savasoti āha ^b^‘‘attano santako’’^eb^ti. Anudakatāya kaṃ pānīyaṃ tārenti etthāti ^b^kantāro^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘nirudakaṃ dīghamagga’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^223^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tatrā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0230^ea^ tasmiṃ dassane. ^b^Aya^eb^nti idāni vuccamānā ^b^sadisatā.^eb^ Yena iṇādīnaṃ upamābhāvo, kāmacchandādīnañca upameyyabhāvo hoti, so nesaṃ upamopameyyasambandho ^a^P1.0338^ea^ sadisatāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Yo yamhi kāmacchandena rajjatī^eb^ti yo puggalo yamhi kāmarāgassa vatthubhūte puggale kāmacchandavasena ratto hoti. ^b^Taṃ vatthuṃ gaṇhātī^eb^ti taṃ taṇhāvatthuṃ ‘‘mameta’’nti gaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upaddavethā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0260^ea^ upaddavaṃ karotha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nakkhattassā^eb^ti mahassa. ^b^Mutto^eb^ti bandhanato mutto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vinaye apakataññunā^eb^ti vinayakkame akusalena. So hi kappiyākappiyaṃ yāthāvato na jānāti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kismiñcidevā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gacchatipī^eb^ti thokaṃ thokaṃ gacchatipi. Gacchanto pana tāya eva ussaṅkitaparisaṅkitatāya tattha tattha ^b^tiṭṭhatipi.^eb^ Īdise kantāre gato ‘‘ko jānāti kiṃ bhavissatī’’ti ^b^nivattatipi,^eb^ tasmā ^b^gataṭṭhānato agataṭṭhānameva bahutaraṃ hoti. Saddhāya gaṇhituṃ^eb^ saddheyyaṃ vatthuṃ ‘‘idameva’’nti saddahituṃ ^b^na sakkoti. Atthi natthī^eb^ti ‘‘atthi nu kho, natthi nu kho’’ti. Araññaṃ paviṭṭhassa ādimhi eva sappanaṃ ^b^āsappanaṃ.^eb^ Pari parito, uparūpari vā sappanaṃ ^b^parisappanaṃ.^eb^ Ubhayenapi tattheva paribbhamanaṃ vadati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘apariyogāhana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Chambhitatta^eb^nti araññasaññāya uppannaṃ chambhitabhāvaṃ, utrāsanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^224^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tatrāyaṃ sadisatā^eb^ti etthāpi vuttanayānusārena sadisatā veditabbā. Yadaggena hi kāmacchandādayo iṇādisadisā, tadaggena tesaṃ pahānaṃ āṇaṇyādisadisaṃ abhāvoti katvā. ^b^Cha dhamme^eb^ti asubhanimittassa uggaho, asubhabhāvanānuyogo, indriyesu guttadvāratā, bhojane mattaññutā, kalyāṇamittatā, sappāyakathāti ime cha dhamme. ^b^Bhāvetvā^eb^ti brūhetvā. ^b^Mahāsatipaṭṭhāne^eb^ (dī. ni. 2.372-374) ^b^vaṇṇayissāma^eb^ tatthassa anuppannānuppādanauppannapahānādivibhāvanavasena savisesaṃ pāḷiyā āgatattā. Esa nayo ^a^P1.0339^ea^ byāpādādippahānakabhāvepi. ^b^Paravatthumhī^eb^ti ārammaṇabhūte parasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anatthakaro^eb^ti attano parassa ca anatthāvaho. ^b^Cha dhamme^eb^ti mettānimittassa uggaho, mettābhāvanānuyogo ^a^V1.0231^ea^, kammassakatā, paṭisaṅkhānabahulatā, kalyāṇamittatā, sappāyakathāti ime cha dhamme. ^b^Tatthevā^eb^ti mahāsatipaṭṭhāneyeva (dī. ni. 2.372-374). Cārittasīlaṃ uddissa paññattasikkhāpadaṃ ^b^ācārapaṇṇatti.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]Bandhanāgāraṃ ^a^M1.0261^ea^ pavesitattā aladdhanakkhattānubhavo puriso ^b^‘‘nakkhattadivase bandhanāgāraṃ pavesito puriso’’^eb^ti vutto, nakkhattadivase eva vā tadananubhavanatthaṃ tathā kato. ^b^Mahāanatthakara^eb^nti diṭṭhadhammikādiatthahāpanamukhena mahato anatthassa kārakaṃ. ^b^Cha dhamme^eb^ti atibhojane nanimittaggāho, iriyāpathasamparivattanatā, ālokasaññāmanasikāro, abbhokāsavāso, kalyāṇamittatā, sappāyakathāti ime cha dhamme.<br/><br/>[03]Uddhaccakukkucce ^b^mahāanatthakara^eb^nti parāyattatāpādanato vuttanayena mahato anatthassa kārakanti. Attho ^b^cha dhamme^eb^ti bahussutatā, paripucchakatā, vinaye pakataññutā, vuḍḍhasevitā, kalyāṇamittatā, sappāyakathāti ime cha dhamme.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Balavā^eb^ti paccatthikavidhamanasamatthena balena balavā. ^b^Sajjāvudho^eb^ti sannaddhadhanuādiāvudho. Sūravīrasevakajanavasena ^b^saparivāro. Ta^eb^nti yathāvuttaṃ purisaṃ. Balavantatāya, sajjāvudhatāya, saparivāratāya ca ^b^corā dūratova disvā palāyeyyuṃ. Anatthakārikā^eb^ti sammāpaṭipattiyā vibandhakaraṇato vuttanayena anatthakārikā. ^b^Cha dhamme^eb^ti bahussutatā, paripucchakatā, vinaye pakataññutā, adhimokkhabahulatā, kalyāṇamittatā, sappāyakathāti ^a^P1.0340^ea^ ime cha dhamme. Yathā bāhusaccādīni uddhaccakukkuccassa pahānāya saṃvattanti, evaṃ vicikicchāya pīti idhāpi bahussutatādayo gahitā. Kalyāṇamittatā sappāyakathā viya pañcannaṃ, tasmā tassa tassa anucchavikasevanatā veditabbā. Sammāpaṭipattiyā appaṭipattinimittatāmukhena vicikicchā micchāpaṭipattimeva paribrūhetīti tassā pahānaṃ duccaritavidhūnanūpāyoti āha ^b^‘‘duccaritakantāraṃ nittharitvā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^225^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pāmojjaṃ^eb^ nāma taruṇapīti, sā kathañcipi tuṭṭhāvatthāti āha ^b^‘‘pāmojjaṃ jāyatīti tuṭṭhākāro jāyatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tuṭṭhassā^eb^ti okkantikabhāvappattāya pītiyā vasena tuṭṭhassa. Attano savipphārikatāya, attasamuṭṭhānapaṇītarūpuppattiyā ca ^b^sakalasarīraṃ khobhayamānā^eb^ pharaṇalakkhaṇā ^b^pīti jāyati.^eb^ Pītisahitaṃ pīti uttarapadalopena, kiṃ pana taṃ ^a^M1.0262^ea^? Mano. Pīti mano etassāti pītimano, tassa ^b^pītimanassa.^eb^ Tayidaṃ atthamattameva dassento ^b^‘‘pītisampayuttacittassā’’^eb^ti ^a^V1.0232^ea^ āha. ^b^Kāyo^eb^ti idha arūpakalāpo adhippeto, na vedanādikkhandhattayamevāti āha ^b^‘‘nāmakāyo passambhatī’’^eb^ti, passaddhidvayassa pītivasenettha passambhanaṃ adhippetaṃ. ^b^Vigatadaratho^eb^ti pahīnauddhaccādikilesadaratho. Vuttappakārāya pubbabhāgabhāvanāya vasena cetasikasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedentoyeva taṃsamuṭṭhānapaṇītarūpaphuṭṭhasarīratāya kāyikampi sukhaṃ vedetīti āha ^b^‘‘kāyikampi cetasikampi sukhaṃ vedayatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Iminā^eb^ti ‘‘sukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedetī’’ti evaṃ vuttena. Saṃkilesapakkhato nikkhantattā, paṭhamajjhānapakkhikattā ca ^b^nekkhammasukhena. Sukhitassā^eb^ti sukhino.


volume: 21
item: 61
title: santosakathāvaṇṇanā^nīvaraṇappahānakathāvaṇṇanā^paṭhamajjhānakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^226^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Cittaṃ ^a^P1.0341^ea^ samādhiyatī’’ti etena upacāravasenapi appanāvasenapi cittassa samādhānaṃ kathitaṃ. Evaṃ sante ‘‘so vivicceva kāmehī’’tiādikā desanā kimatthiyāti āha ^b^‘‘so vivicceva kāmehi…pe… vutta’’^eb^nti. Tattha ^b^uparivisesadassanattha^eb^nti paṭhamajjhānādiuparivattabbavisesadassanatthaṃ. Na hi upacārasamādhisamadhigamena vinā paṭhamajjhānādiviseso samadhigantuṃ sakkā. Pāmojjuppādādīhi kāraṇaparamparā dutiyajjhānādisamadhigamepi icchitabbāva paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhi viya dutiyamaggādisamadhigameti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Tassa samādhino^eb^ti ‘‘sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyatī’’ti evaṃ sādhāraṇavasena vutto yo appanālakkhaṇo, tassa samādhino. ^b^Pabhedadassanattha^eb^nti dutiyajjhānādivibhāgassa ceva abhiññādivibhāgassa ca pabhedadassanatthaṃ. Karo vuccati pupphasambhavaṃ gabbhāsaye karīyatīti katvā, karato jāto kāyo karajakāyo, tadupasanissayo catusantatirūpasamudāyo. Kāmaṃ nāmakāyopi vivekajena pītisukhena tathāladdhupakāro, ‘‘abhisandetī’’tiādivacanato pana rūpakāyo idhādhippetoti āha ^b^‘‘imaṃ karajakāya’’^eb^nti. ^b^Abhisandetī^eb^ti abhisandanaṃ karoti. Taṃ pana jhānamayena pītisukhena karajakāyassa tintabhāvāpādanaṃ, sabbatthakameva lūkhabhāvāpanayananti āha ^b^‘‘temetī’’^eb^tiādi, tayidaṃ abhisandanaṃ atthato yathāvuttapītisukhasamuṭṭhānehi paṇītarūpehi kāyassa parippharaṇaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^‘‘Parisandetī’’^eb^tiādīsupi eseva nayo. Sabbaṃ etassa atthīti sabbavā, tassa ^b^sabbāvato.^eb^ Avayavāvayavisambandhe avayavini sāmivacananti ^a^M1.0263^ea^ avayavīvisayo ^b^sabba^eb^-saddo, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sabbakoṭṭhāsavato’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aphuṭaṃ^eb^^a^P1.0342^ea^^b^nāma na hoti^eb^ yattha yattha kammajarūpaṃ, tattha tattha cittajarūpassa abhibyāpanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘upādinnakasantatī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^227^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Cheko^eb^ti ^a^V1.0233^ea^ kusalo. Taṃ panassa kosallaṃ nhāniyacuṇṇānaṃ sannane piṇḍīkaraṇe ca samatthatāvasena veditabbanti āha ^b^‘‘paṭibalo’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Kaṃsa^eb^-saddo ‘‘mahatiyā kaṃsapātiyā’’tiādīsu suvaṇṇe āgato.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Kaṃso upahato yathā’’tiādīsu (dha. pa. 134) kittimalohe, katthaci paṇṇattimatte ‘‘upakaṃso nāma rājāpi mahākaṃsassa atrajo’’tiādi, [jā. aṭṭha. 4.10 ghaṭapaṇḍitajātakavaṇṇanāyaṃ (atthato samānaṃ)] idha pana yattha katthaci loheti āha ^b^‘‘yena kenaci lohena katabhājane’’^eb^ti. ^b^Snehānugatā^eb^ti ^b^udakasinehena^eb^ anupavisanavasena gatā upagatā. ^b^Snehaparetā^eb^ti udakasinehena parito gatā samantato phuṭṭhā, tato eva ^b^santarabāhirā^eb^ phuṭṭhā sinehena, etena sabbaso udakena temitabhāvamāha. ^b^‘‘Na ca paggharaṇī’’^eb^ti etena tintassapi tassa ghanathaddhabhāvaṃ vadati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na ca binduṃ bindu’’^eb^ntiādi.


volume: 21
item: 62
title: nīvaraṇappahānakathāvaṇṇanā^paṭhamajjhānakathāvaṇṇanā^dutiyajjhānakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^229^eb^^b^.^eb^ Tāhi tāhi udakasirāhi ubbhijjatīti ubbhidaṃ, ubbhidaṃ udakaṃ etassāti ^b^ubbhidodako. Ubbhinnaudako^eb^ti nadītīre khatakūpako viya ubbhijjanakaudako. ^b^Uggacchanakaudako^eb^ti dhārāvasena uṭṭhahanaudako. Kasmā panettha ubbhidodakova rahado gahito, na itaroti āha ^b^‘‘heṭṭhā uggacchanaudakañhī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Dhārānipātapubbuḷakehī^eb^ti ^a^P1.0343^ea^ dhārānipātehi udakapubbuḷakehi ca, ‘‘pheṇapaṭalehi cā’’ti vattabbaṃ. ^b^Sannisinnamevā^eb^ti aparikkhobhatāya niccalameva, suppasannamevāti adhippāyo. ^b^Sesa^eb^nti ‘‘abhisandetī’’tiādikaṃ.


volume: 21
item: 63
title: paṭhamajjhānakathāvaṇṇanā^dutiyajjhānakathāvaṇṇanā^tatiyajjhānakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^231^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Uppalānī^eb^ti uppalagacchāni. ^b^Setarattanīlesū^eb^ti uppalesu, setuppalarattuppalanīluppalesūti attho. ^b^Yaṃ kiñci uppalaṃ uppalameva^eb^ sāmaññagahaṇato ^a^M1.0264^ea^. ^b^Satapatta^eb^nti ettha ^b^sata^eb^-saddo bahupariyāyo ‘‘satagghī’’tiādīsu viya, tena anekasatapattassapi saṅgaho siddho hoti. Loke pana ‘‘rattaṃ padumaṃ, setaṃ puṇḍarīka’’ntipi vuccati. Yāva aggā, yāva ca mūlā udakena abhisandanādisambhavadassanatthaṃ ^b^udakānuggataggahaṇaṃ.^eb^ Idha uppalādīni viya karajakāyo, udakaṃ viya tatiyajjhānasukhaṃ.


volume: 21
item: 64
title: dutiyajjhānakathāvaṇṇanā^tatiyajjhānakathāvaṇṇanā^catutthajjhānakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^233^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yasmā ^a^V1.0234^ea^ ‘‘parisuddhena cetasā’’ti catutthajjhānacittamāha, tañca rāgādiupakkilesāpagamanato nirupakkilesaṃ nimmalaṃ, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘nirupakkilesaṭṭhena parisuddha’’^eb^nti. Yasmā pana pārisuddhiyā eva paccayavisesena pavattiviseso pariyodātatā suvaṇṇassa nighaṃsanena pabhassaratā viya, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘pabhassaraṭṭhena pariyodātanti veditabba’’^eb^nti. ^b^Ida^eb^nti odātavacanaṃ. ^b^Utupharaṇattha^eb^nti uṇhautuno pharaṇadassanatthaṃ. ^b^Utupharaṇaṃ na hoti^eb^ savisesanti adhippāyo, tenāha ^b^‘‘taṅkhaṇa…pe… balavaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vatthaṃ viya karajakāyo^eb^ti yogino karajakāyo vatthaṃ viya daṭṭhabbo utupharaṇasadisena catutthajjhānasukhena pharitabbattā. Purisassa sarīraṃ viya catutthajjhānaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ utupharaṇaṭṭhāniyassa sukhassa nissayabhāvato, tenāha ^b^‘‘tasmā’’^eb^tiādi. Ettha ca ‘‘parisuddhena cetasā’’ti ceto gahaṇena jhānasukhaṃ vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ, tenāha ^b^‘‘utupharaṇaṃ viya catutthajjhānasukha’’^eb^nti. Nanu ca catutthajjhāne sukhameva natthīti? Saccaṃ natthi sātalakkhaṇasantasabhāvattā panettha ^a^P1.0344^ea^ upekkhā ‘‘sukha’’nti adhippetā. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^sammohavinodaniyaṃ^eb^ ‘‘upekkhā pana santattā, sukhamicceva bhāsitā’’ti. (Vibha. aṭṭha. 232; visuddhi. 2.644; paṭi. ma. 105, mahāni. aṭṭha. 27)<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na arūpajjhānalābhīti na veditabbo^eb^ avinābhāvato, tenāha ^b^‘‘na hī’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^cuddasahākārehī^eb^ti kasiṇānulomato, kasiṇapaṭilomato, kasiṇānulomapaṭilomato, jhānānulomato, jhānapaṭilomato, jhānānulomapaṭilomato, jhānukkantikato, kasiṇukkantikato, jhānakasiṇukkantikato, aṅgasaṅkantito, ārammaṇasaṅkantito, aṅgārammaṇasaṅkantito, aṅgavavatthānato ^a^M1.0265^ea^, ārammaṇavavatthānatoti imehi cuddasahākārehi. Satipi jhānesu āvajjanādivasībhāve ayaṃ vasībhāvo abhiññānibbattane ekantena icchitabboti dassento āha ^b^‘‘na hi…pe… hotī’’^eb^ti. Svāyaṃ nayo arūpasamāpattīhi vinā na ijjhatīti tāyapettha avinābhāvo veditabbo. Yadi evaṃ kasmā pāḷiyaṃ na āruppajjhānāni āgatānīti? Visesato ca rūpāvacaracatutthajjhānapādakattā sabbābhiññānaṃ tadantogadhā katvā tāya desitā, na arūpāvacarajjhānānaṃ idha anupayogato, tenāha ^b^‘‘arūpajjhānāni āharitvā kathetabbānī’’^eb^ti.


volume: 21
item: 65
title: tatiyajjhānakathāvaṇṇanā^catutthajjhānakathāvaṇṇanā^vipassanāñāṇakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^234^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sesa^eb^nti ^a^V1.0235^ea^ ‘‘evaṃ samāhite citte’’tiādīsu vattabbaṃ. Ñeyyaṃ jānātīti ñāṇaṃ, taṃ pana ñeyyaṃ paccakkhaṃ katvā passatīti dassanaṃ, ñāṇameva dassananti ñāṇadassanaṃ. Tayidaṃ ñāṇadassanapadaṃ sāsane aññattha ñāṇavisese nirūḷhaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ atthuddhāravasena dassento ^b^‘‘ñāṇadassananti maggañāṇampi vuccatī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Yasmā vipassanāñāṇaṃ tebhūmakasaṅkhāre aniccādito jānāti, bhaṅgānupassanato paṭṭhāya paccakkhato ca te passati tasmā āha ^b^‘‘idha pana…pe… ñāṇadassananti vutta’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abhinīharatī^eb^ti ^a^P1.0345^ea^ vuttanayena aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgate tasmiṃ citte vipassanākkamena jāte vipassanābhimukhaṃ peseti, tenāha ^b^‘‘vipassanā…pe… karotī’’^eb^ti. Tadabhimukhabhāvo eva hissa tanninnatādikaratā. ^b^Vuttoyeva^eb^ brahmajāle. Odanakummāsehi upacīyatīti ^b^odanakummāsūpacayo. Aniccadhammo^eb^ti pabhaṅgutāya addhuvasabhāvo. ^b^Duggandhavighātatthāyā^eb^ti sarīre duggandhassa vigamāya. ^b^Ucchādanadhammo^eb^ti ucchādetabbatāsabhāvo. Ucchādanena hi sarīre sedagūthapittasemhādidhātukkhobhagarubhāvaduggandhānaṃ apagamo hoti. Mahāsambāhanaṃ mallādīnaṃ bāhuvaḍḍhanādiatthaṃ hotīti ^b^‘‘khuddakasambāhanenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Parimaddanadhammo^eb^ti parimadditabbatāsabhāvo. ^b^Bhijjati ceva vikirati cā^eb^ti aniccatāvasena bhijjati ca bhinnañca kiñci payojanaṃ asādhentaṃ vippakiṇṇañca hoti. ^b^Rūpī^eb^ti attano paccayabhūtena utuāhāralakkhaṇena rūpavāti ayamettha attho icchitoti āha ^b^‘‘chahi padehi samudayo kathito’’^eb^ti. Saṃsagge hi ayamīkāro. ^b^Saṇṭhānasampādanampi^eb^ tathārūparūpuppādaneneva hotīti ucchādanaparimaddanapadehipi ^a^M1.0266^ea^ samudayo kathitoti vuttaṃ. Evaṃ navahi yathārahaṃ kāye samudayavayadhammānupassitā dassitā. ^b^Nissitañca^eb^ chaṭṭhavatthunissitattā vipassanāñāṇassa. ^b^Paṭibaddhañca^eb^ tena vinā appavattanato, kāyasaññitānaṃ rūpadhammānaṃ ārammaṇakaraṇato ca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^235^eb^^b^.^eb^ Suṭṭhu bhāti obhāsatīti ^b^subho,^eb^ pabhāsampattiyāpi maṇino bhaddatāti āha ^b^‘‘subhoti sundaro’’^eb^ti. Kuruvindajāti ādijātivisesopi maṇino ākaraparisuddhimūlako evāti āha ^b^‘‘parisuddhākarasamuṭṭhito’’^eb^ti dosanīharaṇavasena parikammanipphattīti āha ^b^‘‘suṭṭhu kataparikammo apanītapāsāṇasakkharo’’^eb^ti. Chaviyā saṇhabhāvenassa acchatā, na saṅghātassāti āha ^b^‘‘acchoti tanucchavī’’^eb^ti, tenāha ^a^P1.0346^ea^^b^‘‘vippasanno’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dhovanavedhanādīhī^eb^ti catūsu pāsāṇesu dhovanena ceva kāḷakādiapaharaṇatthāya suttena āvunanatthāya ca vijjhanena. Tāpasaṇhakaraṇādīnaṃ ^a^V1.0236^ea^ saṅgaho ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena. ^b^Vaṇṇasampatti^eb^nti suttassa vaṇṇasampattiṃ. ^b^Maṇi viya karajakāyo^eb^ paccavekkhitabbato. ^b^Āvutasuttaṃ viya vipassanāñāṇaṃ^eb^ anupavisitvā ṭhitattā. ^b^Cakkhumā puriso viya vipassanālābhī bhikkhu^eb^ sammadeva dassanato. ^b^Tadārammaṇāna^eb^nti rūpadhammārammaṇānaṃ. Phassapañcamakacittacetasikaggahaṇena gahitadhammāpi vipassanācittuppādapariyāpannā evāti veditabbaṃ. Evañhi tesaṃ vipassanāñāṇagatikattā ‘‘āvutasuttaṃ viya vipassanāñāṇa’’nti vacanaṃ avirodhitaṃ hoti. Kiṃ panete ñāṇassa āvi bhavanti, udāhu puggalassāti? Ñāṇassa. Tassa pana āvibhāvattā puggalassa āvibhūtā nāma honti. ^b^Ñāṇassā^eb^ti ca paccavekkhaṇāñāṇassa.<br/><br/>[03]Maggañāṇassa anantaraṃ, tasmā lokiyābhiññānaṃ parato chaṭṭhābhiññāya purato vattabbaṃ vipassanāñāṇaṃ. ^b^Evaṃ santepī^eb^ti yadipāyaṃ ñāṇānupubbī, evaṃ santepi. ^b^Etassa antarāvāro natthī^eb^ti pañcasu lokiyābhiññāsu kathitāsu ākaṅkheyyasuttādīsu (ma. ni. 1.65) viya chaṭṭhābhiññā kathetabbāti etassa anabhiññālakkhaṇassa vipassanāñāṇassa tāsaṃ antarāvāro na hoti. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ tattha avasarābhāvato ^b^idheva^eb^ rūpāvacaracatutthajjhānānantarameva ^a^M1.0267^ea^^b^dassitaṃ^eb^ vipassanāñāṇaṃ. ^b^Yasmā cā^eb^ti ^b^ca^eb^-saddo samuccayattho, tena na kevalaṃ tadeva, atha kho idampi kāraṇaṃ vipassanāñāṇassa idheva dassaneti imamatthaṃ dīpeti. ^b^Dibbena cakkhunā bheravampi rūpaṃ passato^eb^ti ettha ‘‘iddhividhañāṇena bheravaṃ rūpaṃ nimminitvā cakkhunā passato’’tipi vattabbaṃ, evampi abhiññālābhino apariññātavatthukassa bhayaṃ santāso uppajjati. Uccāvālikavāsi mahānāgattherassa viya. ^b^Pāṭiyekkaṃ sandiṭṭhikaṃ sāmaññaphalaṃ.^eb^ Tenāha bhagavā –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Yato ^a^P1.0347^ea^ yato sammasati, khandhānaṃ udayabbayaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Labhatī pītipāmojjaṃ, amataṃ taṃ vijānata’’ntiādi. (dha. pa. 374);


volume: 21
item: 66
title: catutthajjhānakathāvaṇṇanā^vipassanāñāṇakathāvaṇṇanā^manomayiddhiñāṇakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^236-7^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Manena nibbattita^eb^nti abhiññāmanena nibbattitaṃ. Hatthapādādi ^b^aṅgehi ca^eb^ kapparajaṇṇuādi ^b^paccaṅgehi ca. Saṇṭhānavasenā^eb^ti kamaladalādisadisasaṇṭhānamattavasena, na rūpābhighātārahabhūtappasādīndriyavasena. ^b^Sabbākārehī^eb^ti vaṇṇasaṇṭhānāvayavavisesādisabbākārehi. ^b^Tena^eb^ iddhimatā. ^b^Sadisabhāvadassanatthamevā^eb^ti saṇṭhānatopi vaṇṇatopi avayavavisesatopi sadisabhāvadassanatthameva. ^b^Sajātiyaṃ ṭhito,^eb^ na nāgiddhiyā aññajātirūpo.


volume: 21
item: 67
title: vipassanāñāṇakathāvaṇṇanā^manomayiddhiñāṇakathāvaṇṇanā^iddhividhañāṇādikakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^239^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Suparikammakatamattikādayo^eb^^a^V1.0237^ea^^b^viya iddhividhañāṇaṃ^eb^ vikubbanakiriyāya nissayabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^241^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sukha^eb^nti akicchena, akasirenāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^243^eb^^b^.^eb^ Mando uttānaseyyakadārakopi ‘‘daharo’’ti vuccatīti tato visesanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘yuvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Yuvāpi koci anicchanako amaṇḍanajātiko hotīti tato visesanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘maṇḍanakajātiko’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ, tenāha ^b^‘‘yuvāpīti’’^eb^ādi. Kāḷatilappamāṇā bindavo ^b^kāḷatilakāni kāḷā^eb^ vā kammāsā, tilappamāṇā bindavo ^b^tilakāni. Vaṅgaṃ^eb^ nāma viyaṅgaṃ. Yobbanapīḷakādayo ^b^mukhadūsipīḷakā^eb^. Mukhagato ^a^M1.0268^ea^ doso ^b^mukhadoso,^eb^ lakkhaṇavacanañcetaṃ mukhe adosassāpi pākaṭabhāvassa adhippetattā. Yathā vā mukhe doso, evaṃ mukhe adosopi mukhadoso saralopena. Mukhadoso ca mukhadoso ca ^b^mukhadoso^eb^ti ekasesanayenapettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Evañhi ‘‘paresaṃ soḷasavidhaṃ cittaṃ pākaṭaṃ hotī’’ti vacanaṃ samatthitaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^245^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pubbenivāsañāṇūpamāya^eb^nti ^a^P1.0348^ea^ pubbenivāsañāṇassa dassitaupamāyaṃ. Taṃ divasaṃ katakiriyā nāma pākatikasattassapi yebhuyyena pākaṭā hotīti dassanatthaṃ ^b^taṃdivasa^eb^-ggahaṇaṃ kataṃ. ^b^Taṃdivasagatagāmattaya^eb^-ggahaṇeneva mahābhinīhārehi aññesampi pubbenivāsañāṇalābhīnaṃ tīsu bhavesu katakiriyā yebhuyyena pākaṭā hotīti dīpitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^247^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Aparāparaṃ sañcarante^eb^ti taṃtaṃkiccavasena ito cito ca sañcarante. Yathāvutta^b^pāsādoviya bhikkhuno karajakāyo daṭṭhabbo^eb^ tattha patiṭṭhitassa daṭṭhabbadassanasiddhito. Cakkhumato hi dibbacakkhusamadhigamo. Yathāha ‘‘maṃsacakkhussa uppādo, maggo dibbassa cakkhuno’’ti (itivu. 61). ^b^Cakkhumā puriso viya ayameva dibbacakkhuṃ patvā ṭhito bhikkhu^eb^ daṭṭhabbassa dassanato. ^b^Gehaṃ pavisantā viya^eb^ etaṃ attabhāvagehaṃ okkamantā, upapajjantāti attho. ^b^Gehā nikkhamantā viya^eb^ etasmā attabhāvagehato pakkantā, cavantāti attho. Evaṃ vā ettha attho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Aparāparaṃ sañcaraṇakasattā^eb^ti pana punappunaṃ saṃsāre paribbhamantā sattā. ^b^‘‘Tattha tattha nibbattasattā’’^eb^ti pana iminā tasmiṃ bhave jātasaṃvaddhe satte vadati. Nanu cāyaṃ dibbacakkhuñāṇakathā, ettha kasmā ‘‘tīsu bhavesū’’ti catuvokārabhavassāpi saṅgaho katoti āha ^a^V1.0238^ea^^b^‘‘idañcā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^ida^eb^nti ‘‘tīsu bhavesu nibbattasattāna’’nti idaṃ vacanaṃ. ^b^Desanāsukhatthamevā^eb^ti kevalaṃ desanāsukhatthaṃ, na catuvokārabhave nibbattasattānaṃ dibbacakkhuno āvibhāvasabbhāvato. Na hi ‘‘ṭhapetvā arūpabhava’’nti vā ‘‘dvīsu ^a^P1.0349^ea^ bhavesū’’ti vā vuccamāne desanā sukhāvabodhā ca hotīti.


volume: 21
item: 68
title: manomayiddhiñāṇakathāvaṇṇanā^iddhividhañāṇādikakathāvaṇṇanā^āsavakkhayañāṇakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^248^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vipassanāpādaka^eb^nti ^a^M1.0269^ea^ vipassanāya padaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ. Vipassanā ca tividhā vipassakapuggalabhedena. Mahābodhisattānañhi paccekabodhisattānañca vipassanā cintāmayañāṇasaṃvaddhitā sayambhuñāṇabhūtā, itaresaṃ sutamayañāṇasaṃvaddhitā paropadesasambhūtā nāma. Sā ‘‘ṭhapetvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ avasesarūpārūpajjhānānaṃ aññatarato vuṭṭhāyā’’tiādinā anekadhā, arūpamukhavasena catudhātuvavatthāne vuttānaṃ tesaṃ tesaṃ dhātupariggahamukhānañca aññataramukhavasena anekadhā ca visuddhimagge nānānayato vibhāvitā. Mahābodhisattānaṃ pana catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassamukhena pabhedagamanato nānānayaṃ sabbaññutañāṇasannissayassa ariyamaggañāṇassa adhiṭṭhānabhūtaṃ pubbabhāgañāṇagabbhaṃ gaṇhāpentaṃ pariṇataṃ gacchantaṃ paramagambhīraṃ saṇhasukhumataraṃ anaññasādhāraṇaṃ vipassanāñāṇaṃ hoti, yaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu ‘‘mahāvajirañāṇa’’nti vuccati. Yassa ca pavattivibhāgena catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassappabhedassa pādakabhāvena samāpajjiyamānā catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassasaṅkhyā devasikaṃ satthu vaḷañjanakasamāpattiyo vuccanti, svāyaṃ buddhānaṃ vipassanācāro ^b^paramatthamañjusāyaṃ^eb^ visuddhimaggasaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ (visuddhi. ṭī. 1.216) uddesato dassito. Atthikehi tato gahetabbo, idha pana sāvakānaṃ vipassanā adhippetā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāyā^eb^ti āsavānaṃ khepanato samucchindanato āsavakkhayo, ariyamaggo, tattha ñāṇaṃ āsavānaṃ khayañāṇaṃ, tadatthaṃ tenāha ^b^‘‘āsavānaṃ khayañāṇanibbattanatthāyā’’^eb^ti. Āsavā ettha khīyantīti ^b^āsavānaṃ khayo^eb^ nibbānaṃ. Khepeti pāpadhammeti ^b^khayo,^eb^ maggo. So pana pāpakkhayo āsavakkhayena vinā natthīti ‘‘khaye ñāṇa’’nti ettha khayaggahaṇena ^a^P1.0350^ea^ āsavakkhayo vuttoti āha ^b^‘‘khaye ñāṇa’’^eb^ntiādi. Samitapāpo samaṇoti katvā āsavānaṃ khīṇattā samaṇo nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘āsavānaṃ khayā samaṇo hotīti ettha phala’’^eb^nti. Āsavavaḍḍhiyā saṅkhāre vaḍḍhento visaṅkhārato suvidūravidūroti ‘‘ārā so āsavakkhayā’’ti ettha āsavakkhayapadaṃ visaṅkhārādhivacananti āha ^a^V1.0239^ea^^b^‘‘āsavakkhayāti ettha nibbānaṃ vutta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Bhaṅgo^eb^ti ^a^M1.0270^ea^ āsavānaṃ khaṇanirodho ‘‘āsavānaṃ khayo’’ti vuttoti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Idaṃ dukkha’’^eb^nti dukkhassa ariyasaccassa tadā bhikkhuno paccakkhato gahitabhāvadassanaṃ. ^b^‘‘Ettakaṃ dukkha’’^eb^nti tassa paricchijjaggahitabhāvadassanaṃ. ^b^‘‘Na ito bhiyyo’’^eb^ti tassa anavasesetvā gahitabhāvadassanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sabbampi dukkhasacca’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Sarasalakkhaṇapaṭivedhenā^eb^ti sabhāvasaṅkhātassa lakkhaṇassa asammohato paṭivijjhanena, asammohapaṭivedhoti ca. Yathā tasmiṃ ñāṇe pavatte pacchā dukkhasaccassa sarūpādiparicchede sammoho na hoti, tathā pavatti, tenāha ^b^‘‘yathābhūtaṃ pajānātī’’^eb^ti. Dukkhaṃ samudeti etasmāti dukkhasamudayo, taṇhāti āha ^b^‘‘tassa cā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Yaṃ ṭhānaṃ patvā^eb^ti yaṃ nibbānaṃ maggassa ārammaṇapaccayaṭṭhena kāraṇabhūtaṃ āgamma, ‘‘patvā’’ti ca tadubhayavato puggalassa patti tadubhayassa patti viyāti katvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Patvā^eb^ti vā pāpuṇanahetu. ^b^Appavattī^eb^ti appavattinimittaṃ, te vā nappavattanti etthāti ^b^appavatti,^eb^ nibbānaṃ. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti dukkhanirodhassa. ^b^Sampāpaka^eb^nti sacchikaraṇavasena sammadeva pāpakaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kilesavasenā^eb^ti āsavasaṅkhātakilesavasena. Yasmā āsavānaṃ dukkhasaccapariyāyo tappariyāpannattā, sesasaccānañca taṃsamudayādipariyāyo atthi, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pariyāyato’’^eb^ti. Dassento saccānīti yojanā. Āsavānaṃyeva cettha gahaṇaṃ ‘‘āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāyā’’ti āraddhattā. Tathā hi ‘‘kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccatī’’tiādinā ^a^P1.0351^ea^ (dī. ni. 1.248; ma. ni. 1.433; ma. ni. 3.19) āsavavimuttisīseneva sabbakilesavimutti vuttā. ‘‘Idaṃ dukkhanti yathābhūtaṃ pajanātī’’tiādinā missakamaggo idha kathitoti ^b^‘‘saha vipassanāya koṭippattaṃ maggaṃ kathesī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Jānato passato’’^eb^ti iminā pariññāsacchikiriyābhāvanābhisamayā vuttā. ‘‘Vimuccatī’’ti iminā pahānābhisamayo vuttoti āha ^b^‘‘iminā maggakkhaṇaṃ dassetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^‘‘Jānato passato’’^eb^ti vā hetuniddesoyaṃ. Jānanahetu dassanahetu kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccatīti yojanā. Dhammānañhi samānakālikānampi paccayappaccayuppannatā sahajātakoṭiyā labbhatīti. Bhavāsavaggahaṇena cettha bhavarāgassa viya bhavadiṭṭhiyāpi samavarodhoti diṭṭhāsavassāpi ^a^M1.0271^ea^ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Khīṇā jātītiādīhi^eb^ padehi. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti paccavekkhaṇāñāṇassa. ^b^Bhūmi^eb^nti pavattiṭṭhānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Yenādhippāyena ‘‘katamā panassā’’tiādinā codanā katā, taṃ vivaranto ^b^‘‘na tāvassā’’^eb^tiādimāha ^a^V1.0240^ea^. Tattha ^b^na tāvassa atītā jāti khīṇā^eb^ maggabhāvanāyāti adhippāyo. Tattha kāraṇamāha ^b^‘‘pubbeva khīṇattā’’^eb^ti. Na anāgatā assa jāti khīṇāti yojanā. ^b^Na anāgatā^eb^ti ca anāgatabhāvasāmaññaṃ gahetvā lesena codeti, tenāha ^b^‘‘anāgate vāyāmābhāvato’’^eb^ti. Anāgataviseso panettha adhippeto, tassa ca khepane vāyāmopi labbhateva, tenāha ^b^‘‘yā pana maggassā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ekacatupañcavokārabhavesū^eb^ti bhavattayaggahaṇaṃ vuttanayena anavasesato jātiyā khīṇabhāvadassanatthaṃ. ^b^Ta^eb^nti yathāvuttaṃ jātiṃ. ^b^So^eb^ti khīṇāsavo bhikkhu.<br/><br/>[03]Brahmacariyavāso nāma ukkaṭṭhaniddesena maggabrahmacariyassa nibbattanaṃ evāti āha ^b^‘‘parivuttha’’^eb^nti. Sammādiṭṭhiyā catūsu saccesu pariññādikiccasādhanavasena pavattamānāya sammāsaṅkappādīnampi dukkhasacce pariññābhisamayānuguṇā pavatti, itarasaccesu ca ^a^P1.0352^ea^ nesaṃ pahānābhisamayādipavatti pākaṭā eva, tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘catūsu saccesu catūhi maggehi pariññāpahānasacchikiriyābhāvanāvasenā’’^eb^ti. Dukkhanirodhamaggesu pariññāsacchikiriyābhāvanā yāvadeva samudayappahānatthāyāti āha ^b^‘‘tena tena maggena pahātabbakilesā pahīnā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Itthattāyā^eb^ti ime pakārā itthaṃ, tabbhāvo itthattaṃ, tadatthanti vuttaṃ hoti. Te pana pakārā ariyamaggabyāpārabhūtā pariññādayo idhādhippetāti āha ^b^‘‘evaṃ soḷasakiccabhāvāyā’’^eb^ti. Te hi maggaṃ paccavekkhato maggānubhāvena pākaṭā hutvā upaṭṭhahanti, pariññādīsu ca pahānameva padhānaṃ tadatthattā itaresanti āha ^b^‘‘kilesakkhayabhāvāya vā’’^eb^ti. Pahīnakilesapaccavekkhaṇavasena vā evaṃ vuttaṃ. Dutiyavikappe ^b^itthattāyā^eb^ti nissakke sampadānavacananti āha ^b^‘‘itthabhāvato’’^eb^ti. ^b^Apara^eb^nti anāgataṃ. ^b^Ime pana^eb^ carimakattabhāvasaṅkhātā ^b^pañcakkhandhā pariññātā tiṭṭhanti,^eb^ etena tesaṃ appatiṭṭhataṃ dasseti. Apariññāmūlikā hi patiṭṭhā. Yathāha ‘‘kabaḷīkāre ce bhikkhave āhāre atthi rāgo atthi nandī atthi ^a^M1.0272^ea^ taṇhā, patiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ virūḷha’’ntiādi. (Saṃ. ni. 2.64; kathā. 296; mahāni. 7) tenevāha ^b^‘‘chinnamūlakā rukkhā viyā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^249^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pabbatamatthake^eb^ti pabbatasikhare. Tañhi yebhuyyena saṅkhittaṃ saṅkucitaṃ hotīti pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘pabbatasaṅkhepe’’ti vuttaṃ. Pabbatapariyāpanno vā padeso ^b^pabbatasaṅkhepo^eb^^a^P1.0353^ea^. ^b^Anāvilo^eb^ti akālusiyo, sā cassa anāvilatā kaddamābhāvena hotīti āha ^b^‘‘nikkaddamo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sippiyo^eb^ti suttiyo. ^b^Sambukā^eb^ti saṅkhalikā. ^b^Ṭhitāsupi nisinnāsupi^eb^ gāvīsu. ^b^Vijjamānāsū^eb^ti labbhamānāsu, itarā ṭhitāpi nisinnāpi ‘‘carantī’’ti vuccanti sahacaraṇanayena. ^b^Tiṭṭhantameva,^eb^ na pana kadācipi carantaṃ. ^b^Dvaya^eb^nti sippisambukaṃ, macchagumbanti idaṃ ubhayaṃ. ^b^Tiṭṭhantanti vuttaṃ^eb^ carantaṃ ^a^V1.0241^ea^ pīti adhippāyo. ^b^‘‘Itarañca dvaya’’^eb^nti ca yathāvuttameva sippisambukādidvayaṃ vadati. Tañhi caratīti. Kiṃ vā imāya sahacariyāya, yathālābhaggahaṇaṃ panettha daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sakkharakathalassa hi vasena tiṭṭhantanti. Sippisambukassa macchagumbassa ca vasena tiṭṭhantampi carantaṃ pīti yojanā kātabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tesaṃ^eb^ dasannaṃ ñāṇānaṃ. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti tasmiṃ ārammaṇavibhāge, tesu vā ñāṇesu. Bhūmibhedato, kālabhedato, santānabhedato cāti ^b^sattavidhārammaṇaṃ vipassanāñāṇaṃ. ‘‘Rūpāyatanamattamevā’’^eb^ti idaṃ tassa ñāṇassa abhinimmiyamāne manomaye kāye rūpāyatanamevārabbha pavattanato vuttaṃ, na tattha gandhāyataṃ ādīnaṃ abhāvato. Na hi rūpakalāpo gandhāyataṃ ādirahito atthi. Parinipphannameva nimmitarūpaṃ, tenāha ^b^‘‘parittapaccuppannabahiddhārammaṇa’’^eb^nti. Āsavakkhayañāṇaṃ nibbānārammaṇameva samānaṃ parittattikavasena appamāṇārammaṇaṃ, ajjhattattikavasena bahiddhārammaṇaṃ, atītattikavasena navattabbārammaṇañca hotīti āha ^b^‘‘appamāṇabahiddhānavattabbārammaṇa’’^eb^nti. Kūṭo ^a^P1.0354^ea^ viya kūṭāgārassa bhagavato desanāya arahattaṃ uttamaṅgabhūtanti āha ^b^‘‘arahattanikūṭenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesī^eb^ti titthakaramataharavibhāviniṃ nānāvidhakuhanalapanādimicchājīvaviddhaṃsiniṃ tividhasīlālaṅkataṃ paramasallekhapaṭipattidīpaniṃ jhānābhiññādiuttarimanussadhammavibhūsitaṃ cuddasavidhamahāsāmaññaphalapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ anaññasādhāraṇaṃ desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi.


volume: 21
item: 69
title:
  iddhividhañāṇādikakathāvaṇṇanā^āsavakkhayañāṇakathāvaṇṇanā^ajātasattūpāsakattapaṭivedanākathāvaṇṇanā^^

content:
  [03]^b^250^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ādimajjhapariyosāna^eb^nti ^a^M1.0273^ea^ ādiñca majjhañca pariyosānañca. ^b^Sakkaccaṃ^eb^ sagāravaṃ. ^b^Āraddhaṃ^eb^ dhammasaṅgāhakehi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abhikkantā^eb^ vigatāti atthoti āha ^b^‘‘khaye dissatī’’^eb^ti. Tathā hi ‘‘nikkhanto paṭhamo yāmo’’ti upari vuttaṃ. ^b^Abhikkantataro^eb^ti ativiya kantataro manoramo, tādiso ca sundaro bhaddako nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘sundare dissatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ko^eb^ti devanāgayakkhagandhabbādīsu ko katamo. ^b^Me^eb^ti mama. ^b^Pādānī^eb^ti pāde. ^b^Iddhiyā^eb^ti imāya evarūpāya deviddhiyā. ^b^Yasasā^eb^ti iminā edisena parivārena, parijanena ca. ^b^Jala^eb^nti vijjotamāno. ^b^Abhikkantenā^eb^ti ativiya kantena kamanīyena abhirūpena. ^b^Vaṇṇenā^eb^ti chavivaṇṇena sarīravaṇṇanibhāya ^a^V1.0242^ea^. ^b^Sabbā obhāsayaṃ disā^eb^ti dasapi disā pabhāsento cando viya, sūriyo viya ca ekobhāsaṃ ekālokaṃ karontoti gāthāya attho. ^b^Abhirūpe^eb^ti uḷārarūpe sampannarūpe.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Coro coro, sappo sappo’’tiādīsu ^b^bhaye āmeḍitaṃ,^eb^ ‘‘vijjha vijjha, pahara paharā’’tiādīsu ^b^kodhe,^eb^ ‘‘sādhu sādhūtiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.327; saṃ. ni. 2.127; 3.35; 5.1005) ^b^pasaṃsāyaṃ,^eb^ ‘‘gaccha gaccha, lunāhi lunāhī’’tiādīsu ^b^turite,^eb^ ‘‘āgaccha āgacchā’’tiādīsu ^b^kotūhale,^eb^ ‘‘buddho buddhoti cintento’’tiādīsu (bu. vaṃ. 44) ^b^acchare^eb^^a^P1.0355^ea^, ‘‘abhikkamathāyasmanto abhikkamathāyasmanto’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.20; a. ni. 9.11) ^b^hāse,^eb^ ‘‘kahaṃ ekaputtaka kahaṃ ekaputtakā’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 2.63) ^b^soke,^eb^ ‘‘aho sukhaṃ aho sukha’’ntiādīsu (udā. 20; dī. ni. 3.305; cūḷava. 332) ^b^pasāde. Ca^eb^-saddo avuttasamuccayattho, tena garahāasammānādīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Tattha ‘‘pāpo pāpo’’tiādīsu ^b^garahāyaṃ,^eb^ ‘‘abhirūpaka abhirūpakā’’tiādīsu ^b^asammāne^eb^ daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Nayidaṃ āmeḍitavasena dvikkhattuṃ vuttaṃ, atha kho atthadvayavasenāti dassento ^b^‘‘atha vā’’^eb^tiādimāha ‘‘abhikkanta’’nti vacanaṃ apekkhitvā napuṃsakaliṅgavasena vuttaṃ. Taṃ pana bhagavato vacanaṃ dhammassa desanāti katvā ^a^M1.0274^ea^ tathā vuttaṃ. Atthamattadassanaṃ vā etaṃ, tasmā atthavasenettha liṅgavibhattipariṇāmo veditabbo. Dutiyapadepi eseva nayo. ^b^Dosanāsanato^eb^ti rāgādikilesavidhamanato. ^b^Guṇādhigamanato^eb^ti sīlādiguṇānaṃ sampādanato. Ye guṇe desanā adhigameti, tesu padhānabhūtā dassetabbāti te padhānabhūte tāva dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘saddhājananato paññājananato’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Saddhāpamukhā hi lokiyā guṇā paññāpamukhā lokuttarā. Sīlādiatthasampattiyā ^b^sātthato.^eb^ Sabhāvaniruttisampattiyā ^b^sabyañjanato.^eb^ Suviññeyyasaddapayogatāya ^b^uttānapadato.^eb^ Saṇhasukhumabhāvena dubbiññeyyatthatāya ^b^gambhīratthato.^eb^ Siniddhamudumadhurasaddapayogatāya ^b^kaṇṇasukhato.^eb^ Vipulavisuddhapemanīyatthatāya ^b^hadayaṅgamato. ^eb^ Mānātimānavidhamanena ^b^anattukkaṃsanato.^eb^ Thambhasārambhanimmaddanena ^b^aparavambhanato.^eb^ Hitādhippāyappavattiyā, paresaṃ rāgapariḷāhādivūpagamanena ^a^P1.0356^ea^ ca ^b^karuṇāsītalato.^eb^ Kilesandhakāravidhamanena ^b^paññāvadātato.^eb^ Karavīkarutamañjutāya ^b^āpātharamaṇīyato.^eb^ Pubbāparāviruddhasuvisuddhatāya ^b^vimaddakkhamato.^eb^ Āpātharamaṇīyatāya eva ^b^suyyamānasukhato. ^eb^ Vimaddakkhamatāya, hitajjhāsayappavattitāya ca ^b^vīmaṃsiyamānahitato. Evamādīhī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena saṃsāracakkanivattanato saddhammacakkappavattanato, micchāvādaviddhaṃsanato sammāvādapatiṭṭhāpanato, akusalamūlasamuddharaṇato ^a^V1.0243^ea^ kusalamūlasaṃropanato, apāyadvārapidhānato saggamaggadvāravivaraṇato, pariyuṭṭhānavūpasamanato anusayasamugghāṭanatoti evamādīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Adhomukhaṭṭhapita^eb^nti kenaci adhomukhaṃ ṭhapitaṃ. ^b^Heṭṭhāmukhajāta^eb^nti sabhāveneva heṭṭhāmukhaṃ jātaṃ. ^b^Ugghāṭeyyā^eb^ti vivaṭaṃ kareyya. ^b^Hatthe gahetvā^eb^ ‘‘puratthābhimukho, uttarābhimukho vā gacchā’’tiādīni avatvā hatthe gahetvā nissandehaṃ katvā. ‘‘Esa maggo, evaṃ gacchā’’ti dasseyya. ^b^Kāḷapakkhacātuddasī^eb^ti kāḷapakkhe cātuddasī. ^b^Nikkujjitaṃ^eb^ ādheyyassa anādhārabhūtaṃ bhājanaṃ ādhārabhāvāpādanavasena ^b^ukkujjeyya. ^eb^ Aññāṇassa abhimukhattā heṭṭhāmukhajātatāya ^b^saddhammavimukhaṃ^eb^ adhomukhaṭṭhapitatāya ^b^asaddhamme patita^eb^nti evaṃ padadvayaṃ yathārahaṃ yojetabbaṃ, na yathāsaṅkhyaṃ. Kāmaṃ kāmacchandādayo paṭicchādakā nīvaraṇabhāvato, micchādiṭṭhi pana savisesaṃ paṭicchādikā satte micchābhinivesanavasenāti āha ^a^M1.0275^ea^^b^‘‘micchādiṭṭhigahanapaṭicchanna’’^eb^nti. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘micchādiṭṭhiparamāhaṃ ^a^P1.0357^ea^ bhikkhave vajjaṃ vadāmī’’ti. Sabbo apāyagāmimaggo ^b^kummaggo^eb^ kucchito maggoti katvā. Sammādiṭṭhiādīnaṃ ujupaṭipakkhatāya micchādiṭṭhiādayo aṭṭha micchattadhammā micchāmaggā. Teneva hi tadubhayapaṭipakkhataṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘saggamokkhamaggaṃ āvikarontenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Sappiādisannissayo padīpo na tathā ujjalo, yathā telasannissayoti ^b^telapajjota^eb^-ggahaṇaṃ. ^b^Etehi pariyāyehī^eb^ti etehi nikkujjitukkujjanapaṭicchannavivaraṇādiupamopamitabbappakārehi, etehi vā yathāvuttehi nānāvidhakuhanalapanādimicchājīvavividhamanādivibhāvanapariyāyehi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pasannakāra^eb^nti pasannehi kātabbaṃ sakkāraṃ. ^b^Saraṇa^eb^nti paṭisaraṇaṃ, tenāha ^b^‘‘parāyaṇa’’^eb^nti. Parāyaṇabhāvo ca anatthanisedhanena, atthasampaṭipādanena ca hotīti āha ^b^‘‘aghassa tātā, hitassa ca vidhātā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aghassā^eb^ti dukkhatoti vadanti, pāpatoti pana attho yutto, nissakke cetaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. Ettha ca nāyaṃ ^b^gamu^eb^-saddo nī-saddādayo viya dvikammako, tasmā yathā ‘‘ajaṃ gāmaṃ netī’’ti vuccati, evaṃ ‘‘bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmī’’ti vattuṃ na sakkā, ‘‘saraṇanti gacchāmī’’ti pana vattabbaṃ. Iti-saddo cettha luttaniddiṭṭho. Tassa cāyamattho. Gamanañca tadadhippāyena bhajanaṃ jānanaṃ vāti dassento ^b^‘‘iminā adhippāyenā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^‘‘bhajāmī’’^eb^tiādīsu purimassa purimassa pacchimaṃ pacchimaṃ atthavacanaṃ, ^b^bhajanaṃ^eb^ vā saraṇādhippāyena upasaṅkamanaṃ, ^b^sevanaṃ^eb^ santikāvacaratā, ^b^payirupāsanaṃ^eb^ vattapaṭivattakaraṇena upaṭṭhānanti ^a^V1.0244^ea^ evaṃ sabbathāpi anaññasaraṇataṃyeva dīpeti. ^b^‘‘Gacchāmī’’^eb^ti ^a^P1.0358^ea^ padassa bujjhāmīti ayamattho kathaṃ labbhatīti āha ^b^‘‘yesañhī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Adhigatamagge sacchikatanirodhe’’^eb^ti padadvayenāpi phalaṭṭhā eva dassitā, na maggaṭṭhāti te dassento ^b^‘‘yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjamāne cā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Nanu ca kalyāṇaputhujjanopi ‘‘yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjatī’’ti vuccatīti? Kiñcāpi vuccati, nippariyāyena pana maggaṭṭhā eva tathā vattabbā, na itaro niyāmokkamanābhāvato. Tathā hi te eva vuttā ^b^‘‘apāyesu apatamāne dhāretī’’^eb^ti. Sammattaniyāmokkamanena hi apāyavinimuttasambhavo ^a^M1.0276^ea^. ^b^Akkhāyatī^eb^ti ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo ādiattho, pakārattho vā, tena ‘‘yāvatā bhikkhave dhammā saṅkhatā vā asaṅkhatā vā, virāgo tesaṃ aggaṃ akkhāyatī’’ti (itivu. 90; a. ni. 4.34) suttapadaṃ saṅgaṇhāti, ^b^‘‘vitthāro’’^eb^ti vā iminā. Ettha ca ^b^ariyamaggo^eb^ niyyānikatāya, ^b^nibbānaṃ^eb^ tassa tadatthasiddhihetutāyāti ubhayameva nippariyāyena ‘‘dhammo’’ti vutto. Nibbānañhi ārammaṇapaccayabhūtaṃ labhitvā ariyamaggassa tadatthasiddhi. Tathāpi yasmā ariyaphalānaṃ ‘‘tāya saddhāya avūpasantāyā’’tiādi vacanato maggena samucchinnānaṃ kilesānaṃ paṭipassaddhippahānakiccatāya, niyyānānuguṇatāya, niyyānapariyosānatāya ca, pariyattidhammassa pana ‘‘niyyānadhammassa samadhigamanahetutāyā’’ti iminā pariyāyena vuttanayena dhammabhāvo labbhati eva. Svāyamattho pāṭhārūḷho evāti dassento ^b^‘‘na kevala’’^eb^ntiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Kāmarāgo bhavarāgo’’ti evamādi bhedo sabbopi rāgo virajjati etenāti ^b^rāgavirāgoti maggo kathito.^eb^ Ejāsaṅkhātāya ^a^P1.0359^ea^ taṇhāya, antonijjhānalakkhaṇassa sokassa ca taduppattiyaṃ sabbaso parikkhīṇattā ^b^anejaṃ asokanti phalaṃ kathitaṃ. Appaṭikūla^eb^nti avirodhadīpanato kenaci aviruddhaṃ, iṭṭhaṃ paṇītanti vā attho. Paguṇarūpena pavattitattā, pakaṭṭhaguṇavibhāvanato vā ^b^paguṇaṃ.^eb^ Yathāha ‘‘vihiṃsasaññī paguṇaṃ na bhāsiṃ, dhammaṃ paṇītaṃ manujesu brahme’’ti. (Ma. ni. 1.283; ma. ni. 2.339; mahāva. 9) sabbadhammakkhandhā kathitāti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Diṭṭhisīlasaṅghātenā^eb^ti ‘‘yāyaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya, tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagato viharatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.324; ma. ni. 4.92; 3.54) evaṃ vuttāya diṭṭhiyā, ‘‘yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni ^a^V1.0245^ea^, tathārūpehi sīlehi sīlasāmaññagato viharatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.323; ma. ni. 1.492; 3.54; a. ni. 6.11; pari. 274) evaṃ vuttānaṃ sīlānañca saṃhatabhāvena, diṭṭhisīlasāmaññenāti attho. ^b^Saṃhato^eb^ti ghaṭito, sametoti attho. Ariyapuggalā hi yattha katthaci dūre ṭhitāpi attano guṇasāmaggiyā saṃhatā eva ^a^M1.0277^ea^. ^b^Aṭṭha ca puggaladhammadasā te^eb^ti te purisayugavasena cattāropi puggalavasena aṭṭheva ariyadhammassa paccakkhadassāvitāya dhammadasā. Tīṇi vatthūni ‘‘saraṇa’’nti gamanena, tikkhattuṃ gamanena ca ^b^tīṇi saraṇagamanāni. Paṭivedesī^eb^ti attano hadayagataṃ vācāya pavedesi.


volume: 21
item: 70
title: āsavakkhayañāṇakathāvaṇṇanā^ajātasattūpāsakattapaṭivedanākathāvaṇṇanā^saraṇagamanakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Saraṇagamanassa visayappabhedaphalasaṃkilesabhedānaṃ ^a^P1.0360^ea^ viya kattu ca vibhāvanā tattha kosallāya hotīti ^b^‘‘saraṇagamanesu kosallatthaṃ saraṇaṃ…pe… veditabbo’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ tena vinā saraṇagamanasseva asambhavato. Kasmā panettha vodānaṃ na gahitaṃ, nanu vodānavibhāvanāpi tattha kosallāvahāti? Saccametaṃ, taṃ pana saṃkilesaggahaṇeneva atthato dīpitaṃ hotīti na gahitaṃ. Yāni hi nesaṃ saṃkilesakāraṇāni aññāṇādīni, tesaṃ sabbena sabbaṃ anuppannānaṃ anuppādanena, uppannānañca pahānena vodānaṃ hotīti. Hiṃsatthassa sara-saddassa vasenetaṃ padaṃ daṭṭhabbanti ‘‘hiṃsatīti saraṇa’’nti vatvā taṃ pana hiṃsanaṃ kesaṃ kathaṃ kassa vāti codanaṃ sodhento ^b^‘‘saraṇagatāna’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Tattha ^b^bhaya^eb^nti vaṭṭabhayaṃ. ^b^Santāsa^eb^nti cittutrāsaṃ teneva cetasikadukkhassa gahitattā. ^b^Dukkha^eb^nti kāyikadukkhaṃ. ^b^Duggatiparikilesa^eb^nti duggatipariyāpannaṃ sabbampi dukkhaṃ, tayidaṃ sabbaṃ parato phalakathāyaṃ āvibhavissati. ^b^Eta^eb^nti ‘‘saraṇa’’nti padaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ avisesato saraṇa-saddassa atthaṃ dassetvā idāni visesato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘atha vā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Hite pavattanenā^eb^ti ‘‘sampannasīlā bhikkhave viharathā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.64, 69) atthe niyojanena. ^b^Ahitā ca nivattanenā^eb^ti. ‘‘Pāṇātipātassa kho pāpako vipāko, pāpakaṃ abhisamparāya’’ntiādinā ādīnavadassanādimukhena anatthato nivattanena. ^b^Bhayaṃ hiṃsatī^eb^ti hitāhitesu appavattipavattihetukaṃ byasanaṃ appavattikaraṇena vināseti. Bhavakantārā uttāraṇena maggasaṅkhāto dhammo, itaro assāsadānena sattānaṃ ^a^P1.0361^ea^ bhayaṃ hiṃsatīti yojanā. ^b^Kārāna^eb^nti dānavasena pūjāvasena ca upanītānaṃ sakkārānaṃ. Vipulaphalapaṭilābhakaraṇena sattānaṃ bhayaṃ hiṃsatīti yojanā, anuttaradakkhiṇeyyabhāvatoti ^a^M1.0278^ea^ adhippāyo. ^b^Imināpi pariyāyenā^eb^ti imināpi vibhajitvā vuttena kāraṇena.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Sammāsambuddho ^a^V1.0246^ea^ bhagavā, svākkhāto dhammo, suppaṭipanno saṅgho’’ti evaṃ pavatto tattha ratanattaye pasādo tappasādo, tadeva ratanattayaṃ garu etassāti taggaru tabbhāvo taggarutā, tappasādo ca taggarutā ca tappasādataggarutā, tāhi ^b^tappasādataggarutāhi.^eb^ Vidhūtadiṭṭhivicikicchāsammohāssaddhiyāditāya ^b^vihatakileso.^eb^ Tadeva ratanattayaṃ parāyaṇaṃ parāgati tāṇaṃ leṇanti evaṃ pavattiyā ^b^tapparāyaṇatākārappavatto cittuppādo saraṇagamanaṃ^eb^ saraṇaṃ gacchati etenāti. ^b^Taṃsamaṅgī^eb^ti tena yathāvuttacittuppādena samannāgato. ^b^Evaṃ upetī^eb^ti bhajati sevati payirupāsati, evaṃ vā jānāti bujjhatīti evamattho veditabbo. Ettha ca ^b^pasāda^eb^-ggahaṇena lokiyasaraṇagamanamāha. Tañhi pasādappadhānaṃ. ^b^Garutā^eb^gahaṇena lokuttaraṃ. Ariyā hi ratanattayaṃ guṇābhiññatāya pāsāṇacchattaṃ viya garuṃ katvā passanti. Tasmā tappasādena vikkhambhanavasena vigatakileso, taggarutāya samucchedavasenāti yojetabbaṃ agāravakaraṇahetūnaṃ samucchindanato. Tapparāyaṇatā panettha taggatikatāti tāya catubbidhampi vakkhamānaṃ saraṇagamanaṃ gahitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Avisesena ^a^P1.0362^ea^ vā pasādagarutā jotitāti ^b^pasāda^eb^ggahaṇena aveccappasādassa itarassa ca gahaṇaṃ, tathā ^b^garutā^eb^gahaṇenāti ubhayenāpi ubhayaṃ saraṇagamanaṃ yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Maggakkhaṇe ijjhatīti yojanā. ^b^‘‘Nibbānārammaṇaṃ hutvā’’^eb^ti etena atthato catusaccādhigamo eva lokuttarasaraṇagamananti dasseti. Tattha hi nibbānadhammo sacchikiriyābhisamayavasena, maggadhammo bhāvanābhisamayavasena paṭivijjhiyamānoyeva saraṇagamanatthaṃ sādheti. Buddhaguṇā pana sāvakagocarabhūtā pariññābhisamayavasena, tathā ariyasaṅghaguṇā, tenāha ^b^‘‘kiccato sakalepi ratanattaye ijjhatī’’^eb^ti. Ijjhantañca saheva ijjhati, na lokiyaṃ viya patipāṭiyā asammohapaṭivedhena paṭividdhattāti adhippāyo. Ye pana vadanti ‘‘na saraṇagamanaṃ nibbānārammaṇaṃ hutvā pavattati. Maggassa adhigatattā pana adhigatameva hoti ekaccānaṃ tevijjādīnaṃ lokiyavijjādayo viyā’’ti, tesaṃ lokiyameva saraṇagamanaṃ siyā, na lokuttaraṃ, tañca ayuttaṃ duvidhassāpi icchitabbattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ta^eb^nti ^a^M1.0279^ea^ lokiyaṃ saraṇagamanaṃ. ^b^Saddhāpaṭilābho^eb^ ‘‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā’’tiādinā. ^b^Saddhāmūlikā^eb^ti yathāvuttasaddhāpubbaṅgamā sammādiṭṭhiti buddhasubuddhataṃ, dhammasudhammataṃ, saṅghasuppaṭipattiñca lokiyāvabodhavaseneva sammā ñāyena dassanato. ^b^‘‘Saddhāmūlikā sammādiṭṭhī’’^eb^ti etena saddhūpanissayā yathāvuttalakkhaṇā paññā lokiyasaraṇagamananti dasseti, tenāha ^b^‘‘diṭṭhijukammanti vuccatī’’^eb^ti. Diṭṭhi eva attano paccayehi uju karīyatīti katvā diṭṭhi vā uju karīyati etenāti ^b^diṭṭhijukammaṃ,^eb^ tathā pavatto cittuppādo. Evañca katvā ‘‘tapparāyaṇatākārappavatto ^a^V1.0247^ea^ cittuppādo’’ti idaṃ vacanaṃ samatthitaṃ hoti. Saddhāpubbaṅgamasammādiṭṭhiggahaṇaṃ pana cittuppādassa ^a^P1.0363^ea^ tappadhānatāyāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^‘‘Saddhāpaṭilābho’’^eb^ti iminā mātādīhi ussāhitadārakādīnaṃ viya ñāṇavippayuttaṃ saraṇagamanaṃ dasseti, ^b^‘‘sammādiṭṭhī’’^eb^ti iminā ñāṇasampayuttaṃ saraṇagamanaṃ. ^b^Tayidaṃ^eb^ lokiyaṃ saraṇagamanaṃ. Attā sanniyyātīyati appīyati pariccajīyati etenāti ^b^attasanniyyātanaṃ,^eb^ yathāvuttaṃ diṭṭhijukammaṃ. Taṃ ratanattayaṃ parāyaṇaṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ etassāti tapparāyaṇo, puggalo, cittuppādo vā. Tassa bhāvo ^b^tapparāyaṇatā,^eb^ yathāvuttaṃ diṭṭhijukammameva. ‘‘Saraṇa’’nti adhippāyena sissabhāvaṃ antevāsikabhāvaṃ upagacchati etenāti ^b^sissabhāvūpagamanaṃ.^eb^ Saraṇagamanādhippāyeneva paṇipatati etenāti ^b^paṇipāto.^eb^ Sabbattha yathāvuttadiṭṭhijukammavaseneva attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Attapariccajana^eb^nti saṃsāradukkhanittharaṇatthaṃ attano attabhāvassa pariccajanaṃ. Eseva nayo sesesupi. ^b^Buddhādīnaṃ yevā^eb^ti avadhāraṇaṃ attasanniyyātanādīsupi tattha tattha vattabbaṃ. Evañhi tadaññanivattanaṃ kataṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ attasanniyyātanādīni ekena pakārena dassetvā idāni aparehipi pakārehi dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ, tena pariyāyantarehipi attasanniyyātanādi katameva hoti atthassa abhinnattāti dasseti. ^b^Āḷavakādīna^eb^nti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena sātāgirahemavatādīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Nanu cete āḷavakādayo maggeneva āgatasaraṇagamanā, kathaṃ tesaṃ tapparāyaṇatāsaraṇagamanaṃ vuttanti? Maggenāgatasaraṇagamanehipi. ‘‘So ahaṃ vicarissāmi…pe… sudhammataṃ’’ (saṃ. ni. 1.246; su. ni. 194) ‘‘te mayaṃ vicarissāma ^a^M1.0280^ea^, gāmā gāmaṃ nagā nagaṃ…pe… sudhammata’’nti, (su. ni. 182) tehi ^a^P1.0364^ea^ tapparāyaṇatākārassa paveditattā tathā vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^So panesa ñāti…pe… vasenā^eb^ti ettha ñātivasena, bhayavasena, ācariyavasena, dakkhiṇeyyavasenāti paccekaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Tattha ^b^ñātivasenā^eb^ti ñātibhāvavasena. Evaṃ sesesupi. ^b^Dakkhiṇeyyapaṇipātenā^eb^ti dakkhiṇeyyatāhetukena paṇipātena. ^b^Itarehī^eb^ti ñātibhāvādivasappavattehi tīhi paṇipātehi. ‘‘Itarehī’’tiādinā saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tasmā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Vandatī^eb^ti paṇipātassa lakkhaṇavacanaṃ. ^b^Evarūpa^eb^nti diṭṭhadhammikaṃ sandhāya vadati. Samparāyikañhi niyyānikaṃ vā anusāsaniṃ paccāsisanto dakkhiṇeyyapaṇipātameva karotīti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saraṇagamanappabhedo^eb^ti ^a^V1.0248^ea^ saraṇagamanavibhāgo.<br/><br/>[03]Ariyamaggo eva lokuttaraṃ saraṇagamananti ^b^‘‘cattāri sāmaññaphalāni vipākaphala’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Sabbadukkhakkhayo^eb^ti sakalassa vaṭṭadukkhassa anuppādanirodho. ^b^Eta^eb^nti ‘‘cattāri ariyasaccāni, sammappaññāya passatī’’ti evaṃ vuttaṃ ariyasaccassa dassanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Niccādito anupagamanādivasenā^eb^ti ‘‘nicca’’nti aggahaṇādivasena. ^b^Aṭṭhāna^eb^nti hetupaṭikkhepo. ^b^Anavakāso^eb^ti paccayapaṭikkhepo. Ubhayenāpi kāraṇameva paṭikkhipati. ^b^Ya^eb^nti yena kāraṇena. ^b^Diṭṭhisampanno^eb^ti maggadiṭṭhiyā samannāgato sotāpanno. ^b^Kañci saṅkhāra^eb^nti catubhūmakesu saṅkhatasaṅkhāresu ekasaṅkhārampi. ^b^Niccato upagaccheyyā^eb^ti ‘‘nicco’’ti gaṇheyya. ^b^‘‘Sukhato upagaccheyyā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Ekantasukhī attā hoti arogo paraṃ maraṇā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.76) evaṃ attadiṭṭhivasena sukhato gāhaṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ ^a^P1.0365^ea^. Diṭṭhivippayuttacittena pana ariyasāvako pariḷāhavūpasamanatthaṃ mattahatthiparittāsito viya cokkhabrāhmaṇo ukkārabhūmiṃ ^b^kañci saṅkhāraṃ sukhato upagacchati.^eb^ Attavāre kasiṇādipaññattisaṅgahatthaṃ ‘‘saṅkhāra’’nti avatvā ^b^‘‘kañci dhamma’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Imesupi vāresu catubhūmakavaseneva paricchedo veditabbo, tebhūmakavaseneva vā. Yaṃ yañhi puthujjano gāhavasena gaṇhāti, tato tato ariyasāvako gāhaṃ viniveṭheti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Mātara’’^eb^ntiādīsu ^a^M1.0281^ea^ janikā ^b^mātā,^eb^ janako ^b^pitā,^eb^ manussabhūto khīṇāsavo ^b^arahā^eb^ti adhippeto. Kiṃ pana ariyasāvako aññaṃ jīvitā voropeyyāti? Etampi aṭṭhānaṃ, puthujjanabhāvassa pana mahāsāvajjabhāvadassanatthaṃ, ariyasāvakassa ca phaladassanatthaṃ evaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Duṭṭhacitto^eb^ti vadhakacittena paduṭṭhacitto. ^b^Lohitaṃ uppādeyyā^eb^ti jīvamānakasarīre khuddakamakkhikāya pivanamattampi lohitaṃ uppādeyya. ^b^Saṅghaṃ bhindeyyā^eb^ti samānasaṃvāsakaṃ samānasīmāyaṃ ṭhitaṃ saṅghaṃ. ‘‘Kammena, uddesena, voharanto, anussāvanena, salākaggāhenā’’ti (pari. 458) evaṃ vuttehi pañcahi kāraṇehi bhindeyya. ^b^Aññaṃ satthāra^eb^nti aññaṃ titthakaraṃ ‘‘ayaṃ me satthā’’ti evaṃ gaṇheyya, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatīti attho. ^b^Na te gamissanti apāyabhūmi^eb^nti te buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā taṃnimittaṃ apāyaṃ na gamissanti, devakāyaṃ pana paripūressantīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dasahi ṭhānehī^eb^ti dasahi kāraṇehi. ^b^Adhigaṇhantī^eb^ti abhibhavanti. ^b^Velāmasuttādivasenāpī^eb^ti ettha karīsassa catutthabhāgappamāṇānaṃ caturāsītisahassasaṅkhyānaṃ suvaṇṇapātirūpiyapātikaṃsapātīnaṃ ^a^V1.0249^ea^ yathākkamaṃ rūpiyasuvaṇṇahiraññapūrānaṃ, sabbālaṅkārapaṭimaṇḍitānaṃ caturāsītiyā ^a^P1.0366^ea^ hatthisahassānaṃ, caturāsītiyā assasahassānaṃ, caturāsītiyā rathasahassānaṃ, caturāsītiyā dhenusahassānaṃ, caturāsītiyā kaññāsahassānaṃ, caturāsītiyā pallaṅkasahassānaṃ, caturāsītiyā vatthakoṭisahassānaṃ, aparimāṇassa ca khajjabhojjādibhedassa āhārassa pariccajanavasena sattamāsādhikāni sattasaṃvaccharāni nirantaraṃ pavattavelāmamahādānato ekassa sotāpannassa dinnadānaṃ mahapphalataraṃ, tato sataṃ sotāpannānaṃ dinnadānato ekassa sakadāgāmino, tato ekassa anāgāmino, tato ekassa arahato, tato ekassa paccekabuddhassa, tato sammāsambuddhassa, tato buddhappamukhassa saṅghassa dinnadānaṃ mahapphalataraṃ, tato cātuddisasaṅghaṃ uddissa vihārakaraṇaṃ, tato saraṇagamanaṃ mahapphalataranti imamatthaṃ pakāsentassa velāmasuttassa (a. ni. 9.20) vasena. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘yaṃ gahapati velāmo brāhmaṇo dānaṃ adāsi mahādānaṃ, yo cekaṃ diṭṭhisampannaṃ bhojeyya, idaṃ tato mahapphalatara’’ntiādi ^a^M1.0282^ea^ (a. ni. 9.20). ^b^Velāmasuttādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^saddena aggappasādasuttādīnaṃ (a. ni. 4.34; itivu. 90) saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aññāṇaṃ^eb^ vatthuttayassa guṇānaṃ ajānanaṃ, tattha sammoho. ‘‘Buddho nu kho, na nu kho’’tiādinā vicikicchā ^b^saṃsayo. Micchāñāṇaṃ^eb^ tassa guṇānaṃ aguṇabhāvaparikappanena viparītaggāho. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena anādarāgāravādīnaṃ saṅgaho. ^b^Na mahājutika^eb^nti na ujjalaṃ, aparisuddhaṃ apariyodātanti attho. ^b^Na mahāvipphāra^eb^nti anuḷāraṃ. ^b^Sāvajjo^eb^ti taṇhādiṭṭhādivasena sadoso, lokiyasaraṇagamanaṃ sikkhāsamādānaṃ viya aggahitakālaparicchedaṃ jīvitapariyantameva hoti, tasmā tassa khandhabhedena bhedoti āha ^b^‘‘anavajjo kālakiriyāyā’’^eb^ti. Soti anavajjo saraṇagamanabhedo. Satipi anavajjatte iṭṭhaphalopi na ^a^P1.0367^ea^ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘aphalo’’^eb^ti. Kasmā? ^b^Avipākattā.^eb^ Na hi taṃ akusalanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ko upāsako^eb^ti sarūpapucchā, kiṃlakkhaṇo upāsakoti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Kasmā^eb^ti hetupucchā, tena kena pavattinimittena upāsaka-saddo tasmiṃ puggale nirūḷhoti dasseti, tenāha ^b^‘‘kasmā upāsakoti vuccatī’’^eb^ti. Saddassa abhidheyye pavattinimittaṃ tadatthassa tabbhāvakāraṇaṃ. ^b^Kimassa sīla^eb^nti kīdisaṃ assa upāsakassa sīlaṃ, kittakena sīlenāyaṃ sīlasampanno nāma hotīti attho. ^b^Ko ājīvo^eb^ti ko assa sammāājīvo, so pana micchājīvassa parivajjanena hotīti sopi vibhajīyati. ^b^Kā vipattī^eb^ti kā assa sīlassa, ājīvassa ^a^V1.0250^ea^ vā vipatti. Anantarassa hi vidhi vā paṭisedho vā. ^b^Sampattī^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yo kocī^eb^ti khattiyādīsu yo koci, tena saraṇagamanaṃ evaṃ kāraṇaṃ, na jāti ādivisesoti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upāsanato^eb^ti teneva saraṇagamanena, tattha ca sakkaccakiriyāya ādara gāravabahumānādiyogena payirupāsanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Veramaṇiyo^eb^ti ^a^M1.0283^ea^ veraṃ vuccati pāṇātipātādidussīlyaṃ, tassa maṇanato hananato vināsanato veramaṇiyo, pañca viratiyo viratipadhānattā tassa sīlassa, tenevāha ^b^‘‘paṭivirato hotī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Micchāvaṇijjā^eb^ti na sammāvaṇijjā ayuttavaṇijjā asāruppavaṇijjā. ^b^Pahāyā^eb^ti akaraṇeneva pajahitvā. ^b^Dhammenā^eb^ti dhammato anapetena, tena aññampi adhammikaṃ jīvikaṃ paṭikkhipati. ^b^Samenā^eb^ti avisamena, tena kāyavisaṃ ādiduccaritaṃ vajjetvā kāyasamādinā sucaritena jīvikaṃ dasseti. ^b^Satthavaṇijjā^eb^ti āvudhabhaṇḍaṃ katvā ^a^P1.0368^ea^ vā kāretvā vā yathākataṃ vā paṭilabhitvā tassa vikkayo. ^b^Sattavaṇijjā^eb^ti manussavikkayo. ^b^Maṃsavaṇijjā^eb^ti sūnakārādayo viya migasūkarādike posetvā maṃsaṃ sampādetvā vikkayo. ^b^Majjavaṇijjā^eb^ti yaṃ kiñci majjaṃ yojetvā tassa vikkayo. ^b^Visavaṇijjā^eb^ti visaṃ yojetvā vā visaṃ gahetvā vā tassa vikkayo. Tattha satthavaṇijjā paroparodhanimittatāya akaraṇīyā vuttā sattavaṇijjā abhujissabhāvakaraṇato, maṃsavaṇijjā vadhahetuto, majjavaṇijjā pamādaṭṭhānato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tassevā^eb^ti pañcaveramaṇilakkhaṇassa ^b^sīlassa ceva^eb^ pañcamicchāvaṇijjālakkhaṇassa ^b^ājīvassa ca. Vipattī^eb^ti bhedo, pakopo ca. ^b^Yāyā^eb^ti yāya paṭipattiyā. ^b^Caṇḍālo^eb^ti upāsakacaṇḍālo. ^b^Mala^eb^nti upāsakamalaṃ. ^b^Paṭikiṭṭho^eb^ti upāsakanihīno. Buddhādīsu kammakammaphalesu ca saddhāvipariyāyo assaddhiyaṃ micchādhimokkho, yathāvuttena assaddhiyena samannāgato ^b^assaddho.^eb^ Yathāvuttasīlavipattiājīvavipattivasena ^b^dussīlo.^eb^ ‘‘Iminā diṭṭhādinā idaṃ nāma maṅgalaṃ hotī’’ti evaṃ bālajanaparikappitakotūhalasaṅkhātena diṭṭhasutamutamaṅgalena samannāgato ^b^kotūhalamaṅgaliko. Maṅgalaṃ paccetī^eb^ti diṭṭhamaṅgalādibhedaṃ maṅgalameva pattiyāyati. ^b^No kamma^eb^nti ^a^V1.0251^ea^ kammassakataṃ no pattiyāyati. ^b^Ito ca bahiddhā^eb^ti ito sabbaññubuddhasāsanato bahiddhā bāhirakasamaye. ^b^Dakkhiṇeyyaṃ pariyesatī^eb^ti duppaṭipannaṃ dakkhiṇārahasaññī gavesati. ^b^Pubbakāraṃ karotī^eb^ti dānamānaṃ ādikaṃ kusalakiriyaṃ paṭhamataraṃ karoti. Ettha ca dakkhiṇeyyapariyesanapubbakāre ekaṃ katvā pañca dhammā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Vipattiyaṃ vuttavipariyāyena ^b^sampatti^eb^ veditabbā. Ayaṃ pana viseso – catunnampi parisānaṃ ratijananaṭṭhena upāsakova ratanaṃ ^b^upāsakaratanaṃ.^eb^ Guṇasobhākittisaddasugandhatāya ^a^M1.0284^ea^^a^P1.0369^ea^ upāsakova padumaṃ ^b^upāsakapadumaṃ.^eb^ Tathā ^b^upāsakapuṇḍarīkaṃ.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ādimhī^eb^tiādiatthe. ^b^Koṭiya^eb^nti pariyantakoṭiyaṃ. ^b^Vihāraggenā^eb^ti ovarakakoṭṭhāsena, ‘‘imasmiṃ gabbhe vasantānamidaṃ nāma panasaphalaṃ pāpuṇātī’’tiādinā taṃ taṃvasanaṭṭhānakoṭṭhāsenāti attho. Ajjatagganti vā ajjadagganti vā ajja icceva attho.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Pāṇehi upeta’’nti iminā tassa saraṇagamanassa āpāṇakoṭikataṃ dassento ‘‘yāva me jīvitaṃ pavattatī’’tiādīni vatvā puna jīvitenāpi taṃ vatthuttayaṃ paṭipūjento ‘‘saraṇagamanaṃ rakkhāmī’’ti uppannaṃ tassa rañño adhippāyaṃ vibhāvento ^b^‘‘ahañhī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Pāṇehi upeta^eb^nti hi yāva me pāṇā dharanti, tāva saraṇaṃ upetaṃ, upento ca na vācāmattena, na ekavāraṃ cittuppādamattena, atha kho pāṇānaṃ pariccajanavasena yāvajīvaṃ upetanti evamettha attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Accayanaṃ sādhumariyādaṃ madditvā vītikkamanaṃ ^b^accayo^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘aparādho’’^eb^ti. Acceti atikkamati etenāti vā ^b^accayo,^eb^ vītikkamassa pavattanako akusaladhammo. So eva aparajjhati etenāti ^b^aparādho.^eb^ So hi aparajjhantaṃ purisaṃ abhibhavitvā pavattati, tenāha ^b^‘‘atikkamma abhibhavitvā pavatto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Caratī^eb^ti ācarati karoti. ^b^Dhammenevā^eb^ti dhammato anapetena payogena. ^b^Paṭiggaṇhātū^eb^ti adhivāsanavasena sampaṭicchatūti atthoti āha ^b^‘‘khamatū’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^251^eb^^b^.^eb^ Sadevakena lokena ‘‘saraṇa’’nti araṇīyato ^b^ariyo,^eb^ tathāgatoti āha ^b^‘‘ariyassa vinaye buddhassa bhagavato sāsane’’^eb^ti. ^b^Puggalādhiṭṭhānaṃ karonto^eb^ti kāmaṃ ‘‘vuddhi hesā’’ti ^a^V1.0252^ea^ dhammādhiṭṭhānavasena vākyaṃ āraddhaṃ, tathāpi desanaṃ ^a^P1.0370^ea^ pana puggalādhiṭṭhānaṃ karonto saṃvaraṃ āpajjatīti āhāti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^253^eb^^b^.^eb^ Imasmiṃyeva attabhāve nippajjanakānaṃ attano kusalamūlānaṃ khaṇanena ^b^khato,^eb^ tesaṃyeva upahananena ^b^upahato. ^eb^ Ubhayenāpi tassa kammāparādhameva vadati. Patiṭṭhāti sammattaniyāmokkamanaṃ etāyāti ^a^M1.0285^ea^ patiṭṭhā, tassa upanissayasampadā. Sā kiriyāparādhena bhinnā vināsitā etenāti ^b^bhinnapatiṭṭho,^eb^ tenāha ^b^‘‘tathā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Dhammesu cakkhu^eb^nti catusaccadhammesu tesaṃ dassanaṭṭhena cakkhu. ^b^Aññesu ṭhānesū^eb^ti aññesu suttapadesu. ^b^Muccissatī^eb^ti saṭṭhi vassasahassāni paccitvā lohakumbhī narakato muccissati.<br/><br/>[03]Yadi anantare attabhāve narake paccati, imaṃ pana suttaṃ sutvā rañño ko ānisaṃso laddhoti āha ^b^‘‘mahānisaṃso’’^eb^tiādi. So pana ānisaṃso niddālābhasīsena vutto tadā kāyikacetasikadukkhāpagamo, tiṇṇaṃ ratanānaṃ mahāsakkārakiriyā, sātisayo pothujjanikasaddhāpaṭilābhoti evaṃpakāro diṭṭhadhammiko, samparāyiko pana aparāparesupi bhavesu aparimāṇo yevāti veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Etthāha – yadi rañño kammantarāyābhāve tasmiṃyeva āsane dhammacakkhu uppajjissati, kathaṃ anāgate paccekabuddho hutvā parinibbāyissati. Atha ^a^P1.0371^ea^ paccekabuddho hutvā parinibbāyissati, kathaṃ tadā dhammacakkhuṃ uppajjissati, nanu ime sāvakabodhipaccekabodhiupanissayā bhinnanissayāti? Nāyaṃ virodho ito parato evassa paccekabodhisambhārānaṃ sambharaṇīyato. Sāvakabodhiyā bujjhanakasattāpi hi asati tassā samavāye kālantare paccekabodhiyā bujjhissanti katābhinīhārasambhavato. Apare pana bhaṇanti ‘‘paccekabodhiyā yevāyaṃ katābhinīhāro. Katābhinīhārāpi hi tattha niyatiṃ appattā tassa ñāṇassa paripākaṃ anupagatattā satthu sammukhībhāve sāvakabodhiṃ pāpuṇissantīti bhagavā ‘sacāyaṃ bhikkhave rājā’tiādimāha. Mahābodhisattānameva ca ānantariyaparimutti, na itarabodhisattānaṃ. Tathā hi paccekabodhiyaṃ niyato samāno devadatto cirakālasambhūtena lokanāthe āghātena garutarāni ānantariyāni pasavi, tasmā kammantarāyenāyaṃ idāni asamavetadassanābhisamayo rājā paccekabodhiniyāmena anāgate paccekabuddho hutvā parinibbāyissatī’’ti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Sāmaññaphalasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā.


volume: 21
item: 71
title: ambaṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanā^^addhānagamanavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^254^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Apubbapadavaṇṇanā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0253^ea^^a^M1.0286^ea^^a^P1.0372^ea^ atthasaṃvaṇṇanāvasena heṭṭhā aggahitatāya apubbassa padassa vaṇṇanā atthavibhajanā. ‘‘Hitvā punappunāgatamattha’’nti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.ganthārambhakathā) hi vuttaṃ. ^b^Janapadino^eb^ti janapadavanto, janapadassa vā issarā ^b^rājakumārā gottavasena kosalā nāma.^eb^ Yadi eko janapado, kathaṃ bahuvacananti āha ^b^‘‘rūḷhisaddenā’’^eb^ti. Akkharacintakā hi īdisesu ṭhānesu yutte viya īdisaliṅgavacanāni icchanti, ayamettha rūḷhi yathā aññatthapi ‘‘kurūsu viharati, aṅgesu viharatī’’ti ca. Tabbisesanepi ^b^janapada^eb^-sadde jāti-sadde ekavacanameva. ^b^Porāṇā panā^eb^ti ^b^pana^eb^-saddo visesatthajotano, tena puthuatthavisayatāya evañcetaṃ puthuvacananti vakkhamānavisesaṃ joteti. Bahuppabhedo hi so padeso tiyojanasataparimāṇatāya. ^b^Naṅgalānipi chaḍḍetvā^eb^ti kammappahānavasena naṅgalānipi pahāya, nidassanamattañcetaṃ. Na kevalaṃ kassakā eva, atha kho aññepi manussā attano attano kiccaṃ pahāya tattha sannipatiṃsu. ^b^‘‘So padeso’’^eb^ti padesasāmaññato vuttaṃ, vacanavipallāsena vā, te padesāti attho. ^b^Kosalāti vuccati^eb^ kusalā eva kosalāti katvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cārika^eb^nti caraṇaṃ, caraṇaṃ vā cāro, so eva cārikā. Tayidaṃ maggagamanaṃ idhādhippetaṃ, na cuṇṇikagamanamattanti āha ^b^‘‘addhānagamanaṃ gacchanto’’^eb^ti. Taṃ vibhāgena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘cārikā ca nāmesā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^dūrepī^eb^ti nātidūrepi. ^b^Sahasā gamana^eb^nti ^a^P1.0373^ea^ sīghagamanaṃ. Mahākassapapaccuggamanādiṃ ekadesena vatvā vanavāsītissasāmaṇerassa vatthuṃ vitthāretvā janapadacārikaṃ kathetuṃ ^b^‘‘bhagavā hī’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. Ākāsagāmīhi eva saddhiṃ gantukāmo ^b^‘‘chaḷabhiññānaṃ ārocehī’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]Saṅghakammavasena ^a^V1.0254^ea^^a^M1.0287^ea^ sijjhamānāpi upasampadā satthu āṇāvaseneva sijjhanato ^b^‘‘buddhadāyajjaṃ te dassāmī’’^eb^ti vuttanti vadanti. Apare pana aparipuṇṇavīsativassasseva tassa upasampadaṃ anujānanto ^b^‘‘dassāmī’’^eb^ti avocāti vadanti. ^b^Upasampādetvā^eb^ti dhammasenāpatinā upajjhāyena upasampādetvā.<br/><br/>[03]Navayojanasatikampi ṭhānaṃ majjhimadesapariyāpannameva, tato paraṃ nādhippetaṃ turitacārikāvasena agamanato. ^b^Samantā^eb^ti gatagataṭṭhānassa catūsu passesu samantato. ^b^Aññenapi kāraṇenā^eb^ti bhikkhūnaṃ samathavipassanātaruṇabhāvato aññenapi ^b^majjhimamaṇḍale ^eb^veneyyānaṃ ñāṇaparipākādikāraṇena majjhimamaṇḍalaṃ ^b^osarati.^eb^^b^‘‘Sattahi vā’’^eb^tiādi ‘‘ekamāsaṃ vā’’tiādinā vuttānukkamena yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sarīraphāsukatthāyā^eb^ti ekasmiṃyeva ṭhāne nibaddhavāsavasena ussannadhātukassa sarīrassa vicaraṇena phāsukatthāya. ^b^Aṭṭhuppattikālābhikaṅkhanatthāyā^eb^ti ^b^aggikkhandhopamasutta^eb^ (a. ni. 7.72) ^b^maghadevajātakā^eb^di (jā. 1.1.9) desanānaṃ viya dhammadesanāya aṭṭhuppattikālaṃ ākaṅkhamānena. Surāpānasikkhāpadapaññāpane (pāci. 328) viya ^b^sikkhāpadapaññāpanatthāya. Bodhaneyyasatte^eb^ aṅgulimālādike (ma. ni. 2.347) ^b^bodhanatthāya.^eb^ Kañci, katipaye vā puggale uddissa cārikā ^b^nibaddhacārikā.^eb^ Tadaññā ^b^anibaddhacārikā.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dasasahassi lokadhātuyā^eb^ti ^a^P1.0374^ea^ jātikhettabhūte dasasahassacakkavāḷe. Tattha hi satte paripakkindriye passituṃ buddhañāṇaṃ abhinīharitvā ṭhito bhagavā ñāṇajālaṃ pattharatīti vuccati. ^b^Sabbaññutaññāṇajālassa anto paviṭṭho^eb^ti tassa ñāṇassa gocarabhāvaṃ upagato. Bhagavā kira mahākaruṇāsamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhāya ‘‘ye sattā bhabbā paripākañāṇā ajja mayā vinetabbā, te mayhaṃ ñāṇassa upaṭṭhahantū’’ti cittaṃ adhiṭṭhāya samannāharati. Tassa saha samannāhārā eko vā dve vā bahū vā tadā vinayūpagā veneyyā ñāṇassa āpāthamāgacchanti ayamettha buddhānubhāvo. Evampi āpāthamāgatānaṃ pana nesaṃ upanissayaṃ pubbacariyaṃ pubbahetuṃ sampati vattamānañca paṭipattiṃ ^a^M1.0288^ea^ oloketi, tenāha ^b^‘‘atha bhagavā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Vādapaṭivādaṃ katvā^eb^ti ‘‘evaṃ nu te ambaṭṭhā’’tiādinā mayā vuttavacanassa ‘‘ye ca kho te bho gotama muṇḍakā samaṇakā’’tiādinā paṭivacanaṃ katvā tikkhattuṃ ibbhavādanipātanavasena ^b^nānappakāraṃ asambhivākyaṃ^eb^ sādhusabhāvāya vācāya vattuṃ ayuttavacanaṃ ^b^vakkhati. Nibbisevana^eb^nti vigatatudanaṃ, mānadabbavasena apagataparipphandananti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Avasaritabba^eb^nti ^a^V1.0255^ea^ upagantabbaṃ. ^b^Icchānaṅgale^eb^ti idaṃ tadā bhagavato gocaragāmanidassanaṃ samīpatthe bhummanti katvā. ^b^‘‘Icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe’’^eb^ti nivāsanaṭṭhānadassanaṃ adhikaraṇe bhummanti. Tadubhayaṃ vivaranto ^b^‘‘icchānaṅgalaṃ upanissāyā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Dhammarājassa bhagavato sabbaso adhammaniggaṇhanaparā paṭipatti, sā ca sīlasamādhipaññāvasenāti taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sīlakhandhāvāra’’^eb^ntiādi ^a^P1.0375^ea^ vuttaṃ. ^b^Yathābhirucitenā^eb^ti dibbavihārādīsu yena yena attano abhirucitena vihārena.


volume: 21
item: 72
title: ^addhānagamanavaṇṇanā^pokkharasātivatthuvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^255^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Mante^eb^ti irubbedādimantasatthe. Pokkhare kamale sayamāno nisīdīti ^b^pokkharasātī.^eb^ Sāti vuccati samasaṇṭhānaṃ, pokkhare saṇṭhānāvayave jātoti ^b^‘‘pokkharasātī’’^eb^tipi vuccati. ^b^Setapokkharasadiso^eb^ti setapadumavaṇṇo. ^b^Suvaṭṭitā^eb^ti vaṭṭabhāvassa yuttaṭṭhāne suṭṭhu vaṭṭulā. Kāḷavaṅgatilakādīnaṃ abhāvena ^b^suparisuddhā.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]Imassa brāhmaṇassa kīdiso pubbayogo, yena naṃ bhagavā anuggaṇhituṃ taṃ ṭhānaṃ upagatoti āha ^b^‘‘ayaṃ panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Padumagabbhe nibbatti^eb^ tenāyaṃ saṃsedajo jāto. ^b^Na pupphatī^eb^ti na vikasati. ^b^Rajatabimbaka^eb^nti rūpiyamayaṃ rūpakaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ajjhāvasatī^eb^ti ettha ^b^adhi^eb^-saddo issariyatthadīpano, ^b^ā^eb^saddo mariyādatthoti dassento ^b^‘‘abhibhavitvā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tehi yuttattā hi ^b^ukkaṭṭha^eb^nti upayogavacanaṃ, tenāha ^b^‘‘upasaggavasenā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Yāya mariyādāyā^eb^ti ^b^yāya avatthāya.^eb^^b^Nagarassa vatthu^eb^nti ‘‘ayaṃ khaṇo, sumuhuttaṃ mā atikkamī’’ti rattivibhāyanaṃ anurakkhantā rattiyaṃ ukkā ^a^M1.0289^ea^ ṭhapetvā ukkāsu jalamānāsu nagarassa vatthuṃ aggahesuṃ, tasmā ukkāsu ṭhitāti ^b^ukkaṭṭhā,^eb^ ukkāsu vijjotayantīsu ṭhitā patiṭṭhitāti mūlavibhujādipakkhepena saddasiddhi veditabbā, niruttinayena vā ukkāsu ṭhitāsu ṭhitā āsīti ^b^ukkaṭṭhā.^eb^ Apare pana bhaṇanti ‘‘bhūmibhāgasampattiyā, upakaraṇasampattiyā, manussasampattiyā ca taṃ nagaraṃ ukkaṭṭhaguṇayogato ^b^ukkaṭṭhā^eb^ti nāmaṃ labhī’’ti ^a^P1.0376^ea^. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti ‘‘ukkaṭṭha’’nti upayogavasena vuttapadassa. ^b^Anupayogattā^eb^ti visesanabhāvena anupayuttattā. ^b^Sesapadesū^eb^ti ‘‘sattussada’’ntiādipadesu. Yathāvidhi hi anupayogo purimasmiṃ. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti ‘‘upasaggavasenā’’tiādinā vuttavidhāne. ^b^‘‘Saddasatthato pariyesitabba’’^eb^nti etena saddalakkhaṇānugato ^a^V1.0256^ea^ vāyaṃ saddappayogoti dasseti. Upānuadhiāitievaṃpubbake vasanakiriyāṭhāne upayogavacanameva pāpuṇātīti saddavidū icchanti.<br/><br/>[03]Ussadatā nāmettha bahulatāti, taṃ bahulataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘bahujana’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Gahetvā posetabbaṃ ^b^posāvaniyaṃ. Āvijjhitvā^eb^ti parikkhipitvā.<br/><br/>[03]Raññā viya bhuñjitabbanti vā ^b^rājabhoggaṃ. Rañño dāyabhūta^eb^nti kulaparamparāya yogyabhāvena rājato laddhadāyabhūtaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dāyajjanti attho’’^eb^ti. Rājanīhārena paribhuñjitabbato uddhaṃ paribhogalābhassa seṭṭhadeyyatā nāma natthīti āha ^b^‘‘chattaṃ ussāpetvā rājasaṅkhepena bhuñjitabba’’^eb^nti. ^b^‘‘Sabbaṃ chejjabhejja’’^eb^nti sarīradaṇḍadhanadaṇḍādi bhedaṃ sabbaṃ daṇḍamāha. ^b^Nadītitthapabbatādīsū^eb^ti nadītitthapabbatapādagāmadvārāṭavimukhādīsu. ‘‘Rājadāya’’nti imināva rañño dinnabhāve siddhe ^b^‘‘raññā pasenadinā kosalena dinna’’^eb^nti vacanaṃ kimatthiyanti āha ^b^‘‘dāyakarājadīpanattha’’^eb^ntiādi ^a^P1.0377^ea^. ^b^Nissaṭṭhapariccatta^eb^nti muttacāgavasena pariccattaṃ katvā. Evañhi taṃ seṭṭhadeyyaṃ uttamadeyyaṃ jātaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upalabhī^eb^ti savanavasena upalabhīti imamatthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘sotadvāra…pe… aññāsī’’^eb^ti āha. Avadhāraṇaphalattā sabbampi vākyaṃ antogadhāvadhāraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘padapūraṇamatte nipāto’’^eb^ti. ^b^‘‘Avadhāraṇatthe’’^eb^ti pana iminā iṭṭhatovadhāraṇatthaṃ ^b^kho^eb^-saddaggahaṇanti dasseti ^a^M1.0290^ea^. ^b^‘‘Assosī’’^eb^ti padaṃ kho-sadde gahite tena phullitamaṇḍitaṃ viya hontaṃ pūritaṃ nāma hoti, tena ca purimapacchimapadāni siliṭṭhāni honti, na tasmiṃ aggahiteti āha ^b^‘‘padapūraṇena byañjanasiliṭṭhatāmattamevā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Matta^eb^-saddo visesanivattiattho, tenassa anatthantaradīpanatā dassitā hoti, ^b^eva^eb^-saddena pana byañjanasiliṭṭhatāya ekantikatā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samitapāpattā^eb^ti accantaṃ anavasesato savāsanaṃ samitapāpattā. Evañhi bāhirakavirāgasekkhāsekkhapāpasamanato bhagavato pāpasamanaṃ visesitaṃ hoti, tenāha ^b^vuttañheta^eb^ntiādi. Anekatthattā nipātānaṃ idha anussavattho adhippetoti āha ^b^‘‘khalūti anussavatthe nipāto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ālapanamatta^eb^nti piyālāpavacanamattaṃ. Piyasamudāhāro hete ‘‘bho’’ti vā ‘‘āvuso’’ti vā ‘‘devānaṃ piyā’’ti vā. ^b^Gottavasenā^eb^ti ettha gaṃ tāyatīti gottaṃ. Gotamoti hi pavattamānaṃ vacanaṃ, buddhiñca tāyati ekaṃsikavisayatāya rakkhatīti gottaṃ. Yathā hi buddhi ārammaṇabhūtena ^a^P1.0378^ea^ atthena vinā na vattati, evaṃ abhidhānaṃ abhidheyyabhūtena, tasmā ^a^V1.0257^ea^ so gottasaṅkhāto attho tāni tāyati rakkhatīti vuccati. Ko pana soti? Aññakulaparamparāsādhāraṇaṃ tassa kulassa ādipurisasamudāgataṃ taṃkulapariyāpannasādhāraṇaṃ sāmaññarūpanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ettha ca ^b^‘‘samaṇo’’^eb^ti iminā sarikkhakajanehi bhagavato bahumatabhāvo dassito samitapāpatākittanato. ^b^‘‘Gotamo’’^eb^ti iminā lokiyajanehi uḷārakulasambhūtatādīpanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uccākulaparidīpanaṃ^eb^ uditoditavipulakhattiyakulavibhāvanato. Sabbakhattiyānañhi ādibhūtamahāsammatamahārājato paṭṭhāya asambhinnaṃ uḷāratamaṃ sakyarājakulaṃ. ^b^Kenaci pārijuññenā^eb^ti ñātipārijuññabhogapārijuññādinā kenaci pārijuññena pārihāniyā. ^b^Anabhibhūto^eb^ anajjhotthato. Tathā hi tassa kulassa na kiñci pārijuññaṃ lokanāthassa abhijātiyaṃ, atha kho vaḍḍhiyeva. Abhinikkhamane ca tatopi samiddhatamabhāvo loke pākaṭo paññāto. Iti ^b^‘‘sakyakulā pabbajito’’^eb^ti idaṃ vacanaṃ bhagavato saddhāpabbajitabhāvadīpanaṃ vuttaṃ mahantaṃ ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ, mahantañca bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya pabbajitabhāvasiddhito. ^b^Sundara^eb^nti bhaddakaṃ. Bhaddakatā ca passantassa hitasukhāvahabhāvena veditabbāti āha ^a^M1.0291^ea^^b^atthāvahaṃ sukhāvaha^eb^nti. Tattha ^b^atthāvaha^eb^nti diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthasaṃhitahitāvahaṃ. ^b^Sukhāvaha^eb^nti yathāvuttatividhasukhāvahaṃ. ^b^Tathārūpāna^eb^nti tādisānaṃ. Yādisehi pana guṇehi bhagavā samannāgato, tehi catuppamāṇikassa lokassa sabbathāpi accantāya saddhāya pasādanīyo tesaṃ yathābhūtasabhāvattāti dassento ^b^yathārūpo^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^yathābhūtaṃ…pe…^eb^^a^P1.0379^ea^^b^arahata^eb^nti iminā dhammappamāṇānaṃ, lūkhappamāṇānañca sattānaṃ bhagavato pasādāvahataṃ dasseti. Taṃ dassaneneva ca itaresampi atthato pasādāvahatā dassitā hotīti daṭṭhabbaṃ tadavinābhāvato. ^b^Dassanamattampi sādhu hotī^eb^ti ettha kosiyasakuṇavatthuṃ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.144; khu. pā. aṭṭha. 10) kathetabbaṃ.


volume: 21
item: 73
title: addhānagamanavaṇṇanā^pokkharasātivatthuvaṇṇanā^ambaṭṭhamāṇavakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^256^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Mante parivattetī^eb^ti vede sajjhāyati, pariyāpuṇātīti attho. ^b^Mante dhāretī^eb^ti yathāadhīte mante asammuṭṭhe katvā hadaye ṭhapeti oṭṭhapahatakaraṇavasena, na atthavibhāvanavasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sanighaṇḍukeṭubhāna^eb^nti ettha vacanīyavācakabhāvena atthaṃ saddañca nikhaḍati bhindati vibhajja dassetīti nikhaṇḍu, sā eva idha kha-kārassa gha-kāraṃ katvā ‘‘nighaṇḍū’’ti vutto. Kiṭayati ^a^V1.0258^ea^ gameti ñāpeti kiriyādivibhāgaṃ, taṃ vā anavasesapariyādānato gamento pūretīti keṭubhaṃ. ^b^Vevacanappakāsaka^eb^nti pariyāyasaddadīpakaṃ, ekekassa atthassa anekapariyāyavacanavibhāvakanti attho. Nidassanamattañcetaṃ anekesampi atthānaṃ ekasaddavacanīyatāvibhāvanavasenapi tassa ganthassa pavattattā. Vacībhedādilakkhaṇā kiriyā kappīyati etenāti ^b^kiriyākappo,^eb^ so pana vaṇṇapadasambandhapadatthādivibhāgato bahuvikappoti āha ^b^‘‘kiriyākappavikappo’’^eb^ti. Idañca mūlakiriyākappaganthaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. So hi satasahassaparimāṇo nayacariyādipakaraṇaṃ. Ṭhānakaraṇādivibhāgato ^a^P1.0380^ea^, nibbacanavibhāgato ca akkharā pabhedīyanti etehīti ^b^akkharappabhedā,^eb^ sikkhāniruttiyo. ^b^Etesa^eb^nti vedānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Te ^a^M1.0292^ea^ eva vede padaso kāyatīti ^b^padako.^eb^ Taṃ taṃ saddaṃ tadatthañca byākaroti byācikkhati etenāti ^b^byākaraṇaṃ,^eb^ saddasatthaṃ. Āyatiṃ hitaṃ tena loko na yatati na īhatīti ^b^lokāyataṃ.^eb^ Tañhi ganthaṃ nissāya sattā puññakiriyāya cittampi na uppādenti.<br/><br/>[03]Vayatīti ^b^vayo,^eb^ ādimajjhapariyosānesu katthaci aparikilamanto avitthāyanto te ganthe sandhāreti pūretīti attho. Dve paṭisedhā pakatiṃ gamentīti dassento ‘‘avayo na hotī’’ti vatvā tattha avayaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘avayo nāma…pe… na sakkotī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Anuññāto’’^eb^ti padassa kammasādhanavasena, ‘‘paṭiññāto’’ti pana padassa kattusādhanavasena attho veditabboti dassento ^b^‘‘ācariyenā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Ācariyaparamparābhataṃ ^b^ācariyakaṃ. Garū^eb^ti bhāriyaṃ attānaṃ tato mocetvā gamanaṃ dukkaraṃ hoti. ^b^Anatthopi uppajjati^eb^ nindābyārosaupārambhādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^257^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Abbhuggato’’ti ettha abhisaddayogena ^b^itthambhūtākhyānatthavaseneva upayogavacanaṃ.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^258^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Lakkhaṇānī^eb^ti lakkhaṇadīpanāni mantapadāni. ^b^Antaradhāyantī^eb^ti na kevalaṃ lakkhaṇamantāniyeva, atha kho aññānipi brāhmaṇānaṃ ñāṇabalābhāvena anukkamena antaradhāyanti. Tathā hi vadanti ‘‘ekasataṃ addhariyaṃ sākhā sahassavattako sāmā’’tiādi. ^b^Paṇidhi^eb^^a^P1.0381^ea^^b^…pe… mahato^eb^ti ettha paṇidhimahato samādānamahatoti ādinā paccekaṃ mahanta-saddo yojetabbo. Paṇidhimahantatādi cassa buddhavaṃsacariyāpiṭakavaṇṇanādivasena veditabbo. ^b^Niṭṭhā^eb^ti nipphattiyo. ^b^Bhavabhede^eb^ti bhavavisese. Ito ca etto ca byāpetvā ṭhitatā ^b^visaṭabhāvo.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Jātisāmaññato^eb^ti lakkhaṇajātiyā lakkhaṇabhāvamattena samānabhāvato. Yathā hi buddhānaṃ lakkhaṇāni ^a^V1.0259^ea^ suvisadāni, suparibyattāni, paripuṇṇāni ca honti, na evaṃ cakkavattīnaṃ, tenāha ^b^‘‘na teheva buddho hotī’’^eb^ti. Abhirūpatā, dīghāyukatā, appātaṅkatā, brāhmaṇādīnaṃ piyamanāpatāti imehi ^b^catūhi^eb^ acchariyasabhāvehi. Dānaṃ, piyavacanaṃ, atthacariyā, samānattatāti ^a^M1.0293^ea^ imehi ^b^catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi. Rañjanato^eb^ti pītijananato. Cakkaṃ cakkaratanaṃ vatteti pavattetīti ^b^cakkavattī.^eb^ Sampatticakkehi sayaṃ vattati, tehi ca paraṃ sattanikāyaṃ vatteti pavattetīti ^b^cakkavattī.^eb^ Parahitāvaho iriyāpathacakkānaṃ vatto vattanaṃ etassa, etthāti vā ^b^cakkavattī.^eb^ Appaṭihataṃ vā āṇāsaṅkhātaṃ cakkaṃ vattetīti ^b^cakkavattī.^eb^ Khattiyamaṇḍalādisaññitaṃ cakkaṃ samūhaṃ attano vase vattetīti ^b^cakkavattī^eb^ cakkavattivattasaṅkhātaṃ dhammaṃ carati, cakkavattivattasaṅkhāto dhammo etasmiṃ atthīti vā ^b^dhammiko.^eb^ Dhammato anapetattā dhammo rañjanaṭṭhena rājāti ^b^dhammarājā.^eb^ ‘‘Rājā hoti cakkavattī’’ti vuttattā ^b^‘‘cāturanto’’^eb^ti padaṃ catudīpissarataṃ vibhāvetīti āha ^b^‘‘catusamuddāntāyā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ‘‘catuddīpavibhūsitāyā’’ti avatvā ‘‘catubbidhā’’ti ^b^vidha^eb^ggahaṇaṃ taṃtaṃparittadīpānampi saṅgahatthanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Kopādī^eb^ti ^a^P1.0382^ea^^b^ādi^eb^-saddena kāmamohamānamadādike saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Vijitāvī^eb^ti vijitavā. Kenaci akampiyaṭṭhena janapade thāvariyappatto, daḷhabhattibhāvato vā, janapado thāvariyaṃ patto etthāti ^b^janapadatthāvariyappatto.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]Cittīkatabhāvādināpi (khu. pā. aṭṭha. 3; dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.33; su. ni. aṭṭha. 1.226; mahāni. aṭṭha. 50) cakkassa ratanaṭṭho veditabbo. Esa nayo sesesupi. Ratinimittatāya vā cittīkatādibhāvassa ratijananaṭṭhena ekasaṅgahatāya visuṃ aggahaṇaṃ. Imehi pana ratanehi rājā cakkavattī yaṃ yamatthaṃ paccanubhoti, taṃ taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘imesu panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Ajitaṃ jināti ^eb^mahesakkhatāsaṃvattaniyakammanissandabhāvato. ^b^Vijite yathāsukhaṃ anuvicarati^eb^ hatthiratanaṃ assaratanañca abhiruhitvā tesaṃ ānubhāvena antopātarāseyeva samuddapariyantaṃ pathaviṃ anusaṃyāyitvā rājadhānimeva paccāgamanato. ^b^Pariṇāyakaratanena vijitamanurakkhati^eb^ tena tattha tattha kātabbakiccassa saṃvidhānato. ^b^Avasesehī^eb^ti maṇiratanaitthiratanagahapatiratanehi. Tattha maṇiratanena yojanappamāṇe padese andhakāraṃ vidhamitvā ālokadassanādinā sukhamanubhavati, itthiratanena atikkantamānusakarūpasampattidassanādivasena, gahapatiratanena icchiticchitamaṇikanakarajatādidhanapaṭilābhavasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ussāhasattiyogo^eb^^a^M1.0294^ea^ tena kenaci appaṭihatāṇācakkabhāvasiddhito ^b^pacchimenā^eb^ti pariṇāyakaratanena. Tañhi sabbarājakiccesu kusalaṃ avirajjhanayogaṃ, tenāha ^b^‘‘mantasattiyogo’’^eb^ti ^a^V1.0260^ea^. Hatthiassaratanānaṃ mahānubhāvatāya kosasampattiyāpi pabhāvasampattisiddhito ^a^P1.0383^ea^^b^‘‘hatthi…pe… yogo’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. (Koso hi nāma sati ussāhasampattiyaṃ duggaṃ tejaṃ kusumoraṃ parakkamaṃ pabbatomukhaṃ amosapaharaṇaṃ) tividhasattiyogaphalaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ hotīti sambandho. ^b^Sesehī^eb^ti sesehi pañcahi ratanehi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Adosakusalamūlajanitakammānubhāvenā^eb^ti adosasaṅkhātena kusalamūlena sahajātādipaccayavasena uppāditakammassa ānubhāvena ^b^sampajjanti^eb^ sommatararatanajātikattā. ^b^Majjhimāni^eb^ maṇītthigahapatiratanāni. ^b^Alobha…pe… kammānubhāvena^eb^ sampajjanti ^b^uḷārassa dhanassa,^eb^ uḷāradhanapaṭilābhakāraṇassa ca pariccāgasampadāhetukattā. ^b^Pacchima^eb^nti pariṇāyakaratanaṃ. Tañhi ^b^amoha…pe… kammānubhāvena sampajjati^eb^ mahāpaññeneva cakkavattirājakiccassa pariṇetabbattā. ^b^Upadeso^eb^ nāma savisesaṃ sattannaṃ ratanānaṃ vicāraṇavasena pavatto kathābandho.<br/><br/>[03]Saraṇato paṭipakkhavidhamanato ^b^sūrā,^eb^ tenāha ^b^‘‘abhīrukajātikā’’^eb^ti. Asure vijinitvā ṭhitattā vīro, sakko devānaṃ indo. Tassa aṅgaṃ devaputto senaṅgabhāvatoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vīraṅgarūpāti devaputtasadisakāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^‘‘Eke’’^eb^ti sārasamāsācariyamāha. ^b^Sabhāvo^eb^ti sabhāvabhūto attho. ^b^Vīrakāraṇa^eb^nti vīrabhāvakāraṇaṃ. ^b^Vīriyamayasarīrā viyā^eb^ti saviggahavīriyasadisā, saviggahaṃ ce vīriyaṃ siyā taṃsadisāti attho. Nanu rañño cakkavattissa paṭisenā nāma natthi, ya’massa puttā pamaddeyyuṃ, atha kasmā parasenappamaddanāti vuttanti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^sace^eb^tiādi, tena parasenā hotu vā mā vā te pana evaṃ mahānubhāvāti dasseti. ^b^Dhammenā^eb^ti katupacitena attano puññadhammena. Tena ^a^P1.0384^ea^ hi sañcoditā pathaviyaṃ sabbarājāno paccuggantvā ‘‘svāgataṃ te mahārājā’’ti ādiṃ vatvā attano rajjaṃ rañño cakkavattissa niyyātenti, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘so imaṃ…pe… ajjhāvasatī’’ti. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ^a^M1.0295^ea^ pana tassa yathāvuttassa dhammassa cirataraṃ vipaccituṃ paccayabhūtaṃ cakkavattivattasamudāgataṃ payogasampattisaṅkhātaṃ dhammaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘pāṇo na hantabbotiādinā pañcasīladhammenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Evañhi ‘‘adaṇḍena asatthenā’’ti idaṃ vacanaṃ suṭṭhutaraṃ samatthitaṃ hotīti. Yasmā rāgādayo pāpadhammā uppajjamānā sattasantānaṃ chādetvā pariyonandhitvā tiṭṭhanti kusalappavattiṃ nivārenti, tasmā te ‘‘chadanā, chadā’’ti ca vuttā. ^b^Vivaṭetvā^eb^ti vigametvā. ^b^Pūjārahatā vuttā^eb^ ‘‘arahatīti araha’’nti. ^b^Tassā^eb^ pūjārahatāya. ^b^Yasmā sammāsambuddho,^eb^ tasmā arahanti. ^b^Buddhattahetubhūtā vivaṭṭacchadatā vuttā^eb^ savāsanasabbakilesappahānapubbakattā buddhabhāvassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Arahaṃ^eb^^a^V1.0261^ea^^b^vaṭṭābhāvenā^eb^ti phalena hetuanumānadassanaṃ. ^b^Sammāsambuddho chadanābhāvenā^eb^ti hetunā phalānumānadassanaṃ. ^b^Hetudvayaṃ vuttaṃ^eb^ ‘‘vivaṭṭo vicchado cā’’ti. ^b^Dutiyena vesārajjenā^eb^ti ‘‘khīṇāsavassa te paṭijānato’’tiādinā vuttena vesārajjena. ^b^Purimasiddhī^eb^ti purimassa padassa atthasiddhīti attho. ^b^Paṭhamenā^eb^ti ‘‘sammāsambuddhassa ^a^P1.0385^ea^ te paṭijānato’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.150; a. ni. 4.8) vuttena vesārajjena. ^b^Dutiyasiddhī^eb^ti dutiyassa padassa atthasiddhi, buddhatthasiddhīti attho. ^b^Tatiyacatutthehī^eb^ti ‘‘ye kho pana te antarāyikā dhammā’’tiādinā, (ma. ni. 1.150; a. ni. 4.8) ‘‘yassa kho pana te atthāyā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.150; a. ni. 4.8) ca vuttehi tatiyacatutthehi vesārajjehi. ^b^Tatiyasiddhī^eb^ti vivaṭṭacchadanatāsiddhi yāthāvato antarāyikaniyyānikadhammāpadesena hi satthu vivaṭṭacchadanabhāvo loke pākaṭo ahosi. ^b^Purimaṃ dhammacakkhu^eb^nti purimapadaṃ bhagavato dhammacakkhuṃ ^b^sādheti^eb^ kilesārīnaṃ, saṃsāracakkassa ca arānaṃ hatabhāvadīpanato. ^b^Dutiyaṃ padaṃ buddhacakkhuṃ sādheti^eb^ sammāsambuddhasseva taṃsabbhāvato. ^b^Tatiyaṃ padaṃ samantacakkhuṃ sādheti^eb^ savāsanasabbakilesappahānadīpanato. ‘‘Sammāsambuddho’’ti hi vatvā ‘‘vivaṭṭacchado’’ti vacanaṃ buddhabhāvāvahameva sabbakilesappahānaṃ vibhāveti. ^b^‘‘Sūrabhāva’’^eb^nti lakkhaṇavibhāvane visadañāṇataṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^259^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Evaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0296^ea^^b^bho^eb^ti ettha ^b^eva^eb^nti vacanasampaṭicchane nipāto. Vacanasampaṭicchanañcettha ‘‘tathā mayaṃ taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ vedissāma, tvaṃ mantānaṃ paṭiggahetā’’ti ca evaṃ pavattassa pokkharasātino vacanassa sampaṭiggahoti āha. ^b^‘‘Sopi tāyā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^tāyā^eb^ti tāya yathāvuttāya samuttejanāya. ^b^Ayānabhūmi^eb^nti ^a^P1.0386^ea^ yānassa abhūmiṃ. ^b^Divāpadhānikā^eb^ti divāpadhānānuyuñjanakā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^260^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yadipi pubbe ambaṭṭhakulaṃ appaññātaṃ, tadā pana paññāyatīti āha ^b^‘‘tadā kirā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Aturito^eb^ti avegāyanto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^261^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yathā khamanīyādīni pucchanto^eb^ti yathā bhagavā ‘‘kacci vo māṇavā khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīya’’ntiādinā khamanīyādīni pucchanto tehi māṇavehi saddhiṃ paṭhamaṃ pavattamodo ahosi pubbabhāsitāya tadanukaraṇena evaṃ tepi māṇavā bhagavatā saddhiṃ samappavattamodā ahesunti yojanā. Taṃ pana samappavattamodataṃ upamāya dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sītodakaṃ viyā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^sammodita^eb^nti saṃsanditaṃ. ^b^Ekībhāva^eb^nti sammodanakiriyāya samānataṃ ^a^V1.0262^ea^. ^b^Khamanīya^eb^nti ‘‘idaṃ catucakkaṃ navadvāraṃ sarīrayantaṃ dukkhabahulatāya sabhāvato dussahaṃ kacci khamituṃ sakkuṇeyya’’nti pucchanti, ^b^yāpanīya^eb^nti āhārādipaccayapaṭibaddhavuttikaṃ cirappabandhasaṅkhātāya yāpanāya kacci yāpetuṃ sakkuṇeyyaṃ. Sīsarogādiābādhābhāvena ^b^kacci appābādhaṃ,^eb^ dukkhajīvikābhāvena ^b^kacci appātaṅkaṃ,^eb^ taṃtaṃkiccakaraṇe uṭṭhānasukhatāya ^b^kacci lahuṭṭhānaṃ,^eb^ tadanurūpabalayogato ^b^kacci balaṃ,^eb^ sukhavihārasabbhāvena ^b^kacci phāsuvihāro^eb^ atthīti sabbattha kacci-saddaṃ yojetvā attho veditabbo. Balappattā pīti ^b^pīti^eb^yeva. Taruṇapīti ^b^pāmojjaṃ.^eb^ Sammodanaṃ janeti karotīti sammodanikaṃ tadeva ^b^sammodanīyaṃ.^eb^ Sammoditabbato ^b^sammodanīya^eb^nti idaṃ pana atthaṃ dassetuṃ vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sammodituṃ yuttabhāvato’’^eb^ti. Saritabbabhāvato anussaritabbabhāvato ‘‘saraṇīya’’nti vattabbe ^b^‘‘sāraṇīya’’^eb^nti dīghaṃ katvā vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Suyyamānasukhato’’^eb^ti āpāthamadhuratamāha, ^b^‘‘anussariyamānasukhato’’^eb^ti vimaddaramaṇīyataṃ. ^b^‘‘Byañjanaparisuddhatāyā’’^eb^ti sabhāvaniruttibhāvena ^a^P1.0387^ea^ tassā kathāya vacanacāturiyamāha, ^b^‘‘atthaparisuddhatāyā’’^eb^ti atthassa nirupakkilesataṃ. ^b^Anekehi pariyāyehī^eb^ti anekehi kāraṇehi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Apasādessāmī^eb^ti ^a^M1.0297^ea^ maṅkuṃ karissāmi. ^b^Kaṇṭhe olambetvā^eb^ti ubhosu khandhesu sāṭakaṃ āsajjetvā kaṇṭhe olambitvā. ^b^Dussakaṇṇaṃ gahetvā^eb^ti nivatthasāṭakassa dasākoṭiṃ ekena hatthena gahetvā. ^b^Caṅkamaṃ abhiruhitvā^eb^ti caṅkamituṃ ārabhitvā. ^b^Dhātusamatā^eb^ti rasādidhātūnaṃ samāvatthatā, arogatāti attho. ^b^Anācārabhāvasāraṇīya^eb^nti anācārabhāvena saraṇīyaṃ. ‘‘Anācāro vatāya’’nti saritabbakaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^262^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Bhavaggaṃ gahetukāmo viyā’’^eb^tiādi asakkuṇeyyattā dukkaraṃ kiccaṃ ārabhatīti dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. Asakkuṇeyyañhetaṃ sadevakenāpi lokena, yadidaṃ bhagavato apasādanaṃ, tenāha ^b^‘‘aṭṭhāne vāyamatī’’^eb^ti. Ayaṃ bālo ‘‘mayi kiñci akathente mayā saddhiṃ kathetumpi na visahatī’’ti mānameva paggaṇhissati, kathente pana kathāpasaṅgenassa jātigotte vibhāvite mānaniggaho bhavissatīti bhagavā ‘‘evaṃ nu te’’tiādimāha. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘atha kho bhagavā’’tiādi. Ācārasamācārasikkhāpanena ācariyā, tesaṃ pana ācariyānaṃ pakaṭṭhā ācariyāti pācariyā yathā papitāmahoti, tenāha ^b^‘‘ācariyehi ca tesaṃ pācariyehi cā’’^eb^ti.


volume: 21
item: 74
title: pokkharasātivatthuvaṇṇanā^ambaṭṭhamāṇavakathāvaṇṇanā^paṭhamaibbhavādavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^263^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tīsu iriyāpathesū^eb^ti ṭhānagamananisajjāsu. ^b^Kathāpaḷāsa^eb^nti ^a^P1.0388^ea^ kathāvasena yugaggāhaṃ. Sayānena ^a^V1.0263^ea^ ācariyena saddhiṃ sayānassa kathā nāma ācāro na hoti, taṃ itarehi sadisaṃ katvā kathanaṃ idha kathāpaḷāso.<br/><br/>[03]Tassa pana yaṃ anācārabhāvavibhāvanaṃ satthārā ambaṭṭhena saddhiṃ kathentena kataṃ, taṃ saṅgītianāruḷhaṃ paramparābhatanti upari pāḷiyā sambandhabhāvena dassento ^b^‘‘tato kirā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Muṇḍakā samaṇakā^eb^ti ca garahāyaṃ ^b^ka^eb^-saddo, tenāha ^b^‘‘hīḷento’’^eb^ti. Ibhassa payogo ibho uttarapadalopena, taṃ ibhaṃ arahantīti ^b^ibbhā.^eb^ Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathā ibho hatthivāhanabhūto parassa vasena vattati, na attano, evaṃ etepi brāhmaṇānaṃ sussusakā suddā parassa vasena ^a^M1.0298^ea^ vattanti, na attano, tasmā ibhasadisapayogatāya ibbhāti. Te pana kuṭumbikatāya gharavāsino gharassāmikā hontīti āha ^b^‘‘gahapatikā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kaṇhā^eb^ti kaṇhajātikā. Dijā eva hi suddhajātikā, na itareti tassa adhippāyo, tenāha ^b^‘‘kāḷakā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Mukhato nikkhantā^eb^ti brāhmaṇānaṃ pubbapurisā brahmuno mukhato nikkhantā, ayaṃ tesaṃ paṭhamuppattīti adhippāyo. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. ^b^‘‘Samaṇā piṭṭhipādato’’^eb^ti idaṃ panassa ‘‘mukhato nikkhantā’’tiādivacanatopi ativiya asamavekkhitavacanaṃ catuvaṇṇapariyāpannasseva samaṇabhāvasambhavato. ^b^Aniyametvā^eb^ti avisesetvā, anuddesikabhāvenāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mānussayavasena kathetī^eb^ti mānussayaṃ avassāya attānaṃ ukkaṃsento, pare ca vambhento ‘‘muṇḍakā’’ti ādiṃ katheti. ^b^Jānāpemī^eb^ti jātigottassa pamāṇaṃ ^a^P1.0389^ea^ yāthāvato vibhāvanena pamāṇaṃ jānāpemīti. ^b^Attho etassa atthīti atthikaṃ^eb^ daṇḍikañāyena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Yāyeva kho panatthāyā’’^eb^ti itthiliṅgavasena vuttanti vadanti, taṃ parato ‘‘purisaliṅgavasenevā’’ti vakkhamānattā yuttaṃ. ^b^Yāya atthāyā^eb^ti vā pulliṅgavaseneva tadatthe sampadānavacanaṃ, yassa atthassa atthāyāti attho. ^b^Assā^eb^ti ambaṭṭhassa dassetvāti sambandho. ^b^Aññesa^eb^nti aññesaṃ sādhurūpānaṃ. ^b^Santikaṃ āgatāna^eb^nti guruṭṭhāniyānaṃ santikaṃ upagatānaṃ. ^b^Vatta^eb^nti tehi caritabbāacāraṃ. ^b^Asikkhito^eb^ti ācāraṃ asikkhito. Tato eva ^b^appassuto.^eb^ Bāhusaccañhi nāma yāvadeva upasamatthaṃ icchitabbaṃ, tadabhāvato ambaṭṭho appassuto asikkhito ‘‘avusito’’ti viññāyati, tenāha ^b^‘‘etassa hī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^264^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kodhavasacittatāya ^b^asakamano. Mānanimmadanattha^eb^nti mānassa nimmadanatthaṃ. ^b^Uggiletvā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0264^ea^ sinehapānena kilinnaṃ ubbamanaṃ katvā. ^b^Gottena gotta^eb^nti tena vuttena purātanagottena idāni taṃ taṃ anavajjasaññitaṃ gottaṃ sāvajjato uṭṭhāpetvā uddharitvā. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Tattha ^b^gottaṃ^eb^ ādipurisavasena, ^b^kulāpadoso,^eb^ tadanvaye uppannābhiññātapurisavasena veditabbo yathā ‘‘ādicco, maghadevo’’ti. Gottamūlassa gārayhatāya amānavatthubhāvapavedanato ^b^‘‘mānaddhajaṃ mūle chetvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Ghaṭṭento^eb^ti ^a^P1.0390^ea^ omasanto.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmiṃ ^a^M1.0299^ea^ mānussayakodhussayā aññamaññūpatthaddhā, so ‘‘caṇḍo’’ti vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘caṇḍāti mānanissitakodhayuttā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kharā^eb^ti cittena, vācāya ca kakkhaḷā. ^b^Lahukā^eb^ti taruṇā. ^b^Bhassā^eb^ti ‘‘sāhasikā’’ti keci vadanti, ‘‘sārambhakā’’ti apare. ^b^Samānā^eb^ti hontā, bhavamānāti atthoti āha ^b^‘‘santāti purimapadasseva vevacana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Na sakkarontī^eb^ti sakkāraṃ na karonti. ^b^Apacitikamma^eb^nti paṇipātakamma ^b^nānuloma^eb^nti attano jātiyā na anucchavikanti attho.


volume: 21
item: 75
title: ambaṭṭhamāṇavakathāvaṇṇanā^paṭhamaibbhavādavaṇṇanā^dutiyaibbhavādavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^265^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kāmaṃ sakyarājakule yo sabbesaṃ buddhataro samattho ca, so eva abhisekaṃ labhati, ekacco pana abhisitto samāno ‘‘idaṃ rajjaṃ nāma bahukiccaṃ bahubyāpāra’’nti tato nibbijja rajjaṃ vayasā anantarassa niyyāteti, kadāci sopi aññassāti tādise sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘sakyāti abhisittarājāno’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kulavaṃsaṃ jānantī^eb^ti kaṇhāyanato paṭṭhāya paramparāgataṃ anussavavasena jānanti. Kulābhimānino hi yebhuyyena paresaṃ uccāvacaṃ kulaṃ tathā tathā udāharanti, attano ca kulavaṃsaṃ jānanti, evaṃ ambaṭṭhopi. Tathā hi so parato bhagavatā pucchito vajirapāṇibhayena yāthāvato kathesi.


volume: 21
item: 76
title: paṭhamaibbhavādavaṇṇanā^dutiyaibbhavādavaṇṇanā^tatiyaibbhavādavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^266^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Khettaleḍḍūna^eb^nti khette kasanavasena naṅgalena uṭṭhāpitaleḍḍūnaṃ. ‘‘Laṭukikā’’ icceva paññātā ^b^khuddakasakuṇikā laṭukikopamavaṇṇanāyaṃ^eb^ ‘‘cātakasakuṇikā’’ti (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 3.150) vuttā. ^b^Kodhavasena laggitu^eb^nti upanayhituṃ, āghātaṃ bandhitunti ^a^P1.0391^ea^ attho. ^b^‘‘Amhe haṃsakoñcamorasame karotī’’^eb^ti iminā ‘‘na taṃ koci haṃso vā’’tiādivacanaṃ saṅgītiṃ anāruḷhaṃ tadā bhagavatā vuttamevāti dasseti. ‘‘Evaṃ nu te’’tiādivacanaṃ, ‘‘avusitavāyevā’’tiādivacanañca ^a^V1.0265^ea^ mānavasena samaṇena gotamena vuttanti maññatīti adhippāyenāha ^b^‘‘nimmāno dāni jātoti maññamāno’’^eb^ti.


volume: 21
item: 77
title: dutiyaibbhavādavaṇṇanā^tatiyaibbhavādavaṇṇanā^dāsiputtavādavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^267^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nimmādetī^eb^ti ^a^M1.0300^ea^ a-kārassa ā-kāraṃ katvā niddesoti āha ^b^‘‘nimmadetī’’^eb^ti. Kāmaṃ gottaṃ nāmetaṃ pitito laddhabbaṃ, na mātito na hi brāhmaṇānaṃ sagottāya āvāhavivāho icchito, gottanāmaṃ pana yasmā jātisiddhaṃ, na kittimaṃ, jāti ca ubhayasambandhinī, tasmā ^b^‘‘mātāpettikanti mātāpitūnaṃ santaka’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Nāmagotta^eb^nti gottanāmaṃ, na kittimanāmaṃ, na guṇanāmaṃ vā. Tattha ‘‘kaṇhāyano’’ti niruḷhā yā nāmapaṇṇatti, taṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘paṇṇattivasena nāma^eb^nti. Taṃ pana kaṇhaisito paṭṭhāya tasmiṃ kulaparamparāvasena āgataṃ, na etasmiṃyeva niruḷhaṃ, tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paveṇīvasena gotta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Gotta^eb^-padassa pana attho heṭṭhā vuttoyeva. ^b^Anussarato^eb^ti ettha na kevalaṃ anussaraṇaṃ adhippetaṃ, atha kho kulasuddhivīmaṃsanavasenāti āha ^b^‘‘kulakoṭiṃ sodhentassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ayyaputtā^eb^ti ayyikaputtāti āha ^b^‘‘sāmino puttā’’^eb^ti. Disā okkākarañño antojātā dāsīti āha ^b^‘‘gharadāsiyā putto’’^eb^ti. Ettha ca yasmā ambaṭṭho jātiṃ nissāya mānatthaddho, na cassa yāthāvato jātiyā avibhāvitāya mānaniggaho hoti, mānaniggahe ca kate aparabhāge ratanattaye pasīdissati ^a^P1.0392^ea^, na ‘‘dāsī’’ti vācā pharusavācā nāma hoti cittassa saṇhabhāvato. ^b^Abhayasutta^eb^ñcettha (ma. ni. 2.83; a. ni. 4.184) nidassanaṃ. Keci ca sattā agginā viya lohādayo kakkhaḷāya vācāya mudubhāvaṃ gacchanti, tasmā bhagavā ambaṭṭhaṃ nibbisevanaṃ kātukāmo ‘‘ayyaputtā sakyā bhavanti, dāsiputto tvamasi sakyāna’’nti avoca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ṭhapentī^eb^ti paññapenti, tenāha ^b^‘‘okkāko’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Pabhā niccharati^eb^ dantānaṃ ativiya pabhassarabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭhamakappikāna^eb^nti paṭhamakappassa ādikāle nibbattānaṃ. ^b^Kira^eb^-saddo anussavatthe, tena yo vuccamānāya rājaparamparāya kesañci matibhedo, taṃ ulliṅgeti. ^b^Mahāsammatassāti^eb^ ‘‘ayaṃ no rājā’’ti mahājanena sammannitvā ṭhapitattā ‘‘mahāsammato’’ti evaṃ sammatassa. Yaṃ sandhāya vadanti –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Ādiccakulasambhūto ^a^V1.0266^ea^^a^M1.0301^ea^, suvisuddhaguṇākaro;<br/><br/>[22]Mahānubhāvo rājāsi, mahāsammatanāmako.<br/><br/>[21]Yo cakkhubhūto lokassa, guṇaraṃsisamujjalo;<br/><br/>[22]Tamonudo virocittha, dutiyo viya bhāṇumā.<br/><br/>[21]Ṭhapitā yena mariyādā, loke lokahitesinā;<br/><br/>[22]Vavatthitā sakkuṇanti, na vilaṅghayituṃ janā.<br/><br/>[21]Yasassinaṃ tejassinaṃ, lokasīmānurakkhakaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Ādibhūtaṃ mahāvīraṃ, kathayanti ‘manū’ti ya’’nti.<br/><br/>[03]Tassa ca puttapaputtaparamparaṃ sandhāya –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Tassa putto mahātejo, rojo nāma mahīpati;<br/><br/>[22]Tassa putto vararojo, pavaro rājamaṇḍale.<br/><br/>[21]Tassāsi ^a^P1.0393^ea^ kalyāṇaguṇo, kalyāṇo nāma atrajo;<br/><br/>[22]Rājā tassāsi tanayo, varakalyāṇanāmako.<br/><br/>[21]Tassa putto mahāvīro, mandhātā kāmabhoginaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Aggabhūto mahindena, aḍḍharajjena pūjito.<br/><br/>[21]Tassa sūnu mahātejo, varamandhātunāmako;<br/><br/>[22]‘Uposatho’ti nāmena, tassa putto mahāyaso.<br/><br/>[21]Varo nāma mahātejo, tassa putto mahāvaro;<br/><br/>[22]Tassāsi upavaroti, putto rājā mahābalo.<br/><br/>[21]Tassa ^a^V1.0267^ea^ putto maghadevo, devatulyo mahīpati;<br/><br/>[22]Caturāsītisahassāni, tassa puttaparamparā.<br/><br/>[21]Tesaṃ pacchimako rājā, ‘okkāko’ iti vissuto;<br/><br/>[22]Mahāyaso mahātejo, akhuddo rājamaṇḍale’’ti.<br/><br/>[07]Ādi ^b^tesaṃ pacchato^eb^ti tesaṃ maghadeva paramparabhūtānaṃ kaḷārajanakapariyosānānaṃ anekasatasahassānaṃ rājūnaṃ aparabhāge okkāko nāma ^a^M1.0302^ea^ rājā ahosi, tassa paramparābhūtānaṃ anekasatasahassānaṃ rājūnaṃ aparabhāge aparo okkāko nāma rājā ahosi, tassa paramparabhūtānaṃ anekasatasahassānaṃ rājūnaṃ aparabhāge punāparo okkāko nāma rājā ahosi, taṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘tayo okkākavaṃsā ahesuṃ. Tesu tatiyaokkākassā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sahasā varaṃ adāsi^eb^nti puttadassanena somanassappatto sahasā avīmaṃsitvā tuṭṭhiyā vasena varaṃ adāsiṃ, ‘‘yaṃ icchasi, taṃ gaṇhā’’ti. ^b^Rajjaṃ pariṇāmetuṃ icchatī^eb^ti sā jantukumārassa mātā mama taṃ varadānaṃ antaraṃ katvā imaṃ rajjaṃ pariṇāmetuṃ icchatīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nappasaheyyā^eb^ti ^a^P1.0394^ea^ na pariyatto bhaveyya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nikkhammā^eb^ti gharāvāsato, kāmehi ca nikkhamitvā. ^b^Heṭṭhā cā^eb^ti ^b^ca^eb^-saddena ‘‘asītihatthe’’ti idaṃ anukaḍḍhati. ^b^Tehī^eb^ti migasūkarehi, maṇḍūkamūsikehi ca. ^b^Te^eb^ti sīhabyagghādayo, sappabiḷārā ca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Avasesāhi^eb^ attano attano kaniṭṭhāhi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vaḍḍhamānāna^eb^nti anādare sāmivacanaṃ. ^b^Kuṭṭharogo^eb^ nāma sāsamasūrīrogā viya yebhuyyena saṅkamanasabhāvoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ayaṃ rogo saṅkamatīti cintetvā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Migasūkarādīna^eb^nti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena vanacarasoṇādike saṅgaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03]Tasmiṃ nisinneti sambandho. Khattiyamāyārocanena ^b^attano khattiyabhāvaṃ jānāpetvā.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nagaraṃ^eb^^a^V1.0268^ea^^b^māpehī^eb^ti sāhāraṃ nagaraṃ māpehīti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kesaggahaṇa^eb^nti kesaveṇibandhanaṃ. ^b^Dussaggahaṇa^eb^nti vatthassa nivāsanākāro.<br/><br/>[03]^b^268^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Attano upārambhamocanatthāyā^eb^ti ācariyena ambaṭṭhena ca attano attano upari pāpetabbaupavādassa apanayanatthaṃ. ^b^Asmiṃ vacane^eb^ti ‘‘cattārome bho gotama vaṇṇā’’tiādinā attanā vutte, bhotā ca gotamena vutte ‘‘jātivāde’’ti imasmiṃ yathādhikate vacane. Tattha pana yasmā vede vuttavidhināva tena paṭimantetabbaṃ hoti ^a^M1.0303^ea^, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vedattayavacane’’^eb^ti, ^b^‘‘etasmiṃ vā dāsiputtavacane’’^eb^ti ca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^270^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dhammo^eb^ nāma kāraṇaṃ ‘‘dhammapaṭisambhidā’’tiādīsu (vibha. 718) viya, saha dhammenāti sahadhammo, sahadhammo ^a^P1.0395^ea^ eva ^b^sahadhammiko^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘sahetuko’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^271^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tasmā^eb^ tadā paṭiññātattā. ^b^Tāsetvā pañhaṃ vissajjāpessāmīti āgato^eb^ yathā taṃ saccakasamāgame. ‘‘Bhagavā ceva passati ambaṭṭho cā’’ti ettha itaresaṃ adassane kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yadi hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Āvāhetvā^eb^ti mantabalena ānetvā. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti ambaṭṭhassa. ^b^Vādasaṅghaṭṭe^eb^ti vācāsaṅghaṭṭe.<br/><br/>[03]^b^272^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tāṇanti gavesamāno^eb^ti, ‘‘ayameva samaṇo gotamo ito bhayato mama tāyako’’ti bhagavantaṃyeva ‘‘tāṇa’’nti pariyesanto upagacchanto. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo. ^b^Tāyatī^eb^ti yathāupaṭṭhitabhayato pāleti, tenāha ^b^‘‘rakkhatī’’^eb^ti, etena tāṇa-saddassa kattusādhanatamāha. Yathupaṭṭhitena bhayena upadduto nilīyati etthāti ^b^leṇaṃ,^eb^ upalayanaṃ, etena leṇa-saddassa adhikaraṇasādhanatamāha. ^b^‘‘Saratī’’^eb^ti etena saraṇa-saddassa kattusādhanatamāha.


volume: 21
item: 78
title: tatiyaibbhavādavaṇṇanā^dāsiputtavādavaṇṇanā^ambaṭṭhavaṃsakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^274^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Gaṅgāya dakkhiṇato^eb^ti gaṅgāya nadiyā dakkhiṇadisāya. ^b^Āvudhaṃ na parivattatī^eb^ti saraṃ vāsattiādiṃ vā parassa upari khipitukāmassa hatthaṃ na parivattati, hatthe pana aparivattente kuto āvudhaparivattananti āha ^b^‘‘āvudhaṃ na parivattatī’’^eb^ti. So kira ‘‘kathaṃ nāmāhaṃ disāya dāsiyā kucchimhi nibbatto’’ti taṃ hīnaṃ jātiṃ jigucchanto ‘‘handāhaṃ yathā tathā ^a^V1.0269^ea^ imaṃ jātiṃ sodhessāmī’’ti niggato, tenāha ^b^‘‘idāni me manorathaṃ pūressāmī’’^eb^tiādi. Vijjābalena rājānaṃ tāsetvā tassa dhītuyā laddhakālato paṭṭhāya myāyaṃ jātisodhitā ^a^M1.0304^ea^ bhavissatīti tassa adhippāyo. ^b^Ambaṭṭhaṃ nāma vijja^eb^nti sattānaṃ sarīre abbhaṅgaṃ ṭhapetīti ambaṭṭhāti evaṃ ^a^P1.0396^ea^ laddhanāmaṃ vijjaṃ, mantanti attho. Yato ambaṭṭhā etasmiṃ atthīti ambaṭṭhoti kaṇho isi paññāyittha, taṃbaṃsajātatāya ayaṃ māṇavo ‘‘ambaṭṭho’’ti voharīyati.<br/><br/>[03]Seṭṭhamante vedamanteti adhippāyo. Mantānubhāvena rañño bāhukkhambhamattaṃ jātaṃ tena panassa bāhukkhambhena rājā, ‘‘ko jānāti, kiṃ bhavissatī’’ti bhīto ussaṅkī utrāso ahosi, tenāha ^b^‘‘bhayena vedhamāno aṭṭhāsī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sotthi bhaddanteti ādivacanaṃ avocuṃ.^eb^ ‘‘Ayaṃ mahānubhāvo isī’’ti maññamānā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Undriyissatī^eb^ti vippakiriyissati, tenāha ^b^‘‘bhijjissatī’’^eb^ti. Mante parivattiteti bāhukkhambhakamantassa paṭippassambhakavijjāsaṅkhāte mante ^b^‘‘saro otaratū’’^eb^ti parivattite. Evarūpānañhi mantānaṃ ekaṃseneva paṭippassambhakavijjā hontiyeva yathā taṃ kusumārakavijjānaṃ. Attano dhītu apavādamocanatthaṃ tassa bhujissakaraṇaṃ. Tassānurūpe issariye ṭhapanatthaṃ^b^ uḷāre ca naṃ ṭhāne ṭhapesi.^eb^


volume: 21
item: 79
title: dāsiputtavādavaṇṇanā^ambaṭṭhavaṃsakathāvaṇṇanā^khattiyaseṭṭhabhāvavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^275^eb^^b^.^eb^ Samassāsanatthamāha karuṇāyanto, na kulīnabhāvadassanatthaṃ, tenāha ^b^‘‘atha kho bhagavā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Brāhmaṇesū^eb^ti brāhmaṇānaṃ samīpe, tato brāhmaṇehi laddhabbaṃ āsanādiṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘brāhmaṇānaṃ antare’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Kevalaṃ ^a^P1.0397^ea^ saddhāya kātabbaṃ ^b^saddhaṃ,^eb^ paralokagate sandhāya na tato kiñci apatthentena kātabbanti attho, tenāha ^b^‘‘matake uddissa katabhatte’’^eb^ti. ^b^Maṅgalādibhatte^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena ussavadevatārādhanādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Yaññabhatte^eb^ti pāpasaññamādivasena katabhatte. ^b^Pāhunakāna^eb^nti atithīnaṃ. ^b^Khattiyabhāvaṃ appatto^eb^ ubhato sujātatābhāvato, tenāha ^b^‘‘aparisuddhoti attho’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^276^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Itthiṃ karitvā^eb^ti ettha karaṇaṃ kiriyāsāmaññavisayanti āha ^b^‘‘itthiṃ pariyesitvā’’^eb^ti. Brāhmaṇakaññaṃ itthiṃ khattiyakumārassa bhariyābhūtaṃ ^a^M1.0305^ea^ gahetvāpi khattiyāva seṭṭhā, hīnā brāhmaṇāti yojanā. ^b^Purisena vā purisaṃ karitvā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Pakaraṇe^eb^ti rāgādivasena ^a^V1.0270^ea^ paduṭṭhe pakkhalite kāraṇe, tenāha ^b^‘‘dose’’^eb^ti. Bhassati niratthakabhāvena khipīyatīti ^b^bhassaṃ,^eb^ chārikā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^277^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Janitasmi^eb^nti kammakilesehi nibbatte. Jane etasminti vā ^b^janetasmiṃ,^eb^ manussesūti attho, tenāha ^b^‘‘gottapaṭisārino’’^eb^ti. ^b^Saṃsanditvā^eb^ti ghaṭetvā, aviruddhaṃ katvāti attho.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamabhāṇavāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 21
item: 80
title: ambaṭṭhavaṃsakathāvaṇṇanā^khattiyaseṭṭhabhāvavaṇṇanā^vijjācaraṇakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^278^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Idaṃ vaṭṭatī^eb^ti idaṃ ajjhenādi kattuṃ labbhati. ^b^Jātivādavinibaddhā^eb^ti jātisannissitavāde vinibaddhā. Brāhmaṇasseva ajjhenajjhāpanayajanayājanādayoti ^a^P1.0398^ea^ evaṃ ye attukkaṃsanaparavambhanavasena pavattā, tato eva te ^b^mānavādapaṭibaddhā^eb^ ca honti. Ye pana ^b^āvāhavivāhavinibaddhā,^eb^ te eva sambandhattayavasena ‘‘arahasi vā maṃ tvaṃ, na vā maṃ tvaṃ arahasī’’ti evaṃ pavattanakā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yatthā^eb^ti yassaṃ vijjācaraṇasampattiyaṃ. ^b^Laggissāmā^eb^ti olaggā antogadhā bhavissāmāti ^b^cintayimha.^eb^ Paramatthato avijjācaraṇāniyeva ‘‘vijjācaraṇānī’’ti gahetvā ṭhito paramatthato vijjācaraṇesu vibhajiyamānesu so tato dūrato apanīto nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘dūrameva avakkhipī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Samudāgamato pabhutī^eb^tiādisamuṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^279^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^ Tividhaṃ sīla^eb^nti khuddakādibhedaṃ tividhaṃ sīlaṃ. ^b^Sīlavasenevā^eb^ti sīlapariyāyeneva. ^b^Kiñci kiñcī^eb^ti ahiṃsanādiyamaniyamalakkhaṇaṃ kiñci kiñci ^b^sīlaṃ atthi. Tattha tattheva laggeyyā^eb^ti tasmiṃ tasmiṃyeva brāhmaṇasamayasiddhe sīlamatte ‘‘caraṇa’’nti laggeyya. ^b^Aṭṭhapi samāpattiyo caraṇanti niyyātitā honti^eb^ rūpāvacaracatutthajjhānaniddeseneva arūpajjhānānampi niddiṭṭhabhāvāpattito niyyātitā nidassitā.


volume: 21
item: 81
title: khattiyaseṭṭhabhāvavaṇṇanā^vijjācaraṇakathāvaṇṇanā^catuapāyamukhakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^280^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Asampāpuṇanto^eb^ti ^a^V1.0271^ea^^a^M1.0306^ea^ ārabhitvā sampattuṃ asakkonto. ^b^Avisahamāno^eb^ti ārabhitumeva asakkonto. ^b^Khāri^eb^nti parikkhāraṃ. Taṃ pana vibhajitvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘araṇī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^araṇī^eb^ti aggidhamanakaṃ araṇīdvayaṃ. ^b^Sujā^eb^ti dabbi. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena tidaṇḍatighaṭikādiṃ ^a^P1.0399^ea^ saṅgaṇhāti ^b^khāribharita^eb^nti khārīhi puṇṇaṃ. Nanu upasampannassa bhikkhuno sāsanikopi yo koci anupasampanno atthato paricārakova, kiṃ aṅgaṃ pana bāhirakapabbajiteti tattha visesaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kāmañcā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Vuttanayenā^eb^ti ‘‘kappiyakaraṇa…pe… vattakaraṇavasenā’’ti evaṃ vuttena nayena. ^b^Paricārako hoti^eb^ upasampannabhāvassa visiṭṭhabhāvato. ‘‘Navakoṭisahassānī’’tiādinā (visuddhi. 1.20; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 37) vuttappabhedānaṃ anekasahassānaṃ saṃvaravinayānaṃ samādiyitvā vattanena uparibhūtā aggabhūtā sampadāti hi ‘‘upasampadā’’ti vuccatīti. ^b^Guṇādhikopī^eb^ti guṇehi ukkaṭṭhopi. ^b^Ayaṃ panā^eb^ti vuttalakkhaṇo tāpaso.<br/><br/>[03]Tāpasā nāma kammavādikiriyāvādino, na sāsanassa paṭāṇībhūtā, yato nesaṃ pabbajituṃ āgatānaṃ titthiyaparivāsena vināva pabbajjā anuññātāti katvā ^b^‘‘kasmā panā’’^eb^ti codanaṃ samuṭṭhapeti codako. Ācariyo ^b^‘‘yasmā’’^eb^tiādinā codanaṃ pariharati. ‘‘Osakkissatī’’ti saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘imasmiñhī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Khuradhārūpama^eb^nti khuradhārānaṃ matthakeneva akkamitvā gamanūpamaṃ. ^b^Aññe^eb^ti aññe bhikkhū. ^b^Aggisāla^eb^nti aggihuttasālaṃ. ^b^Nānādārūhī^eb^ti palāsadaṇḍādinānāvidhasamidhādārūhi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ida^eb^nti ‘‘catudvāraṃ āgāraṃ katvā’’tiādinā vuttaṃ. ^b^Assā^eb^ti assa catutthassa puggalassa. ^b^Paṭipattimukha^eb^nti kohaññapaṭipattiyā mukhamattaṃ. So hi nānāvidhena kohaññena lokaṃ vimhāpento tattha acchati, tenāha ^b^‘‘iminā hi mukhena so evaṃ paṭipajjatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Khalādīsu ^a^P1.0400^ea^ manussānaṃ santike upatiṭṭhitvā vīhimuggatilamāsādīni bhikkhācariyāniyāmena saṅkaḍḍhitvā uñchanaṃ uñchā, sā eva cariyā vutti etesanti ^b^uñchācariyā.^eb^ Aggipakkena jīvantīti aggipakkikā, na aggipakkikā ^b^anaggipakkikā^eb^^a^M1.0307^ea^. Uñchācariyā hi khalesu gantvā khalaggaṃ nāma manussehi diyyamānaṃ dhaññaṃ gaṇhanti, taṃ ime na gaṇhantīti anaggipakkikā nāma jātā. ^b^Asāmapākā^eb^ti asayaṃpācakā. Asmamuṭṭhinā muṭṭhipāsāṇena ^a^V1.0272^ea^ vattantīti ^b^asmamuṭṭhikā.^eb^ Dantena uppāṭitaṃ vakkalaṃ rukkhattaco dantavakkalaṃ, tena vattantīti ^b^dantavakkalikā.^eb^ Pavattaṃ rukkhādito pātitaṃ phalaṃ bhuñjantīti ^b^pavattaphalabhojino.^eb^ Jiṇṇapakkatāya paṇḍubhūtaṃ palāsaṃ, taṃsadisañca paṇḍupalāsaṃ, tena vattantīti ^b^paṇḍupalāsikā,^eb^ sayaṃpatitapupphaphalapattabhojino.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni te aṭṭhavidhepi sarūpato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Saṅkaḍḍhitvā^eb^ti bhikkhācariyāvasena laddhadhaññaṃ ekajjhaṃ katvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pariyeṭṭhi nāma dukkhā^eb^ti paresaṃ gehato gehaṃ gantvā pariyeṭṭhi nāma dīnavuttibhāvena dukkhā. Pāsāṇassa pariggaho dukkho pabbajitassāti vā danteheva uppāṭetvā khādanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Imāhi catūhiyevā^eb^ti ‘‘khārividhaṃ ādāyā’’tiādinā vuttāhi catūhi eva tāpasapabbajjāhīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^282^eb^^b^.^eb^ Apāye vināse niyutto ^b^āpāyiko.^eb^ Tabbhāvaṃ paripūretuṃ asakkonto tena aparipuṇṇo ^b^aparipūramāno^eb^^a^P1.0401^ea^, karaṇe cetaṃ paccattavacanaṃ, tenāha ^b^‘‘āpāyikenāpi aparipūramānenā’’^eb^ti.


volume: 21
item: 82
title: vijjācaraṇakathāvaṇṇanā^catuapāyamukhakathāvaṇṇanā^pubbakaisibhāvānuyogavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^283^eb^^b^.^eb^ Dīyatīti datti, dattiyeva ^b^dattika^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘dinnaka’’^eb^nti. Yadi brāhmaṇassa sammukhībhāvo rañño na dātabbo, kasmāssa upasaṅkamanaṃ na paṭikkhittanti āha ^b^‘‘yasmā panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Khettavijjāyā^eb^ti nītisatthe. ^b^Payāta^eb^nti saddhaṃ, sassatikaṃ vā, tenāha ^b^‘‘abhiharitvā dinna’’^eb^nti. Kasmā bhagavā ‘‘rañño pasenadissa kosalassa dattikaṃ bhuñjatī’’tiādinā brāhmaṇassa mammavacanaṃ avocāti tattha kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘idaṃ pana kāraṇa’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^284^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Rathūpatthare^eb^ti ^a^M1.0308^ea^ rathassa upari attharitapadese. ^b^Pākaṭamantana^eb^nti pakāsabhūtaṃ mantanaṃ. Tañhi suddādīhi ñāyatīti na rahassamantanaṃ. ^b^Bhaṇatī^eb^ti api nu bhaṇati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^285^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pavattāro^eb^ti ^a^V1.0273^ea^ pāvacanabhāvena vattāro, yasmā te tesaṃ mantānaṃ pavattakā, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘pavattayitāro’’^eb^ti. Sudde bahi katvā raho bhāsitabbaṭṭhena mantā eva, taṃtaṃatthapaṭipattihetutāya padanti ^b^mantapadaṃ,^eb^ anupanītāsādhāraṇatāya vā rahassabhāvena vattabbaṃ hitakiriyāya adhigamupāyaṃ. ^b^Sajjhāyita^eb^nti gāyanavasena sajjhāyitaṃ, taṃ pana udattānudattādīnaṃ sarānaṃ sampādanavaseneva icchitanti āha ^b^‘‘sarasampattivasenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aññesaṃ vutta^eb^nti pāvacanabhāvena aññesaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Samupabyūḷha^eb^nti saṅgahetvā uparūpari saññūḷhaṃ. ^b^Rāsikata^eb^nti iruvedayajuvedasāmavedādivasena ^a^P1.0402^ea^, tatthāpi paccekaṃ mantabrahmādivasena, ajjhāyānuvākādivasena ca rāsikataṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tesa^eb^nti mantānaṃ kattūnaṃ. ^b^Dibbena cakkhunā oloketvā^eb^ti dibbacakkhuparibhaṇḍena yathākammūpagañāṇena sattānaṃ kammassakatādiṃ paccakkhato dassanaṭṭhena dibbacakkhusadisena pubbenivāsañāṇena atītakappe brāhmaṇānaṃ mantajjhenavidhiñca oloketvā. ^b^Pāvacanena saha saṃsanditvā^eb^ti kassapasammāsambuddhassa yaṃ vacanaṃ vaṭṭasannissitaṃ, tena saha aviruddhaṃ katvā. Na hi tesaṃ vivaṭṭasannissito attho paccakkho hoti. ^b^Aparāpare panā^eb^ti aṭṭhakādīhi aparā pare pacchimā okkākarājakālādīsu uppannā. ^b^Pakkhipitvā^eb^ti aṭṭhakādīhi ganthitamantapadesu kilesasannissitapadānaṃ tattha tattha pade pakkhipanaṃ katvā. ^b^Viruddhe akaṃsū^eb^ti brāhmaṇadhammikasuttādīsu āgatanayena saṃkilesikatthadīpanato paccanīkabhūte akaṃsu. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti ‘‘tyāhaṃ mante adhīyāmī’’ti etasmiṃ ṭhāne. ^b^Paṭiññaṃ aggahetvā^eb^ti ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññasī’’ti evaṃ paṭiññaṃ aggahetvāva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^286^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nirāmagandhā^eb^ti kilesāsucivasena vissagandharahitā. ^b^Anitthigandhā^eb^ti itthīnaṃ gandhamattassapi avisahanena itthigandharahitā. Ettha ca ^b^‘‘nirāmagandhā’’^eb^ti ^a^M1.0309^ea^ etena tesaṃ porāṇānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vikkhambhitakilesataṃ dasseti, ^b^‘‘anitthigandhā brahmacārino’’^eb^ti etena ekavihāritaṃ, ^b^‘‘rajojalladharā’’^eb^ti etena maṇḍanavibhūsanānuyogābhāvaṃ, ^b^‘‘araññāyatane pabbatapādesu vasiṃsū’’^eb^ti etena manussūpacāraṃ ^a^P1.0403^ea^ pahāya vivittavāsaṃ, ^b^‘‘vanamūlaphalāhārā vasiṃsū’’^eb^ti etena sālimaṃsodanādipaṇītāhārapaṭikkhepaṃ, ^b^‘‘yadā’’^eb^tiādinā yānavāhanapaṭikkhepaṃ, ^b^‘‘sabbadisāsū’’^eb^tiādinā rakkhāvaraṇapaṭikkhepaṃ, evañca vadanto micchāpaṭipadāpakkhikaṃ sācariyassa ambaṭṭhassa vuttiṃ upādāya sammāpaṭipadāpakkhikāpi tesaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vutti ariyavinaye sammāpaṭipattiṃ upādāya micchāpaṭipadāyeva. Kutassa sallekhapaṭipattiyuttatāti. ‘‘Evaṃ sute’’tiādinā bhagavā ambaṭṭhaṃ santajjento niggaṇhātīti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Veṭhakehī^eb^ti ^a^V1.0274^ea^ veṭhakapaṭṭakāhi. ^b^Samantānagara^eb^nti nagarassa samantato. ^b^Katasudhākammaṃ^eb^ pākārassa adhobhāge ṭhānaṃ vuccatīti adhippāyo.


volume: 21
item: 83
title: catuapāyamukhakathāvaṇṇanā^pubbakaisibhāvānuyogavaṇṇanā^dvelakkhaṇadassanavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^287^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Na sakkoti^eb^saṅkucite iriyāpathe anavasesato tesaṃ dubbibhāvanato. ^b^Gavesī^eb^ti ñāṇena pariyesanamakāsi. ^b^Samānayī^eb^ti ñāṇena saṅkalento sammā ānayi samāhari. ^b^‘‘Kaṅkhatī’’^eb^ti padassa ākaṅkhatīti ayamatthoti āha ^b^‘‘aho vata passeyyanti patthanaṃ uppādetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kicchatī^eb^ti kilamati. ^b^‘‘Kaṅkhatī’’^eb^ti padassa pubbe āsisanatthataṃ vatvā idānissa saṃsayatthatameva vikappantaravasena dassento ^b^‘‘kaṅkhāya vā dubbalā vimati vuttā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Tīhi dhammehī^eb^ti tippakārehi saṃsayadhammehi. ^b^Kālusiyabhāvo^eb^ti appasannatāya hetubhūto āvilabhāvo.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā bhagavato kosohitaṃ sabbabuddhānaṃ āveṇikaṃ aññehi asādhāraṇaṃ vatthaguyhaṃ suvisuddhakañcanamaṇḍalasannikāsaṃ, attano saṇṭhānasannivesasundaratāya ^a^P1.0404^ea^ ājāneyyagandhahatthino varaṅgaparamacārubhāvaṃ, vikasamānatapaniyāravindasamujjalakesarāvattavilāsaṃ, sañjhāpabhānurañjitajalavanantarābhilakkhitasampuṇṇacandamaṇḍalasobhañca attano siriyā abhibhuyya virājati, yaṃ bāhirabbhantaramalehi anupakkiliṭṭhatāya, cirakālaṃ suparicitabrahmacariyādhikāratāya, susaṇṭhitasaṇṭhānasampattiyā ca ^a^M1.0310^ea^, kopīnampi santaṃ akopīnameva, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘bhagavato hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Pahūtabhāva^eb^nti puthulabhāvaṃ. Ettheva hi tassa saṃsayo, tanumudusukumāratādīsu panassa guṇesu vicāraṇā eva nāhosi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^288^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Hirikaraṇokāsa^eb^nti hiriyitabbaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Chāya^eb^nti paṭibimbaṃ. Kathaṃ kīdisanti āha ^b^‘‘iddhiyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Chāyārūpakamatta^eb^nti bhagavato paṭibimbarūpaṃ. Tañca kho buddhasantānato vinimuttattā rūpakamattaṃ bhagavato sarīravaṇṇasaṇṭhānāvayavaṃ iddhimayaṃ bimbakamattaṃ. Taṃ pana rūpakamattaṃ dassento bhagavā yathā attano buddharūpaṃ na dissati, tathā katvā dasseti. ^b^Ninnetvā^eb^ti nīharitvā. ^b^Kallosī^eb^ti pucchāvissajjane kusalo cheko asi. ^b^Tathākaraṇenā^eb^ti kathinasūciṃ viya karaṇena. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti pahūtajivhāya. ^b^Mudubhāvo pakāsito^eb^ amuduno ghanasukhumabhāvāpādanatthaṃ asakkuṇeyyattā ^b^dīghabhāvo, tanubhāvo^eb^ cāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^291^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Atthacarakenā’’^eb^ti ^a^V1.0275^ea^ iminā byatirekamukhena anatthacarakataṃyeva vibhāveti. ^b^Na aññatrā^eb^ti na aññasmiṃ sugatiyanti attho. ^b^Upanetvā^eb^^a^P1.0405^ea^^b^upanetvā^eb^ti taṃ taṃ dosaṃ upanetvā upanetvā, tenāha ^b^‘‘suṭṭhudāsādibhāvaṃ āropetvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pātesī^eb^ti pavaṭṭanavasena pātesi.


volume: 21
item: 84
title: pubbakaisibhāvānuyogavaṇṇanā^dvelakkhaṇadassanavaṇṇanā^pokkharasātibuddhūpasaṅkamanavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^293-6^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Āgamā nū^eb^ti āgato nu. ^b^Kho^eb^ti nipātamattaṃ. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti ettha, tumhākaṃ santikanti attho. ^b^Adhivāsetū^eb^ti sādiyatu, taṃ pana sādiyanaṃ manasā sampaṭiggaho hotīti āha ^b^‘‘sampaṭicchatū’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^297^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yāvadattha^eb^nti yāva attho, tāva bhojanena tadā katanti attho. ^b^Oṇitta^eb^nti āmisāpanayanena sucikataṃ, tenāha ^b^‘‘hatthe ca pattañca dhovitvā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^298^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anupubbiṃ katha^eb^nti anupubbaṃ kathetabbakathaṃ, tenāha ^b^‘‘anupaṭipāṭikatha’’^eb^nti. Kā pana sā? Dānādikathāti āha ^b^‘‘dānānantaraṃ sīla’’^eb^ntiādi. Tena dānakathā tāva pacurajanesupi pavattiyā sabbasādhāraṇattā, sukarattā, sīle patiṭṭhānassa upāyabhāvato ca ādito ^a^M1.0311^ea^ kathetabbā. Pariccāgasīlo hi puggalo pariggahitavatthūsu nissaṅgabhāvato sukheneva sīlāni samādiyati, tattha ca suppatiṭṭhito hoti. Sīlena dāyakapaṭiggāhakasuddhito parānuggahaṃ vatvā parapīḷānivattivacanato, kiriyadhammaṃ vatvā akiriyadhammavacanato, bhogasampattihetuṃ vatvā bhavasampattihetuvacanato ca ^b^dānakathānantaraṃ sīlakathā^eb^ kathetabbā, tañce dānasīlaṃ vaṭṭanissitaṃ, ayaṃ bhavasampatti tassa phalanti dassanatthaṃ imehi ca dānasīlamayehi paṇītapaṇītatarādibhedabhinnehi puññakiriyavatthūhi etā cātumahārājikādīsu paṇītapaṇītatarādibhedabhinnā ^a^P1.0406^ea^ aparimeyyā dibbabhogasampattiyo laddhabbāti dassanatthaṃ tadanantaraṃ saggakathā. Svāyaṃ saggo rāgādīhi upakkiliṭṭho, sabbathānupakkiliṭṭho ariyamaggoti dassanatthaṃ ^b^saggānantaraṃ maggo^eb^ kathetabbo. Maggañca kathentena tadadhigamupāyasandassanatthaṃ saggapariyāpannāpi, pageva itare sabbepi kāmā nāma bahvādīnavā aniccā addhuvā vipariṇāmadhammāti ^b^kāmānaṃ ādīnavo,^eb^ hīnā gammā pothujjanikā anariyā anatthasañhitāti tesaṃ ^b^okāro^eb^ lāmakabhāvo, sabbepi bhavā kilesānaṃ vatthubhūtāti ^b^tattha saṃkileso,^eb^ sabbasaṃkilesavippamuttaṃ nibbānanti ^b^nekkhamme ānisaṃso^eb^ ca kathetabboti ayamattho bodhitoti veditabbo. ^b^Maggo^eb^ti cettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddena ādiatthadīpanato ‘‘kāmānaṃ ādīnavo’’ti evamādīnaṃ saṅgahoti ^a^V1.0276^ea^ evamayaṃ atthavaṇṇanā katāti veditabbā. ‘‘Tassa uppattiākāradassanattha’’nti kasmā vuttaṃ, nanu maggañāṇaṃ asaṅkhatadhammārammaṇaṃ, na saṅkhatadhammārammaṇanti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘tañhī’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^paṭivijjhanta^eb^nti asammohapaṭivedhavasena paṭivijjhantaṃ, tenāha ^b^‘‘kiccavasenā’’^eb^ti.


volume: 21
item: 85
title:
  dvelakkhaṇadassanavaṇṇanā^pokkharasātibuddhūpasaṅkamanavaṇṇanā^pokkharasātiupāsakattapaṭivedanākathāvaṇṇanā^^

content:
  [03]^b^299^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ettha ca ^b^‘‘diṭṭhadhammo’’^eb^tiādi pāḷiyaṃ dassanaṃ nāma ñāṇadassanato aññampi atthi, tannivattanatthaṃ ‘‘pattadhammo’’ti vuttaṃ. Patti ca ñāṇasampattito aññampi vijjatīti tato visesadassanatthaṃ ‘‘viditadhammo’’ti vuttaṃ. Sā panesā viditadhammatā ekadesatopi hotīti nippadesato viditabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘pariyogāḷhadhammo’’ti ^a^P1.0407^ea^ vuttaṃ. Tenassa saccābhisambodhaṃyeva dīpeti. Maggañāṇañhi ekābhisamayavasena pariññādikiccaṃ sādhentaṃ nippadesena ^a^M1.0312^ea^ catusaccadhammaṃ samantato ogāḷhaṃ nāma hoti, tenāha ^b^‘‘diṭṭho ariyasaccadhammo etenāti diṭṭhadhammo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tiṇṇā vicikicchā^eb^ti sappaṭibhayakantārasadisā soḷasavatthukā, aṭṭhavatthukā ca tiṇṇā vitiṇṇā vicikicchā. ^b^Vigatā kathaṅkathā^eb^ti pavattiādīsu. ‘‘Evaṃ nu kho, na nu kho’’ti evaṃ pavattikā vigatā samucchinnā kathaṅkathā. ^b^Vesārajjappatto^eb^ti sārajjakarānaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ pahīnattā, tappaṭipakkhesu ca sīlādiguṇesu suppatiṭṭhitattā vesārajjaṃ visāradabhāvaṃ veyyattiyaṃ patto adhigato. Sāyaṃ vesārajjappatti suppatiṭṭhitabhāvoti katvā āha ^b^‘‘satthusāsane’’^eb^ti. Attanā paccakkhato diṭṭhattā adhigatattā na paraṃ pacceti, na tassa paro paccetabbo atthīti ^b^aparappaccayo.^eb^ Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ avuttaṃ, taṃ parato āgamissati. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Ambaṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā.


volume: 21
item: 86
title: soṇadaṇḍasuttavaṇṇanā^^^^
content:
  [03]^b^300^eb^^b^.^eb^ Sundarabhāvena ^a^V1.0277^ea^^a^M1.0313^ea^^a^P1.0408^ea^ sātisayāni aṅgāni etesaṃ atthīti aṅgā, rājakumārāti āha ^b^‘‘aṅgā nāma aṅgapāsādikatāyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Idhāpi adhippetā,^eb^ na ambaṭṭhasutte eva. ^b^Āgantuṃ na dassantī^eb^ti āgamane ādīnavaṃ dassetvā paṭikkhipanavasena āgantuṃ na dassanti, nānujānissantīti adhippāyo. Nīlāsokakaṇikārakoviḷārakundarājarukkhehi sammissatāya taṃ campakavanaṃ ^b^‘‘nīlādipañcavaṇṇakusumapaṭimaṇḍita’’^eb^nti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Na campakarukkhānaṃyeva nīlādipañcakusumatāyāti vadanti. ^b^‘‘Bhagavā kusumagandhasugandhe campakavane viharatī’’^eb^ti iminā na māpanakāle eva tasmiṃ nagare campakarukkhā ussannā, atha kho aparabhāge pīti dasseti. Māpanakāle hi campakānaṃ ussannatāya sā nagarī ‘‘campā’’ti nāmaṃ labhi. ^b^Issarattā^eb^ti adhipatibhāvato. Senā etassa atthīti seniko, seniko eva ^b^seniyo,^eb^ atthitā cettha bahubhāvavisiṭṭhāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘mahatiyā senāya samannāgatattā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^301-2^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Saṃhatā^eb^ti sannipatitā, ‘‘saṅghino’’ti vattabbe ^b^‘‘saṅghī’’^eb^ti puthutthe ekavacanaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ adhippetattā, tenāha ^b^‘‘etesa’’^eb^nti. Rājarājaññādīnaṃ bhaṇḍadharā purisā khatā, nesaṃ ^a^P1.0409^ea^ tāyanato ^b^khattā.^eb^ So hi yehi yattha pesito, tattha tesaṃ dosaṃ pariharanto yuttapattavasena pucchitamatthaṃ katheti, tenāha ^b^‘‘pucchitapañhe byākaraṇasamattho’’^eb^ti. Kulāpadesādinā mahatī mattā etassāti ^b^mahāmatto.^eb^


volume: 21
item: 87
title: ^^soṇadaṇḍaguṇakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^303^eb^^b^.^eb^ Visiṭṭhaṃ rajjaṃ virajjaṃ, virajjameva verajjaṃ yathā ‘‘vekataṃ vesaya’’nti, nānāvidhaṃ verajjaṃ ^b^nānāverajjaṃ,^eb^ tattha jātātiādinā sabbaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. ^b^Uttamabrāhmaṇo^eb^ti ^a^V1.0278^ea^ abhijanasampattiyā vittasampattiyā vijjāsampattiyā uggatataro, uḷāro vā brāhmaṇo. ^b^Asannipāto^eb^ti lābhamaccharena nippīḷitatāya asannipāto viya bhavissati.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Aṅgeti ^a^M1.0314^ea^ gameti ñāpetīti ^b^aṅgaṃ,^eb^ hetūti āha ^b^‘‘imināpi kāraṇenā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Ubhato sujāto’’ti ettake vutte yehi kehici dvīhi bhāgehi sujātatā viññāyeyya. Sujāta-saddo ca ‘‘sujāto cārudassano’’tiādīsu (theragā. 818) ārohasampattipariyāyoti jātivaseneva sujātataṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘mātito ca pitito cā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Anorasaputtavasenāpi loke mātupitusamaññā dissati, idha panassa orasaputtavaseneva icchitāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘saṃsuddhagahaṇiko’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Gabbhaṃ gaṇhāti dhāretīti ^b^gahaṇī,^eb^ gabbhāsayasaññito mātukucchippadeso. Yathābhuttassa ^a^P1.0410^ea^ āhārassa vipācanavasena gaṇhanato achaḍḍanato ^b^gahaṇī,^eb^ kammajatejodhātu.<br/><br/>[03]Pitā ca mātā ca pitaro, pitūnaṃ pitaro pitāmahā, tesaṃ yugo dvando ^b^pitāmahayugo,^eb^ tasmā, yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā pitāmahadvandāti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Evañhi pitāmahaggahaṇeneva mātāmahopi gahitoti. So aṭṭhakathāyaṃ visuṃ na uddhaṭo. Yuga-saddo cettha ekasesanayena daṭṭhabbo ‘‘yugo ca yugo ca yugā’’ti. Evañhi tattha tattha dvandaṃ gahitameva hoti, tenāha ^b^‘‘tato uddhaṃ sabbepi pubbapurisā pitāmahaggahaṇeneva gahitā’’^eb^ti. Purisaggahaṇañcettha ukkaṭṭhaniddesavasena katanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Evañhi ‘‘mātito’’ti pāḷivacanaṃ samatthitaṃ hoti. ^b^Akkhitto^eb^ti appattakhepo. ^b^Anavakkhitto^eb^ti saddhathālipākādīsu na avakkhitto na chaḍḍito. ^b^Jātivādenā^eb^ti hetumhi karaṇavacananti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kena kāraṇenā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Ettha ca ^b^‘‘ubhato…pe… pitāmahayugā’’^eb^ti etena brāhmaṇassa yonidosābhāvo dassito saṃsuddhagahaṇikabhāvakittanato, ^b^‘‘akkhitto’’^eb^ti iminā kiriyāparādhābhāvo. Kiriyāparādhena hi sattā khepaṃ pāpuṇanti. ^b^‘‘Anupakkuṭṭho’’^eb^ti iminā ayuttasaṃsaggābhāvo. Ayuttasaṃsaggampi hi paṭicca sattā akkosaṃ labhanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Issaro^eb^ti ādhipateyyasaṃvattaniyakammabalena īsanasīlo, sā panassa issaratā vibhavasampattipaccayā pākaṭā jātāti aḍḍhatāpariyāyabhāveneva vadanto ^b^‘‘aḍḍhoti issaro’’^eb^ti āha. Mahantaṃ dhanaṃ assa bhūmigatañceva vehāsaṭṭhañcāti ^b^mahaddhano. Tassā^eb^ti tassa tassa ^a^M1.0315^ea^^a^P1.0411^ea^. ^b^Vadanti^eb^ ‘‘anvayato, byatirekato ca anupasaṅkamanakāraṇaṃ kittemā’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Adhikarūpo^eb^ti ^a^V1.0279^ea^ visiṭṭharūpo uttamasarīro. Dassanaṃ arahatīti ^b^dassanīyo,^eb^ tenāha ^b^‘‘dassanayoggo’’^eb^ti. Pasādaṃ āvahatīti ^b^pāsādiko,^eb^ tenāha ^b^‘‘cittappasādajananato’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vaṇṇassā^eb^ti vaṇṇadhātuyā. ^b^Sarīra^eb^nti sannivesavisiṭṭhaṃ karacaraṇagīvāsīsādiavayavasamudāyaṃ, so ca saṇṭhānamukhena gayhatīti ^b^‘‘paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāyāti…pe… sampattiyā cā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Sabbavaṇṇesu suvaṇṇavaṇṇova uttamoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘seṭṭhena suvaṇṇavaṇṇena samannāgato’’^eb^ti. Tathā hi buddhā, cakkavattino ca suvaṇṇavaṇṇāva honti. ^b^Brahmavacchasī^eb^ti uttamasarīrābho, suvaṇṇābho icceva attho. Imameva hi atthaṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘mahābrahmuno sarīrasadiseneva sarīrena samannāgato’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, na brahmujugattataṃ. ^b^Akhuddāvakāso dassanāyā^eb^ti ārohapariṇāhasampattiyā, avayavapāripūriyā ca dassanāya okāso na khuddako, tenāha ^b^‘‘sabbānevā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Yamaniyamalakkhaṇaṃ ^b^sīlamassa atthīti sīlavā.^eb^ Taṃ panassa rattaññutāya ^b^vuddhaṃ vaḍḍhitaṃ atthīti vuddhasīlī.^eb^ Tena ca sabbadā sammāyogato ^b^vuddhasīlena samannāgato. Sabbametaṃ pañcasīlamattameva sandhāya vadanti^eb^ tato paraṃ sīlassa tattha abhāvato, tesañca ajānanato.<br/><br/>[03]Ṭhānakaraṇasampattiyā, sikkhāsampattiyā ca katthacipi anūnatāya parimaṇḍalapadāni byañjanāni akkharāni etissāti ^b^parimaṇḍalapadabyañjanā.^eb^ Atha vā pajjati attho ^a^P1.0412^ea^ etenāti padaṃ, nāmādi. Yathādhippetamatthaṃ byañjetīti byañjanaṃ, vākyaṃ. Tesaṃ paripuṇṇatāya ^b^parimaṇḍalapadabyañjanā.^eb^ Atthañāpane sādhanatāya vācāva karaṇanti ^b^vākkaraṇaṃ,^eb^ udāhāraghoso. ^b^Guṇaparipuṇṇabhāvena^eb^ tassa brāhmaṇassa, tena vā bhāsitabbātthassa. ^b^Pūre^eb^ puṇṇabhāve. ^b^Pūre^eb^ti ca purimasmiṃ atthe ādhāre bhummaṃ, dutiyasmiṃ visaye. ^b^‘‘Sukhumālattanenā’’^eb^ti iminā tassā vācāya mudusaṇhabhāvamāha. ^b^Apalibuddhāya^eb^ pittasemhādīhi. ^b^Sandiṭṭhaṃ^eb^ sabbaṃ dassetvā viya ekadesaṃ kathanaṃ. ^b^Vilambitaṃ^eb^ saṇikaṃ cirāyitvā kathanaṃ. ‘‘Sandiddhavilambitādī’’ti vā pāṭho. Tattha ^b^sandiddhaṃ^eb^ sandehajanakaṃ. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena dukkhalitānukaḍḍhitādiṃ ^a^M1.0316^ea^ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^‘‘Ādimajjhapariyosānaṃ pākaṭaṃ katvā’’^eb^ti iminā tassā vācāya atthapāripūriṃ vadanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Jiṇṇo’’^eb^tiādīni padāni suviññeyyāni, heṭṭhā vuttatthāni ca. Dutiyanaye pana ^b^jiṇṇo^eb^ti nāyaṃ jiṇṇatā vayomattena, atha kho kulaparivaṭṭena purāṇatāti āha ^b^‘‘jiṇṇoti porāṇo’’^eb^tiādi, tena tassa brāhmaṇassa kulavasena uditoditabhāvamāha. Jātivuddhiyā ‘‘vayoanuppatto’’ti vakkhamānattā, guṇavuddhiyā tato sātisayattā ca ^b^‘‘vuddhoti sīlācārādiguṇavuddhiyā yutto’’^eb^ti āha. Tathā jātimahallakatāya ^a^P1.0413^ea^ vakkhamānattā ^b^‘‘mahallako’’^eb^ti ^a^V1.0280^ea^ padena vibhavamahattatā yojitā. ^b^Maggapaṭipanno^eb^ti brāhmaṇānaṃ paṭipattivīthiṃ upagato taṃ avokkamma caraṇato. ^b^Antimavaya^eb^nti pacchimavayaṃ.


volume: 21
item: 88
title: ^soṇadaṇḍaguṇakathāvaṇṇanā^buddhaguṇakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^304^eb^^b^.^eb^ Tādisehi mahānubhāvehi saddhiṃ yugaggāhavasenapi dahanaṃ na mādisānaṃ anucchavikaṃ, kuto pana ukkaṃsananti idaṃ brāhmaṇassa na yuttarūpanti dassento āha ^b^‘‘na kho pana metaṃ yutta’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Sadisā^eb^ti ekadesena sadisā. Na hi buddhānaṃ guṇehi sabbathā sadisā kecipi guṇā aññesu labbhanti. ^b^Itare^eb^ti attano guṇehi asadisaguṇe. ^b^Ida^eb^nti idaṃ atthajātaṃ. ^b^Gopadaka^eb^nti gāviyā pade ṭhitaudakaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saṭṭhikulasatasahassa^eb^nti saṭṭhisahassādhikaṃ kulasatasahassaṃ ^b^kulapariyāyenā^eb^ti suddhodanamahārājassa kulānukkamena ^b^āgataṃ. Tesupī^eb^ti tesupi catūsu nidhīsu. ^b^Gahitagahita^eb^nti gahitaṃ gahitaṃ ṭhānaṃ pūratiyeva dhanena paṭipākatikameva hoti. ^b^Aparimāṇoyevā^eb^ti ‘‘ettako eso’’ti kenaci paricchindituṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya aparicchinno eva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatthā^eb^ti mañcake. ^b^Sīhaseyyaṃ kappesī^eb^ti yathā rāhu asurindo āyāmato, vitthārato ubbedhato ca bhagavato rūpakāyassa paricchedaṃ gahetuṃ na sakkoti, tathā rūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharonto sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi.<br/><br/>[03]Kilesehi ^a^M1.0317^ea^ ārakattā parisuddhaṭṭhena ^b^ariya^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘ariyaṃ uttamaṃ parisuddha’’^eb^nti. ^b^Anavajjaṭṭhena kusalaṃ,^eb^ na sukhavipākaṭṭhena. Katthaci ^a^P1.0414^ea^^b^caturāsītipāṇasahassāni,^eb^ katthaci ^b^aparimāṇāpi devamanussā^eb^ yasmā catuvīsatiyā ṭhānesu asaṅkhyeyyā aparimeyyā devamanussā ^b^maggaphalāmataṃ^eb^ piviṃsu, koṭisatasahassādiparimāṇenapi bahū eva, ^b^tasmā^eb^ anuttarācārasikkhāpanavasena bhagavā ^b^bahūnaṃ ācariyo. Te^eb^ti kāmarāgato aññe bhagavato pahīnakilese. ^b^Keḷanā^eb^ti keḷāyanā dhanāyanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Apāpapurekkhāro^eb^ti apāpe pure karoti, na vā pāpaṃ purato karotītipi apāpapurekkhāroti imamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apāpe navalokuttaradhamme’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^apāpe^eb^ti pāpapaṭipakkhe, pāparahite ca. Brahmani seṭṭhe buddhe bhagavati bhavā tassa dhammadesanāvasena ariyāya ^a^V1.0281^ea^ jātiyā jātattā, brahmuno vā bhagavato hitā garukaraṇādinā, yathānusiṭṭhapaṭipattiyā ca, brahmaṃ vā seṭṭhaṃ ariyamaggaṃ jānātīti ^b^brahmaññā,^eb^ ariyasāvakasaṅkhātā pajā, tenāha ^b^‘‘sāriputtā’’^eb^tiādi. Pakatibrāhmaṇajātivasenāpi ‘‘brahmaññāya pajāyā’’ti padassa attho veditabboti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^ Tiroraṭṭhā tirojanapadā^eb^ti ettha rajjaṃ ^b^raṭṭhaṃ,^eb^ rājanti rājāno etenāti, tadekadesabhūtā padesā pana ^b^janapado,^eb^janā pajjanti ettha sukhajīvikaṃ pāpuṇantīti. Pucchāya vā dosaṃ sallakkhetvāti sambandho. ^b^Asamatthata^eb^nti attano asamatthataṃ. ^b^Bhagavā vissajjeti^eb^ tesaṃ upanissayasampattiṃ, ñāṇaparipākaṃ, cittācārañca ñatvāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Ehi^eb^^a^P1.0415^ea^^b^svāgatavādī’’^eb^ti iminā sukhasambhāsapubbakaṃ piyavāditaṃ dasseti, ^b^‘‘sakhilo’’^eb^ti iminā saṇhavācataṃ, ^b^‘‘sammodako’’^eb^ti iminā paṭisandhārakusalataṃ, ^b^‘‘abhākuṭiko’’^eb^ti iminā sabbattheva vippasannamukhataṃ, ^b^‘‘uttānamukho’’^eb^ti iminā sukhālāpataṃ, ^b^‘‘pubbabhāsī’’^eb^ti iminā dhammānuggahassa okāsakaraṇato hitajjhāsayataṃ bhagavato vibhāveti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yattha kirā^eb^ti ^b^kira^eb^-saddo arucisūcanattho, tena bhagavatā adhivutthapadese na devatānubhāvena manussānaṃ anupaddavatā, atha kho buddhānubhāvenāti dasseti. Tenāha ‘‘apicā’’tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anusāsitabbo^eb^ti ^a^M1.0318^ea^ vineyyajanasamūho gayhatīti nibbattitaṃ ariyasaṅghameva dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sayaṃ vā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ, anantarassa vidhi paṭisedho vāti katvā. ^b^‘‘Tādisovā’’^eb^ti iminā ‘‘sayaṃ vā’’tiādinā vuttavikappo eva paccāmaṭṭhoti. ‘‘Purimapadasseva vā’’ti vikappantaraggahaṇaṃ. ^b^Bahūnaṃ titthakarāna^eb^nti pūraṇādīnaṃ anekesaṃ titthakarānaṃ, niddhāraṇe cetaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. ^b^Kāraṇenā^eb^ti appicchasantuṭṭhatādisamāropanalakkhaṇena kāraṇena. ^b^Āgantukā navakā^eb^ti abhinavā āgantukā abbhāgatā. ^b^Pariyāpuṇāmī^eb^ti paricchindituṃ jānāmi sakkomi, tenāha ^b^‘‘jānāmī’’^eb^ti. ^b^‘‘Kappampi ce aññamabhāsamāno’’^eb^ti abhūtaparikappanavacanametaṃ tathā bhāsamānassa abhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^305^eb^^b^.^eb^ Alaṃ-saddo ^a^P1.0416^ea^ arahattopi hoti ‘‘alameva nibbinditu’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.124) viyāti ^a^V1.0282^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘alamevāti yuttamevā’’^eb^ti. Puṭena netvā asitabbato paribhuñjitabbato ^b^puṭosaṃ vuccati pātheyyaṃ. Puṭaṃsena^eb^ purisena.


